<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<rss version="2.0">
<channel>
	<title>Articles</title>
	<link>http://www.cheresources.com/</link>
	<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 15:00:18 +0000</pubDate>
	<ttl>86400</ttl>
	<description>Manage articles</description>
	<item>
		<title>Product Viscosity Versus Shear</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/fluid-flow/product-viscosity-versus-shear</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>We were concerned when a client stated that their product has a viscosity of 2000 to 3000 cP. How could we pump this material from the manufacturing tank to the filling line? Luckily, we had a plant and resources to conduct a full-scale test. The objective of the test was to pump a &ldquo;placebo product&rdquo; (one that had all of the viscosity building materials but none of the active ingredients) from one tank to another. We hoped to analyze data from the test and determine the &ldquo;apparent viscosity&rdquo; of the placebo, then compare that with laboratory measurements.</p>
<p>Two flow tests were conducted. Placebo product (a suspension with no active ingredient, target viscosity of 2500 cP) was pumped from a Manufacturing Tank to a Receiver. Here are the observed results:</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="datatable">
	<caption>
		Table 1: Sample Data</caption>
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
				<b>Parameter</b></td>
			<td>
				<b>Test 1</b></td>
			<td>
				<b>Test 2</b></td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Pump Speed</td>
			<td>
				30%</td>
			<td>
				40%</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Temperature</td>
			<td>
				35 C</td>
			<td>
				34 C</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Flow rate, based on load cells</td>
			<td>
				220 kg/min</td>
			<td>
				160 kg/min</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Pressure at pump discharge</td>
			<td>
				125 kPa</td>
			<td>
				83 kPa</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Pressure at receiver</td>
			<td>
				28 kPa</td>
			<td>
				28 kPa</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>The observed values, along with knowledge of the physical piping, can be used to calculate the &ldquo;apparent viscosity&rdquo; of the placebo product. The piping from the pump to the Hold Tank is 50 DN (47.5 mm inside diameter). It includes straight piping, elbows, 45&deg; bends, one divert valve and one diaphragm valve. The total equivalent length of this piping and valves is 85 m. Equivalent length is used to calculate pressure drop. The pressure gauge on the pump discharge is 1 meter higher than the one beneath the Receiver; the pressure drop due to friction is therefore P1 &ndash; P2 + 1 meter head, where P1 = pressure at pump discharge, and P2 = pressure beneath Receiver.</p>
<p><p class="h1header">Estimation of Apparent Viscosity</p></p>
<p>There are three steps to calculating the pressure drop due to friction through the pipe. The first step requires fluid viscosity as an input. To calculate the viscosity, initially assume a value, proceed through the three steps, and compare the calculated pressure drop with the observed results. Iterate by changing the viscosity assumption until the calculation and observed result match.</p>
<p>For these calculations, a value for the placebo product density must also be known. This wasn&rsquo;t measured, but plant operators stated that it is from 1.2 to 1.3; we calculated it to be 1.26.</p>
<p><p class="h2header">Step 1: Reynolds Number<sup>i</sup></p></p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="equationtable">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td valign="top">
				<img alt="eq-1" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear1.png" /></td>
			<td align="right" class="equationnumber">
				Eq. (1)</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>&rho; = density of liquid, kg/m<sup>3</sup> or lb/ft<sup>3</sup><br />
D = pipe diameter, m or ft<br />
U = average fluid velocity, m/s or ft/s = G / &rho;<br />
G = mass flux, kg/s-m<sup>2</sup> or lb/s-ft<sup>2</sup> = W / (3600 A)<br />
A = cross-sectional area of pipe, m<sup>2</sup> or ft<sup>2</sup><br />
&mu; = fluid dynamic viscosity, Pa-s or lb/ft-h (1 cP = 2.42 lb/ft-h)</p>
<p><p class="h2header">Step 2: Friction Factor</p></p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="equationtable">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td valign="top">
				<img alt="eq-2" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear2.png" /></td>
			<td align="right" class="equationnumber">
				Eq. (2)</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>Where:</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="equationtable">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td valign="top">
				<img alt="eq-3" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear3.png" /></td>
			<td align="right" class="equationnumber">
				Eq. (3)</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<table align="center" border="0" class="equationtable">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td valign="top">
				<img alt="eq-4" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear4.png" /></td>
			<td align="right" class="equationnumber">
				Eq. (4)</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>&epsilon; = surface roughness, m or ft</p>
<p>Surface roughness is a piping characteristic. The limiting value is &ldquo;smooth,&rdquo; and defined to be 0.0000015 m or 0.000005 ft. For this calculation, use a value of 0.000002 m.</p>
<p><p class="h2header">Step 3: Pressure Drop Due to Friction</p></p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="equationtable">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td valign="top">
				<img alt="eq-5" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear5.png" /></td>
			<td align="right" class="equationnumber">
				Eq. (5)</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>L = pipe equivalent length, m or ftg<sub>c</sub> = conversion factor, 1 m/s<sup>2</sup> or 32.17 ft/s<sup>2</sup></p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="datatable">
	<caption>
		Table 2: Calculation Results</caption>
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
				<b>Parameter</b></td>
			<td>
				<b>Test 1</b></td>
			<td>
				<b>Test 2</b></td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Specific Gravity<sup>ii</sup></td>
			<td>
				1.26</td>
			<td>
				1.26</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Observed pressure drop</td>
			<td>
				110 kPa</td>
			<td>
				68 kPa</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Viscosity</td>
			<td>
				39 cP</td>
			<td>
				47 cP</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Calculated pressure drop</td>
			<td>
				110 kPa</td>
			<td>
				68 kPa</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p></p>
<p><p class="h1header">Viscosity Measurements</p></p>
<p>Pseudoplastic compounds follow a power curve, with viscosity decreasing with shear rate. Viscosity measurements were performed with a Brookfield Viscometer, Model LVDV-II+. Using the #31 spindle and Sample Adapter 13R cup, shear rate is determined by multiplying the rotational speed by 0.34<sup>iii</sup>. This gives the following raw data for the placebo product made for the tests:</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="datatable">
	<caption>
		Table 3: Viscosity Measurements</caption>
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p1"><b>RPM</b></p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p1"><b>Viscosity (cP)</b></p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p1"><b>Torque (%)</b></p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p1"><b>Shear Rate, sec<sup>-1</sup></b></p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">0.5</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">8338</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">13.9</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">0.17</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">1.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">5159</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">17.2</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">0.34</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">1.5</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">3919</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">19.6</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">0.51</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">3.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">2449</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">24.6</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">1.02</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">6.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">1540</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">30.8</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">2.04</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">12.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">977.3</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">39.1</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">4.08</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">20.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">706.3</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">47.1</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">6.8</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">30.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">551.9</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">55.2</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">10.2</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">45.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">435.2</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">65.3</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">15.3</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">60.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">370.4</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">74.1</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">20.4</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">100.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">283.7</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">94.6</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">34</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">150.0</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">EEEE</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p2">EEEE</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="bottom">
				<p class="p3">&nbsp;</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>Measurements made at 25&deg;C</p>
<p>Here are the data charted in Excel with the trend line and trend line equation superimposed:</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="imagecaption">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
				<img alt="figure-1" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear6.png" /></td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Figure 1: Graph of Viscosity Data with Trend Line</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>The power law equation for apparent viscosity is:</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="equationtable">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td valign="top">
				&mu;<sub>a</sub> = K &gamma;<sup>n-1</sup></td>
			<td align="right" class="equationnumber">
				Eq. (6)</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>K = flow consistency index, Pa-s<em class="bbc">n</em> = flow behavior index, dimensionless</p>
<p>Viscosity is in units Pa-s. Since our data is in cP (=mPa-s), the values of K and n are 2.53 and 0.356.</p>
<p>The viscometer&rsquo;s measurement range is limited, but extrapolation is acceptable with decreased accuracy.</p>
<p>Using the trend line equation, the viscosity at any shear rate is estimated. But this is for a temperature of 25&deg;C. Since data at only one temperature is given, the Lewis and Squires temperature correlation is used to estimate the viscosity at the actual flowing condition.</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="imagecaption">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td>
				<img alt="figure-2" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear7.png" /></td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td>
				Figure 2: Lewis and Squires Temperature Correlation</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>The equation for this chart is<sup>iv</sup>:</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="equation">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td valign="top">
				<img alt="eq-7" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear8.png" /></td>
			<td align="right" class="equation">
				Eq. (7)</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p></p>
<p><p class="h1header">Shear Rate in Pipeline</p></p>
<p>The shear rate at the wall of a circular pipe is calculated with:</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="equation">
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td valign="top">
				<img alt="eq-8" src="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/images/articles/shear9.png" /></td>
			<td align="right" class="equation">
				Eq. (8)</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p>And here are the results:</p>
<table align="center" border="0" class="datatable">
	<caption>
		Table 4: Viscosity Results</caption>
	<tbody>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1"><b>Parameter</b></p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p2"><b>Test 1</b></p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p2"><b>Test 2</b></p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">Flow rate</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">220 kg/min</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">160 kg/min</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">Density</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">1.26</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">1.26</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">Pipe diameter</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">47.5 mm</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">47.5 mm</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">Velocity</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">1.65 m/s</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">1.20 ft/s</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">Shear rate</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">277 sec<sup>-1</sup></p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">202 sec<sup>-1</sup></p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">Viscosity at 25&deg;C</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">68 cP</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">83 cP</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">Corrected viscosity, 34&deg;C</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">42 cP</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">53 cP</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
		<tr>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">Compare with calculation</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">39 cP</p>
			</td>
			<td class="td1" valign="top">
				<p class="p1">47 cP</p>
			</td>
		</tr>
	</tbody>
</table>
<p><p class="h1header">Discussion and Conclusions</p></p>
<p>After correction for shear rate and temperature, viscosity measurements from the Brookfield viscometer result in reasonably good estimates of pipeline pressure drop. It is important to ensure that the sample has reached the target temperature of 25&deg; before recording the reading.</p>
<p>The limitations in this study include:</p>
<ul>
<li>1. Pressure gauge reading accuracy due to the range of the instrument and the relatively small value being read.</li>
<li>2. Estimated placebo product density.</li>
<li>3. Unknown dependency of viscosity on the time of the applied shear stress. Further measurements with the Brookfield viscometer could be made to determine if there is a time dependency.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><p class="h1header">References</p></p>
<p><sup>i</sup>Hall, S.M., Rules of Thumb for Chemical Engineers, Butterworth-Heinemann (2012)</p>
<p><sup>ii</sup>Specific gravity determined from the pump speed (40% x 449 rpm max) and capacity (0.96 l/rev). This gives volumetric flow rate. From the measured mass flow rate, the specific gravity is calculated. Results from the two flow tests were averaged to obtain a value of 1.26.</p>
<p><sup>iii</sup>Brookfield Engineering Labs, More Solutions to Sticky Problems, downloaded from http://www.brookfieldengineering.com/</p>
<p><sup>iv</sup>Poling, B.E., Prausnitz, J.M., O&rsquo;Connell, J.P., Properties of Gases and Liquids, Fifth Edition, McGraw-Hill (2001).</p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2013 18:12:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">cc40d06ff0a16a793d066dbfa2917bab</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Statistical Process Control: Process and Qualit...</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/processes/statistical-process-control</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Statistical Process Control (SPC) provides a way to monitor chemical and other   processes.   We'll focus on continuous chemical processes and how the process and quality control departments utilize SPC.  Process control engineers use SPC to monitor a process's stability, consistency and overall performance.  Quality control engineers use SPC to see if the process is functioning within quality standards.  In industry, these two departments work together to monitor a chemical process.  SPC, in a classical sense, will not reveal much about the quality of the product.  For example, a process may be operating very well and in a very stable manner...as far as the process engineer is concerned, everything is fine.  However, if the process is currently 20% below the quality standard for A or top grade material, it would be difficult to say that the process is fine.</p>{parse block="google_articles"}

<p>To help introduce the basics of SPC, we'll assume that the variable being monitored is the specific gravity (SG) of n-hexane as it is being produced.   We'll assume that the SG is measured four times per day at 0300, 0900, 1500, and 2100 by the plant's laboratory.  Table 1 shows the results for a three day time period.  A-grade industrial n-hexane must have a SG between 0.61 and 0.69.   First, we'll see how the process engineer analyzes this data.</p>


<p class="h1header">SPC Overview</p>
<p> In a continuous chemical process, two types of charts are commonly used: individual value or X-bar charts and moving range (MR) or R-bar charts.  X-bar charts are used on a regular basis to monitor the process during a time of change.  For example, an R-bar chart would be appropriate if you were changing the feeds to the process.  The R-bar chart weights more recent data more heavily than historical data.</p>

<p>The chemical industry typically uses one of two types of process control.  3-sigma control specifies quality limits nearly equal to process limits.   6-sigma control specifies quality limits that are twice as large as control limits.  We'll focus on the 3-sigma system.</p>

<p>With all of the different types of limits, it's easy to become confused.  For our n-hexane process, we'll have 6 different limits we'll consider.   Three UCL's (Upper Control Limits) and three LCL's (Lower Control Limits).</p>

<p>UCL (calculated) = statistical upper control limit<br />











UCL (process) = pre-determined, acceptable process upper control limit<br />











UCL (quality) = pre-determined, acceptable quality upper control limit</p>

<p>LCL (calculated) = statistical lower control limit<br />











LCL (process) = pre-determined, acceptable process lower control limit<br />











LCL (quality) = pre-determined, acceptable quality lower control limit</p>

<table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: n-hexane Specific Gravity Data</caption><tbody>
 <tr>
        <td width="12%" align="center" height="19">Date</td>
        <td width="37%" align="center" height="19">Time </td>
        <td width="51%" align="center" height="19">SG Result</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">2/25/99</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0300</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.65</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" rowspan="3" height="69"></td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0900</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.67</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">1500</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.69</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">2100</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.63</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">2/26/99</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0300</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.64</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" rowspan="3" height="69"></td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0900</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.65</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">1500</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.63</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">2100</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.68</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">2/27/99</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0300</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.67</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" rowspan="3" height="69"></td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0900</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.68</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">1500</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.62</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">2100</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.66</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">2/28/99</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0300</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.62</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" rowspan="3" height="59"></td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0900</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.65</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="19">1500</td>
        <td align="center" height="19">0.63</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" height="9">2100</td>
        <td align="center" height="9">0.66</td>
      </tr>
</tbody></table>

<p>The process limits are those which define boundaries of operation for the process or an acceptable operating value.  The quality control limits are those used to "grade" material.  The term "quality limits" will refer to the A grade or top grade material limits.  You should realize that there are also B and C grades of materials that companies often sell as well.  The limits of these other grades vary accordingly.  Essentially, the farther away from specifications a product is, the lower the grade, and its value decreases sharply.</p>
<p>Typically in a 3-sigma system, the process limits are said to be "tighter" than the quality limits by 5-10%.  This is done so that even if the process exceeds process limits by a small amount, it will still be within quality standards.  However, the 6-sigma system dictates that the process limits be half of the quality limits.  For example, if you had an upper quality control limit of 100, the upper process control limit in a 6-sigma system would be 50 while a 3-sigma system may have an upper process control limit of around 90.  Basically, a 6-sigma system requires more strict (and sometimes unrealistic) control, depending on the process.   This is why many chemical manufactures implement the 3-sigma system.  Now that we've discussed the different types of limits and charts involved, let's see how our system is performing!</p>

<p class="h1header">SPC: X-bar Charts</p>
Start by calculating the average for the data points:<br />








<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc9.gif"></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table>
where X<sub>i</sub> is each individual result and n is the total number of results.<br />








<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc14.gif"><br />






Now,<br />








<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc10.gif"></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)<br />







Eq. (3)<br />






<br />







Eq. (4)<br />






<br />






<br />







Eq. (5)<br />







</td></tr></tbody></table>
For our system: <br />






<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc11.gif"><br />






<p>In a 3-sigma system, Z is equal to 3 [Equations 2 and 3] (hence its name) and a 6-sigma system uses Z=6, therefore:<br />






UCL (calculated) = 0.65 + 3(0.0056) = 0.67<br />






LCL (calculated) = 0.65 - 3(0.0056) = 0.63</p>

<p>As mentioned before the other control limits are set depending on the quality of the product needed.  A-grade n-hexane must be between 0.61 and 0.69 (these are the quality limits).  Typical process limits may then be 0.62 to 0.68.  Now we know all of the limits for our current data:<br />






UCL (calculated) = 0.67<br />






UCL (process) = 0.68<br />






UCL (quality) = 0.69<br />





<br />







LCL (calculated) = 0.63<br />






LCL (process) = 0.62<br />






LCL (quality) = 0.61</p>

<p>At this point, it's tempting to conclude that since the calculated limits are inside the process and quality limits, the process is operating perfectly.   But let's have a look at the X-bar chart:</p>
<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc1.gif"/></td></tr></tbody></table>

<p>Figure 1 shows the performance from 2/25/99 to 2/28/99.   According to the definition of "in control", the process should meet four criteria:<br />






1.  No sample points outside of process limits<br />






2.  Most points near average<br />






3.  Nearly equal number of points above and below average<br />






4.  Points are randomly distributed<br />






According to Figure1, only conditions 3 and 4 are being met.  This process should be examined for process upsets or interruptions in stability.  After the appropriate process changes were made, another X-bar chart was constructed over another 4 day period, Figure 2 below shows these results:</p>

<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc2.gif"/></td></tr></tbody></table>

<p>After the process improvements, the data suggests that the process is in control and all four criteria for control are being met.  Figure 2 shows how you should aim to control your process.</p>

<p class="h1header">SPC: R-bar Charts</p>
<p>R-bar charts utilize chart factors that are typically found in statistical references.  Table 2 shows a portion of such a chart for 3-sigma control:</p>
<table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 2: 3-Sigma Control Chart Factors</caption><tbody>
<tr>
        <td width="33%" align="center"><p align="center"><strong>Sub-Groups</strong></td>
        <td width="33%" align="center"><strong>D<sub>3</sub></strong></td>
        <td width="34%" align="center"><strong>D<sub>4</sub></strong></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="33%" align="center">2</td>
        <td width="33%" align="center">0</td>
        <td width="34%" align="center"><p align="center">3.27</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="33%" align="center">3</td>
        <td width="33%" align="center">0</td>
        <td width="34%" align="center">2.57</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="33%" align="center">4</td>
        <td width="33%" align="center">0</td>
        <td width="34%" align="center">2.28</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="33%" align="center">5</td>
        <td width="33%" align="center">0</td>
        <td width="34%" align="center">2.11</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="33%" align="center">6</td>
        <td width="33%" align="center">0</td>
        <td width="34%" align="center">2.00</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="33%" align="center">7</td>
        <td width="33%" align="center">0.08</td>
        <td width="34%" align="center">1.92</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="33%" align="center">8</td>
        <td width="33%" align="center">0.14</td>
        <td width="34%" align="center">1.86</td>
      </tr>
</tbody></table>
<p>The UCL (calculated) are LCL (calculated) are defined by:</p>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc12.gif"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)<br />




Eq. (7)<br />




<br />




Eq. (8)</td></tr></tbody></table>

<p>where MR (moving range) is the absolute value of the difference between the current data point and the preceding data point.  The number of sub-groups is an area that most people do not agree upon.  For example, if you group results by week and you're analyzing data for a month you could use 4 sub-groups.  As a general rule, if your continuous process has been operating under the same specifications over the time of your analysis, you may assume 2 sub-groups.  This is the approach we'll use for our system.</p>
<p>Let's assume that our plant also produces glycol which has an average specific gravity of 1.11.  An R-bar chart provides an effective means of monitoring the transition from n-hexane (SG=0.65) to glycol (SG=1.11).  Monitoring the individual results (X-bar chart) in conjunction with the R-bar chart will paint a very clear picture of the transition.  The data in Table 3 shows the 4-day transition.   The feeds were changed just prior to this data being recorded.  What we're seeing is the n-hexane leaving the system and the glycol showing up gradually.</p>

<table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 3: n-hexane to Glycol Transition Data</caption><tbody>
<tr>
        <td align="center" width="61">Date</td>
        <td align="center" width="67">Time</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">SG results</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">Moving Range results</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="61">3/15/99</td>
        <td align="center" width="67">0300</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">0.65</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">---</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="61" rowspan="3">Â </td>
        <td align="center" width="67">0900</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">0.63</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.02</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="67">1500</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">0.67</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.04</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="67">2100</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">0.74</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.07</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="61">3/16/99</td>
        <td align="center" width="67">0300</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">0.77</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.03</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="61" rowspan="3">Â </td>
        <td align="center" width="67">0900</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">0.82</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.05</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="67">1500</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">0.95</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.13</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="67">2100</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">0.99</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.04</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="61">3/17/99</td>
        <td align="center" width="67">0300</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">1.02</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.03</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="61" rowspan="3">Â </td>
        <td align="center" width="67">0900</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">1.10</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.08</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="67">1500</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">1.08</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.02</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="67">2100</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">1.13</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.05</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="61">3/18/99</td>
        <td align="center" width="67">0300</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">1.10</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.03</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="61" rowspan="3">Â </td>
        <td align="center" width="67">0900</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">1.08</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.02</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="67">1500</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">1.07</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.01</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center" width="67">2100</td>
        <td align="center" width="101">1.10</td>
        <td align="center" width="130">0.03</td>
      </tr>
</tbody></table>

<p>Now, to form the R-bar chart, we graph the data/time versus the moving range.  We can assume 2 sub-groups (n-hexane and glycol over a short period of time).  The moving range for 3/15/99 at 0900 was calculated by |(0.63-0.65)|=0.02.  Typically, there will be no process or quality control limits for R-bar charts.  For this transition:</p>
<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc13.gif"/><br />


UCL(calculated) = (3.27)(0.043) = 0.14<br />


LCL(calculated) = (0)(0.043) = 0.00<br />



<p>Figure 3 shows the R-bar chart for the transition from n-hexane to glycol.  While using an X-bar chart alone during times of change in a system is feasible, it is sometimes difficult to graph the data due to the potentially large differences in results.   Another consideration is that in data compiling, a R-bar chart appearing between X-bar charts is a nice way to show a transition phase has occurred.  R-bar charts are also useful when plotting data over a large time span.  To show the contrast in the two types of charts, the x-bar chart during the transition is shown in Figure 4.</p>

<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc3.gif"/><br />

<br />

<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc4.gif"/></td></tr></tbody></table>

<p>The arrow in Figure 4 shows the point at which the SG of the glycol has entered the quality control range.  This is a very important point because the system output must be directed to a glycol storage tank at this point (rather than the waste container used during the transition).  This is why the charts should be used in conjunction with one another, and an R-bar chart should not be used alone during a transition.</p>

<p>Uses of R-bar charts include:<br />


1.  Keep a record of when process changes or feed changes occurred<br />


2.  Record of how long the process took to stabilize<br />


3.  Show long history of a process or piece of equipment</p>

<p>If or whenever you use R-bar charts, remember that they tell you nothing about the actual value of the results, only deviations from one result to the next.</p>

<p class="h1header">SPC: Danger Signs and Where to Start Looking</p>
<p>As a process or quality engineer, you'll eventually come across some charts that make your eyes pop out and spell "O-V-E-R-T-I-M-E".   Imagine going to work one morning and find the chart below:</p>
<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc5.gif"/></td></tr></tbody></table>
<p>Depending on where the results came from, the problem could be several things.<br />

If the results are from online measuring devices:<br />

1.  Check the operator's log for any abnormal behavior during the time that the results were out of standard.<br />

2.  Check the calibration schedule for the measuring device.</p>

<p>If the results are from a laboratory:<br />

1.  Check laboratory equipment for correct calibration.<br />

2.  Review laboratory notes on the tests for any errors that may have been made in the testing procedure.<br />

3.  Ask the laboratory technician if he/she remembers anything strange about the tests.  For example, sample collection container abnormalities that may have led to contamination.</p>

<p>Any investigating beyond these ideas may begin to be counterproductive.  However, the process should be monitored closely to see if this result is repeated later.  The process has returned to normal operation and the out of standard results were not a serious compromise of quality.</p>

<p>Now suppose you find a chart resembling Figure 6:</p>
<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc6.gif"/></td></tr></tbody></table>
<p>You may initially think that since no results are out of the quality control standards that you don't have a problem.  To the contrary, unless there has been an intentional process change, you have a very serious problem.  It's not a matter of where the process has been or where it is now, but where it is going.   This type of trend cannot be attributed to simple error, there is something seriously wrong!  Depending on many factors, you must find a place to start investigating.  You may want to start with equipment that can immediately affect the SG.  Look closely at the process data over the past few days.  It can be helpful to compare data over a comparable period of time when the process was in control versus this new trend that you're seeing.  I might suggest starting with the separation equipment.</p>

<p>Until this point we've considered only one characteristic of n-hexane, specific gravity.  Process engineers must simultaneously monitor all important characteristics of a product.  Suppose your manager presents you with the following two charts:</p>
<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc7.gif"/><br />
<br />
<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/spc8.gif"/></td></tr></tbody></table>

<p>You notice that the SG seems to be fine while the concentration has dropped off dramatically.  While SG is generally a good indicator of concentration, it doesn't appear to be so in this situation.  Since you have no reason to doubt the accuracy of these results at this time, where should you start?  The first question you should answer is: "What else is in the stream that is lowering the concentration?"  A quick look at the gas chromatograph show that on 3/4/99 at 1500 (when the n-hexane concentration was at 92%) there was also significant amounts of two other chemicals: 2-methyl-butene-3 (SG=0.63) and isoprene (SG=0.68)[hypothetical components].  Since the 2-methyl-butene-3 is lighter than n-hexane and isoprene is heavier than n-hexane, the contaminant mixture did not force the specific gravity out of standard, but the concentration is being seriously affected (this is why you monitor both SG and concentration).  Now all you have to do is find out how it got there.  I might start with heat exchangers that may be leaking.</p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Jul 2012 18:48:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">42ae1544956fbe6e09242e6cd752444c</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Water Chemistry and Treatment</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/utilities/water-chemistry-and-treatment</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Water is a natural solvent.  Rain water is acidic due to carbon dioxide picked up in the atmosphere.  Water and CO2 make carbonic acid (acid rain).  Water hardness is primarily calcium and magnesium.  Calcium is limestone - common throughout Midwest.  Acid water dissolves limestone, iron, and other minerals in soil.  All pure water has an affinity for metals.  Surface water supplies are generally low in dissolved minerals.  Well supplies vary in dissolved minerals with depth and location.  pH is the measure of acidity of a water supply based on the hydrogen ion.  Water with a pH below 7.0 is corrosive. Above is considered alkaline water which is not a problem except in industry.</p>

<p><p class="h1header">Ionization</p></p>

<p>Minerals dissolved in water are present as ions. Ions have an electrical charge; either positive or negative. Ion exchange resins take advantage of this charge.  Water Softeners are cation exchangers meaning they will exchange, or pick up all positive ions. Positive ions are calcium, magnesium, iron, copper, lead, sodium, zinc, manganese, mercury, and other metals.</p>{parse block="google_articles"}
<p>Negative ions are not exchanged, or removed, by a water softener and negative ions are called anions.  Negative ions are nitrate, sulfate, chloride, bicarbonate, and other similar minerals.</p>
<p>Minerals are measured by grains per gallon (gpg) or parts per million (ppm). The metric equivalent of ppm is milligrams per liter (mg/l).</p>
<p>A <em>grain</em> is a unit of weight (7,000 grains = one pound) parts per million is a finer measurement (17.1 ppm = one grain) one ppm = 8.33 pounds of mineral in one million gallons of water. More common minerals such as hardness are measured in gpg. Minerals such as iron are present in lesser quantities and are measured in ppm (or mg/l).</p>
<p>An analysis usually reports minerals as calcium carbonate equivalents to base results on a common denominator.  Calcium and magnesium reported separately are reported as individual ions and must be converted to calcium carbonate equivalents to arrive at total hardness.</p>

<p><p class="h1header">Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)</p></p>
<p>Total dissolved solids as reported on an analysis are the total of all minerals dissolved in the water. TDS levels below 900 ppm do not present a problem in residential or commercial applications. TDS levels above 900 ppm will affect the performance of water softeners in the form of hardness and iron "leakage". All waters contain some natural sodium, and the higher the TDS, usually the higher the sodium level.</p>

<p>Sodium is used to regenerate a water softener and high levels of natural occurring sodium, plus that used to remove the hardness, will combine to a level high enough to partially regenerate the softener. Thus, water with a TDS of 1500 ppm and 40 grains of hardness will cause hardness and iron leakage.</p>

<p>TDS is also a factor in performance of Reverse Osmosis Systems. The R.O. membrane has limitations on TDS due to its ability or inability to carry away solids which might plug the membrane.</p>

<p><p class="h1header">Alkalinity</p></p>
<p>Sometimes confused with pH, has nothing to do with pH level. Alkalinity is due to the presence of bicarbonate, carbonate, and hydrate ions. For our purposes alkalinity consists of calcium and magnesium bicarbonate.   This alkalinity will produce CO2 when water is heated; therefore, it can cause corrosion even though the pH is neutral. Usually alkalinity as high as 300 ppm is not a problem unless the hardness is below 10 gpg. An index called the saturation index is used to determine if a specific water will cause corrosion.</p>

<p><p class="h1header">Water Problems and Treatment</p></p>
<p>Frequently several minerals are involved in a given water problem.</p>
<p><p class="h2header">Hardness</p></p>
<p>Water hardness above 5 grains is considered for treatment. Hardness is calcium and magnesium which tends to revert back to the solid state when water is heated. This solid material will form scale and will also combine with chemicals added to water such as detergents. The higher the hardness, the faster scale will form or the "harder" it is to produce suds for good cleaning action.</p>

<p>High hardness (10 grains and above) will shorten the life of water heaters, electric heating elements, and water using appliances.</p>

<p>A water softener removes the hardness minerals from water and replaces it with sodium which is an inert mineral.  Sodium readily dissolves in water; it has a high solubility which means it will stay in solution unlike the hardness minerals. The source of sodium for regeneration of a softener is (sodium chloride). A softenerâ€™s capacity is based on how much sodium the resin will retain and what that represents in grains of hardness removed by ion exchange.</p>

<p>A water softener will also exchange (remove) other metallic ions in solution such as iron, manganese, copper, etc. These ions must be dissolved in the water for complete removal. Oxidized iron will pass directly through the softener.</p>

<p class="h2header">Iron (0.30 ppm will stain)</p>
<p>Stains fixtures and clothing red/brown. Unstable in water when water is exposed to oxygen. Yellow water indicates that part, or all of the iron, has oxidized and will precipitate out of the water.</p>

<p>Dissolved Iron is indicated when water drawn at tap is clear but turns yellow upon standing. A water softener will remove this "clear water" iron.</p>

<p>Oxidized Iron is indicated by yellow color as soon as water is drawn from tap. A sediment filter will remove this iron, but should be followed by a softener to remove iron still in solution. If iron removal only is desired, a manganese greensand (ML-FFE) filter will remove both oxidized and dissolved iron.</p>

<p>CAUTION: Greensand should not be used on waters where pH is below 6.8.</p>

<p>Iron Bacteria is indicated when water pressure diminishes and iron stains are present. Lift toilet tank cover to confirm; slimy, stringy, brown growth is iron bacteria. This is most difficult form of iron and is caused by harmless bacterial that live in the absence of oxygen and feed on iron in water. It will eventually plug plumbing lines to reduce flow. Chlorinating well periodically may control growth. Best treatment is continuous chlorination followed by activated carbon filtration (ML-ACF). Optional treatment for lesser cases is the installation of a large diameter manual sediment filter (18KF-AG) to provide a "home" for them to grow.</p>

<p class="h2header">Manganese (0.20 ppm will stain)</p>
<p>Similar to iron but difficult to oxidize; causes dark brown to black stains. Is frequently present with iron, but in lesser amounts. Best removal method is with water softener.</p>

<p class="h2header">Hydrogen Sulfide (rotten egg odor)</p>
<p>Caused by decayed vegetation; is most troublesome due to bad odor and will cause corrosion; hydrogen lowers pH.</p>

<p>Hydrogen sulfide is sometimes present with iron and/or manganese. It will then cause black sticky precipitate which stains everything. Removal can be accomplished with a manganese greensand filter (up to 2 ppm H2S) or chlorination using a chemical pump, retention tank, and followed by an activated carbon filter. The latter method is used when the H<sub>2</sub>S is above 2 ppm or is accompanied by iron and low pH. A combination of chlorine and acid neutralizer is fed to adjust pH, oxidize the sulphur and iron in one operation.</p>

<p>Hydrogen sulfide is a gas and must be tested for at the job site to determine total H2S level.</p>

<p class="h2header">Low pH</p>
<p>Acidic condition (6.8 down to 5.0 pH) will corrode plumbing, erode porcelain, and put copper or iron in water depending upon type of plumbing. Stains will be blue/green for copper and red/brown for iron. Adjustment of pH from 6.9 down to 6.5 can be done with an acid neutralizer filter (ML-ANF) which contains calcium carbonate (marble chips) media which slowly dissolves. Requires addition of more media about every two years depending upon pH level. Lower pH must be adjusted by feeding MAN-607 to the water with a chemical feed pump.</p>

<p class="h2header">Nitrates, Sulfates, Chlorides (Anions)</p>
<p>EPA or U.S. Public Health Service limits on the nitrate level permissible is 44 ppm as nitrate or 10 ppm as the nitrogen ion. Nitrate causes what is known as "blue babies" due to oxygen starvation (this can occur at 25 ppm nitrate). Nitrate presence is also an indicator of organic contamination.</p>

<p>Sulfates cause an astringent taste in the water. Concentrations of 30 gpg can have a laxative effect due to calcium sulfate.</p>

<p>Chlorides can combine with natural sodium or sodium produced by softening and result in salty tasting water.  Both sulfates and chlorides, as well as nitrates, are most economically removed by reverse osmosis.</p>

<p class="h2header">Reverse Osmosis</p>
<p>R.O. is a process of forcing water, by pressure, through a membrane (plastic) with microscopic pores which will separate the dissolved solids from the water. The water produced is equal in quality to distilled water.</p>

<p>R.O. removes up to 90-98 % of minerals, organics, bacteria, and viruses from water. dissolved gases such as chlorine or hydrogen sulfide are not removed. Many of todayâ€™s chemical contaminants are also removed.</p>

<p>R.O. requires water which does not exceed 8 grains of hardness and all iron must be removed prior to the R.O. unit.  A 5 micron cartridge filter is required ahead of the R.O. to eliminate sediment plugging of the membrane.</p>

<p>A water sample should be submitted to Marlo for analysis before installing an R.O. unit to ensure that the TDS does not exceed the limits. If nitrate removal is the purpose of the R.O. installation, we must have analysis to determine actual % of removal based on TDS.</p>

<p class="h1header">Sizing Conventional Water Softners</p>
<p>Assume 60 gallons of water per day per person (natural average) if iron is present: multiply ppm x 2 and add hardness to arrive at compensated hardness. Iron is more readily exchanged than hardness and this method compensates the softener capacity.</p>{parse block="google_articles"}

<p><b>Example:</b> Number of Persons x 60 x Comp. Hardness = Grains Capacity Used Per Day.</p>

<p>Multiply: Grains per Day x 3 Days = Approximate Capacity of Softener Required. The number of days may be extended to arrive at a catalog unit which will not exhaust before regeneration.</p>

4 persons in household<br />










18 grains hardness<br />










1.5 ppm iron (clear water)<br />











<p>Compensated Hardness = 1.5 x 2 + 18 = 21 grains</p>

<p>4 x 60 x 21 = 5040 grains/day x 3 days = 15,120 grains capacity
ML-15S (15,000 grain capacity) is too small.
Timer can only be set for: Once/6 days, Twice/6 days, Three times/6days.     (Cannot be set for every 4th or 5th day.)</p>

<p>ML-22D (22,000 gr.) = 4.36 Days (too large)
ML-25S (25,000 gr.) = 4.96 Days (too large)
ML-30D (30,000 gr.) = 5.95 Days (too small)</p>

<p>Due to limitation of time clock there is not an efficient choice.
The closest time clock unit would be a ML-22D.
Consider metered (MP) unit: MP-25S (4.96 days average) or MP-36D (7.143 days average).</p>

<p class="h1header">Reduced Salt Setting Conventional Softners</p>
<p>Reduced salt dosage, 6 pounds per cubic foot of resin versus maximum salt dosage, 15 pounds per cubic foot of resin may be used to gain salt efficiency. Marlo softeners are set up to take advantage of this savings wherever it is possible to use it.</p>

<p>The reduced salt dosage, minimum salt setting, may not be used if iron is present in the water. With reduced salt the resin is not fully regenerated which means the resin bed retains some hardness and iron would also be retained. The iron will eventually oxidize within the resin bed and iron fouling will result in lost capacity.</p>

<p>Minimum salt setting can be used to obtain a more exact sizing of a unit based on 20,000 grains per cubic foot of resin versus 30,000 grains at maximum salting. This results in a smaller, less costly unit plus salt savings can be 30% or more.</p>

<p><b>Example:</b> 3 persons, 15 grains hardness, no iron</p>

3 x 60 x 15 - 3240 grains per day<br />










15,000 grain unit at minimum salt = 10,500 gr. cap./ 3240 = 3.24 days<br />










(25,000 grain unit at maximum salt = 25,000 gr. cap. / 3240 = 7.70 days)<br />










(25,000 grain unit at minimum salt = 16,500 gr. cap. / 3240 = 5.09 days)<br />











<p>ML-15S is best sizing.</p>

<p class="h1header">Common Symbols Used in Water Treament</p>

<table class="datatable" border="0" width="62%" align="center"><tbody>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%"><p align="left"><strong>CATIONS</strong></td>
        <td width="53%"><p align="left"><strong>ANIONS</strong></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Calcium, Ca<sup>++</sup></td>
        <td width="53%">Nitrate, NO<sub>3</sub><sup>-</sup></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Magnesium, Mg<sup>++</sup></td>
        <td width="53%">Chloride, Cl<sup>-</sup></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Iron, Fe<sup>++</sup></td>
        <td width="53%">Sulfate, SO<sub>4</sub><sup>-</sup></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Manganese, Mn<sup>++</sup></td>
        <td width="53%">Bicarbonate, HCO<sub>3</sub><sup>-</sup></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Sodium, Na<sup>+</sup></td>
        <td width="53%">Calcium Carbonate, CaCO<sub>3</sub><sup>-</sup></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Copper, Cu<sup>++</sup></td>
        <td width="53%">Hydroxide, OH<sup>-</sup></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Hydrogen Sulfide, H<sub>2</sub>S</td>
        <td width="53%"></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Carbon Dioxide, CO<sub>2</sub></td>
        <td width="53%"></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="47%">Oxygen, O<sub>2</sub></td>
        <td width="53%"></td>
      </tr></tbody>
    </table>
<br />



<p><span class="info">This article is shared with permission from Marlo Incorporated.  Original author: Tony Ramirez, ramirezt"at"marlo-inc.com</span></p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Jun 2012 18:26:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">dbdc69ea6ccbdea0ca2d796e1af24ebf</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Why Become a Chemical Engineer?</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/students/why-become-a-chemical-engineer</link>
		<description><![CDATA[How about a career where the opportunities are endless?  Trying not to sound like an advertisement, I'd like to describe some of the more common careers pursued with a Chemical Engineering degree.  Firstly, if you're considering studying Chemical Engineering, but you're a little timid because of the horror stories that you hear, you actually may want to think about it some more!

<p> I've actually heard someone say, "How hard can it be?"  Really hard, but really rewarding too!  True, the material involved in far from easy and some of the concepts take hours (and in some cases years!) to master, but isn't having this degree worth the effort?  I think that you'll find that it will be.  I guess what I'm saying is, if you're serious about wanting to be a Chemical Engineer, go for it and don't be afraid to fail (as long as you've done your best).  If you're not sure what you want to do, take some preliminary courses first and then ask some of the current students what they think so far and compare you're academic merit to theirs.</p>

<p>Now, once you've got the degree, the fun really starts.  I suggest taking the Fundamentals of Engineering Exam (FE Exam) shortly before or after graduation.  The after 4 or 5 years of industrial work, you can take the Professional Engineering Exam (PE Exam) and become a Certified Professional Engineer.  Always a good idea to take these exams, remember, if you don't someone else will and they'll probably get your job!  Speaking of jobs, what kind of work can you do with a Chemical Engineering degree?</p><br />




"I love designing equipment, optimizing processes, and performing financial analyses on these processes." <br />



--DESIGN ENGINEER<br />


<br />




"I like to analyze existing processes and suggest changes needed to increase profitability"<br />



 --PROCESS ENGINEER<br />


<br />




"I really like designing and performing experiments to test theories and check the economic impact of plant changes on a small scale" <br />



 --RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEER<br />


<br />




"I'm a people person and I don't like being trapped in one place all of the time"<br />



 --FIELD ENGINEER OR TECHNICAL SALES PERSONNEL<br />


<br />




"I want to be a physician" <br />



 --MEDICAL SCHOOLS REALLY LIKE CHEMICAL ENGINEERS<br />


<br />




"I'm out of school, I'm tired of engineering and I never want to do it again"<br />



 --YOU GRADUATED WITH ONE OF THE MOST DIFFICULT UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES THAT THERE IS.  MAYBE YOU'D RATHER LOOK INTO BECOMING A FORENSIC CHEMIST OR AN ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT.  WHATEVER YOU DECIDE TO DO, YOU HAVE A QUALITY EDUCATION THAT NO ONE CAN TAKE FROM YOU. <br />


<br />




<p>A Chemical Engineering degree may not be a free ride through life, but it does provide a solid base to start a wide variety of careers and after all, wasn't that you're objective to begin with?</p>

<p>Below you'll find an interview that was completed many years ago (circa 2000) that high schools students have used to help them make their decision regarding chemical engineering.<br />


<br />




<p>Archived article in PDF format</p>

<p>This is a legacy article shown in Adobe Acrobat format embedded into the page below. If you cannot see the article below, please <a href="http://get.adobe.com/reader/" target="New Window">download Acrobat Reader</a>.</p>

<p><embed src="http://www.cheresources.com/legacy_articles/interview.pdf" width="680" height="700"></p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Thu, 31 May 2012 19:29:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">15fa1fad1fc582dd65403f6f950b1e21</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Steam Tracing with MS Excel</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/heat-transfer/steam-tracing-excel</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Heat tracing is used to prevent heat loss from process fluids being transported in process fluid pipes, when there is risk of damage to piping, or interference with operation such as fouling or blockage, caused by the congealing, increase in viscosity, or separation of components, in the fluid below certain temperatures, or when there is risk of formation of corrosive substances or water due to condensation in corrosive services.  This prevention of heat loss is accomplished by employing electrical tracing, or steam tracing, and insulating both the process fluid pipe and the tracer together, using appropriate insulation lagging, in an attempt to minimise heat loss from the pipe and tracer to their surroundings.</p>{parse block="google_articles"}

<p>The existing software that was used to design steam tracing had to be evaluated in terms of its accuracy and reliability, as problems associated with steam tracing designed with the existing software have occurred in the past.  A software simulation had to be designed that could compare theoretical inputs and outputs with that of an existing simulation used to design steam tracing, as well as compare it to existing installed steam tracing, in order to determine where improvements in the software could be made.</p>

<p>The new software had to use the outputs from the existing software as inputs and its outputs had to correspond to the inputs of the existing software. Other important evaluations were also included in the new software.</p>

<p class="h1header">Theory</p>
<p>The term â€œHeat Tracingâ€ is inclusive for two methods used in the conservation of temperature. The first method is known as electrical heat tracing, and the second is known as steam tracing.  Electrical heat tracing may be described as an insulated electrical heating cable, which is spiralled around the process fluid pipe, after which the pipe and tracing is insulated with the appropriate type and thickness of insulation lagging material.  While this method of heat tracing may be installed with relative ease compared to steam tracing, it is more expensive, and poses several risks.  The most important of these, being the risk of electric spark, which may cause electric shock or ignite flammable substances resulting in explosions or fire.   If electrical heat tracing is not carefully controlled, there is also the possibility that the cable could overheat and damage the pipe or insulation.  This also renders the tracing cable unusable and the cable needs to be replaced.</p>

<table class="datatable_inset" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td>In order to follow the theory, <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/10-nomenclature-for-steam-tracing-with-ms-excel/" Target="New Window"><u>download</u></a> the Nomenclature from the Downloads section.<br />








<br />









<b>Download the spreadsheet developed with the method presented here in our <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/85-steam-tracing-calculator/" Target="New Window"><u>Downloads Section</u></a></b></td></tr></tbody></table><br />

















<br />

















<p>Steam tracing is described by attaching a smaller pipe containing saturated steam, also known as the â€œtracerâ€, parallel to the process fluid pipe. The two pipes are then also insulated together with the specified insulation and jacketed if necessary.  Steam tracing is more labor intensive to install than electrical heat tracing, but there are very few risks associated with it.  The temperature of the tracer also cannot exceed the maximum saturation temperature of the steam, as it operates at specific steam pressures.</p>

<p>Steam tracing may be done in one of two ways.  Bare steam tracing is the most popular choice as it is fairly easily installed and maintained and it is ideally suited to lower temperature requirements.  It is simply composed of a half inch or three quarters of an inch pipe attached to the process fluid pipe by straps and both pipes are then insulated together.   The other available option is to make use of cemented steam tracing, during which heat conductive cement is placed around the steam tracer running parallel to the process fluid pipe, (shown in figure 1b), in an attempt to increase the contact area available for heat transfer, between the tracer and the process fluid pipe.</p>

<p>It is necessary to foster a better understanding of the heat loss distribution through an insulated pipe containing steam tracing, before continuing the discussion. For this purpose, detailed diagrams depicting the cross-sections of the two types of tracing methods are given below, in Figures 1a and b:</p>

<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing1.gif" alt="steam-tracing-1"/></td></tr><tr><td>Figures 1a and 1b: Bare versus Cemented Tracer</td></tr></tbody></table>
Because the area around the process fluid pipe and tracer cannot be accurately described simply by assuming perfect cylindrical geometry, provision had to be made for a realistic impression of the true geometry. Detailed derivations of formulas are included in <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/9-appendix-for-steam-tracing-with-ms-excel/" Target="New Window">Appendix 1</a>.

Heat transfer across a surface occurs according to the following equation: (Coulson & Richardson, 1999:634-688)
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing2.gif" alt="steam-tracing-2"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table>
The following equations were derived in determining the different areas across which heat transfer occurs:
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing3.gif" alt="steam-tracing-3"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table>
For bare tracing, the following formulas were derived:
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing4.gif" alt="steam-tracing-4"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing5.gif" alt="steam-tracing-5"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing6.gif" alt="steam-tracing-6"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing7.gif" alt="steam-tracing-7"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing8.gif" alt="steam-tracing-8"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (7)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing9.gif" alt="steam-tracing-9"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (8)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing10.gif" alt="steam-tracing-10"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (9)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing11.gif" alt="steam-tracing-11"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (10)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing12.gif" alt="steam-tracing-12"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (11)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing13.gif" alt="steam-tracing-13"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (12)</td></tr></tbody></table>
The following equation was used to determine the hottest surface temperature for bare tracing: (Le Roux, D.F. (1997) â€œThermal Insulation and Heat Tracingâ€, Guideline presented by D.F. le Roux, Secunda):
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing14.gif" alt="steam-tracing-14"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (13)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing15.gif" alt="steam-tracing-15"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (14)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing16.gif" alt="steam-tracing-16"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (15)</td></tr></tbody></table>
For cemented tracing, the following formulas were derived:
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing17.gif" alt="steam-tracing-17"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (16)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing18.gif" alt="steam-tracing-18"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (17)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing19.gif" alt="steam-tracing-19"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (18)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing20.gif" alt="steam-tracing-20"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (19)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing22.gif" alt="steam-tracing-22"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (20)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing23.gif" alt="steam-tracing-23"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (21)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing24.gif" alt="steam-tracing-24"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (22)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing25.gif" alt="steam-tracing-25"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (23)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing26.gif" alt="steam-tracing-26"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (24)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing27.gif" alt="steam-tracing-27"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (25)</td></tr></tbody></table>
The following equation was used to determine the hottest surface temperature for cemented tracing:
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing28.gif" alt="steam-tracing-28"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (26)</td></tr></tbody></table>
where:
<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing29.gif" alt="steam-tracing-29"/></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (27)</td></tr></tbody></table>
<p class="h1header">Experimental</p>
The cross sections of the bare traced and cemented traced pipes are given in Figures 3a and 3b, respectively.  These figures illustrate how the geometric approach was used in describing the heat loss through the system, taking into account that spherical geometry was not assumed.
<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing30.gif" alt="steam-tracing-30"/></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3a: Bare Tracer</td></tr></tbody></table>
<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing31.gif" alt="steam-tracing-31"/></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3b: Cemented Tracer</td></tr></tbody></table>

The independent variables for the design were as follows, and were all specified variables in the software simulation:

<table class="datatable" border="0" width="38%" height="245" align="center"><caption>Independent Variables</caption>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="18">Time, s</td>
    <td width="61%" height="18"></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="15">Pipe length</td>
    <td width="61%" height="15">(0 to maximum length for steam trap), m</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="19">Steam pressure</td>
    <td width="61%" height="19">(240 to 1700 kPa)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="19">Nominal process fluid pipe size</td>
    <td width="61%" height="19">(0.50 to 48 inches)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="19">Number of available tracers</td>
    <td width="61%" height="19">(0 to 5)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="19">Nominal pipe size of tracer pipe</td>
    <td width="61%" height="19">(0.50 to 0.75 inches)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="19">Insulation thickness</td>
    <td width="61%" height="19">(0 to process fluid pipe diameter), m</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="19">Emissivity of insulation lagging</td>
    <td width="61%" height="19">(0 to 1)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="19">Ambient temperature</td>
    <td width="61%" height="19">(-10 to 50 Â°C)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%" height="19">Wind velocity</td>
    <td width="61%" height="19">(0 to 72 km/h)</td>
  </tr>
</table>

<table class="datatable" border="0" width="38%" align="center"><caption>Dependent Variables</caption>

 <tr>
    <td width="39%">Annulus temperature</td>
    <td width="61%">(Process fluid temperature to Steam Temperature)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Saturated steam temperature</td>
    <td width="61%">(126.1 to 204.3 ÂºC)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Steam consumption</td>
    <td width="61%">(0 to 50 kg/h)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Process fluid temperature</td>
    <td width="61%">(0 to 600 ÂºC)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Pipe outer radius</td>
    <td width="61%">(10.668 to 609.62 mm)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Pipe wall thickness</td>
    <td width="61%">(1.3974 to 15.6869 mm)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Pipe inner radius</td>
    <td width="61%">(6.401 to 1219.2 mm)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Pipe wall thermal conductivity</td>
    <td width="61%">(16 to 401 W/mK)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Steam tracer outside radius</td>
    <td width="61%">(6.35 to 9.53 mm)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Maximum tracer length</td>
    <td width="61%">(30 to 60 m)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Thermal conductivity of insulation</td>
    <td width="61%">(0.01241 to 0.1120 W/mK)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Average insulation temperature</td>
    <td width="61%">(Ambient temp. to Steam temp.)</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Surface temperature</td>
    <td width="61%">(N/A), K</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="39%">Surface film coefficient</td>
    <td width="61%">(N/A), W/m2K</td>
  </tr>
</table>
<p>The main deliverable was to obtain the minimum temperature at which the process fluid had to enter the pipeline, but other information such as the wall temperature and steam consumption were also important.</p>

<p>The interface designed for the simulation is shown in Fig. 3c and was written in Microsoft Excel:</p>
<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing33.gif" alt="steam-tracing-33"/></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3c: Interface</td></tr></tbody></table>
<p>The detailed design and calculations can be found in Appendix 1. The design was done following an unconventional approach, in an attempt to make as few assumptions as possible.</p>

<p>Most of the equations were fundamentally derived, but some equations were employed from other sources. (See References)</p>

<p>All the necessary equations were developed and simplified to eliminate ambiguity. The equations were then solved simultaneously and by making use of iterations.</p>

<p>The inputs to the simulation were highlighted in yellow, on the left side of the page, and the outputs were highlighted blue, on the right hand side, to eliminate ambiguity in deciding which were inputs and which were outputs.</p>

<p>The inputs section mostly made use of drop-down menus to facilitate data input, and mostly made use of referencing techniques to look up the necessary values used in the calculations. For example, the user was only required to choose the NPS of the process fluid pipe, and the schedule number, and the program automatically looked up the outer diameter, inside diameter and wall thicknesses from a table containing accurate standard values for pipe sizes.</p>

<p>Also, the user was only required to specify the insulation material type, steam pressure, and ambient temperature, which the program used to calculate an average insulation temperature, and interpolate between different k-values, to obtain the specific thermal conductivity at that specific temperature, since thermal conductivity is temperature dependent. The program also used the lagging emissivity, together with the ambient temperature, surface temperature and wind velocity, to calculate an exact value for the surface film coefficient on the outside, which needed to be very accurate.</p>

<p>The program was also able to calculate a maximum surface temperature, to ensure safety protection for personnel, as the surface temperature, by standard, is not allowed to exceed 60 ÂºC. Temperatures higher than this would result in injury caused by touching the outside surface.</p>

<p>The steam consumption was also calculated by determining the heat loss from the system for a certain length of pipe. The steam is invariably subject to heat loss, and thus condensation, when sufficient heat has been lost. This corresponds to the maximum length of a tracer. Fresh, saturated steam then needs to be re-introduced into the system, to ensure efficient operation, and a steam trap needs to be installed at the end of the maximum length, to collect all the condensate which has formed. The condensate may be recycled to create new steam.</p>

<p>The simulation made use of macros, in the sense that the program automatically performs the calculations necessary to converge the answers to a final answer, by simply requiring the user to press a shortcut key.</p>

<p class="h1header">Results and Discussion</p>
<p>Due to the nature of the project, definite answers are not possible to obtain, but rather different simulations could be run and each time the answers could be evaluated. As an example, one specific run could be described in terms of its equations as follows:</p>

<p>Consider the Bare Tracer.</p>

<p>Firstly, the inputs field has to be completed (see Table 1):</p>
<table class="datatable" border="0" align="left"><caption>Table 1: Input Fields</caption><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing34.gif" alt="steam-tracing-34"/></td></tr></tbody></table>

<p>After this has been done, the outputs section may be calculated:</p>

<p>Some of the outputs are values found in making use of references from other tables. These are shown first in Table 2.</p>
<table class="datatable" border="0" align="left"><caption>Table 2: Output Fields</caption><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing35.gif" alt="steam-tracing-35"/></td></tr></tbody></table>

<p>This information can now be used together with the inputs section to calculate the remaining outputs.</p>

<p>Firstly, the Average Insulation Temperature is calculated from Eq. (9):</p>
<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing36.gif" alt="steam-tracing-36"/><br />

it is found that   Tins=36.67 ÂºC

<p>It should be noted that the Process fluid Temperature is not known yet, so this is not a final answer.</p>

<p>Secondly, the Annulus Temperature may be calculated from Eq. (8):</p>
<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing37.gif" alt="steam-tracing-37"/><br />

T<sub>ann</sub>=76.4 ÂºC

<p>Since Tp is not known yet, and Tins has not yet been assigned a definite value, this value is also not fixed yet.</p>

<p>Now, the Average Surface Temperature needs to be calculated.  This value may be approximated by assuming that about 80% of the average surface temperature is due to the process fluid temperature and the remaining 20% is made up of the surface temperature on the tracer side.  The Average Surface Temperature may then be calculated as follows.</p>

<p>From Eq.(13) and (14):</p>
<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing38.gif" alt="steam-tracing-38"/>
<table border="0" width="100%">
  <tr>
    <td width="41%"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing39.gif" alt="steam-tracing-39"/></td>
    <td width="59%">for the tracer side</td>
  </tr>
</table>
<p>and</p>
<table border="0" width="100%">
  <tr>
    <td width="41%"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing40.gif" alt="steam-tracing-40"/></td>
    <td width="59%">for the process fluid pipe side</td>
  </tr>
</table>
<p>Therefore</p>
<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing41.gif" alt="steam-tracing-41"/><br />

The surface temperature is now calculated by making use of iterations to obtain the final value of<br />
<br />


T<sub>surf-Avg</sub> = 14.991 ÂºC<br />
<br />


<p>This causes the value of q to change until it stabilizes to its final answer.</p>

<p>Technically speaking, one has to calculate the area ratios that the process fluid pipe, annulus length and tracer each contribute, calculate each areaâ€™s surface temperature, and obtain the average value for the surface temperature accordingly, but due to the limited capacity of Microsoft Excel, this method was tried and it failed, because Excel could not perform all the iterations necessary to do the calculations.  The above calculation has shown to give satisfactory results for most situations.</p>

<p>As a next step, the surface coefficient needs to be calculated using Eq.(15):</p>
<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing42.gif" alt="steam-tracing-42"/><br />

<p>The value for the surface coefficient then becomes:</p>
h<sub>0</sub>=10.1<br />
<br />

<p>k<sub>1</sub> is calculated using Eq.(10):</p>
<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing43.gif" alt="steam-tracing-43"/><br />

but according to Eq.(5),<br />

 <img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing44.gif" alt="steam-tracing-44"/><br />

and<br />

<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing45.gif" alt="steam-tracing-45"/><br />

therefore, k<sub>1</sub>=18.21340591<br />

k<sub>2</sub> may then be calculated using Eq.(11):<br />

<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing46.gif" alt="steam-tracing-46"/><br />

and therefore amounts to k<sub>2</sub>= 0.489641399<br />
<br />

Finally the Process Fluid Temperature can be calculated using Eq.(12):<br />

<img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/steam_tracing47.gif" alt="steam-tracing-47"/><br />

<p>Excel is then programmed to perform iterations automatically, since a circular reference is created, but it causes all of the values to converge consequently, and the final answers are obtained, and with the final values of T<sub>ins</sub> known, the correct thermal conductivity values can be obtained and used in the equations:</p>

k<sub>ins</sub> = 0.02712 W/m K<br />

k<sub>w</sub> = 53.3 W/m K<br />
<br />

<p class="h1header">References</p>
Le Roux, D.F. (1997) â€œThermal Insulation and Heat Tracingâ€, Guideline presented by line manager D.F. le Roux, Secunda.<br />
<br />


Foo, K.W. (1994) â€œSizing tracers quickly (Part 1)â€. Hydrocarbon Processing, p93-97. January. â€œSizing tracers quickly (Part 2)â€. Hydrocarbon Processing, p93-97. February.<br />
<br />


Fisch, E. (1984) â€œWinterising process plantsâ€. Chemical Engineering, p128-143, 20 August.<br />
<br />


Kenny, T.M. (1992) â€Steam tracing: do it rightâ€. Chemical Engineering Progress, p40-44, August.<br />
<br />


Coulson, J.M and Richardson, J.F. (1999) Chemical Engineering, R.K. Sinnot, London.<br />
<br />


Le Roux, D.F. (2005) Theoretical discussion and problem description, Sasol Limited, Secunda.<br />
<br />


Van der Spuy, E. (2005) Theoretical advice, and steam traps, Spirax Sarco, Secunda.<br />
<br />


Smit, J. (2005) Practical information, Sasol Limited, Secunda.<br />
<br />


Technical committee of specification SP 50-4, (2004) Specification SP 50-4 Revision 2 for Steam and Hot Water Tracing, Sasol Limited, Secunda.<br />
<br />]]></description>
		<pubDate>Fri, 25 May 2012 18:05:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">7183145a2a3e0ce2b68cd3735186b1d5</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Deaerators for Boilers</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/utilities/deaerators-for-boilers</link>
		<description><![CDATA[Removing dissolved oxygen from boiler feed water is absolutely necessary to protect your boiler equipment from severe corrosion.   But the make-up water necessary in any boiler system inevitably contains dissolved oxygen.  Oxygen can sometimes enter condensate systems as well.  A good deaerator is essential to trouble-free boiler operation.<br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5fe3f90ab99141af51f5c025d48f3209]' id='ipb-attach-url-5176-0-85802000-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-86757500-1337699580.gif" title="deaerator-1.gif - Size: 9.61KB, Downloads: 952"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-86757500-1337699580_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-5176-0-85802000-1775833218' style='width:250;height:141' class='attach' width="250" height="141" alt="Attached Image: deaerator-1.gif" /></a>
<br />
<p align="left"><font face="Arial" size="2">{parse block="google_articles"}Above is a typical "older-style"
    boiler feed water deaerator.Â  You'll see why I call it "older" in a moment.
    Â  The theory here is relatively simple.Â  Treated water containing dissolved
    oxygen is fed onto a contacting device where the water can be heated and contacted with
    steam which is also fed to the vessel.Â  The steam heats the incoming treated water to
    around 250 Â°F (120 Â°C) and allows oxygen to escape (along with any small amount of
    uncondensed steam) to the atmosphere.Â  Notice that the returning condensate is NOT
    contacted with the steam in this system.Â  Some systems feed the treated water and
    condensate together to ensure a very low oxygen content.Â  Other systems do not bother
    as the returning condensate is expected to already have a low oxygen content.Â  You'll
    see that newer systems are designed to treat both sources in most cases.</font></p>
    <p align="left"><font face="Arial" size="2">A next generation deaerator system from <a
    href="http://www.hurstboiler.com" target="_blank">Hurst Boiler</a>, called the Oxy-Miser,
    utilizes a scrubbing section to contact oxygen-rich feedwater with steam rather than the
    more traditional tray arrangement.Â  </font></p>
    <p align="center"><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5fe3f90ab99141af51f5c025d48f3209]' id='ipb-attach-url-5177-0-85807000-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-73949900-1337699587.gif" title="deaerator-2.gif - Size: 50.1KB, Downloads: 1154"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-73949900-1337699587_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-5177-0-85807000-1775833218' style='width:250;height:161' class='attach' width="250" height="161" alt="Attached Image: deaerator-2.gif" /></a>
</p>
    <p align="left"><font face="Arial" size="2">Again, you can see that both the treated
    boiler feed water and the condensate return are sent through the scrubbing section of the
    deaerator.Â  The Oxy-Miser system is available in capacities ranging from 5,000 to
    200,000 lb/h (2300 to 91000 kg/h).Â  Below is an actual installation photo:</font></p>
    <p align="center"><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5fe3f90ab99141af51f5c025d48f3209]' id='ipb-attach-url-5178-0-85810800-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-75320200-1337699595.gif" title="deaerator-3.gif - Size: 115.65KB, Downloads: 799"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-75320200-1337699595_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-5178-0-85810800-1775833218' style='width:250;height:198' class='attach' width="250" height="198" alt="Attached Image: deaerator-3.gif" /></a>
</p>
    <p align="left"><font face="Arial" size="2">If you'd like to learn more about the
    Oxy-Miser Deaerator from Hurst Boiler, use this link: <a
    href="http://www.hurstboiler.com/oxymiser.htm" target="_blank">http://www.hurstboiler.com/oxymiser.htm</a><br>
    </font></p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Tue, 22 May 2012 15:05:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">628f16b29939d1b060af49f66ae0f7f8</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Wine and Wine Making</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/other-topics/wine-making</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p class="h1header">What is Wine?</p>

There are red wines, pink wines (also known as "rose" or some-times "blush") and white wines.  Red wine result when the crushed grape skin pulp and seeds of purple or red varieties are allowed to remain with juice during fermentation periods.  Pink / rose wine can be produced by removing the non-juice pumace from the must during fermentation.  White wines can be made from pigmented grapes by removal of skins, pulp and seeds before juice fermentation.

Wines might be "fortified," "sparkling," or "table."{parse block="google_articles"}

In fortified wines, brandy is added to make the alcohol content higher (around 14 to 30 percent). These are less perishable and may be stable without pasteurization.  Wines are termed still or sparkling depending upon the amount of CO2 they contain. The carbon dioxide may be formed naturally during fermentation or may be added artificially.  Both table and sparkling wines tend to have alcohol contents between 7 and 14 percent.  Sparkling wines are the ones with bubbles ( greater CO2 ), like Champagne.

Table wine (which can also be called "still") are the most "natural". The alcohol concentration itself is not sufficient to preserve natural wines, they are pasteurized.

The term light wine is also used to describe wine having alcohol content from 5 - 10 %.

<p class="h1header">How is Wine Made?</p>
<p class="h2header">Growing Grapes</p>

Grapes grow on vines. There are many different types of grapes, but theÂ best wine grape is the European Vitis vinifera. It is considered optimal because it has the right balance of sugar and acid to create a good fermented wine without the addition of sugar or water.

<p class="h2header">Harvest</p>

Weather is a major factor is determining whether a year is going to be a "good vintage" (or "year"). For example, was there enough heat during the growing season to lead to enough sugar? At harvest time, the short-term effects of weather are quite important.Â To produce great wine,Â the fruit should have a high (but not overly high) sugar content ("brix"). Think of raisins.

As the fruit dries, the water evaporates. What is left is the sugary fruit. If it rains just at the point the wine grapes are ready, and before the grapes can be harvested, the additional water will cause the water level to increase, and the brix will go down. Not good. (You might ask, why not just add some sugar in the wine making process? Some do. Also considered "not good.")

Every year the wine grape grower plays a game of chance and must decide when to harvest. Simplistically, if you knew it wasn't going to rain, you would just test the brix until it was just right, then harvest. If you harvest too soon, you will probably end up getting a wine too low in alcohol content (there won't have been enough sugar to convert to alcohol). These wines will be "thin." If you delay harvest, there may be too much sugar, which leads to too low acid content. This also affects the taste (and the aging possibilities) of the wine.

<p class="h2header">Initial Processing of the Grape Juice</p>

Grapes can (and might still) beÂ crushedÂ by stomping on them with your feet in a big vat. But a more practical way is to use a machine which does the job (and at the same time, removes the stems).

What you get may or may not get immediately separated. Skin and seeds might immediately be removed from the juice. Separation may not immediately occur (especially for red wines), since skins and stems are an important source of "tannins" which affect wine's taste and maturity through aging. (See Aging Wines.) The skins also determine the color of the wine (see WHAT IS WINE).

Maceration (the time spent while skins and seeds are left with the juice) will go on for a few hours or a few weeks. PressingÂ will then occur. One way to press the grapes is to use a "bladder press," a large cylindrical container that contains bags that are inflated and deflated several times, each time gently squeezing the grapes until all the juice has run free, leaving behind the rest of the grapes. You can also separate solids from juice through the use of a centrifuge.<br />







<br />







<p class="h2header">Operations in a Winery</p><br />







<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[43e682dee20d055be7c754ede33db9ab]' id='ipb-attach-url-5124-0-86948300-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-86525900-1336676049.gif" title="WINE2.GIF - Size: 16.05KB, Downloads: 400"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-86525900-1336676049_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-5124-0-86948300-1775833218' style='width:147;height:250' class='attach' width="147" height="250" alt="Attached Image: WINE2.GIF" /></a>
<br />







Â 

<p class="h2header">Fermentation - Turning Grape Juice into Alcohol</p><br />







Grape juice is turned into alcohol by the process of "fermentation."Â Grapes on the vine are covered with yeast, mold and bacteria. By putting grape juice into a container at the right temperature,yeast ( SACCHROMYCES ELLIPSOIDUES )Â will turn the sugar in the juice into alcohol and carbon dioxide. The grape juice will have fermented. Fermentation is carried out in stainless steel vessels.<br />







Yeast also gives flavor to the wine. But the yeast that is on the grape skin when it is harvested may not have the desired flavor. Other things on the outside of a grape are not good for wine (for example, acetic bacteria on the grapes can cause the wine to turn to vinegar).Â The winemaker can eliminate unwanted yeast's, molds and bacteria, most commonly by using the "universal disinfectant," sulfur dioxide. Unfortunately, the sulfites which remain in the wine may cause a lot of discomfort to some wine drinkers. (See ALLERGIC REACTIONS TO WINE.). Some winemakers prefer NOT to do this, and purposely create wines that are subject to the vagaries (and different flavors) of the yeast that pre-exist on the grapes ("wild yeast fermentation").<br />







The winemaker has many different yeast strains to choose from (and can use different strains at different times during the process for better control fermentation ). The most common wine yeast is Saccharomyces.<br />







This is a good point to stop and mention "Brett," also known as the Brettanomyces strain of yeast (which can be added or come from wild yeast fermentation). As yeast works, it causes grape juice ("must") to get hot. But if there's too much heat, the yeast won't work. Cooling coils are necessary to maintain aÂ temperature below 30<font face="Symbol">Â°</font>Â C.<br />







A less modern, but still wide widely used way to ferment wine is to place it in small oak barrels. "Barrel fermentation" is usually done at a lower temperature in temperature controlled rooms and takes longer, perhaps around 6 weeks. The longer fermentation and use of wood contributes to the flavor (and usually expense) of the wine.<br />







The skins and pulp which remain in a red wine vat will rise to and float on top of the juice. This causes problems (if it dries out, it's a perfect breeding ground for injurious bacteria), so the winemaker will push this "cap" back down into the juice, usually at least twice a day. In large vats, this is accomplished by pumping juice from the bottom of the vat over the top of the cap.<br />







Â <br />







Eventually the yeast is no longer changing sugar to alcohol (though different strains of yeast, which can survive in higher and higher levels of alcohol, can take over and contribute their own flavor to the wine-as well as converting a bit more sugar to alcohol). Â After all this is completed what you have left is the wine, "dead" yeast cells, known as "lees and various other substances.<br />







<p>Â <br />







<p><p class="h2header">Malo-Lactic Fermentation</p><br />







<p>The winemaker may choose to allow a white wine to undergo aÂ second fermentationÂ which occurs due to malic acid in the grape juice.Â When malic acid is allowed to break down into carbon dioxide and lactic acidÂ (thanks to bacteria in the wine), it is known as "malo-lactic fermentation," which imparts additional flavor to the wine. A "buttery" flavor in some whites is due to this process. This process is used for sparkling wines.<br />







<p>Â <br />







<p class="h2header">First Racking</p><br />







After fermentation completed naturally or stopped by addition of distilled spirit, first racking is carried out.Â This involves the wine to stand still until most yeast cells and fine suspended material settle out. TheÂ wine is then filteredÂ without disturbing the sediment or the yeast.<br />







Â <br />







<p class="h2header">Winery Aging</p><br />







The winery may then keep the wine so that there can be additional clarification and, in some wines, to give it a more complex flavors. Flavor can come from wood (or more correctly from the chemicals that make up the wood and are taken up into the wine). Â TheÂ wine may be barrel aged for several months to several years. No air is allowed to enter the barrels during this period.<br />







Ignoring any additional processing that might be used, you could empty the barrels into bottles and sell your wine. However, during the winery aging, the smaller containers may develop differences. So the winemaker will probably "blend" wine from different barrels, to achieve a uniform result.Â Also, the winemaker may blend together different grape varieties to achieve desired characteristics.<br />







Â <br />







<p class="h2header">Stabilization and Filtration</p><br />







Stabilization is carried out to remove traces of tartaric acid. These tartarates present in the grape juice tend to crystallize in wine and if not removed completely can slowly reappear as glass like crystals in final bottles on storage. Â Stabilization with respect to tartarates may involve chilling of wine that can crystallize tartarates and these crystals can be removed by filtration.<br />







<p>Â <br />







<p><p class="h2header">Pasteurization</p><br />







If the wine has an alcohol content less than 14% it may be heat pasteurized or cold pasteurized through microporous filters just before bottling.<br />







Â <br />







<p class="h2header">Bottling Wine</p><br />







Producers often use different shaped bottles to denote different types of wine.Â Colored bottles help to reduce damage by light. (Light assists in oxidation and breakdown of the wine into chemicals, such as mercaptan, which are undesirable.) Â Bottle sizes can also vary.<br />







Â <br />







<p class="h1header">Cellaring Wine</p><br />






Most people assume that the longer that you keep a wine, the better it will getÂ Since its best to store wine under certain conditions, like in a cool damp underground cellar, this is known as "cellaring" wine. Â It is a misconception that you MUST age wine. The fact is, throughout the world, most wine is drunk "young" (that is relatively soon after it is produced, perhaps 12 to 18 months), even wines that are "better" if aged. While some wines will "mature" and become better over time, others will not and should be drunk immediately, or within a few years.<br />





Tannin is a substance that comes from the seeds, stems and skins of grapes. Additional tannin can come from the wood during barrel aging in the winery.Â It is a preservative and is important to the long term maturing of wine. Through time, tannin (which has a bitter flavor) will precipitate out of the wine (becoming sediment in the bottle) and the complexity of the wine's flavor from fruit, acid and all the myriad other substances that make up the wine's character will come into greater balance. Generally, it is red wines that are the ones that CAN (but do not have to be) produced with a fair amount of tannin with an eye towards long term storing and maturation. The bad news is that you shouldn't drink it young since it will taste too harsh (and probably cost too much, besides). The good news is that after a number of years, what you get is a prized, complex and balanced wine.<br />





Remember that red wines get their color from the stems and skins of the grape. This gives the wine tannin and aging capacity. White wines may have no contact with the stems and skins and will have little tannin (though some can be added, again, through barrel aging). Therefore most white wines don't age well. Even the ones which do get better through time will not last nearly as long as their red cousins. A fair average for manyÂ "ageable" whitesÂ would be aboutÂ 5 to 7 yearsÂ (some might go 10). On the other hand, reallyÂ "ageable" redsÂ can easily be kept forÂ 30 yearsÂ and longer.<br />







Â <br />







<p class="h1header">Storing Wine</p><br />





For wines that should be aged, a cellar should have proper :Temperature which does not have rapid fluctuation. 55 degrees Fahrenheit is a good, but you can live with 50 to 57 degrees Fahrenheit (10 to 14 degrees Centigrade). Wide swings in temperature will harm the wine. Having too high a temperature will age the wine faster so it won't get as complex as it might have. Having too low a temperature will slow the wine's maturation.Humidity. About 60 percentÂ is right. This helps keep the cork moist. The wine will oxidize if the air (and its oxygen) gets to it. If the cork dries out, it can shrink and let air in. This is another reason to keep the bottles on their sides. The wine itself will help keep the cork moist.<br />




Lack of light.<br />




Lack of vibration.<br />




Lack of strong odors. Whatever it is that is causing the odor stands a good chance of getting through the cork and into the wine.<br />




<br />





<p class="h1header">References</p><br />





<ol><br />




<li>CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES â€“ R. Norris Shreve, Joseph A. Brink, IV Edition</li><br />




<li>INTERNET.- www.op.net/cgi-bin/doctxt/FAQs/wine</li><br />




</ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2012 18:51:14 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">debe9dfcc3e4dbea1c509ffab6bf9f0b</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>U in Heat Exchangers</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/heat-transfer/u-in-heat-exchangers</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The surface area A of heat exchangers required for a given service is determined from<br />





<br />





<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[8cbc6d101e4ed0b36c06bd962fd7c305]' id='ipb-attach-url-5122-0-87543000-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-34356200-1336667641.gif" title="uexchangers1.gif - Size: 1.01KB, Downloads: 276"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_05_2012/ccs-1-0-34356200-1336667641.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-5122-0-87543000-1775833218' style='width:73;height:46' class='attach' width="73" height="46" alt="Attached Image: uexchangers1.gif" /></a>
<br />





<br />





where<br />


{parse block="google_articles"}


<br />





QÂ Â Â Â = rate of heat transfer<br />





UÂ Â Â Â = mean overall heat transfer coefficient<br />





&#916;T<sub>m</sub>Â Â  = mean temperature difference<br />





<br />





For a given heat transfer service with known mass flow rates and inlet and outlet temperatures the determination of Q is straightforward and &#916;T<sub>m</sub> can be easily calculated if a flow arrangement is selected (e.g. logarithmic mean temperature difference for pure countercurrent or cocurrent flow). This is different for the overall heat transfer coefficient U. The determination of U is often tedious and needs data not yet available in preliminary stages of the design. The following is a table with values for different applications and heat exchanger types. More values can be found in the sources given below.<br />





<br />





The ranges given in the table are an indication for the order of magnitude. Lower values are for unfavorable conditions such as lower flow velocities, higher viscosities, and additional fouling resistances. Higher values are for more favorable conditions. Coefficients of actual equipment may be smaller or larger than the values listed. Note that the values should not be used as a replacement of rigorous methods for the final design of heat exchangers, although they may serve as a useful check on the results obtained by these methods.</p>
<br />





 <table class="datatable" border="0" align="center">
      <caption>Typical Overall Heat Transfer Coefficients in Heat Exchangers</caption>
      <tr>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER" WIDTH="60"><b>Type</b></td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER" WIDTH="200"><b>Application and Conditions</b></td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER" WIDTH="80"><b><i>U</i></b> <br />





        <font SIZE="-1">W/(m<sup>2</sup> K)<sup>1)</sup></font></td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER" WIDTH="80"><b><i>U</i></b> <br />





        <font SIZE="-1">Btu/(ft<sup>2</sup> Â°F h)<sup>1)</sup></font></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><b>Tubular, heating or cooling</b> </td>
        <td>Gases at atmospheric pressure inside and outside tubes </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">5 - 35 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">1 - 6 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Gases at high pressure inside and outside tubes </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">150 - 500 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">25 - 90 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Liquid outside (inside) and gas at atmospheric pressure inside (outside) tubes </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">15 - 70 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">3 - 15 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Gas at high pressure inside and liquid outside tubes </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">200 - 400 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">35 - 70 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Liquids inside and outside tubes </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">150 - 1200 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">25 - 200 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Steam outside and liquid inside tubes </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">300 - 1200 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">50 - 200 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><b>Tubular, condensation</b> </td>
        <td>Steam outside and cooling water inside tubes </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">1500 - 4000 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">250 - 700 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Organic vapors or ammonia outside and cooling water inside tubes </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">300 - 1200 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">50 - 200 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><b>Tubular, evaporation</b> </td>
        <td>steam outside and high-viscous liquid inside tubes, natural circulation </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">300 - 900 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">50 - 150 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>steam outside and low-viscous liquid inside tubes, natural circulation </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">600 - 1700 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">100 - 300 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>steam outside and liquid inside tubes, forced circulation </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">900 - 3000 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">150 - 500 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><b>Air-cooled heat exchangers<sup>2) </sup></b></td>
        <td>Cooling of water </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">600 - 750 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">100 - 130 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Cooling of liquid light hydrocarbons </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">400 - 550 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">70 - 95 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Cooling of tar </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">30 - 60 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">5 - 10 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Cooling of air or flue gas </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">60 - 180 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">10 - 30 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Cooling of hydrocarbon gas </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">200 - 450 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">35 - 80 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Condensation of low pressure steam </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">700 - 850 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">125 - 150 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Condensation of organic vapors </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">350 - 500 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">65 - 90 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><b>Plate heat exchanger</b> </td>
        <td>liquid to liquid </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">1000 - 4000 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">150 - 700 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>Â </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><b>Spiral heat exchanger</b> </td>
        <td>liquid to liquid </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">700 - 2500 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">125 - 500 </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Â </td>
        <td>condensing vapor to liquid </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">900 - 3500 </td>
        <td ALIGN="CENTER">150 - 700 </td>
      </tr>
    </table>

Notes:
1) 1 Btu/(ft2 Â°F h) = 5.6785 W/(m2 K)
2) Coefficients are based on outside bare tube surface

<p class="h1header">Sources</p>

SchlÃ¼nder, E. U. (Ed.): VDI Heat Atlas, Woodhead Publishing, Limited, 1993, Chapter Cc.<br />



Perry, R. H., Green, D. W. (Eds.): Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook, 7th edition, McGraw-Hill, 1997 , Section 11.<br />



Kern, D. Q.: Process Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill, 1950.<br />



Ludwig, E. E.: Applied Process Design for Chemical and Petrochemical Plants, Vol. 3, 3rd edition, Gulf Publishing Company, 1998.<br />



Branan, C. R.: Process Engineer's Pocket Handbook, Vol. 1, Gulf Publishing Company, 1976.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2012 15:09:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">151d21647527d1079781ba6ae6571ffd</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Valve Sizing and Selection</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/fluid-flow/valve-sizing-and-selection</link>
		<description><![CDATA[Sizing flow valves is a science with many rules of thumb that few people agree on.  In this article I'll try to define a more standard procedure for sizing a valve as well as helping to select the appropriate type of valve.  **Please note that the correlation within this article are for turbulent flow.<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Step #1: Define the System</p><br />






The system is pumping water from one tank to another through a piping system with a total pressure drop of 150 psi.  The fluid is water at 70 <sup>Â°</sup>F.   Design (maximum) flowrate of 150 gpm, operating flowrate of 110 gpm, and a minimum flowrate of 25 gpm.  The pipe diameter is 3 inches.  At 70 <sup>Â°</sup>F, water has a specific gravity of 1.0.<br />






<span style="color: #ff0000"><em>Key Variables:  Total pressure drop, design flow, operating flow, minimum flow, pipe diameter, specific gravity</em></span><br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Step #2: Define a maximum allowable pressure drop for the valve</p><br />






When defining the allowable pressure drop across the valve, you should first investigate the pump.  {parse block="google_articles"}What is its maximum available head?  Remember that the system pressure drop is limited by the pump.  Essentially the Net Positive Suction Head Available (NPSHA) minus the Net Positive Suction Head Required (NPSHR) is the maximum available pressure drop for the valve to use and this must not be exceeded or another pump will be needed.  It's important to remember the trade off, larger pressure drops increase the pumping cost (operating) and smaller pressure drops increase the valve cost because a larger valve is required (capital cost).  The usual rule of thumb is that a valve should be designed to use 10-15% of the total pressure drop or 10 psi, whichever is greater.  For our system, 10% of the total pressure drop is 15 psi which is what we'll use as our allowable pressure drop when the valve is wide open (the pump is our system is easily capable of the additional pressure drop).<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Step #3: Calculate the valve characteristic</p><br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4394-0-88615400-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-92017000-1323182198.gif" title="valve1.gif - Size: 2.15KB, Downloads: 1062"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-92017000-1323182198_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4394-0-88615400-1775833218' style='width:250;height:106' class='attach' width="250" height="106" alt="Attached Image: valve1.gif" /></a>
<br />






For our system:<br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4395-0-88619700-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-55048700-1323182210.gif" title="valve2.gif - Size: 1.14KB, Downloads: 874"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-55048700-1323182210.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4395-0-88619700-1775833218' style='width:152;height:41' class='attach' width="152" height="41" alt="Attached Image: valve2.gif" /></a>
<br />






At this point, some people would be tempted to go to the valve charts or characteristic curves and select a valve.  Don't make this mistake, instead, proceed to Step #4!<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Step #4: Preliminary valve selection</p><br />






Don't make the mistake of trying to match a valve with your calculated Cv value.   The Cv value should be used as a guide in the valve selection, not a hard and fast rule.  Some other considerations are:<br />






<span style="color: #ff0000">a.  Never use a valve that is less than half the pipe size<br />






b.  Avoid using the lower 10% and upper 20% of the valve stroke.  The valve is much easier to control in the 10-80% stroke range.</span>{parse block="google_articles"}<br />






Before a valve can be selected, you have to decide what type of valve will be used (<strong>See the list of valve types later in this article</strong>).  For our case, we'll assume we're using an equal percentage, globe valve (equal percentage will be explained later).  The valve chart for this type of valve is shown below.   This is a typical chart that will be supplied by the manufacturer (as a matter of fact, it was!)<br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4402-0-88643500-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-27877800-1323182286.gif" title="valvechart.gif - Size: 43.65KB, Downloads: 6684"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-27877800-1323182286_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4402-0-88643500-1775833218' style='width:250;height:122' class='attach' width="250" height="122" alt="Attached Image: valvechart.gif" /></a>
<br />






For our case, it appears the 2 inch valve will work well for our Cv value at about 80-85% of the stroke range.  Notice that we're not trying to squeeze our Cv into the 1 1/2 valve which would need to be at 100% stroke to handle our maximum flow.   If this valve were used, two consequences would be experienced:  the pressure drop would be a little higher than 15 psi at our design (max) flow and the valve would be difficult to control at maximum flow.  Also, there would be no room for error with this valve, but the valve we've chosen will allow for flow surges beyond the 150 gpm range with severe headaches!<br />






So we've selected a valve...but are we ready to order?  Not yet, there are still some characteristics to consider.<br />






<p class="h2header">Step #5: Check the Cv and stroke percentage at the minimum flow</p><br />






If the stroke percentage falls below 10% at our minimum flow, a smaller valve may have to be used in some cases.  Judgements plays role in many cases. For example, is your system more likely to operate closer to the maximum flowrates more often than the minimum flowrates?  Or is it more likely to operate near the minimum flowrate for extended periods of time.  It's difficult to find the perfect valve, but you should find one that operates well most of the time.  Let's check the valve we've selected for our system:<br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4396-0-88623500-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-89425100-1323182220.gif" title="valve3.gif - Size: 1.06KB, Downloads: 5329"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-89425100-1323182220.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4396-0-88623500-1775833218' style='width:112;height:41' class='attach' width="112" height="41" alt="Attached Image: valve3.gif" /></a>
<br />






Referring back to our valve chart, we see that a Cv of 6.5 would correspond to a stroke percentage of around 35-40% which is certainly acceptable.  Notice that we used the maximum pressure drop of 15 psi once again in our calculation.  Although the pressure drop across the valve will be lower at smaller flowrates, using the maximum value gives us a "worst case" scenario.  If our Cv at the minimum flow would have been around 1.5, there would not really be a problem because the valve has a Cv of 1.66 at 10% stroke and since we use the maximum pressure drop, our estimate is conservative.   Essentially, at lower pressure drops, Cv would only increase which in this case would be advantageous.<br />






<p class="h2header">Step #6: Check the gain across applicable flowrates</p><br />






Gain is defined as:<br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4397-0-88627100-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-28581200-1323182232.gif" title="valve4.gif - Size: 1.17KB, Downloads: 918"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-28581200-1323182232.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4397-0-88627100-1775833218' style='width:148;height:36' class='attach' width="148" height="36" alt="Attached Image: valve4.gif" /></a>
<br />






Now, at our three flowrates:<br />






Q<sub>min</sub> = 25 gpm<br />






Q<sub>op</sub> = 110 gpm<br />






Q<sub>des</sub> = 150 gpm<br />






we have corresponding Cv values of 6.5, 28, and 39.  The corresponding stroke percentages are 35%, 73%, and 85% respectively.  Now we construct the following table:<br />






<center><table border="1" width="64"><tbody><tr><td width="17%" align="center">Flow (gpm)</td><td width="16%" align="center">Stroke (%)</td><td width="28%" align="center">Change in flow (gpm)</td><td width="39%" align="center">Change in Stroke (%)</td></tr><tr><td width="17%" align="center">25</td><td width="16%" align="center">35</td><td width="28%" align="center" rowspan="2">110-25 = 85</td><td width="39%" align="center" rowspan="2">73-35 = 38</td></tr><tr><td width="17%" align="center">110</td><td width="16%" align="center">73</td></tr><tr><td width="17%" align="center">150</td><td width="16%" align="center">85</td><td width="28%" align="center" rowspan="2">150-110 = 40</td><td width="39%" align="center" rowspan="2">85-73 = 12</td></tr><tr><td width="33%" align="center" colspan="2"> </td></tr></tbody></table></center><br />






<span style="color: #ff0000">Gain #1 = 85/38 = 2.2<br />






Gain #2 = 40/12 = 3.3</span><br />






<br />






The difference between these values should be less than 50% of the higher value.<br />






0.5 (3.3) = 1.65 and 3.3 - 2.2 = 1.10.  Since 1.10 is less than 1.65, there should be no problem in controlling the valve.  Also note that the gain should never be less than 0.50.  So for our case, I believe our selected valve will do nicely!<br />






<p class="h2header">Other Notes</p><br />






Another valve characteristic that can be examined is called the choked flow.  The relation uses the FL value found on the valve chart.  I recommend checking the choked flow for vastly different maximum and minimum flowrates.  For example if the difference between the maximum and minimum flows is above 90% of the maximum flow, you may want to check the choked flow.   Usually, the rule of thumb for determining the maximum pressure drop across the valve also helps to avoid choking flow.<br />






<p class="h1header">Selecting a Valve Type</p><br />






When speaking of valves, it's easy to get lost in the terminology.  Valve types are used to describe the mechanical characteristics and geometry (Ex/ gate, ball, globe valves).  We'll use valve control to refer to how the valve travel or stroke (openness) relates to the flow:<br />






1.  Equal Percentage:  equal increments of valve travel produce an equal percentage in flow change<br />






2.  Linear:  valve travel is directly proportional to the valve stoke<br />






3.  Quick opening:  large increase in flow with a small change in valve stroke{parse block="google_articles"}<br />






<br />






So how do you decide which valve control to use?  Here are some rules of thumb for each one:<br />






1.  Equal Percentage (most commonly used valve control)<br />






a.  Used in processes where large changes in pressure drop are expected<br />






b.  Used in processes where a small percentage of the total pressure drop is permitted by the valve<br />






c.  Used in temperature and pressure control loops<br />






<br />






2.  Linear<br />






a.  Used in liquid level or flow loops<br />






b.  Used in systems where the pressure drop across the valve is expected to remain fairly constant (ie. steady state systems)<br />






<br />






3.  Quick Opening<br />






a.  Used for frequent on-off service<br />






b.  Used for processes where "instantly" large flow is needed (ie. safety systems or cooling water systems)<br />






<br />






Now that we've covered the various types of valve control, we'll take a look at the most common valve types.<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Gate Valves</p><div style="width:660px; float:left;"><div style="width:200px; float:left"><br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4398-0-88630300-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-09401200-1323182244.gif" title="valve5.gif - Size: 1.96KB, Downloads: 420"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-09401200-1323182244_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4398-0-88630300-1775833218' style='width:128;height:250' class='attach' width="128" height="250" alt="Attached Image: valve5.gif" /></a>
</div><div style="width:460px; float:left;">Best Suited Control:  Quick Opening<br />






<br />






Recommended Uses:<br />






1.  Fully open/closed, non-throttling<br />






2.  Infrequent operation<br />






3.  Minimal fluid trapping in line<br />






<br />






Applications:  Oil, gas, air, slurries, heavy liquids, steam, noncondensing gases, and corrosive liquids<br />






<div style="width:230px; float:left"><br />






Advantages:<br />






1.  High capacity                              <br />






2.  Tight shutoff                              <br />






3.  Low cost                                  <br />






4.  Little resistance to flow</div><div style="width:230px; float:left"><br />






Disadvantages:<br />






1. Poor control<br />






2. Cavitate at low pressure drops<br />






3. Cannot be used for throttling</div></div></div><br />






<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Globe Valves</p><div style="width:660px; float:left;"><div style="width:200px; float:left"><br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4399-0-88634100-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-53889600-1323182255.gif" title="valve6.gif - Size: 1.91KB, Downloads: 440"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-53889600-1323182255_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4399-0-88634100-1775833218' style='width:132;height:250' class='attach' width="132" height="250" alt="Attached Image: valve6.gif" /></a>
</div><div style="width:460px; float:left;">Best Suited Control:  Linear and Equal percentage<br />






<br />






Recommended Uses:<br />






1.  Throttling service/flow regulation<br />






2.  Frequent operation<br />






<br />






Applications:  Liquids, vapors, gases, corrosive substances, slurries<br />






<div style="width:230px; float:left"><br />






Advantages:                        <br />






1. Efficient throttling              <br />






2. Accurate flow control        <br />






3. Available in multiple ports</div><div style="width:230px; float:left"><br />






Disadvantages:<br />






1. High pressure drop<br />






2. More expensive than other valves</div></div></div><br />






<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Ball Valves</p><div style="width:660px; float:left;"><div style="width:270px; float:left"><br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4400-0-88637100-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-16189200-1323182265.gif" title="valve7.gif - Size: 2.15KB, Downloads: 418"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-16189200-1323182265_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4400-0-88637100-1775833218' style='width:250;height:187' class='attach' width="250" height="187" alt="Attached Image: valve7.gif" /></a>
</div><div style="width:390px; float:left;">Best Suited Control: Quick opening, linear<br />






<br />






Recommended Uses:<br />






1.  Fully open/closed, limited-throttling<br />






2.  Higher temperature fluids<br />






<br />






Applications: Most liquids, high temperatures, slurries<br />






<div style="width:195px; float:left"><br />






Advantages:                        <br />






1. Low cost                          <br />






2. High capacity                    <br />






3. Low leakage and maint.<br />






4. Tight sealing with low torque</div><div style="width:195px; float:left"><br />






Disadvantages:<br />






1. Poor throttling characteristics<br />






2. Prone to cavitation</div></div></div><br />






<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Butterfly Valves</p><div style="width:660px; float:left;"><div style="width:200px; float:left"><br />






<a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[5bd513a277a408eabf2339bb28a06b75]' id='ipb-attach-url-4401-0-88640100-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-87759900-1323182274.gif" title="valve8.gif - Size: 1.87KB, Downloads: 366"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2011/ccs-1-0-87759900-1323182274_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-4401-0-88640100-1775833218' style='width:161;height:250' class='attach' width="161" height="250" alt="Attached Image: valve8.gif" /></a>
</div><div style="width:460px; float:left;">Best Suited Control:  Linear, Equal percentage<br />






<br />






Recommended Uses:  <br />






1.  Fully open/closed or throttling services<br />






2.  Frequent operation<br />






3.  Minimal fluid trapping in line<br />






<br />






Applications:  Liquids, gases, slurries, liquids with suspended solids<br />






<div style="width:230px; float:left"><br />






Advantages:                       <br />






1. Low cost and maint.        <br />






2. High capacity                  <br />






3. Good flow control<br />






4. Low pressure drop</div><div style="width:230px; float:left"><br />






Disadvantages:<br />






1. High torque required for control<br />






2. Prone to cavitation at lower flows</div></div></div><br />






<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">Other Valves</p><br />






Another type of valve commonly used in conjunction with other valves is called a check valve.  Check valves are designed to restrict the flow to one direction.  If the flow reverses direction, the check valve closes.   Relief valves are used to regulate the operating pressure of incompressible flow.  Safety valves are used to release excess pressure in gases or compressible fluids.<br />






<br />






<p class="h2header">References</p><br />






Rosaler, Robert C., <u>Standard Handbook of Plant Engineering</u>, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1995, pages 10-110 through 10-122<br />






Purcell, Michael K., "Easily Select and Size Control Valves", Chemical Engineering Progress, March 1999, pages 45-50]]></description>
		<pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2011 14:32:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">a5481cd6d7517aa3fc6476dc7d9019ab</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Submission Received</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/submission-received</link>
		<description><![CDATA[Thank you for your submission.  We've received your information and will be in contact with you shortly.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2011 18:31:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">523df5a6db0544f3600434b9ffe68367</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Physical Properties on the Internet</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/physical-properties/physical-properties-on-the-internet</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Finding physical properties on the internet can lead to an interesting journey.  Here, we've compiled a list of some of the best sites that we've found over the years.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/34-thermodynamic-and-transport-properties-of-water-and-steam/" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Water and Steam</span></a><br><br />Dr. Bernhard Spang presents an article on the properties of water and steam.  Complete with Adobe Acrobat file and MS Excel Add-In.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www.sugartech.co.za/matlprop.php3" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Sugar Engineer's Library - Material Properties</span></a><br>{parse block="google_articles"}<br />Contains properties such as boiling point elevations (for evaporation design), density data for materials such as cane, bagasse, juice, syrup, etc., enthalpy of factory sugar solutions, viscosity of cane factory products, supersaturation coefficients, and steam tables.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/14-physical-property-data-spreadsheet/" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Physical Property Spreadsheet</span></a><br><br />Available right here at the Resource Page.  This handy little spreadsheet contains some of the more common properties for many compounds.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www.chemfinder.com/" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>ChemFinder</span></a><br><br />While you won't find a ton of great physical properties, you will find just about every synonym possible for your compound as well as a chemical structure, which can be very helpful.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www2.questconsult.com/thermo/thermot.html" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Quest Consultants</span></a><br><br />Calculation properties for mixtures with the Peng-Robinson EOS.  Databank numbers 294 compounds.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www.prode.com/en/properties.htm" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Prode Properties</span></a><br><br />From Prode, this program is also available for a trial run.  The dll powered calculation routine easily integrated with just about any Windows based program, including MS Excel.  </p> <br /><p><a href="http://webbook.nist.gov/chemistry/" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>NIST Chemistry WebBook</span></a><br><br />The NIST Webbook is a very popular site for finding physical properties.  Some of the properties are a bit obscure, which is not necessarily bad news if those are the properties that you're looking for!</p> <br /><p><a href="http://pirika.com/chem/TCPEE/TCPE.htm" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Property Estimation for Organic Compounds</span></a><br><br />Just as the name implies, this Java powered website will help you estimate properties that you may not be able to find else...certainly worth a look.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www.uic.edu/~mansoori/Thermodynamic.Data.and.Property_html" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Thermodynamics Research Lab</span></a><br><br />This site tons links to many more potential sources of physical properties on the web.  If you're having a hard time finding what you're looking for, you may want to dig around here.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/125-physical-properties-ms-excel-add-in/" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Physical Properties Add-In for MS Excel</span></a><br><br />This handy little add-in for MS Excel contains a sizable database of compounds and even let you paste physical property functions into your spreadsheets.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www3.mpch-mainz.mpg.de/~sander/res/henry.html" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Henry's Law Constants</span></a><br><br />There may be nothing more difficult to find on the internet than Henry's Law Constants.  You may not have to look any farther than this site.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://www.crct.polymtl.ca/FACT/index.php?websites=1" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>Inorganic Chemical Properties</span></a><br><br />Another good place to start looking for those "hard to find" physical properties.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://che.konyang.ac.kr/Course/THERMO/Links/Thermodynamic.Data.and.Property_html.htm" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>More Physical Properties Sites</span></a><br><br />Talk about an exhaustive list....this site contains links to what appears to every site with any physical properties available.  Again, not a bad choice if you've looked at the more popular sites.</p> <br /><p><a href="http://infosys.korea.ac.kr/kdb/index.html" Target="New Window"><span class='bbc_underline'>KDBWeb</span></a><br><br />Pure component properties, temperature dependent properties, Binary VLE Data, polymer solubilities, and solubilities of aqueous electrolyte solutions.  Don't forget to bookmark this one!</p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Jun 2011 01:10:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">52d70570d42ad2926163bf9a538f110c</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Terms of Use and Legal Restrictions</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/terms-of-use-and-legal-restrictions-r1257</link>
		<description><![CDATA[ATTENTION: PLEASE READ THESE TERMS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS WEB SITE. USING THIS WEB SITE INDICATES THAT YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE TERMS ("TERMS"), DO NOT USE THIS WEB SITE. <br />
<br />
Use of Site. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page (www.cheresources.com, owned and operated by Cheresources, Inc.) authorizes you to view and download the materials at this Web site ("Site") only for your personal, non-commercial use, provided that you retain all Copyright and other proprietary notices contained in the original materials on any copies of the materials. You may not modify the materials at this Site in any way or reproduce or publicly display, perform, or distribute or otherwise use them for any public or commercial purpose. For purposes of these Terms, any use of these materials on any other Web site or networked computer environment for any purpose is prohibited. The materials at this Site are Copyrighted and any unauthorized use of any materials at this Site may violate Copyright, trademark, and other laws. If you breach any of these Terms, your authorization to use this Site automatically terminates and you must immediately destroy any downloaded or printed materials. <br />
<br />
Use of Software. If you download software from this Site ("Software"), use of the Software is subject to the license terms in the Software License Agreement that accompanies or is provided with the Software. You may not download or install the Software until you have read and accepted the terms of the Software License Agreement. <br />
<br />
User Submissions. Any material, information or other communication you transmit or post to this Site will be considered non-confidential and non-proprietary ("Communications"). The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page will have no obligations with respect to the Communications. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page and its designees and/or contributors will be free to copy, disclose, distribute, incorporate and otherwise use the Communications and all data, images, sounds, text, and other things embodied therein for any and all commercial or non-commercial purposes. You are prohibited from posting or transmitting to or from this Site any unlawful, threatening, libelous, defamatory, obscene, pornographic, or other material that would violate any law. <br />
<br />
User Forums. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page may, but is not obligated to, monitor or review any areas on the Site where users transmit or post Communications or communicate solely with each other, including but not limited to FTP sites, chat rooms, bulletin boards or other user forums, and the content of any such Communications. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page, however, will have no liability related to the content of any such Communications, whether or not arising under the laws of Copyright, libel, privacy, obscenity, or otherwise. <br />
<br />
Links To Other Web Sites. Links to third party Web sites on this Site are provided solely as a convenience to you. If you use these links, you will leave this Site. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page has not reviewed all of these third party sites and does not control and is not responsible for any of these sites or their content. Thus, The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page does not endorse or make any representations about them, or any information, software or other products or materials found there, or any results that may be obtained from using them. If you decide to access any of the third party sites linked to this Site, you do this entirely at your own risk. <br />
<br />
Disclaimer. THE MATERIALS PROVIDED AT THIS SITE ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page further does not warrant the accuracy and completeness of the materials at this Site. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page may make changes to the materials at this Site, or to the products and prices described in them, at any time without notice. The materials at this Site may be out of date, and The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page makes no commitment to update the materials at this Site. Information published at this Site may refer to products, programs or services that are not available in your country.  <br />
<br />
Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT WILL THE CHEMICAL ENGINEERS' RESOURCE PAGE, ITS SUPPLIERS, OR OTHER THIRD PARTIES MENTIONED AT THIS SITE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE RESULTING FROM LOST PROFITS, LOST DATA OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) ARISING OUT OF THE USE, INABILITY TO USE, OR THE RESULTS OF USE OF THIS SITE, ANY WEB SITES LINKED TO THIS SITE, OR THE MATERIALS OR INFORMATION CONTAINED AT ANY OR ALL SUCH SITES, WHETHER BASED ON WARRANTY, CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IF YOUR USE OF THE MATERIALS OR INFORMATION FROM THIS SITE RESULTS IN THE NEED FOR SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION OF EQUIPMENT OR DATA, YOU ASSUME ALL COSTS THEREOF. APPLICABLE LAW MAY NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. <br />
<br />
U.S. Government Restricted Rights. Government users will receive no greater than Restricted Rights as defined in FAR 52.227-14, FAR 52.227-19&copy;(1-2) (Jun 1987) or DFAR 252.227-7013&copy;(1)(ii) (Oct 1988), DFAR 252.221-7015&copy; (May 1991), DFAR 252.227-7014, or DFAR 252.227-7018 as applicable in any Software at this Site. Government users will secure no greater than limited rights as defined in FAR 52.227-14, DFAR 252.227-7015, DFAR 252.227-7018, or DFAR 252.227-7013 as applicable in any technical data at this Site. <br />
<br />
Applicable Laws. This Site is administered by The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page from its office in Richmond, VA. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page makes no representation that materials at this Site are appropriate or available for use outside the United States, and access to them from territories where their contents are illegal is prohibited. You may not use or export or re-export the materials at this Site or any copy or adaptation in violation of any applicable laws or regulations including without limitation U.S. export laws and regulations. If you choose to access this Site from outside the United States, you do so on your own initiative and are responsible for compliance with applicable local laws. These Terms will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Virginia, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of laws. <br />
<br />
General. The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page may revise these Terms at any time by updating this posting. You should visit this page from time to time to review the then-current Terms because they are binding on you. Certain provisions of these Terms may be superseded by expressly designated legal notices or terms located on particular pages at this Site.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Fri, 18 Feb 2011 17:49:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">bdc6c33585d0cf5d2a8cb83141cd037f</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mail List Subscribers: Join Our Community</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/mail-list-subscribers</link>
		<description><![CDATA[I'd like to welcome our mail list subscribers to our improved community.  For years, visitors to the site had a chance to quickly fill out a brief form at the bottom of every page on the site to let us know that they wanted to be updated when new content was added.<br /><br />This legacy mailing list numbered over 25,000 people!  In a blog posting, I'll further explain the changes taking place at the site, but for now, let's explain what this means for you.<br /><br />First, if you were already a member of the forums section of our site, you don't need to take any further action (some of you were on the mailing list and participated in the forums).<br /><br />If you've never participated in our forums, we need you to create a password to finalize your new account.  The process is pretty easy.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">Getting a Password</p>Start by going to the Community lost password screen.<br /><br />Just <a class='bbc_url' href='http://www.cheresources.com/invision/index.php?app=core&module=global&section=lostpass'>CLICK HERE</a> to go to the Community Lost Password screen:<br /><br /><b>You cannot enter your information by clicking the images.  They're just to show you how the screens look.  Right click on the words "CLICK HERE" above to open a new window.</b><br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[1cbd0f9b98ca393794c69c78c3ce52d5]' id='ipb-attach-url-3150-0-90531300-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-53361700-1293807694.gif" title="forgot_password_email_entry.gif - Size: 25.91KB, Downloads: 308"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-53361700-1293807694_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3150-0-90531300-1775833218' style='width:250;height:96' class='attach' width="250" height="96" alt="Attached Image: forgot_password_email_entry.gif" /></a>
<br /><br />Enter the email address that you used when you signed up for our mailing list in the second box and submit.  Next, you'll see a message that an email has been sent to your address:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[1cbd0f9b98ca393794c69c78c3ce52d5]' id='ipb-attach-url-3151-0-90535100-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-29074800-1293807742.gif" title="password_email_sent.gif - Size: 9.66KB, Downloads: 315"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-29074800-1293807742_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3151-0-90535100-1775833218' style='width:250;height:26' class='attach' width="250" height="26" alt="Attached Image: password_email_sent.gif" /></a>
<br /><br />Now, check your email.  Usually instantly, you'll see an email from Cheresources with further instructions.  A link is included for you to click on:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[1cbd0f9b98ca393794c69c78c3ce52d5]' id='ipb-attach-url-3152-0-90537900-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-28516700-1293807773.gif" title="password_reset_email_with_link.gif - Size: 32.03KB, Downloads: 221"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-28516700-1293807773_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3152-0-90537900-1775833218' style='width:250;height:121' class='attach' width="250" height="121" alt="Attached Image: password_reset_email_with_link.gif" /></a>
<br /><br />This link will take you to a page where you can enter your new password:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[1cbd0f9b98ca393794c69c78c3ce52d5]' id='ipb-attach-url-3153-0-90540500-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-70813400-1293807806.gif" title="reset_password_forrm.gif - Size: 19.17KB, Downloads: 177"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-70813400-1293807806_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3153-0-90540500-1775833218' style='width:250;height:86' class='attach' width="250" height="86" alt="Attached Image: reset_password_forrm.gif" /></a>
<br /><br /><span class="alert">If you do NOT receive this email, please forward a note with your email address to us at support[then the "at" symbol]cheresources.com and we'll be happy to investigate.  Be sure that the email didn't get caught in any spam filters too.</span><br /><br />After setting your password, you'll be forwarded to the log in page.  Use your email address and your new password to log in.<br /><br />As a new member of our Community section, I recommend reviewing some of the <a class='bbc_url' href='http://www.cheresources.com/invision/blog/1-community-admin-blog/'> Community Blog Entries</a> to help you become familiar with how our system works.  <br /><br />Click on "My Settings" up in the upper right part of the screen to update any of your information that you'd like.  We encourage uploading profile photos (only other members can see them), but share as much or as little as you're comfortable with.  <br /><br />Now, you're all set.  You'll be kept up to date regarding new information on the site!  And, you now have an account to participate in the forums, blogs, status updates, downloads, and more.<br /><br />Keep checking the Community Blog for further updates coming soon.<br /><br /><span class="info"><b>If you're no longer interested in Cheresources.com (and we would hate to hear that), then no action is needed.  You'll see 2-3 emails for us reminding everyone about this transition.  Then, later, we'll go through our database and purge the accounts that do not contain passwords so your account will be deleted at that time</span><br /><br />We're excited about the new changes coming at Cheresources.com!  We wish everyone a Happy New Year in 2011.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Fri, 31 Dec 2010 14:58:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">cf43a9e6874c5afbebe2858a64d45f52</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>ChE Plus Has Moved</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/che-plus-has-moved</link>
		<description><![CDATA[ChE Plus has moved to the Community section of our website.  Here, we'll explain how to access your ChE Plus files in our new interface.  If you do NOT have an account set up in our community section, read below about how to gain access.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">Already Have a Community/Forum Membership?</p>If you already have a membership to the community/forum section of our site (in addition to your ChE Plus subscription), then finding your files is easy.  Your subscription information has been ported over to your community profile.<br /><br />Just <a class='bbc_url' href='http://www.cheresources.com/invision/index.php?app=core&module=global&section=lostpass'>CLICK HERE</a> to go to the Community log in screen:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[9e7f09476e49f11dfc0a78b03adf1953]' id='ipb-attach-url-3139-0-91138600-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-24962300-1293724940.gif" title="alread_member_login.gif - Size: 13.47KB, Downloads: 241"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-24962300-1293724940_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3139-0-91138600-1775833218' style='width:250;height:182' class='attach' width="250" height="182" alt="Attached Image: alread_member_login.gif" /></a>
<br /><br />Now log in as usual with your username or email address and password.  You'll notice a "Downloads" menu item on the blue navigation bar in the community section.<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[9e7f09476e49f11dfc0a78b03adf1953]' id='ipb-attach-url-3140-0-91142400-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-34450400-1293725390.gif" title="downloads_menu_item.gif - Size: 8.25KB, Downloads: 474"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-34450400-1293725390_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3140-0-91142400-1775833218' style='width:250;height:15' class='attach' width="250" height="15" alt="Attached Image: downloads_menu_item.gif" /></a>
<br /><br />Select this option and then you'll see all of the ChE Plus files in the Download Manager:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[9e7f09476e49f11dfc0a78b03adf1953]' id='ipb-attach-url-3141-0-91145300-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-30476600-1293725542.gif" title="cheplus_files_in_downloads.gif - Size: 3.92KB, Downloads: 257"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-30476600-1293725542_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3141-0-91145300-1775833218' style='width:209;height:201' class='attach' width="209" height="201" alt="Attached Image: cheplus_files_in_downloads.gif" /></a>
<br /><br /><p class="h1header">ChE Plus Member Who Does Not Have A Community/Forum Membership?</p>Your subscription information has been ported over to our Community section.  All you need to do is to reset your password.  Start by going to the Community lost password screen.<br /><br />Just <a class='bbc_url' href='http://www.cheresources.com/invision/index.php?app=core&module=global&section=lostpass'>CLICK HERE</a> to go to the Community Lost Password screen:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[9e7f09476e49f11dfc0a78b03adf1953]' id='ipb-attach-url-3142-0-91148200-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-25769400-1293725855.gif" title="forgot_password_email_entry.gif - Size: 25.91KB, Downloads: 240"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-25769400-1293725855_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3142-0-91148200-1775833218' style='width:250;height:96' class='attach' width="250" height="96" alt="Attached Image: forgot_password_email_entry.gif" /></a>
<br /><br />Enter the email address that you used when you signed up for ChE Plus in the second box and submit.  Next, you'll see a message that an email has been sent to your address:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[9e7f09476e49f11dfc0a78b03adf1953]' id='ipb-attach-url-3143-0-91150700-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-02843100-1293725988.gif" title="password_email_sent.gif - Size: 9.66KB, Downloads: 202"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-02843100-1293725988_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3143-0-91150700-1775833218' style='width:250;height:26' class='attach' width="250" height="26" alt="Attached Image: password_email_sent.gif" /></a>
<br /><br />Now, check your email.  Usually instantly, you'll see an email from Cheresources with further instructions.  A link is included for you to click on:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[9e7f09476e49f11dfc0a78b03adf1953]' id='ipb-attach-url-3144-0-91153100-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-27287900-1293732638.gif" title="password_reset_email_with_link.gif - Size: 32.03KB, Downloads: 180"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-27287900-1293732638_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3144-0-91153100-1775833218' style='width:250;height:121' class='attach' width="250" height="121" alt="Attached Image: password_reset_email_with_link.gif" /></a>
<br /><br />This link will take you to a page where you can enter your new password:<br /><br /><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[9e7f09476e49f11dfc0a78b03adf1953]' id='ipb-attach-url-3145-0-91155600-1775833218' href="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-25989200-1293732677.gif" title="reset_password_forrm.gif - Size: 19.17KB, Downloads: 158"><img src="https://www.cheresources.com/invision/uploads/monthly_12_2010/ccs-0-0-25989200-1293732677_thumb.gif" id='ipb-attach-img-3145-0-91155600-1775833218' style='width:250;height:86' class='attach' width="250" height="86" alt="Attached Image: reset_password_forrm.gif" /></a>
<br /><br /><span style="alert">If you do NOT receive this email, please forward a note with your email address to us at support[then the "at" symbol]cheresources.com and we'll be happy to investigate.  Be sure that the email didn't get caught in any spam filters too.</span><br /><br />After resetting your password, you'll be forwarded to the log in page.  Use your email address and your new password to log in and then click on the "Downloads" menu item to access your ChE Plus files.<br /><br />As a new member of our Community section, I recommend reviewing some of the <a class='bbc_url' href='http://www.cheresources.com/invision/blog/1-community-admin-blog/'> Community Blog Entries</a> to help you become familiar with how our system works.  <br /><br />Click on "My Settings" up in the upper right part of the screen to update any of your information that you'd like.  We encourage uploading profile photos (only other members can see them), but share as much or as little as you're comfortable with.  <br /><br />If you choose to do nothing with your profile, other community members, when logged in, have access to a profile that looks something like the one below.  No personal information is available.  Your display name is simply the part of your email address prior to the "@" symbol.  You can change this under "My Settings"-->"Change Display Name".<br /><br /><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/che_plus_profile_shell.gif"><br /><br />Welcome to the new ChE Plus!  We hope that you enjoy the new environment.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Thu, 30 Dec 2010 15:49:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">543378fb36a83810ded2d725f2b6c883</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Correlations for Convective Heat Transfer</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/heat-transfer/correlations-for-convective-heat-transfer</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>In many cases it's convenient to have simple equations for estimation of heat transfer coefficients. Below is a collection of recommended correlations for single-phase convective flow in different geometries as well as a few equations for heat transfer processes with change of phase. Note that all equations are for mean Nusselt numbers and mean heat transfer coefficients.</p><p>Â </p> <span class="h1header">Section 1: Forced Convection Flow Inside a Circular Tube</span><p>{parse block="google_articles"}Â </p><p>All properties at fluid bulk mean temperature (arithmetic mean of inlet and outlet temperature).</p><p>Nusselt numbers Nu<sub>0</sub> from sections 1-1 to 1-3 have to be corrected for temperature-dependent fluid properties according to section 1-4.</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_1.gif" alt="convection_eq_1" width="101" height="49" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_2.gif" alt="convection_eq_2" width="103" height="46" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_3.gif" alt="convection_eq_3" width="98" height="46" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">1-1 Thermally Developing, Hydrodynamically Developed Laminar Flow (Re<2300)</p><p>Constant wall temperature:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_4.gif" alt="convection_eq_4" width="270" height="89" /></p></td><td>(Hausen)</td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p>Constant wall heat flux:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_5.gif" alt="convection_eq_5" width="363" height="74" /></p></td><td>(Shah)</td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">1-2 Simultaneously Developing Laminar Flow (Re<2300)</p><p>Constant wall temperature:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_6.gif" alt="convection_eq_6" width="251" height="87" /></p></td><td>(Stephan)</td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p>Constant wall heat flux:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_7.gif" alt="convection_eq_7" width="246" height="89" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (7)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>which is valid over the range 0.7 < Pr < 7 or if Re Pr <em>D</em>/<em>L</em> < 33 also for Pr > 7.</p><p class="h2header">1-3 Fully Developed Turbulent and Transition Flow (Re>2300)</p><p>Constant wall heat flux:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_8.gif" alt="convection_eq_8" width="300" height="96" /></p></td><td>(Petukhov, Gnielinski)</td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (8)</td></tr><tr><td valign="middle" scope="row"><p style="text-align: left;">where: <img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_1.gif" alt="convection_1" width="174" height="51" /></p></td><td></td><td></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Constant wall temperature:</p><p>For fluids with Pr > 0.7 correlation for constant wall heat flux can be used with negligible error.</p><p class="h2header">1-4 Effects of Property Variation with Temperature</p><p>Liquids, laminar and turbulent flow:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_9.gif" alt="convection_eq_9" width="133" height="59" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (9)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Subscript w: at wall temperature, without subscript: at mean fluid temperature.</p><p>Gases, laminar flow:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;">Nu = Nu<sub>0</sub></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (10)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Gases, turbulent flow:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_11.gif" alt="convection_eq_11" width="136" height="59" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (11)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Temperatures in Kelvin.</p><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Forced Convection Inside Annular Ducts" /><p class="h1header">Section 2: Forced Convection Flow Inside Concentric Annular Ducts, Turbulent (Re > 2300)</p><table style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_2.gif" alt="convection_2" width="197" height="257" /></td><td><p><em>D<sub>h</sub></em> = <em>D<sub>o</sub></em> - <em>D<sub>i</sub></em></p><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_3.gif" alt="convection_3" width="103" height="48" /></p><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_4.gif" alt="convection_4" width="84" height="46" /></p><p>All properties at fluid bulk mean temperature (arithmetic mean of inlet and outlet temperature).</p><p>Â </p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Heat transfer at the inner wall, outer wall insulated:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_12.gif" alt="convection_eq_12" width="156" height="59" /></p></td><td>(Petukhov and Roizen)</td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (12)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Heat transfer at the outer wall, inner wall insulated:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_13.gif" alt="convection_eq_13" width="174" height="59" /></p></td><td>(Petukhov and Roizen)</td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (13)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Heat transfer at both walls, same wall temperatures:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_14.gif" alt="convection_eq_14" width="304" height="112" /></p></td><td>(Stephan)</td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (14)</td></tr></tbody></table><p></p><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Forced Convection Inside Non-Circular Ducts" /><p class="h1header">Section 3: Forced Convection Flow Inside Non-Circular Ducts, Turbulent (Re > 2300)</p><p>Equations for circular tube with hydraulic diameter:</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_15.gif" alt="convection_eq_15" width="216" height="50" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (15)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_16.gif" alt="convection_eq_16" width="103" height="48" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (16)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_17.gif" alt="convection_eq_17" width="79" height="46" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (17)</td></tr></tbody></table><p></p><p class="h1header">Section 4: Forced Convection Flow Across Single Circular Cylinders and Tube Bundles</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_18.gif" alt="convection_eq_18" width="57" height="46" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (18)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_19.gif" alt="convection_eq_19" width="88" height="50" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (19)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_20.gif" alt="convection_eq_20" width="64" height="42" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (20)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>D</em> = cylinder diameter, <em>u<sub>m</sub></em> = free-stream velocity, all properties at fluid bulk mean temperature. Correction for temperature dependent fluid properties see section 4-4.</p><p class="h2header">4-1 Smooth Circular Cylinder</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_21.gif" alt="convection_eq_21" width="222" height="35" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (21)</td></tr><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;">where: <img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_5.gif" alt="convection_5" width="202" height="32" /></p></td><td></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p style="text-align: left;"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_22.gif" alt="convection_eq_22" width="251" height="56" /></p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (22)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Valid over the ranges 10 < Re<em><sub>l</sub></em> < 10<sup>7</sup> and 0.6 < Pr < 1000.</p><p class="h2header">4-2 Tube Bundle</p><p>Transverse pitch ratio <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_6.gif" alt="convection_6" width="54" height="50" /></p><p>Longitudinal pitch ratio <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_7.gif" alt="convection_7" width="48" height="43" /></p><p>Void ratio <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_8.gif" alt="convection_8" width="92" height="43" />for <em>b</em> <span style="text-decoration: underline;">></span> 1</p><p><img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_9.gif" alt="convection_9" width="80" height="43" />for <em>b</em> < 1</p><p>Nu<sub>0,bundle</sub> = <em>f</em><sub>A</sub>Nu<sub>l,0</sub> (Gnielinski)</p><p>Nu<sub>l,0</sub> according to section 4-1 with <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_10.gif" alt="convection_10" width="102" height="51" />instead of Re<sub>l</sub>.</p><p>Arrangement factor <em>f</em><sub>A</sub> depends on tube bundle arrangement.</p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_11.gif" alt="convection_11" width="227" height="302" /></td><td><p style="text-align: left;">In line arrangement: <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_23.gif" alt="convection_eq_23" width="187" height="51" /></p></td><td><p class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (23)</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" style="text-align: center;" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><img style="float: left;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_12.gif" alt="convection_12" width="308" height="298" /></td><td><p style="text-align: left;">Staggered arrangement: <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_24.gif" alt="convection_eq_24" width="77" height="43" /></p></td><td><p class="equationnumber" style="text-align: right;">Eq. (24)</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">4-3 Finned Tube Bundle</p><table border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_13.gif" alt="convection_13" width="303" height="291" /></td><td><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_14.gif" alt="convection_14" width="248" height="87" /></p><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_15.gif" alt="convection_15" width="167" height="61" /></p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>In-line tube bundle arrangement:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_25.gif" alt="convection_eq_25" width="301" height="57" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (25)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Staggered tube bundle arrangement:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_26.gif" alt="convection_eq_26" width="308" height="58" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (26)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">4-4 Effects of Property Variation with Temperature</p><p>Liquids:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_27.gif" alt="convection_eq_27" width="158" height="65" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (27)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_28.gif" alt="convection_eq_28" width="196" height="61" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (28)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Subscript w: at wall temperature, without subscript: at mean fluid temperature.</p><p>Gases:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_29.gif" alt="convection_eq_29" width="146" height="59" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (29)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_30.gif" alt="convection_eq_30" width="198" height="59" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (30)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Temperatures in Kelvin.</p><p class="h1header">Section 5: Forced Convection Flow over a Flat Plate</p><table border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_16.gif" alt="convection_16" width="301" height="137" /></td><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_17.gif" alt="convection_17" width="97" height="123" /></td></tr></tbody></table><p>All properties at mean film temperature <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_18.gif" alt="convection_18" width="89" height="43" />.</p><p>Laminar boundary layer, constant wall temperature:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_31.gif" alt="convection_eq_31" width="183" height="30" /></td><td>(Pohlhausen)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (31)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>valid for Re<sub>L</sub> < 2Â·10<sup>5</sup>, 0.6 < Pr < 10</p><p>Turbulent boundary layer along the whole plate, constant wall temperature:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_32.gif" alt="convection_eq_32" width="256" height="56" /></td><td>(Petukhov)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (32)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Boundary layer with laminar-turbulent transition:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_33.gif" alt="convection_eq_33" width="185" height="36" /></td><td>(Gnielinski)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (33)</td></tr></tbody></table><p></p><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Natural Convection" /><p class="h1header">Section 6: Natural Convection</p><p>All properties at <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_19.gif" alt="convection_19" width="125" height="51" />.</p><table border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_20.gif" alt="convection_20" width="199" height="140" /></td><td><em>L</em> = characteristic length (see below)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Characteric Length</caption> <tbody><tr><td></td><td>Nu<sub>0</sub></td><td>"Length" L</td></tr><tr><td>Vertical Wall</td><td>0.67</td><td>H</td></tr><tr><td>Horizontal Cylinder</td><td>0.36</td><td>D</td></tr><tr><td>Sphere</td><td>2.00</td><td>D</td></tr></tbody></table><p>For ideal gases: <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_21.gif" alt="convection_21" width="62" height="51" />(temperature in K)</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_34.gif" alt="convection_eq_34" width="266" height="97" /></td><td>(Churchill, Thelen)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (34)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>valid for 10<sup>-4</sup> <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><</span> Gr Pr <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><</span> 4Â·10<sup>14</sup>, 0.022 <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><</span> Pr <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><</span> 7640, and constant wall temperature.</p><p class="h1header">Section 7: Film Condensation</p><p>All properties without subscript are for condensate at the mean temperature <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_22.gif" alt="convection_22" width="112" height="46" />.</p><p>Exception: ?<sub>D</sub> = vapor density at saturation temperature <em>T</em><sub>s</sub></p><p class="h2header">7-1 Laminar Film Condensation</p><p>Vertical wall or tube:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_35.gif" alt="convection_eq_35" width="290" height="59" /></td><td>(Nusselt)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (35)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>T</em><sub>w</sub> = mean wall temperature</p><p>Horizontal cylinder:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_36.gif" alt="convection_eq_36" width="296" height="59" /></td><td>(Nusselt)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (36)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>T</em><sub>w</sub> = const.</p><p class="h2header">7-2 Turbulent Film Condensation</p><p>For vertical wall:</p><p>Re = C A<sup>m</sup></p><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_23.gif" alt="convection_23" width="334" height="58" /></p><p>Re<sub>crit</sub> = 350</p><p>For turbulent film: C = 3.8 x 10<sup>-3</sup> and m = 3/2 (Grigull).</p><p class="h1header">Section 8: Nucleate Pool Boiling</p><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_24.gif" alt="convection_24" width="97" height="24" /></p><p><em>T</em><sub>w</sub> = temperature of heating surface</p><p><em>T</em><sub>s</sub> = saturation temperature</p><p>Heat transfer at ambient pressure:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_37.gif" alt="convection_eq_37" width="518" height="66" /></td><td>(Stephan and Preuber)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (37)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>' saturated liquid</p><p>'' saturated vapor</p><p>Bubble departure diameter <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_25.gif" alt="convection_25" width="186" height="55" /></p><p>Angle ?<sub>0</sub> = ?/4 rad for water = 0.0175 rad for low-boiling liquids  = 0.611 rad for other liquids</p><p>For water in the range of 0.5 bar < <em>p</em> < 20 bar and 10<sup>4</sup> W/m<sup>2</sup> <<img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_26.gif" alt="convection_26" width="15" height="25" />< 10<sup>6</sup> W/m<sup>2 </sup>the following equation may be applied:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_eq_38.gif" alt="convection_eq_38" width="277" height="54" /></td><td>(Fritz)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (38)</td></tr></tbody></table> <p class="h1header">List of Symbols</p><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>c<sub>p</sub></td><td>specific heat capacity at constant pressure</td></tr><tr><td>D, d</td><td>diamter</td></tr><tr><td>g</td><td>gravitational acceleration</td></tr><tr><td>h</td><td>meanÂ heat transfer coefficient</td></tr><tr><td>&#916;h</td><td>enthalpy of evaporation</td></tr><tr><td>H</td><td>height</td></tr><tr><td>k</td><td>thermal conductivity</td></tr><tr><td>L</td><td>length</td></tr><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/convection_26.gif" alt="convection_26" width="15" height="25" /></td><td>heat flux</td></tr><tr><td>T</td><td>temperature</td></tr><tr><td>u</td><td>flow velocity</td></tr><tr><td>&#945;</td><td>thermal diffusivity</td></tr><tr><td>&#946;</td><td>coefficient of thermal expansion</td></tr><tr><td>&#956;</td><td>dynamic viscosity</td></tr><tr><td>&#965;</td><td>kinematic viscosity</td></tr><tr><td>&#961;</td><td>density</td></tr><tr><td>&#963;</td><td>surface tension</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">Subscripts</p><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>h</td><td>hydraulic</td></tr><tr><td>i</td><td>inside</td></tr><tr><td>m</td><td>mean</td></tr><tr><td>o</td><td>outside</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>saturation</td></tr><tr><td>w</td><td>wall</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">Dimensionless Numbers</p><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Gr</td><td>Grashof number</td></tr><tr><td>Nu</td><td>mean Nusselt number</td></tr><tr><td>Pr</td><td>Prandtl number</td></tr><tr><td>Re</td><td>Reynolds number</td></tr></tbody></table>   <p class="h1header">References</p><ol><li>Churchill, S.W.: Free convection around immersed bodies. Chapter 2.5.7 of <em>Heat Exchanger Design Handbook</em>, Hemisphere (1983). </li><li>Fritz, W.: In <em>VDI-WÃ¤rmeatlas</em>, DÃ¼sseldorf (1963), Hb2. </li><li>Gnielinski, V.: Neue Gleichungen fÃ¼r den WÃ¤rme- und den StoffÃ¼bergang in turbulent durchstrÃ¶mten Rohren und KanÃ¤len. <em>Forschung im Ingenieurwesen</em> <strong>41</strong>, 8-16 (1975). </li><li>Gnielinski, V.: Berechnung mittlerer WÃ¤rme- und StoffÃ¼bergangskoeffizienten an laminar und turbulent Ã¼berstrÃ¶mten EinzelkÃ¶rpern mit Hilfe einer einheitlichen Gleichung. <em>Forschung im Ingenieurwesen</em> <strong>41</strong>, 145-153 (1975). </li><li>Grigull, U.: WÃ¤rmeÃ¼bergang bei der Kondensation mit turbulenter Wasserhaut. <em>Forschung im Ingenieurwesen</em> <strong>13</strong>, 49-57 (1942). </li><li>Hausen, H.: Neue Gleichungen fÃ¼r die WÃ¤rmeÃ¼bertragung bei freier und erzwungener StrÃ¶mung. <em>Allg. WÃ¤rmetechnik</em> <strong>9</strong>, 75-79 (1959). </li><li>Nusselt, W.: Die OberflÃ¤chenkondensation des Wasserdampfes. <em>VDI Z.</em> <strong>60</strong>, 541-546 and 569-575 (1916). </li><li>Petukhov, B.S.: Heat transfer and friction in turbulent pipe flow with variable physical properties. <em>Adv. Heat Transfer</em> <strong>6</strong>, 503-565 (1970). </li><li>Petukhov, B.S. and L.I. Roizen: <em>High Temperature</em> <strong>2</strong>, 65-68 (1964). </li><li>Pohlhausen, E.: Der WÃ¤rmeaustausch zwischen festen KÃ¶rpern und FlÃ¼ssigkeiten mit kleiner Reibung und kleiner WÃ¤rmeleitung. <em>Z. Angew. Math. Mech.</em> <strong>1</strong>, 115-121 (1921). </li><li>Shah, R.K.: Thermal entry length solutions for the circular tube and parallel plates. <em>Proc. 3<sup>rd</sup> Natnl. Heat Mass Transfer Conference, Indian Inst. Technol Bombay,</em> Vol. I, Paper HMT-11-75 (1975). </li><li>Stephan, K.: WÃ¤rmeÃ¼bergang und Druckabfall bei nicht ausgebildeter LaminarstrÃ¶mung in Rohren und ebenen Spalten. <em>Chem.-Ing.-Tech.</em> <strong>31</strong>, 773-778 (1959). </li><li>Stephan, K.: <em>Chem.-Ing.-Tech.</em> <strong>34</strong>, 207-212 (1962). </li><li>Stephan, K. and P. PreuÃŸer: WÃ¤rmeÃ¼bergang und maximale WÃ¤rmestromdichte beim BehÃ¤ltersieden binÃ¤rer und ternÃ¤rer FlÃ¼ssigkeitsgemische. <em>Chem.-Ing.-Tech.</em> <strong>51</strong>, 37 (1979). </li><li><em>VDI-WÃ¤rmeatlas</em>, 7<sup>th</sup> edition, DÃ¼sseldorf 1994. </li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">a2557a7b2e94197ff767970b67041697</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Air Leak Testing Prior to Commissioning</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/maintenance-repair/air-leak-testing-prior-to-commissioning</link>
		<description><![CDATA[Our message board is a constant source of great advice and information for all of our users. Some times, an especially useful discussion takes place that deserves a little extra attention. The inquiry and reply shownin this articlecan benefit process engineers in any plant environment, so we've decided to post the information here.<br />Question (edited)<br /><br /><p class='bbc_left'>I need to commission a plant and intend to use low pressure air for leak testing. Can I pressurise lines through a pump? In other words, if a line runs from the bottom of a tank, through a pump, and into another tank, can the whole line from bottom outlet on 1st tank to the inlet on 2nd tank be tested at once? Or, is it necessary to test the line in two sections (before and after the pump)? Can the same be done when testing for leaks using vacuum?</p>Response by Mr. Art Montemayor<br /><p class='bbc_left'>"If you're commissioning a plant, you can use clean, regulated compressed air for leak testing. {parse block="google_articles"}Of course, as you know, this will only show that the joints and other leak-prone areas do not leak at the testing temperature -not at the process temperatures which can be higher. What I have done in the past is applied masking tape around the flanges' gasketed joint with a small pin hole made afterwards. Then I use "soap and bubble" technology with a fine brush, searching for the tell-tale bubbles that reveal an air leak. If the flange joint leaks, the pin hole will form a soap bubble.<br /><br />Be aware that before you undertake to subject your process or unit to a pneumatic pressure, you should have a thorough and detailed knowledge of the lowest pressure rating in your pressurized system. You must be careful not to surpass the lowest pressure rating. For example, you may be using cast iron casings on your centrifugal pumps and these are normally rated well below the pressure rating of the connected piping. If some of the equipment is rated below the pipe, you can isolate the equipment and test the pipe on its own rating, followed by testing the equipment one-by-one. I have seen what a misguided pneumatic test can cause with a ruptured piece of equipment. That is why I am very, very cautious of pneumatic testing and would use it only if I were in control of all the procedures. I am particularly of any cast iron equipment. Cast iron pieces or components can have foundry defects or flaws and this can be devasting if they fail under a pneumatic test because the net effect is the same as a grenade exploding. That is why I prefer to test plant equipment hydrostatically - with water. The result of a hydrostatic test failure is benign compared with a pneumatic one.<br /><br />A vacuum test is safer but is difficult to detect leaks. The only practical measure you have is loss of the vacuum as witnessed on a sensitive pressure gauge. This takes time and patience.<br /><br />Again, while you can pneumatically test an entire unit at one time, take time and trouble to make sure you are in complete control as to the safe, rated pressure on each component in your system before applying air pressure. I would recommend that you use a 2-stage air regulator to set the test pressure. This is much more accurate and is considered safer that a single stage regulator.<br /><br />Take care and good luck."</p>Download a <a class='bbc_url' href='http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/2-air-leak-test/'>Pre-commissioning procedure</a> provided by Chevron Philips]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">5ef059938ba799aaa845e1c2e8a762bd</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ammonia: The Next Step</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/processes/ammonia-the-next-step</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Steam reforming of hydrocarbons for ammonia production was introduced in 1930. Since then, the technology has experienced revolutionary changes in its energy consumption patterns.</p><p> Ranging from an early level of 20 Gcal/tonne (79.4 MBtu/tonne) to about 7 Gcal/tonne (27.8 MBtu/tonne) in the last decade of the 20th century. {parse block="google_articles"}The energy intensive nature of the process is the key driving force for improving the technology and reducing the overall cost of manufacturing Looking further ahead, we'll review some potentially significant developments and concepts that may impact the manner in which ammonia is produced. Some of these manufacturing routes are being tested or employed at a few plants around the world, but have yet to be fully developed into commercial processes. We'll also review more traditional approaches to ammonia manufacturing along the way.</p><p class="h1header">Reforming Section Developments</p><p align="left">In the conventional process, steam reforming is carried out in a fired furnace of the side fired or top fired type. Both need large surface areas for uniform heat distribution along the length of the catalyst tubes.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Overall Layout of a Steam Reforming Plant for Ammonia Synthesis" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/ammonia1.gif" target="_blank"><img style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="Overall Layout of a Steam Reforming Plant for Ammonia Synthesis" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ammonia1.gif" alt="Overall Layout of a Steam Reforming Plant for Ammonia Synthesis" width="300" height="196" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Overall Layout of a Steam Reforming <br />Plant for Ammonia Synthesis (Click to Enlarge)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">This process has several disadvantages. For example, it is a thermally inefficient process (about 90% including the convection zone) and there are mechanical and maintenance issues. The process is difficult to control and reforming plants require a large capital investment.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Gas Heated Reformers</p><p align="left">Future technologies<strong> </strong>include the use of Gas Heated Reformers (GHR), which are tubular gas-gas exchangers. In the GHR, the secondary reformer outlet gases supply the reforming heat. Though it is not presently being used widely, GHR has certain advantages over fired furnaces. Table 1 shows a list of these advantages. Kellogg's Reforming Exchanger System is an example of GHR technology. Although GHR results in reduced energy consumption, a comprehensive energy conservation network should be established to maximize the benefits of a GHR system.</p><table class="datatable" border="1" width="83%" align="center"><caption><p align="center"><strong>Table 1: Advantages of Gas Heated Reformers</strong></p></caption><tbody><tr><td width="50%" align="center"><strong>Fired Furnace</strong></td><td width="50%" align="center"><strong>Gas Heated Reformers</strong></td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Large volumes</td><td width="50%">Smaller volumes</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Larger surface area and heat loss</td><td width="50%">Reduced surface area and heat loss</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Complex instrumentation</td><td width="50%">Simplified instrumentation</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">High maintenance costs</td><td width="50%">Low maintenance costs</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Large convection zone</td><td width="50%">No convection zone</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Stack losses</td><td width="50%">No stack losses</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">High fixed capital costs</td><td width="50%">Low fixed capital costs</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Reduced catalyst tube loss from high temperature and uneven heat distribution</td><td width="50%">Longer tube life due to uniform heat distribution</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Increased downtime required for shut down</td><td width="50%">Reduced downtime required for shut down</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Well established process</td><td width="50%">Yet to gain wide acceptance</td></tr></tbody></table> Â <br /><span class="h2header">Hydrogen Separation</span><p align="left">Lechatelier's Principle states that a reaction equilibrium can be shifted by applying external forces. This offers a means of removing products from the reaction mixture to increase the conversion per pass. In reforming, experiments have been performed up to 500 Â°C (932 <sup>Â°</sup>F) and 20 bar (294 psig) using a palladium membrane to remove the product hydrogen.Â These experiments have results in a significant increase in methane conversion as can be seen by the following case study.</p><span class="inset"><p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Case Study on the Membrane Separation Process</span></strong></p><p>The separation of hydrogen from the product gas of the reforming process can result in significant productivity gains when compared to the current processes being employed. The base case for this study is a conventional steam reforming plant based on natural gas operating at 1750 tonnes per day. The operating conditions of the plant are assumed to be the same as those typically employed today and the only modification is the introduction of hydrogen separation. The tests for the membrane separation have been carried out at 500 <sup>Â°</sup>C (932 <sup>Â°</sup>F) and 20 bar (294 psig), these conditions will function as upper limits for the process to be considered in this study. Membrane units will be considered after the primary reformer (at 60% hydrogen separation), after the secondary reformer (at 60% hydrogen separation), and after the High Temperature Shift (HTS) converters (at a 50% hydrogen separation)</p><p>The following assumptions are made in this case study:</p><ol><li>The natural gas feed at the primary reformer is the same for both cases. </li><li>The primary reformer exit temperature is the same for both units. </li><li>The primary reformer operating pressure is the same for both units. </li><li>The process air is fed to the secondary reformer at optimal conditions and any remaining nitrogen that is required is supplied through an Air Separation Unit (ASU) and is available at 0.1 kg/cm<sup>2</sup> (1.42 psig) </li><li>Any extra energy consumption in the ASU is considered for the revamp case. </li><li>All of the heat from the process gas from the primary reformer to the carbon dioxide removal section is used in a steam network. </li><li>No changes in the carbon dioxide removal system are considered. </li><li>The pressure drop across the front end of the process is kept constant for both systems, thus the synthesis gas compressor suction pressure remains constant. </li><li>The loop pressure is the same for both processes and is controlled by changing the purge gas quantity. </li><li>The existing compressors are capable of handling any additional loads. </li><li>No scheme changes are considered in the synthesis loop. </li><li>All hydrogen from the membrane separation unit is available at 9.0 kg/cm<sup>2</sup> (128 psig) </li><li>The productivity analysis is carried out on the ammonia plant only (the urea plant is excluded) </li><li>A complete steam balance is included on both processes. Changes in the steam balance are considered for:<br />Steam generation from the front end of the processes<br />Steam generation from the back end of the processes<br />Additional steam in the carbon dioxide removal section caused by a reduction in the heat available from the process gas<br />Additional power for the synthesis compressor due to changes in flow and composition<br />Additional power in the ammonia refrigeration compressor<br />Reduced load on the process air compressor<br />Additional power for low pressure hydrogen separated through membranes<br />Additional power for nitrogen compression<br />Additional power for the air compressors of the ASU<br />Small changes in other drives and small equipment </li></ol><table class="datatable_inset" style="background-color: #eeeeee;" border="1" width="100%" align="center"><caption><strong>Table 2:</strong> <strong>Comparison Between Conventional Reforming and Reforming with Hydrogen Separation</strong></caption><tbody><tr><td width="50%">Production rise from 1750 to 1854 tonnes per day</td><td width="50%" align="center"><em><strong>+6.0% rise in capacity</strong></em></td></tr><tr><td width="50%"><p align="center"><strong>Process Change</strong></p></td><td width="50%" align="center"><p align="center"><strong>Energy Change (Gcal/tonne)</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Gain in feed and fuel including steam superheater</td><td width="50%" align="center">+0.36</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Loss in steam generation (front end)</td><td width="50%" align="center">0.00</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Loss in steam generation (back end)</td><td width="50%" align="center">-0.02</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Loss in additional steam for carbon dioxide removal</td><td width="50%" align="center">-0.27</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Gain in energy in synthesis gas compressor</td><td width="50%" align="center">+0.01</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Extra energy in refrigeration compressor</td><td width="50%" align="center">0.00</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Gain in energy in process air compressor</td><td width="50%" align="center">+0.16</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Extra power in hydrogen compressor</td><td width="50%" align="center">-0.22</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Extra power for nitrogen from ASU</td><td width="50%" align="center">-0.12</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Steam savings in primary reformer</td><td width="50%" align="center">+0.08</td></tr><tr><td width="50%">Other rotary drives and equipment</td><td width="50%" align="center">+0.04</td></tr><tr><td width="50%"><p align="right"><em><strong>Total Gain</strong></em></p></td><td width="50%" align="center"><em><strong>+0.02</strong></em></td></tr></tbody></table><p>It is evident from these results that the major losses occur in the carbon dioxide removal section of the plant. These losses are the result of consuming additional steam and compression energy for hydrogen separation. With additional minimization of these losses, additional savings can result. For a production gain of <strong>6%</strong> over the base case, the energy saving is <strong>0.02 Gcal/tonne (0.08 MBtu/tonne)</strong>.</p></span>This development could yield savings by increasing methane conversion in reformers and increasing the carbon monoxide conversion in shift reactors. The energy savings can be as high as 0.50 Gcal/tonne (1.98 MBtu/tonne) depending on the adopted process configuration. Hydrogen separation technology can also result in increased ammonia plant capacity as illustrated in the above case study.<p align="left">The reduced air requirement (about 80% of conventional plants) in the secondary reformer is required with a 60% hydrogen removal rate in the reformer. This will also require an additional source of nitrogen. Therefore, the technologies in which nitrogen is being added separately, either from an Air Separation Unit (ASU) or from any other sources, will become more important in this case.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Isobaric Manufacturing</p><p align="left">The primary hurdle in the isobaric method of manufacturing ammonia is the poor conversion of methane at elevated pressure. The bottleneck is the maximum permissible temperature range due to metallurgical constraints in the reformer tubes. Synthesis pressures are no longer an issue with the development of the <a href="http://www.kbr.com/industries/energy_and_chemicals/downstream/ammonia_and_syngas/kaapplus_ammonia_process.aspx" target="_blank">Kellogg Advanced Ammonia Process</a> (KAAP), which utilizes a ruthenium-based catalyst operating at 90-100 ata (1470 psia). Thus, if the methane conversion can be increased by hydrogen separation, the process can be operated at higher isobaric pressures.</p><p align="left">The synthesis compressor can be reduced to one small compressor at the natural gas feed. The power consumption in this compressor will be 3.0 MW for an isobaric pressure of 100 ata in the front end because of reduced gas flow and reduced differential pressure. The gas flow in synthesis compressor remains near 200,000 Nm<sup>3</sup>/h (117,715 scfm) while the flow will be reduced to near 45,000 Nm<sup>3</sup>/h (26,485 scfm) in natural gas compressor. The differential pressure in the synthesis compressor is 175 kg/cm<sup>2</sup>a (from 25 kg/cm<sup>2</sup>g to 200 kg/cm<sup>2</sup>g), while the differential pressure is only 60 kg/cm<sup>2 </sup>a in natural gas compressor (from 40 kg/cm<sup>2</sup>g to 100 kg/cm<sup>2</sup>g). The power consumption is around 3.0 MW in the conventional recirculator. This will result in a total power consumption of 6.0 MW in raising the pressure of synthesis gas. Presently, the power consumption in the synthesis gas compressor is around 25.0 MW for a conventional ammonia plant at same load. This ,however, requires the process air compressor to be operated at a discharge pressure of 100 ata (1470 psia) compared with a pressure of 34-35 ata (510 psia) in the conventional plant. The net energy saving in the <em>isobaric</em> process can be near 0.5 Gcal/tonne (1.98 MBtu/tonne). Moreover, it will also save the energy in CO<sub>2</sub> compressor of the urea plant because the CO<sub>2</sub> from the ammonia plant will be available at a much higher pressure.</p><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Shift Section Developments" /><p class="h1header" align="left">Shift Section Developments</p><p align="left">The water-gas shift reaction is favorable for producing carbon dioxide which is used as a raw material for urea production. Presently, most plants use a combination of conventional High/Low Temperature Shift (HTS/LTS) or High/Medium/Low Temperature Shift (HTS/MTS/LTS) technology. Another option is a combination of HTS/LTS/Selectoxo technology. While not as common as the other combinations, this arrangment offers advantages that will be discussed later. The most important objectives for this section are a low pressure drop and efficient heat recovery from the process gas.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Selectoxo Unit</p><p align="left">The Selectoxo unit offers several advantages for grass root designs as well as for revamps. <a href="http://www.unl.edu.ar/cepac/abstract/bfarraut.htm" target="_blank">Selectoxo</a> (or selective catalytic oxidation) was developed by Engelhard for oxidizing carbon monoxide while not oxidizing hydrogen. The Selectoxo process provides good energy efficiency because it minimizes carbon moxide "slip" (only about 0.03%), improved process flexibility, and higher productivity in revamps when compared to other oxidation options. The Selectoxo unit is capable of increasing a plant's capacity by 1.5-2.0%.</p><p align="left">The Selectoxo unit can also help in a grass root plant by maintaining carbon dioxide/ammonia production ratios which is favorable for full conversion of ammonia to urea. The economics of this option are to be considered against the extra cost of carbon dioxide production by other means (either from the flue gas of the primary reformer or through back burning of extra synthesis gas).</p><p class="h1header" align="left">Carbon Dioxide Removal Section Developments</p><p align="left">The removal of carbon dioxide has been performed via solvent absorption and distillation since the inception of ammonia technology processes. This section of the ammonia plant is the largest consumer of energy after the cooling water system. The energy consumption is due to thermally inefficient distillation, dissipation of huge amounts of low level heat into the cooling water via product carbon dioxide, and pressurization and depressurization of absorbents.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Isobaric Manufacturing</p><p align="left">Chemical absorption in the isobaric manufacturing of ammonia can be unattractive because of the very high pressure (100 ata). Therefore, major changes in the existing carbon dioxide removal technologies may be necessary. Replacement technologies may include cryogenic condensation or pressure swing absorption (PSA).</p><p align="left">Carbon dioxide separation through PSA is offered in the Low Cost Ammonia Process (LCA). PSA is scalable an may be more economical because of efficient carbon dioxide recovery at higher pressures. However, further development in this direction is essential for the recovery of high purity carbon dioxide as desired in urea production.</p><p align="left">Carbon dioxide separation via condensation may also become more attractive due to an increased concentration of carbon dioxide which can be realized with successful hydrogen separation through membranes. This would allow the concentration of carbon dioxide to be increased by 18 to 36 mole percent. This would allow carbon dioxide concentrations in the gas to be reduced to 15% by chilling of the 100 ata fron end gases. This method also provides high pressure carbon dioxide for urea production which will reduce the power consumption in the carbon dioxide compressor of the urea plant substantially. The remaining product carbon dioxide gas can be recovered via PSA. A combined PSA and condensation process may solve the problem of carbon dioxide purity from the PSA process.</p><p class="h1header" align="left">Final Purification of Synthesis Gas</p><p align="left">The conventional methanation process can result in the loss of hydrogen. Minimizing this loss is of prime concern when examining the process used to purify the syngas.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Pressure Swing Absorption (PSA) Unit</p><p align="left">PSA represents an effective means of reducing the hydrogen loss in the methanator. In this process, the product hydrogen is separated out from the raw synthesis gas and then nitrogen is added. The other benefit is the production of pure synthesis gas, which saves on recycle compression and the elimination of the losses through the purge gas stream by way of eliminating the purge itself.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Cryogenic Separation Process</p><p align="left">Cryogenic separation of inert gases from the raw synthesis gas is a commonly used approach. This unit is integrated into the purge gas recovery loop from the back to the front end of the ammonia unit. It serves to recover hydrogen from the purge stream and feed it back to the ammonia synthesis loop after recompression.</p><p align="justify">In this separation process, inerts in the synthesis gas are removed through cryogenic condensation. Typically, the composition of conventionally prepared synthesis gas is about 74% hydrogen, 0.8-1.0% methane, 0.32% argon with the balance being nitrogen. In this process, nearly all of the methane is removed along with half of the argon present, thus it produces "cleaner" synthesis gas for ammonia production. Moreover, the hydrogen to nitrogen ratio of the synthesis gas can be controlled independently without affecting the performance of front end. Traditionally, this ratio is controlled by varying the process air flow to the secondary reformer which makes the system reactive between front end and the back end. A cryogenic separation unit eliminates the dependence of the back end on the performance of the front end.</p><p align="justify">However, this process does not contribute to energy savings. Rather, it represents a good option for revamps after achieving the limits of capacity using conventional revamps. The cryogenic separation process creates additional margin in the front end by allowing more methane slip and by reducing the total quantity of inerts in the loop.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Ammonia Synthesis</p><p align="justify">Several developments in ammonia synthesis have been made in the past, these developments revolve around the basic principles of reactioin, heat recovery, cooling, production ammonia separation, and recycling of synthesis gas.</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Synthesis Catalysts</p><p align="justify">After almost 90 years of a monopoly in the ammonia synthesis market, iron catalyst has not been replaced by a precious metal (ruthenium) based catalyst used in the KAAP developed by Kellogg. The KAAP catalyst is reported to be 40% more active than iron catalysts.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p align="justify">Research work on low temperature and low pressure catalysts to produce ammonia at 20-40 kg/cm<sup>2</sup>g and 100 <sup>Â°</sup>C is being performed at <em>Project and Development India Ltd.</em> (PDIL) according to their in-house magazine. The catalyst being studied is based on cobalt and ruthenium metals and has exhibited few encouraging results.</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Ammonia Separation</p><p align="justify">The removal of product ammonia is accomplished via mechanical refrigeration or absorption/distillation. The choice is made by examining the fixed and operating costs. Typically, refrigeration is more economical at synthesis pressures of 100 ata or greater. At lower pressures, absorption/distillation is usually favored. A comparison of these two methods is presented in Table 3.</p><table class="datatable" border="1" width="83%" align="center"><caption><p align="center"><strong>Table 3 Comparison of Ammonia Separation Techniques</strong></p></caption><tbody><tr><td width="53%" align="center"><strong>Condensation</strong></td><td width="47%" align="center"><strong>Absorption</strong></td></tr><tr><td width="53%">High energy costs at lower loop pressures (below 100 ata)</td><td width="47%">Almost constant energy costs independent of pressure, and less than condensation separation below 100 ata</td></tr><tr><td width="53%">Higher fixed costs below 100 ata</td><td width="47%">Almost constant fixed costs independent of pressure, and less than condensation separation below 100 ata</td></tr><tr><td width="53%">Economical at higher operating pressures (above 100 ata)</td><td width="47%">Economical at lower synthesis pressures in comparison to condensing process</td></tr><tr><td width="53%">Energy consumption in refrigeration cycles</td><td width="47%">Inefficient energy consumption in the distillation process</td></tr><tr><td width="53%">Simple process with condensers and separators</td><td width="47%">More complex process with absorber, distillation column, pumps, reboilers, condensers, and reflux accumulators. Associated instrumentation is also complex</td></tr><tr><td width="53%">No chance of catalyst poisoning</td><td width="47%">Chance of catalyst poisoning due to oxygen in the absorbents</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Minimizing the amount of ammonia in the recycle gas of an ammonia process presents an interesting scenario. Usually the ammonia concentration of the recycle is 3-4%, but reducing this amount to 1.5% can increase plant capacity by about 2.5%. However, the additional separation can often represent a significant addition to the capital cost of the plant and may not be economical for retrofitting (depending on operating pressure). However, reduced ammonia concentration in the recycle can be reviewed for a grass root project where capacity gains can be realized with an additional investment.</p><p align="left">Decreasing the ammonia concentration in the recycle stream of existing plants is usually hampered by the high energy cost required for water absorption. Norsk Hydro (Norway) developed a method of reducing the recycle ammonia concentration to near 0.5% via absorption in glycol (DEG). This process can be installed in a high pressure loop (>100 ata) and in combination with a condensation unit. The installed cost is said to be lower than a comparable mechanical refrigeration system.</p><p align="left">The separation of product ammonia within the converter using liquid or solid adsorbent can increase the system efficiency significantly. The regenerated adsorbent is fed to the converter and contacts the reaction mixture. Product ammonia is absorbed and removed from the converter. The product ammonia can be recovered either by changing the pressure or temperature depending on process economics. This method would eliminate the need for a synthesis loop and the recycling of synthesis gas. This concept is still being investigated in academic research.</p><p class="h1header" align="left">Final Word</p><p align="left">The developments discussed here such as isobaric manufacturing, the use of gas heat reformers, hydrogen separation, carbon dioxide removal technology, product ammonia separation, and high activity synthesis catalyst can result in a significant reduction in energy consumption when compared with traditional technology.</p><p align="left">Global demand, increased competition, and ingenuity have fueled efforts to enhance existing ammonia technology. In an industry where change is often accepted reluctantly, these technological advancements will have to prove themselves worthy before receiving industry-wide attention.</p>

By: Pawan Agarwal, Guest Author
p_bihari"at"yahoo.com]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">a0a080f42e6f13b3a2df133f073095dd</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Relieve Valve Set Pressures</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/relieve-valve-set-pressures</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>As the title of this column implies, I intend to present various topics related to Process Engineering Design based on my knowledge and experiences. I will convey what approaches I think you should be taking.</p><p> I will stress "the correct way" so don't expect short cuts and rules of thumbs. Notice, I use the word "I" a lot. These will be my thoughts, my ideas. I will present facts and in instances, my interpretation of the facts. I might even editorialize. This inaugural column starts a series on Relief Valves.</p><p class="h1header">The Problem</p><p>In the May 2000 issue of Chemical Engineering Progress<sup>1</sup> (CEP), there was an article entitled "Ease Relief System Design and Documentation". While I'm not intending to discuss the article in whole, the author stated something that appeared to get one reader's attention. The author wrote,</p><p class="blockquote_j">If you want to reduce the size of a relief device for cost savings, then design it at a higher set pressure; however, the MAWP of the weakest link should not be ignored.</p><p>This statement prompted a "Letters to the Editor" in the October 200 issue of CEP<sup>2</sup> (no, it wasn't me) where a reader wrote,</p><p class="blockquote_j">This is not true; for a certain MAWP, the capacity of the relief device is not a function of its set point, but of MAWP alone. For example, for a MAWP of 100 psig, the relief valve capacity will be same whether it is set at 80 psig or 100 psig. In both cases, the maximum relieving pressure for the ASME non-fire case (or BS 5500 fire case) is 124.7 psia and the discharge capacity will remain identical. The only difference is that if the set point is 80 psig, the allowable overpressure will be 37.5%, while, at the same for a set point of 100 psig, it will be 10%. For the ASME fire case, the values will be 51.25% and 21% respectively. These are defined very clearly in API 520, Tables 2 to 6.</p><p>I'm seeing that people do not quite understand what API 520<sup>3</sup> and the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1<sup>4</sup>, are really saying. (For those not familiar with API and ASME, ASME, or the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, is the organization that sets the codes in the United States that determine how pressure vessels are to be designed and protected. These codes are law and must be followed. The American Petroleum Institute, or API, sets the standards by which the codes are followed. API publishes the Recommended Practices 520 and 521, among others.)</p><p class="h1header">MAWP and Design Pressure</p><p>In paragraph 1.2.3.2, para b, API 520 defines maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) as:</p><p class="blockquote_j">... the maximum gauge pressure permissible at the top of a completed vessel in its normal operating position at the designated coincident temperature specified for that pressure.</p><p>The operative word here is "completed". {parse block="google_articles"}The vessel is completed when a fabricator, according to the code laid down by ASME, has designed it. The vessel's fabricator, not the Process Engineer, determines MAWP. (Some may try to stretch my definition of "completed" to mean that the vessel is also erected in place. Not quite because the certified vessel drawings, which are delivered way before the vessel is, contains this information).</p><p>In the same paragraph, API 520 says that the MAWP is normally greater than design pressure. The Process Engineer usually sets the design pressure at the time the vessel specification is being <em>written</em>. The design pressure is the value obtained after adding a margin to the most severe pressure expected during normal operation at a coincident temperature. Depending upon the company the engineer works for, this margin is typically the maximum of 25 psig or 10%. The vessel specification sheet contains the design pressure, along with the design temperature, size, normal operating conditions and material of construction among others. It is this document that will eventually end up in a fabricator's lap and from which the mechanical design is made.</p><p class="h1header">Relief Valve Set Pressure</p><p>Unfortunately, project schedules may require that relief valve sizing be carried out way before the fabricator has finished the mechanical design and certified the MAWP. The Process Engineer must use some pressure on which to base the relieving rate calculations. In paragraph 1.2.3.2, para. c, API 520 states that the design pressure may be used in place of the MAWP in all cases where the MAWP has not been established. Guess what pressure the Process Engineer <em>usually</em> sets relief valves at? There are even times when the relief valve must be set even lower than design pressure. For example, a high design pressure may be desirable for mechanical integrity but a PSV set at the design pressure may end up with a coincidental temperature that would require the use of exotic materials of construction or that promotes decomposition and/or run-away reaction.</p><p class="h1header">So, Why the Confusion?</p><p>The confusion faced by the reader who wrote the "Letters to the Editor", and probably many others, is due to a number of reasons. First and I think foremost, is the way ASME <em>does not</em> relate the maximum allowable pressure limits to relief valve capacity. ASME, Section VIII, Division 1, refers to MAWP throughout the entire document when talking about relief valve set pressure and allowable overpressure. I believe the reader may have been referring to and interpreting what is stated in paragraph UG-125 of ASME Section VIII, Division 1. It states in part,</p><p class="blockquote_j">All pressure vessels other than unfired steam boilers shall be protected by a pressure relief device that shall prevent the pressure from rising more than 10% or 3 psi, whichever is greater, above the maximum allowable working pressure except as permitted in (1) and (2) below.</p><p>Sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) mention cases where the pressure rise may be higher.</p><p>However, when ASME talks about certifying the <em>capacity</em> of a relief device, MAWP is never mentioned. ASME Section VIII, Division 1 clearly states in Paragraph UG-131, para c(1) that</p><p class="blockquote_j">Capacity certification tests shall be conducted at a pressure which does not exceed the pressure for which the pressure relief valve is <em>set to operate</em> by more than 10% or 3 psi, whichever is greater, except as provided in para c(2)...</p><p>Sub-paragraph para c(2) covers a fire case. {parse block="google_articles"}Again, capacity certification is based only on the <em>set</em> pressure of the relief valve and is unrelated to MAWP, unless of course the set pressure is MAWP.</p><p>Another area of confusion might involve the definition of capacity and how the term is used in ASME and API. Relieving rates are determined from "what can go wrong" scenarios and if allowed to go unchecked, would overpressure the vessel. Once the Process Engineer determines the controlling relieving rate from all the scenarios, the required relief valve orifice size is determined using the appropriate equation given in API. Once the required relief valve orifice size is calculated, an actual orifice size equal to or greater than the calculated orifice size is chosen from a selection available from a particular manufacturer. The maximum flow through this actual valve will be the valve's <em>capacity</em>.</p><p>Conclusion</p><p>The problem and solution can be summarized as follows:</p><div style="TEXT-ALIGN: center"><strong><span class="inset"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">MISINTERPRETATION OF CODE</span><br />
Capacity based on MAWP + Allowable Overpressure</span></strong><p> </p></div><p style="text-align: center;"><strong><span class="inset"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CODE AS WRITTEN</span><br />
Capacity based on Set Pressure + Allowable Overpressure</span></strong></p><p>Code clearly requires that the relief valve's capacity be based solely on set pressure and <em>not</em> on the vessel's maximum allowable working pressure.  Indeed, as shown above, if the relief valve's capacity was based on MAWP, then code might even force the Process Engineer into an unsafe design.  A good analogy is highway speed limits.  In the United Stated, many highway speed limits are set for 65 miles per hour.  This does not mean a driver cannot travel slower and, under certain conditions for safety, it is almost a necessity that one does.</p><p>If it is safe to do so and the protected vessel can be allowed to pressurize to a greater extent, the relief valve set pressure can be increased, thereby reducing the relief valve's size and cost.  Remember also that there is piping and possibly downstream equipment to "catch" and process the relieving fluid associated with the relief valve which may also benefit by this reduction.</p><p>One way of accomplishing a reduction in relief valve size is by increasing the vessel's design pressure.   There is an economic trade off here as the vessel's cost can increase above what you may save by reducing the size of the valve.   Another approach to consider is increasing the relief valve's set pressure right up to MAWP after receiving the certified vessel drawings.  However, depending on project schedule, the cost savings may be offset by the high costs associated with late design changes.</p><p class="h1header">Final Say</p><p>I welcome and encourage your feedback.  Feel free to E-Mail me at the Internet address below.  All correspondences that include a name will be published in this column.  Better yet, I encourage discussion of any topic I cover utilizing The Chemical Engineers' Resource Message Board.  This will enable the entire Internet community to join and learn.</p><p class="h1header">References</p><ol><strong><li>Ahmad, S.</li><li>Letters to the Editor</li><li>API</li><li>ASME </li></strong>"Ease Relief System Design and Documentation," Chem. Eng. Progress, pp 43-50 (May 2000) <strong></strong>Chem. Eng. Progress, p 10 (October 2000) <strong></strong>(<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="New Window">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 520</strong>, "Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Device in Refineries, Part 1-Sizing and Selection", 7<sup>th</sup> Edition (January 2000) <strong></strong>(<a href="http://www.asme.org/" target="New Window">www.asme.org</a>)<strong> </strong>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1" (1998)<br />
<hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Discussion One" /></ol><p class="h1header" style="text-align: left;">Author/Community Member Discussion Regarding This Article</p><p style="text-align: left;">The following discussions were added July 21, 2001.</p><p class="h1header" style="text-align: left;">Discussion One</p><p style="text-align: left;"><strong><strong class="h2header">From Mr. Jeffrey Niemeier:</strong></strong></p><p>Philip,<br />
<br />
I am responding to your column in Cheresources.com.   {parse block="google_articles"}I disagree with your interpretation of the ASME code.  The capacity of a relief device that is used to determine adequacy of design is based on the allowable overpressure.  If the overpressure is higher the flow will be higher.   You can take credit for this.  UG-125 makes it clear that the only requirement is that the pressure not exceed 110% of the MAWP (121% for a fire).  The stamped capacity is there only for reference.  It could not possibly be used to make a judgement on two-phase flow capacity.<br />
<br />
Also, contrary to what you have in your article it is many times advantageous to have a set pressure much lower than the MAWP.  This is especially true if runaway reaction is a possibility.  A low set pressure allows the reactants to start venting much earlier, thereby removing reactant from the vessel before the temperature and reaction rate get too high.  Check out the DIERS literature.<br />
<br />
I think you should remove your column.</p><p class="h2header">Philip Replies:</p><p>Mr. Niemeier,<br />
<br />
Thank you for taking the time to read my article "Relief Valve Set Pressures" in the "Process Engineering-As I See It" section of "The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page and for your feedback.<br />
<br />
Allow me to respond.<br />
<br />
You write,<br />
"I disagree with your interpretation of the ASME code. The capacity of a relief device that is used to determine adequacy of design is based on the allowable overpressure. If the overpressure is higher the flow will be higher.  You can take credit for this. UG-125 makes it clear that the only requirement is that the pressure not exceed 110% of the MAWP (121% for a fire). The stamped capacity is there only for reference."<br />
<br />
You are falling into the same trap that most people fall into and this is precisely why I wrote the article in the first place. The certified capacity which determines adequacy of design of a relief valve (which is the 'device' I assume you are referring to since the capacity of a stand alone rupture disk is different) is based on the criteria described in ASME Section VIII, Divison 1, Paragraph UG-131, not Paragraph UG-125. Paragraph UG-131 states that, except for some very specific exceptions, the overpressure is to be 10% or 3 psi, whichever is greater and is to be referenced to set pressure. If set pressure happens to be equal to MAWP, fine, but as you point out<br />
later in your letter, this is not always the case. There are no provisions that I can find that allow a vendor to certify a relief valve for<br />
overpressures greater than these. In addition, the certified capacity is the only flow that is guaranteed by the relief valve vendors, nothing more or less. Using greater overpressures than the 10% or 3 psi described above in calculations for required relieving rate does not alter the guaranteed capacity provided by the vendor and which is required by ASME, Paragraph UG-129.<br />
<br />
If you require further evidence of these points, feel free to contact Farris Engineering, a well-known relief valve vendor at <a href="http://www.cwfc.com/" target="_blank">http://www.cwfc.com/</a>. However, I can save you some time because I didn't write the article without doing some research first.<br />
<br />
Now, you think capacity certification (stamped capacity) is just for reference?!? It is this certified capacity, not the calculated maximum relieving rate, which must be used when sizing inlet lines to the relief valve (using the 3% rule, ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix M, Paragraph M-7) and in many cases, the outlet lines as well.<br />
<br />
I invite you to re-read the article, specifically the paragraph titled "So, Why the Confusion? and also read ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Paragraph UG-131. The code is like a bowl of spaghetti. You have to weave through all the pertinent paragraphs to get to the end... and the full story.<br />
<br />
For your information, the stamped capacity for relief valves in vapor/gas service is usually given in terms of SCFM of air at set pressure plus 10% overpressure and 60 degress F.  Valves in steam service are stamped in terms of pounds per hour of steam at set pressure plus 10% overpressure at the saturation temperature. ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 11 gives you a means for converting to your particular vapor/gas. Valves in liquid service are given in terms of gallons per minute of water at set pressure<br />
plus 10% overpressure and 70 degrees F.<br />
<br />
You continued in your letter with the following (still referring to the stamped capacity):<br />
<br />
"It could not possibly be used to make a judgement on two-phase flow capacity."<br />
<br />
I don't know why you mention two-phase flow since I didn't in my article. However, I agree, relief valve manufacturers at the present time do not have capacity certification capability for two-phase flow.<br />
<br />
You then added:<br />
<br />
"Also, contrary to what you have in your article it is many times advantageous to have a set pressure much lower than the MAWP."<br />
<br />
I invite you to re-read my paragraph titled, "Relief Valve Set Pressure" specifically the sixth line where I write, "There are even times when the relief valve must be set even lower than design pressure."<br />
<br />
Are we talking about the same article here? Did you actually read my article?<br />
<br />
You finish your letter with:<br />
<br />
"I think you should remove your column."<br />
<br />
MAWP, design pressure, relief valve set pressure, what is allowed overpressure, calculated relieving rates, certified capacity, etc. appears to be a very confusing and misunderstood concept that most people are having when dealing with safety relief systems; you included. And this is precisely why my column must not only stay but also grow. My only regret at this time is that I obviously did not get the point across to you and for that I apologize. I hope this response clarifies those points you misunderstood. I will be more than happy to answer any other concerns you may have or even further discuss the points you already brought up.</p><p><strong><strong class="h2header">Mr. Jeffrey Niemeier Replies:</strong></strong></p><p> </p><p>I still disagree with you.  It is basic physics that you will get more flow if you have a higher driving pressure.  There is no reason not to take credit for overpressures above 10% as long as you don't go above the maximum allowable pressure for the valve.  See the following memo from Paul Papa, director of engineering for Farris:</p><p class="blockquote_j"><em>As you mentioned, all of our certified capacities are based on testing that is done at 10% overpressure.   Nameplates are therefore marked with capacities at 10% overpressure in the appropriate certification fluid (steam, air, or water). From a selection standpoint, valves are typically sized based on 10 % overpressure.  As you correctly pointed out, Section VIII of the ASME Code indicates that ASME Code stamped pressure vessels require a relief device that must pass all of the required flow without allowing the pressure to go any higher than 10% above the maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP).<br />
<br />
There are many cases where a vessel is being used at a pressure at much less than its MAWP.  In those cases, you can size and select the valve at an overpressure greater than 10%.  This will allow you to use a smaller valve as<br />
the valves capacity will increase as the pressure increases.  Per ASME Code, the pressure must still be kept to the 10% accumulation pressure, that is no more than 10% above the MAWP.<br />
<br />
For the most part, this is not a problem for the valve as long as the higher overpressure does not exceed the maximum pressure limit of the valve at the relieving temperature.</em></p><p> <span class="h2header">Philip Replies:</span></p><p>Jeff,<br />
<br />
I'm not saying, nor have I ever said that you can't calculate the required relieving rate for the MAWP + overpressure and then choose a valve based on this. Remember fire cases? They go to 21% overpressure (set pressure basis) don't they and are often the sizing criteria for the valve. However, this still does not alter the guaranteed (stamped capacity) flow rate of the valve which is based strictly on set pressure + 10% (for the most part). And it is this flow that your maximum calculated relieving requirement cannot exceed and which is subsequently used in the hydraulic calculations, per ASME. I don't know how many times I have to say this. And this is what my article was strictly about; the criteria used to obtain the certified (stamped) capacity. Also, I also don't see in the Farris response you sent me where they will guarantee any number other than what they are allowed to stamp even if MAWP is 100 psig and you want to allow the pressure to go to 110 psig. If a valve is set for 50 psig, it will be certified based on 55 psig, clear and simple! Neither Farris nor any other vendor will guarantee that your valve will pass a different flow rate at any other condition. Nor will they tell you to use any other value in subsequent hydraulic or downstream sizing equations.<br />
<br />
I would love to see you prove the calculations that give you that extra margin you keep talking about. You think it's simple? Try doing the calculations at a high pressure for something very non-ideal such as ethylene. All of the equations shown in ASME and API fall apart rather severely since they are all based on ideal gas. Try convincing an OSHA inspector that at conditions which exceeded the capacity certification test at the time of equipment failure that your valve was properly sized and should have been big enough. If you can do this via flow equations derived properly for non-ideal gases from the sound use of thermodynamics, great and there is no argument from me. Heck, I'll even write about it!! After all, ASME and API specifically state that the engineer is to use good engineering judgment and if in question, work with the relief valve vendor. As a matter of fact, you can even deviate from the code if you can prove that a given relief valve will not be adversely affected from whatever you are trying to do. As an example, I am currently on a project where the inlet line loss for one particular valve is in the 6% range. Notwithstanding the fact that the 3% rule is "non-mandatory" (but is still considered good engineering practice), we are working with Farris to determine if this would adversely<br />
affect the valve. If it doesn't, we can live with the current piping configuration.<br />
<br />
What I wrote was about stamped capacity and how this is what is recognized by Code, nothing more or less. Stamped capacity being the only guaranteed flow rate is fact, not interpretation. When to use stamped capacity has been set down by both Code and interpretation. You can disagree all you want with what I wrote. That is fine and I just love getting into these types of discussions. How else can we learn and grow? But you made some rather inaccurate statements in your first letter about what was stated, or not<br />
stated in the article and that still leads me to feel you didn't totally understand it.</p><p>I've been giving this debate some further thought and I hope this will finally put it to rest. You and I seem to be disagreeing on the concept of sizing versus what you do with the valve once it has been sized.<br />
<br />
My article on the Web site starts off with a statement made by the author of an article published in the May 2000 issue of CEP. This person made a statement that basically said if you want to decrease the size of a given relief valve, find a way to increase it's set pressure. However, the following Letter to the Editor in the October 2000 issue inspired my article. It stated, "This is not true; for a certain MAWP, the capacity of the relief device is not a function of its set point, but of MAWP alone." Now, had you really read my article, you would have seen these quotes! As I've said before and written in my article, per ASME, capacity for a given valve (which I am defining as certified capacity) is a function of set point only, not MAWP. Therefore, to increase the certified capacity of a given<br />
size valve, one can increase the set pressure. Alternatively, to reduce the size and cost of the purchased valve, one can increase the set pressure of a smaller valve and maintain the same certified capacity.<br />
<br />
The whole point should be "safety", not who can buy the smallest relief valve. If you want to stretch what ASME is trying to convey just to buy a smaller relief valve, go ahead; you don't work for me. If you did work for me, I wouldn't allow it. I'll take the conservative approach, it just isn't worth the potential liability. After all Jeff, you'll never know if the valve you bought is the right one unless the system over pressure is caused by the controlling scenario and the valve does or does not work. And guess what? This rarely happens since most controlling scenarios are loaded with conservative assumptions that are never achieved in real life.<br />
<br />
One last point if I may. I still can't understand why you would want to set the relief valve at a lower pressure (50 psig) and still allow the system to achieve the much higher pressure (110 psig). This makes no engineering sense to me. You should just specify the set pressure at MAWP and go with the allowable overpressures. Then you won't have any debates. You mention run away reaction? I'm sorry but this is bad engineering practice and if you do this at your site, I would stop the practice. Run away reactions can occur<br />
too fast for relief valves to react. I would use a stand alone rupture disk set at the lower burst pressure (your 50 psig example) for the run away reaction scenario and use the relief valve for other scenarios set at the 100 psig MAWP. This is a much safer design.</p><p class="h1header">Discussion Two</p><p class="h2header">From Mr. Don Gregurich:</p><p>Dear Mr. Leckner,<br />
<br />
I read your about Relief Valve Set Pressures with interest because the issue came up several years ago and we had quite an internal debate (at a different company).    {parse block="google_articles"}I don't remember the details, or resolution, but I was on the opposite side of the argument.   Essentially, the situation is that there is a vessel   with a design pressure of 150 psig (and let's assume same MAWP) and we want to use a relief valve set at 30 psig (There could be a number of process reasons for doing so.)     Then, if this is the only relief on the vessel, does it need to be sized to accommodate the worst credible non-fire overpressure case flow at a relieving pressure of 33 psig or 165 psig?   I felt that the answer was 165 psig, if, of course, all of the design was appropriate (valve body can handle the pressure/temperature at the relieving conditions, the inlet and outlet piping are sized correctly for those relieving conditions etc.)   It certainly seemed to me that this was consistent with the spirit of the code, after all, the whole point is to limit the pressure in the vessel and this would meet that requirement.<br />
<br />
Of course we must also be consistent with the letter of the code, if we are to avoid jail time, but I didn't see anything in the code that contradicted the above interpretation.     Although I see your quote regarding rating of valves, don't see where it explicitly states that a valve can not be operated above its "official rated capacity" to perform the required service.   I see that the code states that "the valve must have the capacity to relieve the load*"  and that "the official rated capacity is that which is stamped*"  but I don't see where it says that the valve must be able to relieve the  load at the official rated capacity.   So if I look at this in the strictest sense (by the letter of the code) I do not see that we can't size it based on the 165 psig.    I don't think this is unreasonable: rating a pump at a given pressure/flow point serves to define the pump's capacity - but the pump can operate at different flows and pressures then at the rated point.  Likewise for the relief valve.    In fact, we could have selected this same valve, used a spring for 150 psig, and it would be functioning the same at the  relieving conditions, as if it would with the 30 psig spring.<br />
<br />
I confess that I haven't taken the time to reread through the code, but I was convinced back then that my interpretation met the spirit and letter of the code.  I'd be interested to hear what you have to say about my position.<br />
<br />
Thanks<br />
<br />
Don Gregurich</p><p class="h2header">Phlip Replies:</p><p>Don,<br />
<br />
First, call me Phil and thanks for taking the time to read my column. Second, I do not agree with your position even though on the surface it appears to be sound, and this is why.<br />
<br />
First (and this really doesn't answer the question but I just couldn't help but comment) I couldn't figure out why anyone would want to have such a low set pressure and still allow the relieving pressure to go so high. It is not logical and seems to defeat the purpose of having a low set pressure. You might as well have just set the valve for 150 psig and taken the conventional 10% overpressure and eliminate the controversy. But then I thought of a run-away reaction scenario where you may want the valve to pop open early and allow the vessel to slowly relieve its contents but still allow the pressure to build-up. However, this uses the relief valve as a<br />
depressurization valve and I am not in favor of this. There are designs with proper use of control valves to do this.<br />
<br />
In your E-Mail, you say "Then, if this is the only relief on the vessel, does it need to be sized to accommodate the worst credible non-fire overpressure case flow at a relieving pressure of 33 psig or 165 psig? I felt that the answer was 165 psig,...".<br />
<br />
It is very clear that the valve does not "need" to be sized for 165 psig. It only "needs" to be sized for set pressure +10% overpressure (non-fire, single device case) in order to be consistent with the calculation of the certified (stamped) capacity. However, you are correct in that on the surface (at least as far as I can tell), the code (ASME Section VIII, Division 1, 1998 Edition) does not seem to prohibit one from sizing the valve based on such a high overpressure. ASME appears to only be concerned that the MAWP is not exceeded beyond its requirements. And as you say in your E-Mail, "I don't see where it says that the valve must be able to relieve the load at the official rated capacity."<br />
<br />
However, a relief valve vendor will only guarantee the stamped capacity and ASME is very clear how this is to be determined. Therefore, in the event of an accident, how would you have guaranteed to an OSHA inspector that the catastrophic failure of the vessel or attached piping/equipment was not a result of an improperly sized relief valve since you have no guarantee of the flow rate through the valve? I guess you could try to prove that your calculations were reasonably accurate using real properties, accurate vapor<br />
flow equations and the correct thermodynamics. Is all this really worth the potential liability just to buy a somewhat smaller relief valve? Not where this Process Engineer stands! So Don, that's Process Engineering-As I See It!</p><p><strong class="h2header">Mr. Don Gregurich Replies:</strong></p><p>Thanks Phil,<br />
<br />
I appreciate your insight; I understand what you're saying about the rated capacity of the valve as the only real figure that you can hang your hat on.I honestly can't remember the details of the situation, only that it never did get to the point where we needed to make a final decision on the set point issue.    It's those applications that lie outside of the norm that really make us think about what we're doing, which hopefully leads to a better understanding.<br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br />
</strong></span>I do have another one for you, this one also seem "sensible" to me, but I don't know what the code would think:<br />
<br />
If an ASME stamped pressure vessel is being used for an "atmospheric" operation with an open vent to atmosphere that has been properly sized, is a relief valve (or disk) required?   "Proper sizing" of the vent line means application of the same analysis and calculations that would be done for sizing of a relief device.  The vent line would be sized to accommodate the worst credible upset condition at a relieving pressure that is under 15 psig. The location is in a jurisdiction that requires compliance with the ASME code.<br />
<br />
Thanks again,<br />
<br />
Don</p><p class="h2header">Philip Replies:</p><p>Don,</p><p>I am not on any committee so I can't give you an official answer. However, ASME specifically states in Section VIII, Div 1, 1998 Edition, paragraph UG-125(a)"All pressure vessels within the Scope of this Division, irrespective of size or pressure, shall be provided with pressure relief devices in accordance with the requirements of UG-125 through UG-137."  The key here is what they consider part of the "Scope". The Indroduction, Paragraph U-1, goes into the definition of "Scope" and it can get rather complex. I would have to read through this very slowly and carefully to see if this exact situation is addressed. I do have some other sources I can<br />
review for interpretations and your question may not be able to be answered without a direct interpretation from the ASME committee. I would agree with you that it doesn't make sense to need a pressure relief device for this situation. I can tell you that in the past, when facing a situation where we do have an ASME coded vessel but cannot come up with any credible scanrio, nothing at all, we put a 3/4" x 1" relief valve on the vessel and call it out for thermal expansion - end of story.</p><p>I think I have an answer for the second question you asked me concerning an ASME stamped pressure vessel being used for an "atmospheric" operation with an open vent to atmosphere. Based on ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Introduction, Paragraph U-1 para c(2)(h), vessels having an internal or external operating pressure not exceeding 15 psi (103 kPa) would not fall under the scope even though it has a stamp. As long as any pressure vessel meets all the applicable requirments of the Division, it may carry the Code U Symbol.</p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">069059b7ef840f0c74a814ec9237b6ec</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title><![CDATA[Relief Valves: &#34;What Can Go Wrong&#34; Scen...]]></title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/relief-valves-what-can-go-wrong-scenarios-part-1</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>What can go wrong in a chemical facility? Plenty! A report in the August 2000 issue of CEP<sup>1 </sup>shows that operator error or poor maintenance was the leading of cause of accidents for unfired pressure vessels eight years running.</p><p> <span class="h1header">The Problem</span></p><p>Accidents not only damage equipment but also cause injury or even death to plant personnel. To reduce the number of incidents of accidents, it is the job of the Process Engineer to analyze the process design, determine the "what can go wrong" scenario and either find a way to "design" out of it or provide protection against catastrophic failure in the event an accident does occur, i.e. install a relieving device such as a relief valve and/or rupture disk.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>For the purposes of this discussion and those that will follow, a "what can go wrong" scenario is defined as an action that will cause a vessel containing a gas or liquid to overpressure, leading to a catastrophic failure of that vessel if it were not for the presence of a relief valve or rupture disk. To find these potentially deadly incidences, the Process Engineer goes through a type of "self HAZOP" (Hazardous and Operability Study), analyzing the process to determine what these scenarios are. For each credible scenario identified, the Process Engineer performs calculations to determine the amount of vapor or liquid that must be relieved from the vessel in order to prevent the overpressure from occurring (the relieving load).</p><p>Fair warning, this discussion and those that will follow in future installments assume the reader is at least somewhat knowledgeable in Process Design. Safety analysis should never be left up to the junior Process Engineer unless closely supervised. So if you Mr., Mrs., Ms. Reader become confused or somewhat lost in some of the terminology used, I sincerely apologize. I welcome your very direct and specific questions about anything I write and would be happy to help you understand what I am saying. This is an extremely important function for Process Engineers.</p><p class="h1header">The Checklist</p><p>Since there are many potential causes of failure, it would be nice to have a checklist to make the analysis organized and somewhat standard. After all, those of us in Process Design may be working on a project for a chemical plant today and end up on a project for a pharmaceutical plant tomorrow (it happens, believe me). A pretty good checklist is given by Table 2 in Section 3 of The American Petroleum Institute (API) publication, "Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems"<sup>2</sup>, better known as API Recommended Practice 521 (or just API 521). For those not familiar with API, this is the organization in the United States that sets the standards by which codes (laws) are followed. API publishes the Recommended Practices 520 and 521, among others. A condensed version of the API checklist is presented in Table 1 below.</p><table class="datatable" style="height: 600px;" border="1" cellspacing="1" width="362" align="center"><caption><p align="left">Table 1: API RP 521 Scenario Check List</p></caption><tbody><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><strong><p align="center">API RP 521 Item No.</p></strong></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><strong><p align="center">Overpressure Cause</p></strong></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">1</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Closed outlets on vessels</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">2</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Cooling water failure to condenser</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">3</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Top-tower reflux failure</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">4</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Side stream reflux failure</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">5</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Lean oil failure to absorber</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">6</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Accumulation of noncondensables</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">7</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Entrance of highly volatile material</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">8</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Overfilling Storage or Surge Vessel</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">9</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Failure of automatic control</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">10</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Abnormal heat or vapor input</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">11</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Split exchanger tube</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">12</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Internal explosions</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">13</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Chemical Reaction</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">14</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Hydraulic expansion</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">15</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Exterior fire</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle"><p align="center">16</p></td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Power failure (steam, electric, or other)</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Â </td><td style="width: 50%; height: 5px;" valign="middle">Other</td></tr></tbody></table><p>In this installment, I want to establish a framework for analyzing a given process. In future installments, I will begin to tackle the scenarios (Overpressure Cause) themselves in some detail. The ultimate goal is for the Process Engineer to identify credible "what can go wrong" scenarios, perform relieving load calculations to prevent catastrophic failure and eventually size the relieving device and system.</p><p class="h1header">The Concept of Double Jeopardy</p><p>I can't begin to tell you how many people still don't understand this concept. API allows you to "ignore" failures that fall under the "Double Jeopardy" principle (See API 521, March 1997, 4<sup>th</sup> edition, paragraph 2.2). Double Jeopardy basically means two <em>unrelated</em> failures occurring <em>at the exact same</em> <em>time, i.e. simultaneous</em>. This does not mean the failures occurred one minute, one second or even one millisecond apart. It means <em>at exactly the same instant in time</em>! Let's look at some examples.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>There is a loss of power to a pump causing stoppage of cooling water to a condenser on a distillation column. Because vapor from the distillation column can no longer be condensed, pressure builds up to the point of popping the relief valve, i.e. the system goes into relief. <em>At the same time</em>, the control room operator strokes open a steam flow control valve to the reboiler on that same distillation column causing the generation of an excessive amount of vapor. When calculating the total amount of vapor that must be relieved to prevent damage, should one take into account the excessive vapor produced by the wide-opened steam valve? Or, should we consider only the normal amount of vapor exiting the column; API 521, paragraph 2.3.2 says that the control valve should be considered to be in its normal operating position unless its function is affected by the primary cause of failure, this being loss of power to a pump.</p><p>The answer is, this is a Double Jeopardy failure, two unrelated events occurring at the same time. One has nothing to do with the other. Therefore, you only need to calculate the relief load for one scenario at a time. For the loss of power to a pump scenario, the relief load would be based on the amount of vapor generated at the "normal" rate of steam to the reboiler.</p><span class="alert">For the steam control valve failure scenario, the relief load would be based on the amount of vapor generated by the heat provided by a wide opened steam valve (possibly limited by heat transfer constraints) <strong><em>with credit taken for the amount of vapor that can be condensed! Remember that for this failure, the condenser would still be in operation.</em></strong></span><p>Let's look at the situation again. With the pump stopped, cooling water is lost to the condenser causing the distillation column to go into relief. However, this time the control room operator realizes that the relief valve has opened and attempts to stop steam flow to the reboiler. The operator puts the steam control valve in manual and tries to close it but it won't respond because it is stuck. To free it, he strokes it wide-open, shooting steam into the reboiler and causing the generation of an excessive amount of vapor. Now we have two failures <em>occurring at the exact same time</em> but are now <em>related</em>. The power failure stops the pump and thus the cooling water to the column condenser. This causes the column to go into relief, which then causes the operator to react, initiating the second failure.</p><span class="alert">This is a perfectly credible relieving scenario and the calculation of relieving load should be based on the amount of vapor generated by the heat provided by a wide opened steam valve (possibly limited by heat transfer constraints) <strong><em>without credit taken for the amount of vapor that can be condensed! Remember that for this failure, the condenser will NOT be in operation.</em></strong></span><p>A very obvious example of a Double Jeopardy failure would be a tube rupture in the reboiler occurring at the same time cooling water flow was lost to the condenser. Two very unrelated failures occurring at exactly the same time.</p><p>By the way, stuck opened control valves occurring simultaneously with a second failure does NOT constitute Double Jeopardy. That valve may have been stuck in its operating position for a significant amount of time before the second failure has occurred. The first failure was the mechanical failure of the valve (sticking) and that did not happen at the same time as the second failure. These are unrelated failures but they do not occur simultaneously!</p><p class="h1header">Being Conservative</p><p>There are times when a failure may be obvious, cooling water stops to a condenser. Then there are times when it will take some stretching to find any, a pressure vessel operating in a nonflammable, low-pressure system with little fluid throughput. There are three approaches you can take when analyzing your process. You can be <strong>CONSERVATIVE. </strong>You can be <span style="font-size: xx-small;">conservative</span> or, as I like to think of myself, you can be <strong>CONSER</strong>vative. I follow API 520 and 521 to the letter as a minimum. If my company or the client I am working for happens to have more stringent rules, these obviously supercede what is in API documents. For example, API 521, paragraph 3.15.1.1 basically allows you to "ignore" heights above 25 feet when considering how much of a vessel to include in a fire zone calculation. I worked for a company that used 50 feet for its standard.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>I will perform the necessary relieving load calculations for any scenario that cannot be rationally explained away, even if there is only a remote possibility that the failure will ever occur. The alternative is to perform fault tree analysis, risk assessment, etc. If it can be shown that a given scenario is indeed a 1 million to 1 long shot, then I'll label it as being not credible. Until then, it's only a relatively small amount of time that needs to be spent to perform the necessary calculations to be safe.</p><p>In the case of analyzing for Double Jeopardy, this is where I get my most grief; my conservatism tells me to error on the safe side, the client's money tells me to make the scenario go away. If I feel that even a Double Jeopardy failure can lead to a loss of life or major equipment damage, I might go ahead and do the relieving load calculations anyways (this does not usually go over too well with the powers-to-be because this usually results in larger relief systems).</p><p>API 521, paragraph 3.4 states that one can take credit for operator response after 10-30 minutes. I stick with the higher end at all times.</p><p>When analyzing a system for failures of control valves, I will always assume all my valves will fail as they are intended (fail close will indeed fail close, fail open will indeed fail open) <em>except for the one control valve that will cause an overpressure hazard! </em>This valve I assume to fail in the <em>opposite</em> direction (fails closed if it is intended to fail open).</p><p>When analyzing a system for "what can go wrong" scenarios, plant instrumentation sometimes may be used to justify the elimination of some scenarios. For example, if I have a hard wired (opposed to a Distributed Control System-DCS) pressure interlock that will shut steam off to the reboiler when the column pressure rises to some predetermined value, and there are redundant pressure switches, I might consider cooling water failure to the condenser as not being a credible scenario. On the other hand, once a credible scenario has been established, you are <em>never</em> to take into account the use of instrumentation as a means of reducing the relieving load.</p><p class="h1header">Final Say for this Installment</p><p>Always analyze the system as a whole. Don't get tunnel vision on one area of the process. Of course you will consider individual "what can go wrong" scenarios but remember the example I used when discussing Double Jeopardy. I considered two actual failures that combined into one. I found these two by considering the system as a whole.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>"What can go wrong" scenario analysis is a very important but complex process. I do not intend to cover every nuance associated with it (simply because it will be impossible). I also don't expect everyone to agree with my analysis for every API RP521 Item number (Table 1 above). That's the fun and scary part of doing this type of work. Some of it can be highly subjective as to what constitutes a credible scenario. I strongly suggest you get a copy of API 520<sup>3</sup> and 521<sup>2 </sup>and the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1<sup>4</sup> and try to read through them (the operative word here is "try").</p><p>I welcome and encourage your feedback. Feel free to E-Mail me at the Internet address below. All correspondences that include a name will be published in this column. Better yet, I encourage discussion of any topic I cover utilizing The Chemical Engineers' Resource Message Board. This will enable the entire Internet community to join and learn. And, don't forget to check back for future installments on this series.</p><p class="h1header">References</p><ol><li>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Accidents Soar," Chem. Eng. Progress, p 13 (August 2000) </li><li>API <strong></strong>(<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="_blank">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 521</strong>, "Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems", 4<sup>th</sup> Edition (March 1997) </li><li>API <strong></strong>(<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="_blank">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 520</strong>, "Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Device in Refineries, Part 1-Sizing and Selection", 7<sup>th</sup> Edition (January 2000) </li><li>ASME <strong></strong>(<a href="http://www.asme.org/" target="_blank">www.asme.org</a>)<strong> </strong>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1" (1998) </li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">76dc611d6ebaafc66cc0879c71b5db5c</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rupture Disks for Process Engineers - Part 1</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-1</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>This is a real story. A rupture disk manufacturer presented a seminar to a group consisting of junior and more senior level process design engineers (yours truly included) with a few instrument engineers thrown in. After about an hour of hearing terms such as bursting pressure, tolerance, manufacturing range, etc., and discussions on the mechanical aspects that differentiate the various types of rupture disks, the seminar ended with many of those attending just shaking their heads. Most of the attendees just wanted to learn how to specify this item so the instrument engineer can buy one or the manufacturer can tell you what is needed.</p> I eventually put together a {parse block="google_articles"}seminar on rupture disks for process design engineers that went over very well. This series of articles is taken from that seminar. Part 1 covers the whys and when to use a rupture disk. Part 2 covers how to size the rupture disk. Subsequent parts will include how to set the burst pressure, the Relief Valve/Rupture Disk combination, how to specify the device and some discussion on the type of rupture disks you can purchase.<p class="MsoNormal">Before I begin, let me point out that most of what is included in this series of articles can be found in API RP520<sup>1</sup> and API RP521<sup>2</sup>, and ASME Section VIII, Division 1<sup>3</sup>.Â  Much of what is found in these documents can also be found in vendor literature.</p><p class="h1header">Why and When to Use Rupture Disks</p><p class="h2header">Why Do We Use a Stand-Alone Rupture Disk?</p><p class="MsoNormal">A rupture disk is just another pressure relieving device. It is used for the same purpose as a relief valve, to protect a vessel or system from overpressure that can cause catastrophic failure and even a death.</p><p class="h2header">When Do We Use a Stand-Alone Rupture Disk?</p><p class="MsoNormal">Some of the more common reasons are listed below. You may think of others.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><img style="margin: 0px; vertical-align: middle;" title="Rupture Disk Overview" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit3a.gif" alt="Rupture Disk Overview" width="343" height="343" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center">Figure 1: Basic Components of a Rupture Disk</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="MsoNormal">1.Â  <em>Capital and Maintenance Savings</em>: Rupture disks cost less than relief valves. They generally require little to no maintenance.</p><p class="MsoNormal">2.Â  <em>Contents will be lost, but who cares</em>? A rupture disk is a nonreclosing device, which means once it opens, it doesn't close. Whatever is in the system will get out and continue to do so until stopped by some form of intervention. If loss of contents is not an issue, then a rupture disk may be the relief device of choice.Â </p><p class="MsoNormal">3.Â  <em>Benign service</em>: It is preferable that the relieving contents be non-toxic, non-hazardous, etc. However, this is not a requirement when deciding to use, or not use, a stand-alone rupture disk.</p><p class="MsoNormal">4.Â  <em>Rupture disks are extremely fast acting</em>: Rupture disks should be considered first when there is a potential for runaway reactions. In this application, relief valves will not react fast enough to prevent a catastrophic failure. A relief valve may still be installed on the vessel to protect against other relieving scenarios. Some engineers prefer to use rupture disks for heat exchanger tube rupture scenarios rather than relief valves. They are concerned that relief valves won't respond fast enough to pressure spikes that may be experienced if gas/vapor is the driving force or liquid flashing occurs.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><img style="margin: 0px; vertical-align: middle;" title="Rupture Disk-Vessel Arrangement" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit3d.gif" alt="Rupture Disk-Vessel Arrangement" width="265" height="164" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center">Figure 2: Rupture Disk Mounted on a Vessel</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="MsoNormal">5.Â  <em>The system contents can plug the relief valve during relief</em>: There are some liquids that may actually freeze when undergoing rapid depressurization. This may cause blockage within a relief valve that would render it useless. Also, if the vessel contains solids, there is a danger of the relief valve plugging during relief.</p><p class="MsoNormal">6.Â  <em>High</em> <em>viscosity liquids</em>. If the system is filled with highly viscous liquids such as polymers, the rupture disk should seriously be considered as the preferable relieving device. Flow through a relief valve will be very difficult to calculate accurately. Also, very viscous fluid may not relieve fast enough through a relief valve.</p><p class="h2header">Cost Comparison Between Comparable Stand-Alone Rupture Disk and Relief Valve</p><p class="f-default">Rupture disk manufacturers burst at least two disks per lot before shipping them to a customer. {parse block="google_articles"}As a consequence even if you want just one rupture disk you will be buying three. Therefore, the first usable rupture disk is comparatively expensive. Also for new installations, each installed rupture disk must be purchased along with a holder. However, the same holder may be used for replacement purchases as long as you buy the exact same rupture disk from the same manufacturer.</p><p class="MsoNormal"><span class="f-default">Below is a capital cost comparison between Continental Disc Corp. (www.contdisc.com) 3" Ultrx Hastelloy C rupture disks with holders and Farris Engineering (</span><a class="f-default" href="http://www.cwfc.com/" target="_blank">www.cwfc.com</a><span class="f-default">) 2600 series relief valves, based on a budget estimate in year 2001 dollars.</span></p><p class="MsoNormal">Â </p><table class="datatable" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="595" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Cost Comparison - Rupture Disk vs. Relief Valve</caption><tbody><tr><td width="289" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Basis: Continental Disc</span></strong></p></td><td width="306" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Basis: Farris Engineering</span></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td width="289" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">3" Ultrx Hast C Disc = $2,600 for 1<sup>st </sup>usable disk, then $870 each</p></td><td width="306" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">3" x 4" Hast C 26KA10-120 = $13,400</p></td></tr><tr><td width="289" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">3" Ultrx Hast C Holder = $3,300 ea.</p></td><td width="306" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">Â </p></td></tr><tr><td width="289" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">TOTAL for one pair = $5,900</p></td><td width="306" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">Â </p></td></tr><tr><td width="289" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">TOTAL for three pair = $14,240</p></td><td width="306" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">TOTAL for three = $40,200</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>This capital cost comparison will vary considerably with size and material of construction but you get the point. However please note that everything has a value and the loss of contents should be considered in the overall cost difference between a rupture disk and a relief valve.</p><p class="h2header">When Do We Use a Rupture Disk-Relief Valve Combination?</p><p class="MsoNormal">Rupture disks are often used in combination with and installed just upstream and/or just downstream of a relief valve.Â  You may want to choose the combination option if:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><img style="float: center; margin: 0px;" title="Rupture Disk-Relief Valve Combo" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit3b.gif" alt="Rupture Disk-Relief Valve Combo" width="121" height="194" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: Rupture Disk-<br />
Relief Valve Combination</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="MsoNormal">Â </p><p class="MsoNormal">1.Â  You need to ensure a positive seal of the system (the system contains a toxic substance and you are concerned that the relief valve may leak). Application: rupture disk installed upstream of the relief valve.</p><p class="MsoNormal">2.Â  The system contains solids that may plug the relief valve over time. Remember, the relief valve is continuously exposed to the system. Application: rupture disk installed upstream of the relief valve.</p><p class="MsoNormal">3.Â  TO SAVE MONEY!Â  If the system is a corrosive environment, the rupture disk is specified with the more exotic and corrosion resistant material. It acts as the barrier between the corrosive system and the relief valve. Application: rupture disk installed either upstream and/or downstream of the relief valve.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Below is a capital cost comparison between combination Hastelloy C rupture disks with stainless steel relief valves and three stand-alone Hastelloy C relief valves. Again, this is based on a budget estimate in year 2001 dollars using Continental Disc Corp. rupture disks and holders and Farris Engineering relief valves.</p><table class="datatable" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="595" align="center"><caption>Table 2: Cost Comparison for Rupture Disk-Relief Valve Combinations</caption><tbody><tr><td width="289" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Basis: Continental Disc</span></strong></p></td><td width="306" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Basis: Farris Engineering</span></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td width="289" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">3" Ultrx Hast C Holder = $3,300</p></td><td width="306" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">3" x 4" Hast C 26KA10-120 = $13,400</p></td></tr><tr><td width="289" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">3" Ultrx Hast C Disc = $2,600 for 1<sup>st </sup>usable disk, then $870 each</p></td><td width="306" valign="top"><p class="MsoHeader">3" x 4" SS 26KA10-120 = $4,300</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header">Combination of Hastelloy C DiskÂ and SS Relief Valve</p><p class="MsoCaption">Single Installation Total = $10,200</p><p class="MsoNormal">Total for three installations = $27,140</p><p class="MsoNormal"><em>Three stand-alone Hastelloy C relief valves = $40,200</em></p><p class="h1header">Summary</p><p class="MsoHeader">A stand-alone rupture disk is used when:</p><ol><li><p class="MsoHeader">You are looking for capital and maintenance savings</p></li><li><p class="MsoHeader">You can afford to loose the system contents</p></li><li><p class="MsoHeader">The system contents are relatively benign</p></li><li><p class="MsoHeader">You need a pressure relief device that is fast acting</p></li><li><p class="MsoHeader">A relief valve is not suitable due to the nature of the system contents</p></li></ol><p class="MsoNormal">A rupture disk / relief valve combination is used when:</p><ol><li>You need to ensure a positive seal of the system<br />
</li><li>The system contains solids that may plug the relief valve over time<br />
</li><li>TO SAVE MONEY!Â  If the system is a corrosive environment, the rupture disk is specified with the more exotic and corrosion resistant material<strong></strong> </li></ol><p class="h1header">References</p><ol type="1"><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>API</strong> (<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="_blank">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 520</strong>, "Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Device in Refineries, Part 1-Sizing and Selection", 7<sup>th</sup> Edition (January 2000) </li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>API</strong> (<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="_blank">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 521</strong>, "Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems", 4<sup>th</sup> Edition (March 1997) <strong></strong></li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>ASME </strong>(<a href="http://www.asme.org/" target="_blank">www.asme.org</a>)<strong> </strong>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1" (1998) <strong></strong></li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">d1f491a404d6854880943e5c3cd9ca25</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rupture Disks for Process Engineers - Part 2</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-2</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Part 1 of this series on rupture disks for Process Engineers covered <em>why</em> you use a rupture disk and <em>when</em> you might want to use this device. This part will discuss how to size the rupture disk. Subsequent parts will include how to set the burst pressure, the Relief Valve/Rupture Disk combination, how to specify the device and some discussion on the type of rupture disks you can purchase.</p><p> Before I begin, let me point out that most of what is included in this series of articles can be found in API RP520<sup>1</sup> and API RP521<sup>2</sup>, and ASME Section VIII, Division 1<sup>3</sup>. Much of what is found in these documents can also be found in vendor literature</p><p class="h1header">Sizing</p><p class="MsoNormal">Sizing the rupture disk is a two-part procedure. First, determine how much flow the rupture disk <em>needs</em> to pass. Then determine how big it needs to be.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="MsoNormal"><strong>How much flow does it <em>need</em> to pass?</strong></p><p>Answering this question is the same as determining the required relieving rate for the system. There is no difference between determining the relieving rate for a rupture disk and a relief valve. They both require a set pressure (burst pressure for rupture disk), an allowable overpressure, an evaluation and calculation of the required relieving rate for each credible scenario and then choosing the flow rate associated with the worst-case scenario. Determining the controlling relieving rate is a paper in of itself and I will not attempt to get into details here.</p><p><strong>How Big?</strong></p><p class="MsoNormal">There are two recognized methods that can be used to answer this question, the Resistance to Flow Method or the Coefficient of Discharge Method.</p><p class="h2header">Resistance to Flow Method</p><p class="MsoNormal">The Resistance to Flow Method analyzes the flow capacity of the relief piping. The analysis takes into account frictional losses of the relief piping and all piping components. Calculations are performed using accepted engineering practices for determining fluid flow through piping systems such as the Bernoulli equation for liquids, the Isothermal or adiabatic flow equations for vapor/gas and DIERS methodology for two-phase flow.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Piping component losses may include nozzle entrances and exits, elbows, tees, reducers, valves and <em>the rupture disk </em>(note that the rupture disk and its holder are considered a unit). Let me emphasize that in this method, the rupture disk is considered to be just another piping component, nothing more, and nothing less. Therefore the rupture disk's contribution to the over all frictional loss in the piping system needs to be determined. This is accomplished by using "Kr", which is analogous to the K value of other piping components. Kr is determined experimentally in flow laboratories by the manufacturer for their line of products and is certified per ASME Section VIII, Division 1<sup>3</sup>. It is a measure of the flow resistance through the rupture disk and accounts for the holder and the bursting characteristics of the disk.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Below is a list of some models of Continental Disc Corporation rupture disks with their certified Kr values<sup>4</sup>.</p><table class="datatable" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Rupture Disks from Continental Disc Corp.</caption><tbody><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Rupture Disk (and holder) Type</p></td><td width="96" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Media</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Size Range</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Kr</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">ULTRX</p></td><td width="96" valign="top"><p class="MsoHeader">Gas, Liquid</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoHeader">1" - 12"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">0.62</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">ULTRX</p></td><td width="96" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">Gas only</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">1" - 12"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">0.36</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">MINTRX</p></td><td width="96" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">Gas, Liquid</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">1"- 8"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">0.75</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">STARX</p></td><td width="96" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">Gas, Liquid</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">1" - 6"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">0.38</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">SANITRX</p></td><td width="96" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">Gas, Liquid</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">11/2" - 4"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">3.18</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p class="MsoNormal">Â </p><p>For comparison, the following is a list of some models of Fike rupture disks with their certified Kr values<sup>5</sup>.</p><table class="datatable" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" align="center"><caption>Table 2: Rupture Disks from Fike</caption><tbody><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Rupture Disk (and holder) Type</p></td><td width="90" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Media</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Size Range</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Kr</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">SRX</p></td><td width="90" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">-</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoHeader">1" - 24"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">0.99</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">SRL</p></td><td width="90" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">-</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">1" - 8"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">0.38</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">SRH</p></td><td width="90" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">-</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">1 1/2" - 4"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">1.88</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">HO / HOV</p></td><td width="90" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">-</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">1" - 24"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">2.02</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">PV, CPV, CP-C, CPV-C</p></td><td width="90" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">-</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal">1/2" - 24"</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">3.50</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>If at the time of sizing the manufacturer and model of the rupture disk are unknown, there are guidelines to help you choose Kr. API RP521<sup>2</sup> recommends using a K of 1.5. However, ASME Section VIII, Division 1<sup>3</sup> states that a Kr of 2.4 <em>shall</em> be used. Which one? Remember that ASME is Code (meaning LAW for the most part) and API is a recommended practice. In addition, as can be seen in the tables above, even ASME may not be as conservative as you may think. Therefore, it is in the engineer's best interest to determine ahead of time the manufacturer and model of the rupture disk that eventually will be purchased. This can be done without knowing the exact size, as Kr is more manufacturer and model specific than size specific (see above tables). If a number of manufacturers are on the allowable purchase list, then at the very least choose the most likely models you would buy from each manufacturer and use the largest Kr from that list. This will be a significantly better guess than just using guidelines.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Once the piping system is laid out and all the fitting types are known, including the rupture disk, the engineer can proceed with the calculations in the following manner (presented here as a suggestion, there are many ways to do it).</p><ol type="1"><li class="MsoNormal">Known are the two terminal pressures, these being the relieving pressure (upstream) and the downstream pressure (a knock-out pot, atmosphere, etc.).<br />
</li><li class="MsoNormal">Also known are the fluid properties and required relieving rate (the flow the rupture disk <em>needs</em> to pass).<br />
</li><li><p class="MsoNormal">Choose a pipe size. This will be the size to use for all components, including the rupture disk.</p></li><li><p class="MsoNormal">For vapor/gas or two-phase flow, use one of the accepted calculation methods to determine the <em>maximum</em> flow through the system. The maximum flow through the system is commonly known as critical flow or choked flow. For liquids, use the Bernoulli equation to calculate the flow that<em> </em>will<em> balance the system pressure losses.</em></p></li><li><p class="MsoHeader">Per ASME Section VIII, Division 1, multiply this flow by 0.9 to take into account inaccuracies in the system parameters. Compare the adjusted calculated flow to the required relieving rate. If it is greater, then the calculation is basically done. However, the next smaller line size should also be checked to make sure the system is optimized; you want the smallest sized system possible. If the adjusted calculated flow is less than the required relieving rate, the pipe is too small, choose a larger size and repeat the calculations.</p></li></ol><p class="MsoNormal">Why not just choose a large Kr? Isn't that more conservative?</p><p class="MsoNormal">Many times, relief is not to atmosphere but to some downstream collection and treatment system, e.g. knockout drums and flares or thermal oxidizers. These are more often than not specified at a time period in the design that predates the actual purchase of the rupture disk. The flow used to size this equipment will be based on the capacity of your relief system as determined above.</p><p class="MsoNormal">If the rupture disk contributes a significant portion of the frictional losses to the system, a fictitiously large Kr might result in an oversized piping system. Sounds all right on the surface but once the actual rupture disk is chosen, the calculation must be repeated with the "real" Kr and this may be a much lower value than originally used. More fluid will flow through the system than previously determined because there will actually be less resistance to flow. The result is that the downstream processing equipment may have been undersized.</p><p class="MsoNormal">The opposite is also true. An initial guess of a fictitiously small Kr might ultimately result in oversized downstream equipment and the excessive expenditure of a significant amount of money.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Atmospheric discharge must also be similarly analyzed because the flow capacity determined after rupture disk selection may have a major impact on the emissions reported for permitting if they were based on the initial value of Kr.</p><p class="h2header">Coefficient of Discharge Model</p><p>The second calculational method is the Coefficient of Discharge Method. The rupture disk is treated as a relief valve with the flow area calculated utilizing relief valve formulas and a fixed coefficient of discharge, â€˜Kd', of 0.62. This method does NOT directly take into account piping so there are restrictions in its use. These restrictions are known as the "8 & 5 Rule" which states that in order to use this method to {parse block="google_articles"}size the rupture disk <em>ALL</em> of the following four conditions <em>MUST</em> be met<sup>3</sup>:</p><p>The rupture disk must be installed within 8 pipe diameters of the vessel or other overpressure source.</p><ol type="1"><li class="MsoNormal">The rupture disk discharge pipe must not exceed 5 pipe diameters. </li><li class="MsoNormal">The rupture disk must discharge directly to atmosphere. </li><li class="MsoNormal">The inlet and outlet piping is at least the same nominal pipe size as the rupture disk. </li></ol><p>A sketch of the "8 & 5" rule starting with a 2" nominal sized pipe is shown at the below.</p><p class="MsoNormal">The flow area calculated with this method is called the Minimum Net Flow Area or MNFA. The MNFA is the rupture disk's minimum cross</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><img style="float: center; margin: 0px;" title="8 & 5 rule" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit4a.gif" alt="8 & 5 rule" width="346" height="242" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center">Figure 1: Diagram Showing the "8 & 5" Rule</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="MsoNormal">sectional area required to meet the <em>needed</em> flow.</p><p class="MsoNormal">This is not the area (and thus the size) you specify. Just like a pipe with a nominal size and an actual inside diameter, the rupture disk has a nominal size and an actual Net Flow Area or NFA. The rupture disk purchased must have a NFA equal to or greater than the MNFA. The manufacturer publishes the NFA for every rupture disk model and size they sell. The NFA also accounts for bursting characteristics of the disk and the holder.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Below is a list of some Continental Disc Corporation rupture disks with their NFA<sup>4</sup>.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Â </p><table class="datatable" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" align="center"><caption>Table 3: Continental Disc Corp Disks with NFA</caption><tbody><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Rupture Disk (and holder) Type</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">Nominal Size, inches</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">NFA,</p><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">in<sup>2</sup></p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">ULTRX</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">1-1/2"</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoHeader" align="center">2.04</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">ULTRX</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">3"</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoHeader" align="center">7.39</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">SANITRX</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">1-1/2"</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">1.18</p></td></tr><tr><td width="240" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">SANITRX</p></td><td width="114" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">3"</p></td><td width="108" valign="top"><p class="MsoNormal" align="center">5.49</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Once the actual NFA of the rupture disk is determined, the calculations must be repeated, basically for the same reasons discussed above for the Resistance to Flow Method.</p><p class="h1header">Why I Don't Like the Coefficient of Discharge Model</p><ul><li>It's too restrictive! During the basic design phase of a project, actual piping configuration is unknown. You may think you are within the "8 & 5" rule at first but may not be when the final details are worked out. Remember, the "5" means 5 pipe diameters. For a 3" line, that is only a nominal 15". For a 6' vertical vessel with a rupture disk discharge being piped to a drain hub on the floor, the 15" maximum length is exceeded without even thinking.<br />
</li><li><p class="MsoNormal">Using the Resistance to Flow Method is valid for <em>all</em> cases. All sizing calculations can be standardized.{parse block="google_articles"}</p></li></ul><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">The Kr used in the Resistance to Flow Method is obtained by actual flow data for a given model of rupture disk and holder. Its use will provide a much more accurate calculation. The 0.62 coefficient of discharge used in the Coefficient of Discharge Method is very general and independent of rupture disk manufacturer model and type, holder, disk bursting characteristics and flow restrictions of the total relief system. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">Two-phase flow can be a major concern when using this method. The coefficient of discharge was established mainly for true vapors. Its application to liquids is questionable and its application to two-phase flow is totally fictitious. Granted, for the Resistance to Flow Method the Kr is not particularly applicable to two-phase systems either but one can easily compensate for this in the system calculations. Also, the rupture disk is only a part of an entire piping system and its overall contribution to the system frictional losses may not be greatly significant. Therefore, errors in Kr may not be very significant. In the Coefficient of Discharge Method, it is the only device considered. If the coefficient of discharge is grossly in error, the MNFA calculated will also be grossly in error. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">The same argument can be made for highly viscous liquid systems such as polymers. </li></ul><p class="h1header">In Summary</p><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">Obtain the required relieving rate using good sound "what can go wrong" scenario analysis. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">Use the Resistance to Flow Method to calculate the size of the rupture disk (use the Coefficient of Discharge Method if you really must and you fall within the "8 & 5" rule).<br />
</li><li class="MsoNormal">For the Resistance to Flow Method, try to choose the manufacturer and model of rupture disk you intend to purchase ahead of time or at least have a list of acceptable manufacturers and a good idea of the model you intend to use from each.<br />
</li><li class="MsoNormal">For the Resistance to Flow Method use the ASME Kr value of 2.4 if you have no idea who the manufacturer(s) will be at the time of sizing. </li></ul><p class="h1header">References</p><ol type="1"><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>API</strong> (<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="_blank">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 520</strong>, "Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Device in Refineries, Part 1-Sizing and Selection", 7<sup>th</sup> Edition (January 2000)<strong></strong> </li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>API</strong> (<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="_blank">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 521</strong>, "Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems", 4<sup>th</sup> Edition (March 1997) <strong></strong></li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>ASME </strong>(<a href="http://www.asme.org/" target="_blank">www.asme.org</a>)<strong> </strong>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1" (1998) <strong></strong></li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>Continental Disc Corporation </strong>(www.contdisc.com), Certiflow<sup>TM</sup> Catalogue 1-1112<strong></strong> </li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>Fike </strong>(www.fike.com), Technical Bulletin TB8104, December 1999 </li><li class="MsoNormal">Another good rupture disk manufacturer to investigate would be <strong>Oseco</strong> (<a href="http://www.oseco.com/">www.oseco.com</a>). </li><li class="MsoNormal">A good reference source for calculating flow through the system for liquids and gas/vapors is <strong>CRANE Technical Paper 410, "Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings, and Pipe"</strong> </li><li class="MsoNormal">A great source and one that I feel should be the bible on two-phase flow is: <strong>Leung, J.C. "Easily Size Relief Device and Piping for Two-Phase Flow", Chemical Engineering Progress, December, 1996</strong> </li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">42a0e188f5033bc65bf8d78622277c4e</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rupture Disks for Process Engineers - Part 3</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-3</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Part 1 of this series on rupture disks for Process Engineers covered <em>why</em> you use a rupture disk and <em>when</em> you might want to use this device. Part 2 discussed <em>how to size the rupture disk</em>. In this part, I will cover how to set the burst pressure. Subsequent parts will include temperature and backpressure affects, the Relief Valve/Rupture Disk combination, how to specify the rupture disk and some discussion on the type of rupture disks you can purchase.</p><p> Before I begin, let me point out that most of what is included in this series of articles can be found in API RP520<sup>1</sup> and API RP521<sup>2</sup>, and ASME Section VIII, Division 1<sup>3</sup>. Much of what is found in these documents can also be found in vendor literature.</p><p class="h1header">Problem{parse block="google_articles"}</p><ol type="1"><li class="MsoNormal">What is the maximum allowable specified burst pressure? </li><li class="MsoNormal">What should the expected stamped (rated) burst pressure of the rupture disk be? </li><li class="MsoNormal">At what pressure(s) can we expect the delivered rupture disk to <em>actually</em> burst at? </li><li class="MsoNormal">What is the maximum allowable operating pressure in the vessel? </li></ol><p class="MsoNormal">All these questions must be considered in order to properly set the burst pressure of a rupture disk.</p><p class="h1header">What is the Maximum Allowable Specified Burst Pressure?</p><p class="h2header">Burst Pressure</p><p class="MsoNormal">What do we mean by burst pressure? This is the pressure at which the rupture disk will open or burst. It is analogous to the set pressure of a relief valve and is specified by the process engineer.</p><p class="h2header">Design Pressure</p><p class="MsoNormal">To find the maximum allowable specified burst pressure, the process engineer first needs to define a vessel design pressure. The design pressure is an arbitrary value above the vessel maximum operating pressure. One guideline used by many process design engineers is to increase the maximum operating pressure by 25 psig or 10% whichever is greater. For example, if the maximum operating pressure is 70 psig, then 25 psig should be added to arrive at the design pressure since 10% is only 7 psig. The design pressure would then be set at a nice round 100 psig. Other criteria to determine design pressure may be used but I recommend that the margins never be less than what I described above (the reason will become apparent later).</p><p class="h2header">Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP)</p><p class="MsoNormal">The next step is to determine the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP) of the vessel. A vessel specification stating design pressure, the coincident design temperature and other parameters is sent to the manufacturer. The manufacturer performs a series of calculations utilizing these parameters, amongst others, to determine material thickness for use in vessel fabrication. A standard material thickness (greater than or equal to what was calculated) is chosen. With the actual material thickness known, the true MAWP is calculated. The vessel design documents are then stamped (certified) at this pressure in accordance with code. However, for one reason or another, the MAWP calculation is not always done and the vendor will just stamp the vessel at the specified design pressure.</p><p class="h2header">The Maximum Allowable Specified Burst Pressure</p><p class="MsoNormal">So, what is the <em>maximum</em> allowable specified burst pressure? Theoretically it is the MAWP. However, rupture disks are typically specified during basic engineering, which is performed way before the vessel is mechanically designed. This, combined with the fact that the true MAWP may never really be known (as mentioned above), the maximum allowable specified burst pressure will more typically be the vessel's design pressure.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Note <em>if</em> the rupture disk is to be used in conjunction with another relief device to fulfill the total required relieving capacity, the maximum allowable specified burst pressure <em>could </em>be 5% or even 10% greater than the design pressure (or MAWP). See ASME Section VIII, Division 1 paragraphs UG-125 and UG-134.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Also note that the <em>specified</em> burst pressure can be lower than the maximum allowable. Indeed, this is often the case if the rupture disk is used to protect reactor vessels against over pressure due to run-away reactions.</p><p class="h1header">Stamped Burst Pressure</p><p class="MsoNormal">What should the expected stamped (rated) burst pressure of the rupture disk be?</p><p class="MsoNormal">What do we mean by "stamped or rated" burst pressure? Per code, the rupture disk vendor must provide a tag containing, amongst other things, the rated or what is typically called the stamped burst pressure. This is a guaranteed value so the user knows (within an allowable tolerance; more on this later) the exact bursting pressure of the rupture disk. Also this stamped burst pressure must never exceed the design pressure (or MAWP); except for the special case mentioned above.</p><p class="MsoNormal">So, the rupture disk vendor stamps the disk with the burst pressure specified by the process engineer? Not necessarily!</p><p class="h2header">Manufacturing Range (MR)</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="manufacturing_range" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit5a.gif" alt="manufacturing_range" width="591" height="248" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center">Figure 1: Graphical Representation of the Manufacturing Range</td></tr></tbody></table><p>A rupture disk is made out of a sheet of material, e.g. stainless steel, high alloys, ceramics, etc. Like all things in this world, this sheet of material is not perfect. To quantify the inaccuracies in sheet material <em>thickness</em>, the vendor uses what is called the Manufacturing Range (MR).</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><img style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="bursting_pressure" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit5b.gif" alt="busting_pressure" width="347" height="170" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Figure 2A: Specified and Stamped Burst Pressure </strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="MsoNormal">The MR is expressed as Â±% of the <em>specified</em> burst pressure. It determines the highest pressure above the <em>specified</em> burst pressure or the lowest pressure below the <em>specified </em>burst pressure that the disk can be stamped at. This is shown graphically in Figure 1.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Figure 1 shows the two extremes, a MR of Â± 0% and a MR of Â± some value%. Note that other combinations may be used such as + 0% and - some value% or - 0% and + some value%.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Let's look at an example. If the specified burst pressure is 100 psig with a MR of Â± 0%, the stamped or rated burst pressure <em>will be</em> 100 psig (see Figure 2A). However, if the MR is +5% and - 10%, the disk can be delivered with a stamped burst pressure of 105 psig, 90 psig or anywhere in between (see Figure 2B). That's right, if the MR is anything but Â± 0%, the user won't know the stamped burst pressure until the rupture disk is ready for shipment!</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="burst_pressure" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit5c.gif" alt="burst_pressure" width="459" height="260" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Figure 2B: Differences in Specified and Stamped Burst Pressures</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Do you see anything wrong with this rupture disk as specified?</p><p class="MsoNormal">Remember, the stamped or rated burst pressure must never exceed the vessel's design pressure or MAWP (assumes a single device, no special cases). Since the specified burst pressure <em>is</em> the design pressure, this particular rupture disk is not acceptable because the delivered rupture disk may have a stamped burst pressure of 105 psig or 5 psig greater than design!</p><p class="MsoNormal">How can we avoid this problem? There are a number of ways.</p><p class="MsoNormal">The process engineer specifies the Manufacturing Range, not the manufacturer. You can ask for any range within the capability of fabrication including Â± 0%. Considering the potential problems, why specify anything other than Â± 0%? Cost. A MR of +5% and -10% can save as much as 40% off the cost of a similar rupture disk with a MR of Â± 0%. Even if you demand +0% (which you should), you can still realize some cost savings if a stamped burst pressure lower than specified is acceptable (not always a good idea as will be discussed later). Note that code only affects the upper stamped limit, not the lower.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Another way to avoid the potential violation of code and still get a cheaper rupture disk is to specify a burst pressure that will be lower than the vessel design pressure. Thus, when the MR is added the stamped burst pressure will not exceed the design pressure. The maximum allowable specified burst pressure could be determined in the following manner:</p><p class="MsoHeader"><strong>P<sub>spec_max</sub> = (DP) - (+MR/100) x (P<sub>spec_max</sub>)</strong></p><p class="MsoHeader">Where DP = Design pressure</p><p class="MsoHeader">So:</p><p class="MsoNormal"><strong>P<sub>spec_max</sub> = (DP) / [1+(+MR)/100]</strong></p><p class="MsoNormal"><strong></strong>Since DP = 100 psig and the upper value of MR = +5%,</p><p class="MsoHeader">P<sub>spec_max</sub> = 100 /[1+(+5/100)] = 100/(1+0.05) = 100/1.05 = 95.2 psig</p><p class="MsoHeader">This rupture disk would be specified with a burst pressure no higher than 95.2 psig while the stamped burst pressure may be as high as 100 psig.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Note that the standard Manufacturing Range for most manufacturers is Â± 0% and this is reflected in the base price you will be quoted.</p><p class="h1header">Where Will the Disk Burst?</p><p class="MsoHeader">At what pressure(s) can we expect the delivered rupture disk to burst at?</p><p class="MsoHeader">Trick question? The answer should be the stamped burst pressure. But again the world isn't perfect.</p><p class="h2header">Burst Tolerance</p><p class="MsoHeader">Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="burst_tolerance" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit5d.gif" alt="burst_tolerance" width="453" height="229" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Figure 3A: Burst Tolerance</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p class="MsoHeader">The Manufacturing Range is applied to the <em>specified </em>burst pressure but there is yet another unknown due to imperfections in the material used to fabricate the rupture disk. This is accounted for in the <em>burst tolerance</em>. Burst tolerance is applied to the <em>stamped </em>burst pressure and is set by code. For stamped burst pressures of 40 psig and lower, the burst tolerance is Â± 2 psi. For stamped burst pressures above 40 psig, the burst tolerance is Â± 5%.</p><p class="MsoHeader">Let's look at the examples again but apply the burst tolerance. For this discussion, I'm changing the specified burst pressure for the case of a rupture disk with a Manufacturing Range of +5% and -10% to 95.2 psig (see Figure 3B) so the stamped burst pressure can't exceed code.</p><p>The important thing to notice is that in both Figures 3A and 3B, the upper limit of the <em>stamped</em> burst pressure is equal to the design pressure but the maximum bursting pressure is 105 psig, or 5 psig <em>over</em> design pressure. Unlike the <em>stamped</em> burst pressure, which by code cannot exceed the design pressure (or MAWP), the maximum expected<em> </em>burst pressure <em>can</em> <em>if it is caused by the burst tolerance</em>.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="burst_tolerance" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit5e.gif" alt="burst_tolerance" width="437" height="366" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center">Figure 3B: Specified, Stamped, and Maximum Burst</td></tr></tbody></table><p></p><p class="h1header">Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure</p><p>What is the maximum allowable operating pressure in the vessel?</p><p>Up to now, the discussions focused on the upper limit of the stamped burst pressure because this is governed by code. But the lower limit is extremely important to consider as well because of the possible affect it has on the maximum allowable operating pressure in the vessel.</p><p class="h2header">Operating Ratio (OR)</p><p class="MsoNormal">The operating ratio is defined as the ratio of the maximum operating pressure to the <em>lowest</em> <em>stamped</em> burst pressure. The OR is used to protect against premature bursting of the rupture disk. If the operating pressure is too close to the lowest stamped burst pressure, or the system pressure cycles (pressure rises and falls during operation) too close to the stamped burst pressure, the material will fatigue and can {parse block="google_articles"}eventually loose its structural integrity. This is a classic reason for premature bursting of a rupture disk.</p><p class="MsoNormal">The manufacturer publishes the Operating Ratio for every rupture disk model they sell. For example, the Continental Disc Corporation's ULTRX rupture disk has an operating ratio of 90%<sup>4</sup>. This means the system pressure can operate to within 90% of the lowest stamped burst pressure without the fear of premature bursting. However, it's always best to operate as far away from the lowest stamped burst pressure as you can to avoid material fatigue.</p><p class="MsoNormal">From Figure 3B above, the lower limit or minimum stamped burst pressure is 85.7 psig:</p><p class="MsoNormal"><strong>P<sub>stamped_min</sub> = (P<sub>spec</sub>) - ABS [(-MR/100)] x (P<sub>spec</sub>)</strong></p><p class="MsoHeader">Where â€˜ABS' stands for Absolute Value.</p><p class="MsoNormal">So:</p><p class="MsoNormal"><strong>P<sub>stamped_min</sub><em> = (</em>P<sub>spec</sub>) x {1- ABS [(-MR/100)]}</strong></p><p class="MsoHeader">Since P<sub>spec</sub> = 95.2 psig and the lower value of MR = -10%,</p><p class="MsoNormal">P<sub>stamped_min</sub><em> </em>= 95.2 x {1 - ABS [(-10/100)]} = 95.2 x {1-ABS [(-0.1)]} = 95.2 x (1-0.1) = 95.2 x 0.9 = 85.7 psig</p><p class="MsoNormal">Therefore based on an OR of 90%, the maximum allowable operating pressure should not be greater than:</p><p class="MsoNormal">P<sub>op</sub> = P<sub>stamped_min</sub> x OR = 85.7 x 0.9 = 77 psig.</p><p>Since our discussions have been based on a maximum operating pressure of 70 psig, this rupture disk is acceptable. But note that this 10% cushion exists only because of the design pressure margin used (25 psig). Had the margin been less, say only 10%, the rupture disk we would want to use would be unacceptable.</p><p class="MsoNormal">How to avoid this problem?</p><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">Set the design pressure appropriately </li><li class="MsoNormal">Choose a rupture disk with a MR of Â± 0% </li><li class="MsoNormal">Choose a rupture disk with a OR of 90% (they don't really go much higher) </li></ul><p class="MsoNormal">There is one more point to consider. Although I have never seen any mention of checking the maximum allowable operating pressure against the minimum <em>expected </em>burst pressure (arrived at by taking into account the burst tolerance), I think it only makes good engineering sense to do so. After all, if the disk can burst at this lower pressure, one certainly does not want to operate too close to it!</p><p>Getting back to our question, what is the maximum allowable operating pressure in the vessel? In this case, it is 77 psig.</p><p class="h1header">Summary</p><ul><li>What is the maximum allowable specified burst pressure? </li></ul><p class="MsoNormal">- Design Pressure or MAWP if the rupture disk is the only relief device</p><p class="MsoNormal">OR</p><p class="MsoBodyTextIndent3">- For special cases, 105% (or even 110%) of design pressure or MAWP if the rupture disk is a secondary device</p>{parse block="google_articles"}<p>Â </p><ul><li><p class="MsoNormal">What should be the expected stamped (rated) burst pressure of the rupture disk?</p></li></ul><p class="MsoNormal">- As specified by the process engineer for a Manufacturing Range of Â± 0%</p><p class="MsoNormal">OR</p><p class="MsoNormal">- As specified by the process engineer but <em>could be</em> adjusted per the Manufacturing Range if other than Â± 0%</p><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">At what pressure(s) can we expect the delivered rupture disk to <em>actually</em> burst at? </li></ul><p class="MsoHeader">- Â± 5% of stamped burst pressure for stamped pressures greater than 40 psig</p><p class="MsoHeader">OR</p><p class="MsoHeader">- Â± 2 psi for stamped pressures 40 psig and lower</p><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">What is the maximum allowable operating pressure in the vessel? </li></ul><p>- Specified by the process engineer based on operating need but must be checked against the Operating Ratio of the rupture disk<br />
- I strongly suggest you also check against the minimum expected burst pressure as well.</p><ul type="disc"><li class="MsoNormal">Manufacturing Range is applied to the <em>specified</em> burst pressure </li><li class="MsoNormal">Burst Tolerance is applied to the <em>stamped</em> burst pressure </li><li>Set the design pressure appropriately </li><li>Choose a rupture disk with a MR of Â± 0% </li><li>Choose a rupture disk with a OR of 90% </li></ul><span class="alert"><strong>WARNING!</strong><br />
Don't go running out and specifying a rupture disk just quite yet! We still need to consider the affects of temperature and backpressure and the relief valve-rupture disk combination.</span><p class="h1header">References</p><ol type="1"><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>API</strong> (<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="_blank">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 520</strong>, "Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Device in Refineries, Part 1-Sizing and Selection", 7<sup>th</sup> Edition (January 2000) </li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>API</strong> (<a href="http://www.api.org/" target="_blank">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 521</strong>, "Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems", 4<sup>th</sup> Edition (March 1997) <strong></strong></li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>ASME </strong>(<a href="http://www.asme.org/" target="_blank">www.asme.org</a>)<strong> </strong>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1" (1998) </li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>Continental Disc Corporation</strong>, ULTRX <sup>Â®</sup> Catalogue 3-2210-3 </li></ol><p class="MsoHeader">Â </p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">013d407166ec4fa56eb1e1f8cbe183b9</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rupture Disks for Process Engineers - Part 4</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-4</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="&#46;&#46;/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-1">Part 1</a> of this series on rupture disks for Process Engineers covered <em>why</em> you use a rupture disk and <em>when</em> you might want to use this device. <a href="&#46;&#46;/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-2">Part 2</a> discussed <em>how to size the rupture disk</em>. <a href="&#46;&#46;/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-3">Part 3</a> discussed <em>how to set</em> the burst pressure. In this part, I will discuss how temperature and backpressure affects the rupture disk design. Subsequent parts will include the Relief Valve/Rupture Disk combination, how to specify the rupture disk and some discussion on the type of rupture disks you can purchase.</p><p> Before I begin, let me point out that most of what is included in this series of articles can be found in API RP520<sup>1</sup> and API RP521<sup>2</sup>, and ASME Section VIII, Division 1<sup>3</sup>.Â  Much of what is found in these documents can also be found in vendor literature.</p><p class="h1header">Temperature and Backpressure Considerations</p><p class="MsoNormal">In <a href="&#46;&#46;/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-3">Part 3</a>, I discussed how to set the burst pressure of the rupture disk. However, the discussion is not complete without considering the affects of temperature and backpressure on the bursting pressure.</p><p class="h2header">Temperature</p><p class="MsoNormal">The rupture disk manufacturer uses both the specified burst pressure <em>and</em> the specified temperature when designing and stamping the disk. (In this instance, I use the term design to mean arriving at the correct burst pressure, not mechanical integrity). However, it is more than likely that the temperature of the rupture disk will not be at the specified temperature when it is called into service. Why is this so?{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="MsoNormal">The temperature most commonly specified is that of the relieving fluid coincident with the burst pressure, i.e. relieving conditions. Sounds logical, but remember that the disk is continuously exposed to the process stream for hours, days, weeks or even months before it may ever be needed. Or, the disk may be exposed to ambient conditions. Therefore, expect the disk temperature to be approximately equal to its environment during normal operation of the system. When a process upset occurs, system pressure rises until it reaches relief (burst). The temperature of the relieving fluid also rises per thermodynamics. However, the time interval between normal system operation and relief is usually so small that the rupture disk's temperature hardly has time to come to equilibrium with the higher process fluid temperature. Therefore the disk can actually be colder than it's specified temperature. The affects?</p><p class="MsoNormal">In general, burst pressure varies inversely with temperature. For some rupture disks, the burst pressure can be as much as 15 psi greater than stamped if the actual temperature is 100<sup>o</sup>F <em>lower</em> than specified, e.g. a disk specified with a burst pressure of 350 psig at a temperature of 400<sup>o</sup>F will actually burst at 365 psig if its temperature is only 300<sup>o</sup>F<sup>4</sup>. This doesn't sound like a big difference but if 350 psig were the design pressure (or MAWP) of the vessel, then a burst pressure of 365 psig would be in violation of code (LAW). The opposite is also true. A disk at a temperature hotter than specified when called into service will burst at a pressure lower than stamped. Although this is considered to be the more conservative approach because code can't be violated and there is no risk of catastrophic failure of the vessel, specifying too low of a temperature can lead to the not so desirable action of premature bursting.</p><p class="MsoNormal">The bottom line is that the specified burst temperature must be carefully considered. Specify the lowest temperature at the time the disk is expected to burst. Consider that this might be the normal process operating temperature or even ambient rather than the calculated relieving temperature.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Note that different materials and different types of rupture disks have different sensitivities to temperature. This is an excellent topic of discussion for your rupture disk manufacturer!</p><p class="h2header">Backpressure</p><p class="MsoNormal">A rupture disk is actually a differential pressure device where the specified burst pressure is equal to the difference between the desired upstream pressure (vessel) at the time of rupture disk burst and the downstream pressure (backpressure):{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="MsoNormal">P<sub>burst</sub> = P<sub>vessel</sub> - P<sub>backpressure</sub></p><p class="MsoNormal">Or alternately the desired upstream pressure (vessel) at the time of rupture disk burst is equal to the sum of the specified burst pressure and the downstream pressure (backpressure):</p><p class="MsoNormal">P<sub>vessel</sub> = P<sub>burst</sub> + P<sub>backpressure</sub></p><p class="MsoNormal">Either way, it is apparent that the vessel pressure at the time the rupture disk bursts (commonly called the relief pressure) is directly dependent on backpressure.</p><p class="MsoNormal">When discussing relief systems, three types of backpressure are considered, these being constant, built-up and superimposed.</p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="447" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit6a.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="237" style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="rupture_disk" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Figure 1A: Single Vessel, Single Rupture Disk Protection,<br />
Expected Constant Back pressure = 0 psig</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Figure 1A shows a system comprised of a single vessel protected by a single rupture disk with a specified burst pressure of 100 psig. The relief pipe discharges a few inches below the liquid surface in a knockout drum, which is held at a constant 0-psig pressure. Therefore, the rupture disk sees a <em>constant</em> (fixed) backpressure of 0 psig. If the vessel were to go into relief, this disk will burst at 100 psig and the vessel relief pressure will be 100 psig (100 + 0 = 100).</p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="445" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit6b.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="234" style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="rupture_disk" /></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Figure 1B: </strong><strong>Single Vessel, Single Rupture Disk Protection, <br />
Actual Constant Back pressure >Â  Expected</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Figure 1B is the same system however for some reason the pressure in the knockout drum is to be maintained at 5 psig instead of 0 psig. The <em>constant</em> (fixed) backpressure against the rupture disk is now 5 psig. If the vessel were to go into relief, the rupture disk would still burst at 100 psig but the vessel relief pressure would now be 105 psig (100 + 5 = 105) rather than the 100 psig expected. This situation could result in a violation of code<sup>3</sup>.</p><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="464" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit6c.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="236" style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="rupture_disk" /></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Figure 1C: </strong><strong>Single Vessel, Single Rupture Disk Protection, <br />
Actual Constant Back pressure <Â  Expected</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Figure 1C is again the system however for some reason the pressure in the knockout drum is to be maintained at -5 psig instead of 0 psig. The <em>constant</em> (fixed) backpressure against the rupture disk is now -5 psig. If the vessel were to go into relief, the rupture disk would still burst at 100 psig but the vessel relief pressure would now be only 95 psig (100 + (- 5) = 95) rather than the 100 psig expected. There is no particular safety concern here because the vessel can't over pressure. However, the Operating Ratio is affected, which can result in a very premature bursting of the rupture disk.</p><p class="MsoNormal">For the vessel relief pressure to be specified correctly, the rupture disk vendor must be told the constant back pressure so that the rupture disk can be designed accordingly. And, if you truly want the vessel relief pressure to be at a specific value then the "constant" backpressure given to the vendor must be maintained at all times.</p><p class="MsoNormal">The key point is that during design, be aware of the constant backpressure and ensure that the vessel relief pressure will not violate code or affect normal operation.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Â </p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="471" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit6d.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="518" style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="rupture_disk" /></td></tr><tr><td><p align="center" class="MsoNormal"><strong>Figure 2A: </strong><strong>Two Vessel System - Common Discharge <br />
Built-up and Superimposed Back Pressures</strong></p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Now let's look at the system shown in Figure 2A. A second vessel with a single rupture disk also specified to burst at 100 psig is added in close proximity to the first vessel. The relief piping from the two vessels is tied into a common header before discharging into a knockout drum in the same manner as before, the tie-in occurs near the vessels. At the exact moment Vessel No. 2 goes into relief and its rupture disk bursts, Vessel No. 2's relief pressure is 100 psig due to the constant 0-psig backpressure as described above. After the disk bursts, flow is established causing pressure to build up in the piping system (<em>built-up </em>backpressure). The amount of built-up backpressure is dependent on the system pressure drop and possibly even the phenomenon of choked flow.Â  For the purpose of this discussion, assume total built-up backpressure is 10 psig after rupture disk No. 2 bursts and the pressure in Vessel No. 2 is about 110 psig. Because of the proximity of the two discharge pipes and vessels, the pressure near vessel No. 1 will also be at about 110 psig. This pressure, which is exerted or <em>imposed</em> onto rupture disk No. 1, is called the <em>superimposed backpressure </em>with respect to rupture disk No. 1. If vessel No. 1 were to go into relief shortly afterwards, then for rupture disk No. 1 to burst, the pressure in vessel No. 1 would have to build to about 210 psig (100 + 110)! Â  <strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">This is clearly unacceptable!! </span></strong></p><p class="MsoNormal">One solution to this potentially catastrophic condition is to separate the two relief lines so that one cannot directly affect the other (see Figure 2B below). Of course the answer may very well be that this is not an application for rupture disks but for relief valves! The key point is, avoid combining multiple rupture disk piping into a common relief header.</p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="479" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit6e.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="524" style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="rupture_disk" /></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Figure 2B: </strong><strong>Two Vessel System - Common Discharge <br />
Built-up and Superimposed Back Pressures</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Note that built-up backpressure is variable and depends on the relieving rate, which is a function of the relieving scenario. Also, built-up backpressure has no affect on the vessel's <em>relief</em> pressure for systems such as those shown in Figure 1 above. Built-up backpressure is the result of fluid flow only and there is no fluid flow before the rupture disk bursts.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Therefore, along with the Manufacturing Range (MR), Operating Ratio (OR) and Burst Tolerance (BT) that were discussed in Part 3, the process design engineer must also strongly consider the backpressure (especially superimposed backpressure) when specifying the rupture disk.</p><p class="MsoNormal">Â </p><p class="h1header">In Summary</p><ul><li>Generally, burst pressure varies inversely with temperature so the specified burst temperature must be carefully considered. <br />
- Specify the lowest temperature at the time the disk is expected to burst.<br />
- Different materials and different types of rupture disks have different sensitivities to temperature effects.{parse block="google_articles"}<br />
</li><li>The rupture disk is a differential pressure device. <br />
- The specified burst pressure is a value equal to the vessel relief pressure minus the backpressure. <br />
Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â  Or<br />
- The vessel relief pressure equals the specified burst pressure plus the backpressure.<br />
</li><li>There are three types of backpressure to consider, these being constant, built-up and superimposed.<br />
- Constant backpressure is the pressure in the system that does not vary. It is generally a predictable component of the superimposed backpressure.<br />
- Built-up backpressure is the pressure created in the system as a result of fluid flow. It is a varying component of the superimposed backpressure.<br />
- Superimposed backpressure is the total pressure exerted (imposed) on the rupture disk by other sources. It is a variable that directly increases or decreases a vessel's relief pressure. It can also interfere with the expected operating ratio of the disk.<br />
</li><li>Do not pipe multiple vessel relief systems into a common header; keep the piping separate. However, the individual piping may go to a common disposal system.<br />
</li><li>Along with the Manufacturing Range (MR), Operating Ratio (OR) and Burst Tolerance (BT), the process design engineer must also consider backpressure when specifying the rupture disk. </li></ul><p class="h1header">References</p><ol type="1"><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>API</strong> (<a target="_blank" href="http://www.api.org/">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 520</strong>, "Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Device in Refineries, Part 1-Sizing and Selection", 7<sup>th</sup> Edition (January 2000) </li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>API</strong> (<a target="_blank" href="http://www.api.org/">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 521</strong>, "Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems", 4<sup>th</sup> Edition (March 1997) <strong></strong></li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>ASME </strong>(<a target="_blank" href="http://www.asme.org/">www.asme.org</a>)<strong> </strong>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1" (1998) </li><li class="MsoNormal"><strong>Nazario, F. N.,</strong> "Rupture Discs, A Primer"<strong>, </strong>Chemical Engineering Magazine, June 20, 1988. </li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">e00da03b685a0dd18fb6a08af0923de0</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rupture Disks for Process Engineers - Part 5</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-5</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Part 1 of this series on rupture disks for Process Engineers covered <em>why</em> you use a rupture disk and <em>when</em> you might want to use this device. Part 2 discussed <em>how to size the rupture disk</em>. Part 3 discussed <em>how to set the burst pressure</em>. Part 4 discussed <em>how temperature and backpressure affects the rupture disk specification and the relief pressure in the system</em>. In this part, I will discuss the Relief Valve/Rupture Disk combination.</p> Subsequent parts will include how to specify the rupture disk and some discussion on the type of rupture disks you can purchase. Before I begin, let me point out that most of what is included in this series of articles can be found in API RP520<sup>1</sup> and API RP521<sup>2</sup>, and ASME Section VIII, Division 1<sup>3</sup>.Â  Much of what is found in these documents can also be found in vendor literature. {parse block="google_articles"}<p class="MsoNormal">For the relief valve/rupture disk combination (Figure 1), rupture disk sizing is totally dependent on relief valve sizing, regardless whether the rupture disk is installed upstream or downstream of the relief valve. Consequently, the discussion at this point must turn to a brief overview of relief valves.</p><p class="h1header">Relief Valve Sizing Overview</p><p>Basically, the relief valve is treated as an ideal nozzle, i.e. isentropic (constant entropy) flow. A correction factor, the coefficient of discharge, is incorporated into the sizing equations to take into account the fact that this is not an ideal nozzle. The sizing equations themselves can be found in one or more of the references presented at the end.</p><p>To size a relief valve, the process engineer first determines the <em>required</em> relieving flow and fluid properties based on an analysis of "what can go wrong" scenarios. The flow and properties are then inserted into the appropriate sizing equation to arrive at a calculated relief valve area. If this were a stand-alone relief valve, the process engineer would use this calculated relief valve area to choose an actual relief valve from</p><table border="0" align="left" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="335" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit7a.gif" alt="asiseeit7a.gif" height="266" style="float: left; margin: 0px;" title="asiseeit7a.gif" />Â </td></tr><tr><td>Â Figure 1: Relief Valve/Rupture Disk Combination</td></tr></tbody></table><p>a vendor catalog. But since this is a discussion of the relief valve/rupture disk combination, adjustments should be made to the calculated relief valve area before the actual relief valve is chosen.</p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p class="h2header">The Rupture Disk Affect</p><p class="f-default">The presence of a rupture disk acts to de-rate the relief valve <em>capacity</em>. This de-rating factor, called the Combination Capacity Factor (CCF), may or may not be implicitly included in the sizing formulas. Nevertheless, it is the responsibility of the process engineer to apply the factor correctly.</p><p><span class="h2header">The Combination Capacity Factor (CCF)</span>Â </p><p class="MsoNormal">The Combination Capacity Factor (CCF) is a calculated value that is derived from data obtained during certified capacity testing of the stand-alone relief valve and the relief valve/rupture disk combination. The manufacturer first determines the capacity of the stand-alone relief valve. The rupture disk is then added, close-coupled, to the inlet of the relief valve and the capacity of the relief valve/rupture disk combination is determined. Finally, the CCF is calculated as the ratio of the relief valve/rupture disk combination capacity to the stand-alone relief valve capacity:</p><p><strong></strong></p><p><strong>CCF = </strong>Flow <sub>Combination Capacity</sub> / Flow <sub>Stand-Alone Relief Valve Capacity</sub></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><strong></strong></p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p>Below is a list of certified Combination Capacity Factors for the Continental Disc Corporation model ULTRX <sup>Â®</sup> rupture disks with the Crosby JOS/JBS Relief Valve<sup> 4</sup>.</p><table border="1" align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="datatable"><caption>Table 1: CCF's from Continental Disk</caption><tbody><tr><td width="114"><p align="center">Rupture Disk Size</p></td><td width="156"><p align="center">Burst Pressure, psig</p></td><td width="144"><p align="center">Material</p></td><td width="60"><p align="center">CCF</p></td></tr><tr><td rowspan="2" width="114"><p align="center">1"</p></td><td rowspan="2" width="156"><p align="center">60 minimum</p></td><td width="144" valign="top"><p align="center">Nickel</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p align="center">0.981</p></td></tr><tr><td width="144" valign="top"><p align="center">Stainless Steel</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p align="center">0.980</p></td></tr><tr><td rowspan="2" width="114"><p align="center">3"</p></td><td rowspan="2" width="156"><p align="center">30 - 59</p></td><td width="144" valign="top"><p align="center">Nickel</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p align="center">0.981</p></td></tr><tr><td width="144" valign="top"><p align="center">Stainless Steel</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p align="center">0.984</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>For comparison, the following is a list of certified Combination Capacity Factors for the Fike model MRK rupture disk with the Crosby JOS/JBS Relief Valve<sup>5</sup>.</p><table border="1" align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="datatable"><caption>Table 2: CCF's from Fike</caption><tbody><tr><td width="114"><p align="center">Rupture Disk Size</p></td><td width="156"><p align="center">Burst Pressure, psig</p></td><td width="144"><p align="center">Material</p></td><td width="60"><p align="center">CCF</p></td></tr><tr><td rowspan="2" width="114"><p align="center">1"</p></td><td rowspan="2" width="156"><p align="center">60 minimum</p></td><td width="144" valign="top"><p align="center">Nickel</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p align="center">0.977</p></td></tr><tr><td width="144" valign="top"><p align="center">Stainless Steel</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p align="center">0.967</p></td></tr><tr><td rowspan="2" width="114"><p align="center">3"</p></td><td rowspan="2" width="156"><p align="center">35 minimum</p></td><td width="144" valign="top"><p align="center">Nickel</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p align="center">0.995</p></td></tr><tr><td width="144" valign="top"><p align="center">Stainless Steel</p></td><td width="60" valign="top"><p align="center">0.982</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Note that the CCF is a <em>certified</em> value and is only good for the design of the relief valve and the rupture disk that are used in the test. Since it is in the best interest of the rupture disk manufacturer to certify as many of their rupture disk designs with as many different types of relief valve designs as possible, it is typical for the rupture disk manufacturer to perform this testing and reporting of the CCF. The certified CCF will always be less than or equal to 1.0.</p><p>If the manufacturer and/or model of the rupture disk and relief valve are unknown at the time of sizing, or there is no published value for a relief valve/rupture disk combination, ASME<sup>3</sup> requires that the CCF is not to exceed 0.9. <em><br />
</em></p><table border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"><tbody></tbody></table><p class="h2header">Applying the CCF</p><p>API Recommended Practices 520<sup>1</sup> shows the CCF as being applied to the denominator of the relief valve sizing equation. For example, a typical sizing equation for gas relief might look something like this:</p><table border="0" width="100%" class="equationtable"><tbody><tr><td><img width="206" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit7b.gif" alt="equation_1" height="66" /></td><td align="right" class="equationnumber">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><table border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"><tbody></tbody></table><p>Where:<br />
W = <em>required</em> relieving rate, mass flow<br />
TÂ  = relieving temperature, absolute<br />
ZÂ  = compressibility factor<br />
M = molecular weight<br />
C = gas constant = a function of (C<sub>p</sub> / C<sub>v</sub>)<br />
C<sub>p</sub> = specific heat at constant pressure (consistent units)<br />
C<sub>v</sub> = specific heat at constant volume (consistent units)<br />
K<sub>d</sub> = coefficient of discharge, dimensionless<br />
K<sub>b</sub> = backpressure correction factor, dimensionless<sub></sub><br />
P1 = relief pressure (absolute)</p><p>Note that this is the same as dividing the calculated, stand-alone relief valve area by the CCF to arrive at a required relief valve area for the combination unit:</p><table border="0" width="100%" class="equationtable"><tbody><tr><td><img width="179" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit7f.gif" alt="equation_2" height="75" /></td><td align="right" class="equationnumber">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>And:</p><table border="0" width="100%" class="equationtable"><tbody><tr><td>A <sub>required</sub> = A <sub>calculated</sub> / <strong>CCF</strong></td><td align="right" class="equationnumber">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The process engineer will use this required relief valve area as the basis for choosing a relief valve from the vendor catalog.</p><p>One important thing to note is that the preceding methodology is not a requirement of code (ASME). ASME only requires that the stand-alone relief valve's <em>certified flow</em> <em>capacity</em> be de-rated by the CCF:</p><table border="0" width="100%" class="equationtable"><tbody><tr><td><em>Flow <sub>Combination Certified Capacity</sub> = Flow <sub>Stand-Alone Relief Valve Certified Capacity</sub> x <strong>CCF</strong></em></td><td align="right" class="equationnumber">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><table border="0" width="100%" class="equationtable"><tbody></tbody></table><p>There is no mention of using the CCF to arrive at a relief valve area. Indeed, prior to the most recent edition of API RP520<sup>1</sup>, the sizing equations themselves did not explicitly include a correction factor for the relief valve/rupture disk combination.</p><p>Note also that de-rating the certified flow capacity is only required if the rupture disk is installed <em>upstream</em> of the relief valve, it is <em>not</em> required if installed <em>downstream</em> of the relief valve.</p><p><span class="h2header">Certified (Rated) Capacity</span></p><p>As stated above, each stand-alone relief valve will have associated with it a <em>certified</em> flow capacity, which is a function of both the relief valve area and the set pressure. This flow is determined by certified capacity testing procedures and is to be considered the guaranteed flow rate that can be achieved through the particular valve. With very few exceptions, this flow is used in determining both the relief valve inlet and outlet (tail pipe) line sizes. The certified flow capacity is officially stamped on the relief valve documentation. For relief valve/rupture disk combinations, the <em>de-rated</em> certified flow will also be stamped on the documentation.</p><p>Although the relief valve is chosen based on area, the process engineer must still ensure that the certified flow capacity is greater than or equal to the <em>required</em> relieving flow:</p><p><em>Certified Flow Capacity </em><strong>Â³</strong><em> Required Relieving Flow</em><strong></strong></p><p>If it is not, the chosen relief valve is too small. For the relief valve/rupture disk combination, the required relieving flow would be compared to the <em>de-rated</em> or combination certified flow capacity:</p><p><em>Combination Certified Flow Capacity <strong>Â³</strong> Required Relieving Flow</em><strong> </strong></p><p class="h1header">Relief Valve Sizing</p><p class="h2header">Inlet Line</p><p>The relief valve inlet line is defined as the piping between the inlet to the system (e.g. the inlet to a vessel nozzle) and the relief valve inlet flange. Sizing this inlet line is a trial-and-error procedure. First, the process engineer chooses a line size using guidelines set by code; code requires that the flow area of the line and all associated piping components be at least equal to the relief valve inlet flow area. Then, using {parse block="google_articles"}accepted fluid flow equations (e.g. Darcy for single phase liquid or gas/vapor and DIERS for two phase) and the <em>certified</em> flow capacity of the <em>stand-alone relief valve</em> the non-recoverable frictional losses in the line are determined. The sum of all non-recoverable losses should be less than 3% of the relief valve set pressure, this criteria is commonly referred to as the 3% Rule. <em>In general</em>, if the 3% Rule is exceeded then the chosen line size is too small.</p><p><span class="h2header">Outlet Line (Tail Pipe) Sizing Overview</span>Â </p><p>The sizing of the tail pipe is done in a similar manner to that outlined above for the inlet line. The process engineer first chooses a pipe size. Then, using accepted fluid flow equations (e.g. Darcy for liquids, Isothermal or Adiabatic for gas/vapor and DIERS for two-phase) and the <em>same</em> certified flow capacity as used for the inlet line, a built-up (variable) backpressure is calculated. The built-up backpressure is converted to a percentage of the relief valve set pressure and is then compared to some maximum value that is set by the particular relief valve manufacturer. For example, tail pipes on conventional style relief valves would be sized such that the built-up (variable) backpressure does not exceed 10% of the relief valve set pressure. For balanced bellows style relief valves, tail pipes would be sized such that the built-up (variable) backpressure does not exceed 30% to 55% of the relief valve set pressure, depending on manufacturer. If the calculated percentage is less than or equal to these maximums, the line size is acceptable. If the calculated percentage is greater, the line size <em>may or may not</em> be acceptable. This is because the only requirement of code is that the built-up backpressure does not affect the relief valve's ability to relieve the <em>required </em>amount of flow necessary to protect the system. Built-up backpressures greater than the stated maximums require a de-rating of the relief valve based on curves developed by the manufactures. As long as the de-rated valve can still relieve the <em>required</em> relieving flow, the line size chosen <em>is</em> acceptable. If not, then the line is too small.</p><p>Now that we've sized the relief valve in the relief valve/rupture disk combination, what about sizing the rupture disk? Actually, we already did!</p><p class="h1header">The Rupure Disk</p><p class="h2header">Sizing</p><p>You will recall from <a target="_blank" href="index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=36:rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-2&catid=7:safety-and-pressure-relief&Itemid=12">Part 2</a> of this series that sizing the rupture disk is a two-part procedure. First, determine how much flow the rupture disk <em>needs</em> to pass. Then determine <em>how big</em> it needs to be.</p><p>Both criteria have been met with the relief valve sizing. How much flow? The rupture disk must be able to pass the <em>certified flow capacity of the relief valve.</em> How big? The rupture disk must be big enough so that its contribution to the frictional losses does not pose a significant impact on the ability of the relief valve to protect the system. For a rupture disk installed in the inlet line, the rupture disk's net flow area must be at least equal to the relief valve inlet flow area; it may be larger. Also, its contribution to the non-recoverable frictional losses should be minimal so as to ensure that the piping system meets the 3% Rule. Indeed, you may even find that the rupture disk must be one-size larger than the inlet to the relief valve in order to satisfy the 3% Rule. For example (Figure 2), a 2" x 3" relief valve (2" being the inlet flange size and 3" being the outlet flange size) may require a 3" rupture disk!</p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="247" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit7c.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="228" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: 2" x 3" Relief Valve</td></tr><tr><td><hr /></td></tr><tr><td><img width="331" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit7d.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="225" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: Rupture Disk is Larger than Outlet Flange</td></tr></tbody></table><p>For a rupture disk installed in the tail pipe, the rupture disk size should be large enough so that it contributes minimally to the built-up backpressure. And again, the rupture disk may very well have to be a size larger than the relief valve outlet flange to accomplish this (Figure 3).</p><p align="left">For both the inlet line and tail pipe calculations, the rupture disk's certified K<sub>r</sub> is used in the friction loss calculations.</p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody class="h1header"></tbody></table><p class="h1header">What the Code Says About...</p><p class="h2header">Bursting</p><p>The stamped (certified) burst pressure of the rupture disk must be between 90% and 100% of the relief valve set pressure. Also, the bursting of the rupture disk and the opening of the relief valve must be essentially coincident with each other.</p><p class="h2header">Backpressure</p><p>When specifying a rupture disk that will be used upstream of a relief valve, it is expected that the superimposed backpressure will be constant and essentially zero (after all, there should be nothing between the rupture disk and the relief valve but some trapped air). However, over time the rupture disk may leak for a variety of reasons. This leakage will cause a build-up of pressure between the rupture disk and the relief valve. As we saw in Part 4, unexpected backpressure on the rupture disk will change the relieving pressure of the vessel or system. To guard against this, code requires the use of a "tell-tale". The "tell-tale" must consist of, as a minimum, a pressure gage and a vent line inserted between the rupture disk and the relief valve. Typically, a valve is put into the vent line for a more controlled design (Figure 4). In installations where the rupture disk holder is close-coupled with the relief valve, this system is inserted into a chamber within the holder. Note that a better tell-tale design would include a pressure transmitter with an alarm as well as the pressure gage.</p><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="273" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit7e.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="269" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Valve in Vent Line</td></tr></tbody></table><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>For rupture disks installed after the relief valve, the disk's bursting pressure must not be affected by any backpressure affects nor can there be allowed a pressure build-up between the relief valve and rupture disk that may affect the operation of either device. A "tell-tale" should be used to protect against pressure build-up between the devices due to leaks through the relief valve. The only way to protect against backpressure affects is to make sure the superimposed backpressure is well defined and constant (see Part 4 of this series).</p><p><span class="h2header">Obstructions</span></p><p>A bursting rupture disk must not cause obstruction of the relief valve or the relief piping. Therefore, the non-fragmenting rupture disk is used in this service. This disk will break cleanly, with no material being broken off.</p><p class="h1header">Final Thoughts</p><ul><li><p>Above I discuss the fact that the rupture disk needs to be able to pass the <em>certified flow capacity of the relief valve</em>! But which flow capacity, the stand-alone relief valve or the relief valve/rupture disk combination? Unfortunately, the way ASME<sup>3</sup> reads, there is plenty room for interpretation. For example, paragraph UG-127 (a) (3) (b') (5) basically says the rupture disk must be able to pass the certified capacity of the relief valve/rupture combination. However, for the rupture disk installed in the tail pipe, paragraph UG-127 (a) (3) (c') (4) says the rupture disk must be able to pass, "...the rated capacity of {parse block="google_articles"}the attached pressure relief valve without exceeding the allowable overpressure." Now, for individual cases where the rupture disk is installed only upstream of the relief valve or only downstream of the relief valve, I can buy into this as not being contradictory, i.e. use rated capacity of the relief valve/rupture combination for the inlet line or use the rated capacity of the stand-alone relief valve for the tail pipe. But what about the case where the rupture disk is installed both upstream and downstream of the relief valve? <br />
<br />
The flow used to evaluate the inlet line is to be the same flow used to evaluate the tail pipe. And, the 3% Rule clearly wants you to use the certified capacity of the stand-alone relief valve with the rupture disk being treated as just another piping component. <br />
<br />
So which do I suggest we Process Design Engineers use? The certified flow capacity of the <em>stand-alone</em> relief valve in all instances; it will be a little more conservative.</p></li></ul><ul><li><p>The code requirements discussed above help to emphasize the importance of the material presented in Parts 3 and 4 of this series, i.e. the maximum allowable specified burst pressure, the Manufacturing Range, the Burst Tolerance, the Operating Ratio, and superimposed, built-up and variable backpressures; especially as they relate to the relief valve/rupture disk combination</p></li></ul><p class="h1header">Summary</p><ul type="disc"><li>Rupture disks may be installed upstream and/or downstream of a relief valve. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>The rupture disk acts to de-rate the relief valve capacity. This de-rating factor is called the Combination Capacity Factor. Standards call for the use of this factor in determining relief valve area and in de-rating the stand-alone relief valve's certified capacity. Code only requires the use of this factor in de-rating the stand-alone relief valve's certified capacity. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>The size of the rupture disk in this application is totally dependent on relief valve sizing. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>The rupture disk must be able to pass the certified flow of the relief valve. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>The size of a rupture disk installed at the inlet of the relief valve should have minimal affect on the 3% Rule and must have a flow area of at least equal to the inlet flow area of the relief valve. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>The size of a rupture disk installed at the outlet of the relief valve should provide minimal contribution to the built-up backpressure. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>Code governs how a rupture disk is applied to a relief valve installation and the general type of rupture disk to use (non-fragmenting). </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>Code addresses rupture disk bursting requirements. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>Code addresses backpressure affects and what must be done to avoid it. </li></ul><ul type="disc"><li>When specifying a rupture disk, especially in combination service with a relief valve, the maximum allowable specified burst pressure, the Manufacturing Range, the Burst Tolerance and the Operating Ratio all must be considered very carefully. </li></ul><p class="h1header">References</p><ol type="1"><li><strong>API</strong> (<a target="_blank" href="http://www.api.org/">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 520</strong>, "Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Device in Refineries, Part 1-Sizing and Selection", 7<sup>th</sup> Edition (January 2000) </li><li><strong>API</strong> (<a target="_blank" href="http://www.api.org/">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 521</strong>, "Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems", 4<sup>th</sup> Edition (March 1997) <strong></strong></li><li><strong>ASME </strong>(<a target="_blank" href="http://www.asme.org/">www.asme.org</a>)<strong> </strong>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1" (1998) </li><li><strong>Continental Disc Corporation </strong>(www.contdisc.com), ASME Combination Capacity Factors, Catalogue 1-1111 </li><li><strong>Fike </strong>(www.fike.com), Technical Bulletin TB8103, July 1999 </li></ol><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>Â </p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">1385974ed5904a438616ff7bdb3f7439</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rupture Disks for Process Engineers - Part 6</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/rupture-disks-for-process-engineers-part-6</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Part 1 of this series on rupture disks for Process Engineers covered <em>why</em> you use a rupture disk and <em>when</em> you might want to use this device. Part 2 discussed <em>how to size the rupture disk</em>. Part 3 discussed <em>how to set the burst pressure</em>. Part 4 discussed<em> how temperature and backpressure affects the rupture disk specification and the relief pressure in the system. </em>Part 5 discussed <em>the Relief Valve/Rupture Disk combination</em>. In this part, I conclude the series with a discussion of the rupture disk specification.</p><p> </p><p>I will also touch upon the type of rupture disks you can purchase. Before I begin, let me point out that most of what is included in this series of articles can be found in API RP520<sup>1</sup> and API RP521<sup>2</sup>, and ASME Section VIII, Division 1<sup>3</sup>.Â  Much of what is found in these documents can also be found in vendor literature.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>We've answered the two questions required to size a rupture disk, how much flow and how big. Now it's time to specify the rupture disk so that it can be purchased for our process. Although API RP520<sup>1</sup> provides a specification sheet that can be adapted by any company as a standard, there are fifty-three separate items asked for in this specification sheet. Much of what is on this specification sheet is not required by the manufacturer to be able to provide you with the correct disk. Let's look at the basic minimum information you, the Process Design Engineer must provide.</p><p><span class="h1header">Must Haves</span></p><h5 class="h2header">Project Identifier/Company Information/Device identifier/Number of Devices</h5><p>The vendor will want to know who you are. It is also <em>necessary</em> to "name" the relief device for proper documentation. A unique instrument Tag number should suffice for each device ordered.</p><p class="h2header">Code/Standard Requirements</p><p>Various codes and standards dictate how the rupture disk is to be marked and stamped.</p><p class="h2header">Maximum Operating Conditions</p><p><em>Temperature</em></p><p>The maximum operating temperature is used to determine materials compatibility.</p><p><em>Pressure</em></p><p>The maximum operating pressure will be used with the stamped burst pressure to determine the Operating Ratio. The Operating Ratio will help determine the type of disk to purchase.</p><p><span class="h2header">Rupture Disk Burst Conditions</span></p><p><em>Temperature</em></p><p>This must be coincident with the bursting pressure and will also be stamped on the disk. You will recall from Part 4 that this parameter is extremely important in making sure the disk will burst at the pressure you need it to burst, not less or greater. Also remember that it is not necessarily the same as the maximum operating temperature of the system.</p><p><em>Pressure</em></p><p>This is the pressure that meets system protection requirements, taking into account the Manufacturing Range. The vendor will stamp this value on the disk. It is also used with the Maximum Operating Pressure to determine the Operating Ratio.</p><p class="h2header">Process Media (Liquid/Gas/2-Phase)</p><p>Some rupture disk models are designed according to the media in which they are used. Process media is also used to determine materials compatibility.</p><p class="h2header">Backpressure/Vacuum</p><p>The manufacturer uses the backpressure to help determine disk type and how it is to be supported in the system. Vacuum service will either require the use of a special support for disk installation or even dictate the type of disk to use. <em>Note that exposure to vacuum conditions must be considered both upstream and downstream of the disk.</em></p><p class="h2header">Service Conditions (Status/Cyclic/Pulsating)</p><p>This typically refers to the upstream conditions. Cyclic service is considered to be large changes in pressure over a relatively long period of time. Pulsating service is considered to be small changes in pressure but occurring frequently or even rapidly. Both of these can have a major affect on the Operating Ratio. The manufacturer uses the service conditions to help determine disk type and how the disk is to be supported in the system.</p><p class="h2header">Rupture Disk and Holder Material Requirements</p><p>Many installations require the rupture disk to be mounted inside a holder. The holder is then bolted onto a vessel nozzle or between pipe flanges. Make very certain the materials of construction of both the disk and its holder is totally compatible with the system media and operating conditions.</p><p class="h2header">Disk Size</p><p>This is the nominal size you determined when answering the question, how big?</p><p class="h2header">Flange Connection Details</p><p>These tell the manufacturer how big the holder needs to be (connection size), the pressure rating of the system it will be installed in (class) and the type of connection, e.g. raised or flat faced flanges, sanitary connections, etc. <br />
<br />
The pressure rating or class can be a most confusing concept. This refers to the flanges in the piping system. More common flange ratings are 150 and 300 pounds (pressure pounds, not weight) but they can go very much higher. A major difference in these classes is the thickness of material, number of boltholes and the bolthole pattern you would get in the flange.</p><p class="h2header">Required Accessories for Rupture Disk</p><p>Options can be added to the basic design. For instance to enhance corrosion protection, coatings or linings can be applied.Â  Some types of rupture disks can withstand upstream vacuum conditions without doing anything special to them others may need special supports.</p><p class="h2header">Required Accessories for Holder</p><p>Options can be added to the rupture disk holder as well. For instance to enhance corrosion protection, coatings or linings can be applied. Tell-tales may be specified under this header or can be specified under the heading of "Special Considerations".</p><p class="h2header">Other Special Considerations</p><p>You can specify just about anything under this heading including the need for a tell-tale. You may want to give more specific detail of a particular design item. You can ask for burst detection and alarms, etc., etc. and etc. The best reference source would be your manufacturer and/or their catalog.</p><p>Again, the above should be considered just the minimum amount of information the manufacturer needs to provide the proper rupture disk. Of course your particular manufacturer, or even your company standards, may require much more.</p><p>Should you stop here, perhaps not? Below is some information that I consider to be "should haves".</p><p class="h1header">Should Haves</p><p class="h2header">MAWP (or Design Pressure) of the Vessel or System</p><p>A vendor does not necessarily require this information (they were already told what to stamp the disk for). However a good vendor will actually be your second set of eyes and make sure that this, along with the other information given, is consistent with Code requirements.</p><p class="h2header">Manufacturing Range</p><p>One would think that this should fall under the "must haves" but not really. When the burst pressure was specified in the "must haves", the manufacturing range had to be taken into account. All the vendor needs to know is what to stamp the rupture disk at and will therefore design the disk with the appropriate manufacturing range to accommodate. However, it never hurts to spell it out so there are no misunderstandings.</p><p class="h2header">In Combination with a PSV</p><p>With this information, the rupture disk vendor will be able to recommend the proper type of rupture disk to use for this service. They will also be able to recommend proper installation techniques. And again, the vendor is your second set of eyes and may be able to tell whether your specification data is consistent.</p><p class="h2header">Calculate and Report the Operating Ratio</p><p>I could never quite figure out why the vendor cannot just do the simple math but I've seen this as requested information on a number of vendor's specification sheets.</p><p>What about all the rest of the information usually included in many specification sheets, e.g. required relieving flow, molecular weight, specific heat ratio, specific gravity, compressibility factor, viscosity, etc.? These are definitely important, but really only to the Process Design Engineer. You need this information to answer the two questions, how much flow and how big? The vendor doesn't need these but we all seem to include them on our specification sheets nevertheless!</p><p>The best suggestion I can make is to talk to the vendor first, find out exactly what they need and provide it. But of course, never violate your own company standards.</p><p class="h1header">Types of Rupture Disks</p><p>The manufacturer can recommend the type of rupture disk that will best suit your application based on the information supplied. However, it doesn't hurt to have some knowledge {parse block="google_articles"}of the type of rupture disks that can be purchased. There are a multitude of different types and the following only represents the most common types you will most likely come across.</p><p class="h2header">Forward Acting Solid Metal</p><p>This rupture disk is domed shape and installed such that the media is on the concave side of the disk (Figure 1). It can be used in systems where the Operating Ratio is at about 70% or less. It has a random bursting pattern which means it can be fragmenting (loose material) and thus cannot be used in combination with relief valves. This type of rupture disk can be used in vacuum or larger backpressure services but will require special supports to prevent reverse flexing. Its number one advantage is that it is cheap.</p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="380" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit8a.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="166" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Forward Acting Solid Metal Rupture Disk</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">Forward Acting Scored Metal</p><p>This rupture disk is similar to its solid metal cousin (Figure 1) except that the disk is scored (Figure 2). Unlike the ill-defined bursting pattern of the solid metal design, this rupture disk has scored lines that will force the disk to burst along a fixed pattern. This design is a little more expensive but increases the useful Operating Ratio to about 85 to 90%. It also eliminates fragmenting, which means it can be used in combination with a relief valve. Also, there are many designs that allow this type of disk to be installed in vacuum environments without requiring special supports; it will still need special supports in high backpressure service to prevent reverse flexing.</p><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="353" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit8b.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="171" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Forward Acting Scored Rupture Disk</td></tr></tbody></table><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p>Â <span class="h2header">Forward Acting Composite</span></p><p>This rupture disk can be flat or domed and is comprised of a top section preceded by a bottom seal (Figure 3). The burst pressure is a function of these two sections. It is not uncommon for the bottom section to be of a totally different material of construction from that of the top section, even non-metallic. The domed disk design will burst due to pressure applied to the concave side whereas the flat disk design may bedesigned to burst in either direction!Â </p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="412" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit8c.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="132" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: Forward Acting Composite Rupture Disk</td></tr></tbody></table><table border="0" align="right" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="right" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="right" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="right" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p><table border="0" align="right" class="imagecaption"></table></p><table border="0" align="right" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>Slits and tabs in the top section control burst pressure and the bursting pattern. The flat construction can be used for the protection of low-pressure systems. Operating ratios are typically around 80% for the dome construction and 50% for the flat construction. This disk may require special supports to be used in vacuum or high backpressure conditions. Some designs are non-fragmenting, which means they can be used in relief valve combination.</p><p class="h2header">Reverse Acting</p><p>This rupture disk is domed shape and installed such that the media is on the convex side of the disk (Figure 4). It is designed such that pressure pushes against the disk causing it to flex back into a forwarding acting disk and then burst. This rupture disk can be used in systems where the Operating Ratio is at about 90% or less. It can be, and very often is, manufactured to be non-fragmenting and thus is a good choice for use in combination with relief valves. This type of rupture disk can be used in vacuum or larger backpressure services without special supports.</p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="361" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit8d.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="201" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Reverse Acting Scored Rupture Disk</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p class="h1header">Final Thoughts</p><p class="h2header">Liquids</p><p>Liquids are treated the same way as gases/vapors in all aspects of determining those two questions, how much and how big. However, do not forget to take the hydraulic pressure into account. Pressure in the system will not be equal throughout. If the rupture disk is installed on a nozzle or in a pipe at the top of a liquid filled vessel, the pressure at the rupture disk will be <em>less</em> than all points below it. If the rupture disk is installed on a nozzle at the bottom of a liquid filled vessel, the pressure at the rupture disk will be <em>greater</em> than all points above it.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>What are the implications of this? If the rupture disk is located at the top of the vessel, the vessel pressure will be greater than the bursting pressure so specify the burst pressure to be <em>less than</em> the vessel's MAWP or design pressure. If the rupture disk is at the bottom of the vessel, the vessel pressure will be <em>less than</em> the bursting pressure. However, the rupture disk cannot be specified at a pressure higher than MAWP or design. Therefore, realize that the disk will burst even though the pressure at the top of the vessel will be less than design or MAWP.</p><p>Also note that normal variations in level will cause normal variations in the pressure, i.e. the rupture disk will experience pressure cycling or pulsing. Unlike gases/vapors where normal system pressure cycling or pulsing is usually minimal, it may be significant in liquid filled systems.</p><p class="h2header">One More Option to Consider</p><p>Ask your manufacturer if they provide a "Fail Safe" design. This design will provide pressure relief at or <em>below</em> the certified burst pressure even if the disk is damaged or installed improperly. It will function in this capacity equally well in gas/vapor or liquid service. The major drawback is that it is only available in forward acting non-composite rupture disks.</p><p class="h2header">Other Non-Close Relief Devices</p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody><tr><td><img width="355" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit8e_1.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="169" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5A: Rupture Pin Relief Device<br />
End of Pipe with Atmospheric Discharge</td></tr><tr><td></td></tr><tr><td><img width="355" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/asiseeit8e_2.gif" alt="rupture_disk" height="220" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5B: Rupture Pin Relief Device<br />
Discharge to Header</td></tr></tbody></table><p>There are other options to consider for non-closing relief devices other than rupture disks. Although details are beyond the scope of this article, there is one particular device I wish to bring to your attention and which is gaining in popularity, the Rupture Pin<sup>6, 7</sup>. Although ASME will not allow what is called a Breaking Pin device to be used as a primary relief device, as of May 1990, it will allow the use of the Rupture Pin device. The two are similar but for the Breaking Pin device to work, the pin must completely break but for the Rupture Pin device to work, the pin only needs to bend or buckle. Another name for this device is the Buckling Pin.Â  Figures 5A and 5B show two types of rupture pin devices. Device "A" might be used directly on a vessel and will relieve to atmosphere. Device "B" might relieve into a piping header.</p><table border="0" align="left" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>The rupture pin device usually consists of a piston or plunger on a seat, kept in position by a slender, usually cylindrical pin. At set point, axial forces caused by system pressure acting on the piston or plunger area causes the pin to buckle. The unrestrained pin length, the pin diameter and the modulus of elasticity of the pin material determine the buckling point of the pin.</p><p>There is virtually no device size limitation. They have been manufactured as small as 1/8" and as large as 48". There are virtually no pressure or vacuum limits either. They can be designed for a set pressure as low as 2" of water to as high as 35,000 psi and vacuums to as low as 1 psi. Unlike rupture disks, which are solely differential devices, the rupture pin can be designed to sense system pressure only, or differential pressure.</p><table border="0" align="center" class="imagecaption"><tbody></tbody></table><p>You are now ready to sit through one of those manufacturer's presentations and hopefully understand what he is talking about!</p><p><span class="h1header">Summary</span></p><ul><li>API RP520 provides a specification sheet that can be adapted by any company as a standard</li><li>Not all of the information asked for in the API specification sheet is actually required by the manufacturer in order to design the correct rupture disk. This information can be broken down into "must haves", "should haves" and "what is needed to size the disk".</li><li>The manufacturer will always be provided with the "must haves".</li><li>The manufacturer should also be given the "should haves" as this is a way to utilize them as a second pair of eyes and for a consistency check of the sizing.</li><li>There are many different types of rupture disks on the market. Before selecting the correct rupture disk for your particular application, always discuss this with the manufacturer.</li><li>Liquid service has its own set of potential problems for rupture disk design. It is highly recommended that you discuss liquid service with your manufacturer.</li><li>There are other "non-closing" relief devices that can be considered for use. Some can only be used as secondary relief devices. However the one that can be used as a primary relief device and is gaining in popularity is the Rupture Pin.</li></ul><p class="h1header">References</p><ol type="1"><li><strong>API</strong>Â  (<a target="_blank" href="http://www.api.org/">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 520</strong>, "Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Device in Refineries, Part 1-Sizing and Selection", 7<sup>th</sup> Edition (January 2000) </li><li><strong>API</strong> (<a target="_blank" href="http://www.api.org/">www.api.org</a>) <strong>Recommended Practice 521</strong>, "Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems", 4<sup>th</sup> Edition (March 1997) <strong></strong></li><li><strong>ASME </strong>(<a target="_blank" href="http://www.asme.org/">www.asme.org</a>)<strong> </strong>"Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1" (1998) </li><li><strong>Continental Disc Corporation </strong>(<a target="_blank" href="http://www.contdisc.com/">www.contdisc.com</a>), ASME Combination Capacity Factors, Catalogue 1-1111 </li><li><strong>Fike </strong>(<a target="_blank" href="http://www.fike.com/">www.fike.com</a>), Technical Bulletin TB8103, July 1999 </li><li><a target="_blank" href="http://www.burstpressuresystems.com/"><strong>www.burstpressuresystems.com</strong></a> </li><li><a target="_blank" href="http://www.rupturepin.com/"><strong>www.rupturepin.com</strong></a> </li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">0f28b5d49b3020afeecd95b4009adf4c</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tank Blanketing Basics Covered</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/tank-blanketing-basics-covered</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Tank blanketing, or padding, refers to applying a cover of gas over the surface of a stores commodity; usually a liquid. Its purpose is either to protect or contain the stored product or prevent it from harming personnel, equipment, or the environment. In most cases the blanketing gas is nitrogen, although other gases may be used.</p><p> Blanketing may prevent liquid from vaporizing into the atmosphere. It can maintain the atmosphere above a flammable or combustible liquid to reduce ignition potential. It can make up the volume caused by cooling of the tank contents, preventing vacuum and the ingress of atmospheric air.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>Blanketing can simply prevent oxidation or contamination of the product by reducing its exposure to atmospheric air. It can also reduce the moisture content. Gas such as nitrogen is supplied in a very pure and dry state.</p><p>The list of products blanketed is extensive ---- everything from adhesives, catalyst, chemicals, fats and oils, foods, fuels, inks, pharmaceuticals, photographic chemicals, soaps, and water.</p><p class="h1header">Pressure Points</p><p>In order to effectively perform any of these functions the blanketing system must be capable of pressurizing the vapor space and accurately maintaining that pressure.</p><p>Further, conserving the amount of gas used requires that the blanketing pressure be very low. Additionally, it must be less than the tank's pressure capability. This pressure also must be below the normal tank venting pressures top prevent unnecessary actuation of these devices and the subsequent discharge of blanketing gas, as well as product loss.</p><p>These functions have been performed in various ways over the years. One method involves continuous purging, whereby blanketing gas introduced into the tank as a continuous flow exits through a vent or other opening. This method is wasteful of the blanketing gas and not always effective in maintaining an inert atmosphere.</p><p>Another approach employs a simple, direct-operated pressure-reducing valve (PRV) to blanket the tank. However, these devices are the best suited to a continuous flow rate. When used to blanket a tank they must throttle over a wide flow range. Ranging from a shut-off to a full flow condition varies the controlled pressure significantly due to droop and lockup conditions.</p><p>Pressure variations can be as much as 30 percent below or 20 percent above setpoint. The results are the poor control, wasting of blanketing gas, and possibly not maintaining the necessary atmosphere within the tank.</p><p class="h1header">Another Approach</p><p>One of the more effective techniques relies on a blanketing system with the necessary controls and valving to sense and maintain the set pressure within the tank to as close as Â± 0.25 inch w.c. [water column] (Â± 0.009 psi). Set pressures of 0.5 inch w.c. are possible and common.</p><p>Such a system will directly sense the tank pressure, control the inlet blanketing gas pressure if required and, through a main control valve, throttle blanketing gas into the tank.</p><p>The system may also provide a purge in the sensing and main supply piping, plus reverse flow protection to keep product out of the blanketing system. The installation may also require a pressure switch to monitor tank pressure and perform alarm or control functions in response to over- or under-pressure conditions.</p><p class="h1header">Operation, Activation</p><p>When blanketing gas enters the typical system (figure 1), the first-stage regulator (A) reduces inlet pressure from high to low. (This is not always required.) From here, the gas flows to the main control valve (E), which is closed when the tank is at or above its setpoint.</p><p>Supply is also piped to a filter regulator (<img src='https://www.cheresources.com/invision/public/style_emoticons/default/cool.png' class='bbc_emoticon' alt='B)' /> supplying the pilot loading pressure - typically 10 psi - for actuation of the main flow control valve. This reduced pressure then floes through an orifice &copy; and to the lower case of the main flow control valve as well as to the inlet of a sensing regulator (D).</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Typical Tank Blanketing System Schematic" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/blanket1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_blanket1.gif" alt="tank-blanketing" width="300" height="129" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Typical Tank Blanketing System Schematic</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The sensing regulator includes a diaphragm, which directly senses tank pressure. Its design, weighted and inverted, allows sensitivity to as close as 0.1 inch w.c. as well as the ability to sense and control vacuums at any pressure up to the inlet pressure. The outlet of the sensing regulator connects to the tank vapor space.</p><p>In operation, if tank pressure is below setpoint, the spring will move the sensing regulator diaphragm upward, opening the seat and allowing flow from the filter regulator through the orifice and into the tank. The size of the orifice limits the volume flowrate of gas to the tank. This minimal flow may be all that's necessary to satisfy a small demand.</p><p>However, as demand increases due to pump-out or thermal cooling, the pressure drops in the pilot loading line that connects &copy; to main valve (E). This then reduces the pressure applied to the underside of the main valve diaphragm, which allows the spring to move the diaphragm, throttling the main valve open and supplying blanketing gas to the tank.</p><p class="h1header">Setpoint Response</p><p>When the tank reaches setpoint, tank pressure operating against the sensing regulator diaphragm causes the seat to close. This blocks pilot loading flow and pressure rises to the 10 psi setting. This pressure then operates against the main valve diaphragm, causing the main flow control valve seat to close. Flow to the tank ceases.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>At pressures below the setpoint the sensing regulator will throttle, varying pressure in the sensing system and then throttling the main valve. The amount of throttling is proportional to the offset from setpoint. Therefore, as tank pressure rises and approaches the setpoint, the main valve throttles and is closing as the tank reaches setpoint. This maintains accurate setpoints and reduces overshooting.</p><p>In addition to a blanketing system, the tank will contain the emergency vent as well as normal pressure and vacuum vents --- all of which must be properly sized for outgassing from pump-in, increases in temperature, drop in barometric pressure, or fire. The vacuum relief provides redundant tank protection for unforeseen conditions, loss of blanketing gas supply or system failure.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Sample Operational Stages of Blanketing Process" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/blanket2.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_blanket2.gif" alt="tank-blanketing" width="182" height="300" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Sample Operational Stages <br />of Blanketing Process</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The selection of a blanketing pressure is very important. It must be less than the tank's pressure capability, and also should allow some dead-band below the tank vent operating pressure to avoid interaction.</p><p>Figure 2 illustrates a tank blanketed to 0.5 inch w.c. having an allowable working pressure of 6 ounces per square inch. A pressure of 0.25 inch w.c. added for shut-off results in a maximum blanketing pressure of 0.75 inch w.c. The tank has a normal pressure breathing vent that starts to open at 1.5 ounces per square inch (2.6 inches w.c.) and is full open at 1.8 ounces per square inch (3.1 inches w.c.).</p><p>Further, an emergency vent opens at 3 ounces per square inch (5.2 inches w.c.) and is fully open at 3.5 ounces per square inch (6.1 inches w.c.). There is a dead-band of 2.1 inches w.c. between the two vents. The dead-band between the blanketing system and the normal vent is 2.6 -0.75 = 1.85 inches w.c. The presence of an adequate dead-band will ensure stable operation and avoid unnecessary loss of blanketing gas or product going out an open tank vent.</p><p>Proper sizing is important for stable operation. Under-sizing can result in tank pressures dropping well below the setpoint as the main flow control valve struggles to keep up with demand. Over-sizing is less critical. However, taken to an extreme, it can result in unstable operation due to exceeding setpoint.</p><p class="h1header">Summary</p><p>A gas blanketing system will effectively contain gases within the vapor space of a tank. Such a system can contain the gas, or protect the tank contents form contact with atmospheric air. It also can maintain the vapor space contents at an oxygen concentration level low enough to prevent ignition of flammable vapors.</p><p>The system are simple to use and require little, if any, maintenance. They are capable of blanketing at pressures as low as 0.5 inch w.c., minimizing consumption of blanketing gas.</p><p>Nitrogen is the most common blanketing gas, but others are used if compatible with the process. From a virtually endless list of products that qualify for blanketing, those that are volatile as well as those sensitive to contact with moisture or air are all candidates.</p><span class="info">Since the original publication date there have been advances in the technology used to provide gas blankets. While this article does not illustrate these, the basics discussed in the article are still valid. Visit <a href="http://www.ostand.com" target="_blank">www.ostand.com</a> for more articles on tank blanketing.</span>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">37a749d808e46495a8da1e5352d03cae</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Centrifugal Pumps: Basic Concepts of Operation,...</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/fluid-flow/centrifugal-pumps-basic-concepts-of-operation-maintenance-and-troubleshooting</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The operating manual of any centrifugal pump often starts with a general statement, "Your centrifugal pump will give you completely trouble free and satisfactory service only on the condition that it is installed and operated with due care and is properly maintained."</p> <p>Despite all the care in operation and maintenance, engineers often face the statement "the pump has failed i.e. it can no longer be kept in service". Inability to deliver the desired flow and head is just one of the most common conditions for taking a pump out of service. {parse block="google_articles"}There are other many conditions in which a pump, despite suffering no loss in flow or head, is considered to have failed and has to be pulled out of service as soon as possible. These include seal related problems (leakages, loss of flushing, cooling, quenching systems, etc), pump and motor bearings related problems (loss of lubrication, cooling, contamination of oil, abnormal noise, etc), leakages from pump casing, very high noise and vibration levels, or driver (motor or turbine) related problems.</p><p>The list of pump failure conditions mentioned above is neither exhaustive nor are the conditions mutually exclusive. Often the root causes of failure are the same but the symptoms are different. A little care when first symptoms of a problem appear can save the pumps from permanent failures. Thus the most important task in such situations is to find out whether the pump has failed mechanically or if there is some process deficiency, or both. Many times when the pumps are sent to the workshop, the maintenance people do not find anything wrong on disassembling it. Thus the decision to pull a pump out of service for maintenance / repair should be made after a detailed analysis of the symptoms and root causes of the pump failure. Also, in case of any mechanical failure or physical damage of pump internals, the operating engineer should be able to relate the failure to the process unit's operating problems.</p><p>Any operating engineer, who typically has a chemical engineering background and who desires to protect his pumps from frequent failures must develop not only a good understanding of the process but also thorough knowledge of the mechanics of the pump. Effective troubleshooting requires an ability to observe changes in performance over time, and in the event of a failure, the capacity to thoroughly investigate the cause of the failure and take measures to prevent the problem from re-occurring.</p><p>The fact of the matter is that there are three types of problems mostly encountered with centrifugal pumps:</p><ul><li>design errors </li><li>poor operation </li><li>poor maintenance practices</li></ul><p>The present article is being presented in three parts, covering all aspects of operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of centrifugal pumps. The article has been written keeping in mind the level and interests of students and the beginners in operation. Any comments or queries are most welcome.</p><p><span class="h1header">Working Mechanism of a Centrifugal Pump</span></p><p align="left">A centrifugal pump is one of the simplest pieces of equipment in any process plant. Its purpose is to convert energy of a prime mover (a electric motor or turbine) first into velocity or kinetic energy and then into pressure energy of a fluid that is being pumped.</p><p align="left">The energy changes occur by virtue of two main parts of the pump, the impeller and the volute or diffuser. The impeller is the rotating part that converts driver energy into the kinetic energy. The volute or diffuser is the stationary part that converts the kinetic energy into pressure energy.</p><span class="info">All of the forms of energy involved in a liquid flow system are expressed in terms of feet of liquid i.e. head.</span><p class="h2header" align="left">Generation of Centrifugal Force</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps8.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="243" height="230" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Liquid Flow Path Inside<br />
a Centrifugal Pump</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">The process liquid enters the suction nozzle and then into eye (center) of a revolving device known as an impeller. When the impeller rotates, it spins the liquid{parse block="google_articles"} sitting in the cavities between the vanes outward and provides centrifugal acceleration. As liquid leaves the eye of the impeller a low-pressure area is created causing more liquid to flow toward the inlet. Because the impeller blades are curved, the fluid is pushed in a tangential and radial direction by the centrifugal force. This force acting inside the pump is the same one that keeps water inside a bucket that is rotating at the end of a string. Figure A.01 below depicts a side cross-section of a centrifugal pump indicating the movement of the liquid.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Conversion of Kinetic Energy to Pressure Energy</p><p align="left">The key idea is that the energy created by the centrifugal force is <em>kinetic energy</em>. The amount of energy given to the liquid is proportional to the <em>velocity</em> at the edge or vane tip of the impeller. The faster the impeller revolves or the bigger the impeller is, then the higher will be the velocity of the liquid at the vane tip and the greater the energy imparted to the liquid.</p><p>This kinetic energy of a liquid coming out of an impeller is harnessed by creating a <em>resistance</em> to the flow. The first resistance is created by the pump volute (casing) that catches the liquid and slows it down. In the discharge nozzle, the liquid further decelerates and its velocity is converted to pressure according to Bernoulli's principle.</p><p>Therefore, the head (pressure in terms of height of liquid) developed is approximately equal to the velocity energy at the periphery of the impeller expressed by the following well-known formula:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" width="50%"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 50%;" align="left"><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq1a.gif" alt="centpumps_eq1a" width="87" height="55" /></p><p>where:<br />
H = Total Head developed in feet<br />
v = Velocity at periphery of impleller in ft/s<br />
g = Acceleration due to gravity = 32.2 ft/s<sup>2</sup></p></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. 1</td></tr></tbody></table><p>A handy formula for peripheral velocity is:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" width="50%"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 50%;"><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq2a.gif" alt="centpumps_eq2a" width="103" height="58" /></p><p>where:<br />
v = Velocity at periphery of impleller in ft/s<br />
N = Impeller RPM (revolutions per minute)<br />
D = Impeller diameter in inches</p></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. 2</td></tr></tbody></table><p>This head can also be calculated from the readings on the pressure gauges attached to the suction and discharge lines.</p><p><em><strong><span class="info">One fact that must always be remembered: A pump does not create pressure, it only provides flow.<br />
Pressure is a just an indication of the amount of resistance to flow.</span></strong></em></p><p align="left">Pump curves relate flow rate and pressure (head) developed by the pump at different impeller sizes and rotational speeds. The centrifugal pump operation should conform to the pump curves supplied by the manufacturer. In order to read and understand the pump curves, it is very important to develop a clear understanding of the terms used in the curves. This topic will be covered later.</p><p align="left"><span class="h1header">General Components of Centrifugal Pumps</span></p><p>A centrifugal pump has two main components:</p><p>A rotating component comprised of an impeller and a shaft</p><p>A stationary component comprised of a casing, casing cover, and bearings.</p><p>The general components, both stationary and rotary, are depicted in Figure 2. The main components are discussed in brief below. Figure3 shows these parts on a photograph of a pump in the field.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="General Components of Centrifugal Pump" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps11.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps11.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="189" /></a></td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="General Components of Centrifugal Pump" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps12.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps12.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="186" /></a></td></tr><tr><td align="left">Figure 2: General Components of Centrifugal Pump</td><td align="left">Figure 3: General Components of Centrifugal Pump</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header">Stationary Components</p><p class="column_separator"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Casings</span></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Cut-Away of a Pump Showing Volute Casing" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps13.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps13.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="300" height="226" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Cut-Away of a Pump Showing Volute Casing</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Casings are generally of two types: volute and circular. The impellers are fitted inside the casings.</p><p><em>Volute Casings</em></p><p>Volute casings build a higher head; <em>circular casings</em> are used for low head and high capacity. A <em>volute</em> is a curved funnel increasing in area to the discharge port as shown in Figure 4. As the area of the cross-section increases, the volute reduces the speed of the liquid and increases the pressure of the liquid. One of the <em>main purposes of a volute casing</em> is to help balance the hydraulic pressure on the shaft of the pump. However, this occurs best at the manufacturer's recommended capacity. Running volute-style pumps at a lower capacity than the manufacturer recommends can put lateral stress on the shaft of the pump, increasing wear-and-tear on the seals and bearings, and on the shaft itself. Double-volute casings are used when the radial thrusts become significant at reduced capacities.</p><p><em>Circular Casings</em></p><p>Circular casing have stationary diffusion vanes surrounding the impeller periphery that convert velocity energy to pressure energy. Conventionally, the diffusers are applied to multi-stage pumps.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps14.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="134" height="169" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: Solid Casing</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The casings can be designed either as solid casings or split casings. <strong>Solid casing</strong> implies a design in which the entire casing including the discharge nozzle is all contained in one casting or fabricated piece. A <strong>split casing</strong> implies two or more parts are fastened together. When the casing parts are divided by horizontal plane, the casing is described as horizontally split or axially split casing. When the split is in a vertical plane perpendicular to the rotation axis, the casing is described as vertically split or radially split casing. Casing Wear rings act as the seal between the casing and the impeller.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Suction and Discharge Nozzles</span></p><p>The suction and discharge nozzles are part of the casings itself. They commonly have the following configurationstwo of which are shown in Figure 6:</p><p><em></em></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Suction and Discharge Nozzle Locations" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps15.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps15.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="300" height="212" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 6: Suction and Discharge Nozzle Locations</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>End Suction/Top Discharge</em></p><p>The suction nozzle is located at the end of, and concentric to, the shaft while the discharge nozzle is located at the top of the case perpendicular to the shaft. This pump is always of an overhung type and typically has lower NPSHr because the liquid feeds directly into the impeller eye</p><p><em>Top Suction/Top Discharge</em></p><p>The suction and discharge nozzles are located at the top of the case perpendicular to the shaft. This pump can either be an overhung type or between-bearing type but is always a radially split case pump.</p><p><em>Side Suction/Side Discharge</em></p><p>The suction and discharge nozzles are located at the sides of the case perpendicular to the shaft. This pump can have either an axially or radially split case type.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Seal Chamber and Stuffing Box</span></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps16.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="342" height="236" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 7: Parts of a Simple Seal Chamber</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Seal chamber and Stuffing box both refer to a chamber, either integral with or separate from the pump case housing that forms the region between the shaft and casing where sealing media are installed. When the sealing is achieved by means of a mechanical seal, the chamber is commonly referred to as a Seal Chamber. When the sealing is achieved by means of packing, the chamber is referred to as a Stuffing Box. Both the seal chamber and the stuffing box have the primary function of protecting the pump against leakage at the point where the shaft passes out through the pump pressure casing. When the pressure at the bottom of the chamber is below atmospheric, it prevents air leakage into the pump. When the pressure is above atmospheric, the chambers prevent liquid leakage out of the pump. The seal chambers and stuffing boxes are also provided with cooling or heating arrangement for proper temperature control. Figure7depicts an externally mounted seal chamber and its parts.</p><p><em>Glands</em></p><p>The gland is a very important part of the seal chamber or the stuffing box. It gives the packings or the mechanical seal the desired fit on the shaft sleeve. It can be easily adjusted in axial direction. The gland comprises of the seal flush, quench, cooling, drain, and vent connection ports as per the standard codes like API 68</p><p><em>Throat Bushing</em></p><p>The bottom or inside end of the chamber is provided with a stationary device called throat bushing that forms a restrictive close clearance around the sleeve (or shaft) between the seal and the impeller.</p><p><em>Throttle Bushing{parse block="google_articles"}</em></p><p>The throttle bushing refers to<strong> </strong>a device that forms a restrictive close clearance around the sleeve (or shaft) at the outboard end of a mechanical seal gland.</p><p><em>Internal Circulating Device</em></p><p>The internal circulating device refers to device located in the seal chamber to circulate seal chamber fluid through a cooler or barrier/buffer fluid reservoir. Usually it is referred to as a pumping ring.</p><p><em>Mechanical Seal</em></p><p>Mechanical seals will be discussed further in part two of this article series.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Bearing Housing</span></p><p>The bearing housing encloses the bearings mounted on the shaft. The bearings keep the shaft or rotor in correct alignment with the stationary parts under the action of radial and transverse loads. The bearing house also includes an oil reservoir for lubrication, constant level oiler, jacket for cooling by circulating cooling water.</p><p class="h2header">Rotating Components</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Impeller</span></p><p>The impeller is the main rotating part that provides the centrifugal acceleration to the fluid. They are often classified in many ways:</p><ol><li>Based on major direction of flow in reference to the axis of rotation:<br />
Radial flow<br />
Axial flow<br />
Mixed flow<br />
</li><li>Based on suction type:<br />
Single-suction: Liquid inlet on one side.<br />
Double-suction: Liquid inlet to the impeller symmetrically from both sides.</li><li><p>Based on mechanical construction (Figure 8)<br />
Closed: Shrouds or sidewall enclosing the vanes.<br />
Open: No shrouds or wall to enclose the vanes.<br />
Semi-open or vortex type.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps17.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="298" height="228" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 8: Impeller Types</td></tr></tbody></table><p> </p></li></ol><p>Closed impellers require wear rings and these wear rings present another maintenance problem. Open and semi-open impellers are less likely to clog, but need manual adjustment to the volute or back-plate to get the proper impeller setting and prevent internal re-circulation. Vortex pump impellers are great for solids and "stringy" materials but they are up to 50% less efficient than conventional designs. The number of impellers determines the number of stages of the pump. A single stage pump has one impeller only and is best for low head service. A two-stage pump has two impellers in series for medium head service. A multi-stage pump has three or more impellers in series for high head service.</p><p>Wear ring provides an easily and economically renewable leakage joint between the impeller and the casing. clearance becomes too large the pump efficiency will be lowered causing heat and vibration problems. Most manufacturers require that you disassemble the pump to check the wear ring clearance and replace the rings when this clearance doubles.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Shaft</span></p><p>The basic purpose of a centrifugal pump shaft is to transmit the torques encountered when starting and during operation while supporting the impeller and other rotating parts. It must do this job with a deflection less than the minimum clearance between the rotating and stationary parts.</p><p><em></em></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps18.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="256" height="168" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 9: Shaft Sleeve</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>Shaft Sleeves</em></p><p>Pump shafts are usually protected from erosion, corrosion, and wear at the seal chambers, leakage joints, internal bearings, and in the waterways by renewable sleeves. Unless otherwise specified, a shaft sleeve of wear, corrosion, and erosion-resistant material shall be provided to protect the shaft. The sleeve shall be sealed at one end. The shaft sleeve assembly shall extend beyond the outer face of the seal gland plate. (Leakage between the shaft and the sleeve should not be confused with leakage through the mechanical seal).</p><p><em>Coupling</em></p><p>Couplings can compensate for axial growth of the shaft and transmit torque to the impeller. Shaft couplings can be broadly classified into two groups: rigid and flexible. Rigid couplings are used in applications where there is absolutely no possibility or room for any misalignment. Flexible shaft couplings are more prone to selection, installation and maintenance errors. Flexible shaft couplings can be divided into two basic groups: elastomeric and non-elastomeric</p><ol><li>Elastomeric couplings use either rubber or polymer elements to achieve flexibility. These elements can either be in shear or in compression. Tire and rubber sleeve designs are elastomer in shear couplings; jaw and pin and bushing designs are elastomer in compression couplings.</li><li>Non-elastomeric couplings use metallic elements to obtain flexibility. These can be one of two types: lubricated or non-lubricated. Lubricated designs accommodate misalignment by the sliding action of their components, hence the need for lubrication. The non-lubricated designs accommodate misalignment through flexing. Gear, grid and chain couplings are examples of non-elastomeric, lubricated couplings. Disc and diaphragm couplings are non-elastomeric and non-lubricated.</li></ol><p class="h2header">Auxilliary Components</p><p>Auxiliary components generally include the following piping systems for the following services:</p><ol><li>Seal flushing , cooling , quenching systems</li><li>Seal drains and vents</li><li>Bearing lubrication , cooling systems</li><li>Seal chamber or stuffing box cooling, heating systems</li><li>Pump pedestal cooling systems </li></ol><p>Auxiliary piping systems include tubing, piping, isolating valves, control valves, relief valves, temperature gauges and thermocouples, pressure gauges, sight flow indicators, orifices, seal flush coolers, dual seal barrier/buffer fluid reservoirs, and all related vents and drains.</p><p>All auxiliary components shall comply with the requirements as per standard codes like API 610 (refinery services), API 682 (shaft sealing systems) etc.</p><p class="h1header">Definition of Important Terms</p><p align="left">The key performance parameters of centrifugal pumps are capacity, head, BHP (Brake horse power), BEP (Best efficiency point) and specific speed. The pump curves provide the operating window within which these parameters can be varied for satisfactory pump operation. The following parameters or terms are discussed in detail in this section.</p><p align="left">Capacity</p><p>Head</p><ul><li>Significance of using Head instead of Pressure </li><li>Pressure to Head Conversion formula </li><li>Static Suction Head, <strong>h<sub>S</sub></strong> </li><li>Static Discharge Head, <strong>h<sub>d</sub></strong> {parse block="google_articles"}</li><li>Friction Head, <strong>hf</strong> </li><li>Vapor pressure Head, <strong>hvp</strong> </li><li>Pressure Head, <strong>hp</strong> </li><li>Velocity Head, <strong>hv</strong> </li><li>Total Suction Head<strong> H<sub>S</sub></strong> </li><li>Total Discharge Head <strong>H<sub>d</sub></strong> </li><li>Total Differential Head <strong>H<sub>T</sub></strong> </li></ul><p>NPSH</p><ul><li>Net Positive Suction Head Required <strong>NPSHr</strong> </li><li>Net Positive Suction Head Available <strong>NPSHa</strong> </li></ul><p align="left">Power (Brake Horse Power, B.H.P) and Efficiency (Best Efficiency Point, B.E.P)</p><p align="left">Specific Speed (Ns)</p><p align="left">Affinity Laws</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Capacity</p><p align="left">Capacity means the flow rate with which liquid is moved or pushed by the pump to the desired point in the process. It is commonly measured in either gallons per minute (gpm) or cubic meters per hour (m<sup>3</sup>/hr). The capacity usually changes with the changes in operation of the process. For example, a boiler feed pump is an application that needs a constant pressure with varying capacities to meet a changing steam demand.</p><p align="left">The capacity depends on a number of factors like:</p><ul><li>Process liquid characteristics i.e. density, viscosity</li><li>Size of the pump and its inlet and outlet sections</li><li>Impeller size </li><li>Impeller rotational speed RPM</li><li>Size and shape of cavities between the vanes</li><li>Pump suction and discharge temperature and pressure conditions</li></ul><p>For a pump with a particular impeller running at a certain speed in a liquid, the only items on the list above that can change the amount flowing through the pump are the pressures at the pump inlet and outlet. The effect on the flow through a pump by changing the outlet pressures is graphed on a pump curve.</p><p>As liquids are essentially incompressible, the capacity is directly related with the velocity of flow in the suction pipe. This relationship is as follows:</p><p> </p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq3a.gif" alt="centpumps_eq3a" width="140" height="30" /></p><p>where:<br />
Q = Capacity in GPM (gallons per minute)<br />
V = Velocity of the flow in ft/s<br />
A = Cross sectional area of pipe if ft<sup>2</sup></p></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header">Head</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Significance of Using the Term "Head" Instead of the Term "Pressure"</span></p><p>The pressure at any point in a liquid can be thought of as being caused by a vertical column of the liquid due to its weight. The height of this column is called the static head and is expressed in terms of feet of liquid.</p><p>The same <em>head</em> term is used to measure the kinetic energy created by the pump. In other words, head is a measurement of the height of a liquid column that the pump could create from the kinetic energy imparted to the liquid. Imagine a pipe shooting a jet of water straight up into the air, the height the water goes up would be the head.</p><p>The head is not equivalent to pressure. Head is a term that has units of a length or feet and pressure has units of force per unit area or pound per square inch. <strong>The main reason for using head instead of pressure</strong> to measure a centrifugal pump's energy is that the pressure from a pump will change if the specific gravity (weight) of the liquid changes, but the head will not change. Since any given centrifugal pump can move a lot of different fluids, with different specific gravities, it is simpler to discuss the pump's head and forget about the pressure.</p><p>So a centrifugal pump's performance on any Newtonian fluid, whether it's heavy (sulfuric acid) or light (gasoline) is described by using the term 'head'. The pump performance curves are mostly described in terms of head.</p><span class="info">A given pump with a given impeller diameter and speed will raise a liquid to a certain height regardless of the weight of the liquid.</span><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Pressure to Head Conversion Formula</span></p><p>The static head corresponding to any specific pressure is dependent upon the weight of the liquid according to the following formula:</p><p> </p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq4a.gif" alt="centpumps_eq4a" width="291" height="57" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p> </p><p>Newtonian liquids have specific gravities typically ranging from 0.5 (light, like light hydrocarbons) to 1.8 (heavy, like concentrated sulfuric acid). Water is a benchmark, having a specific gravity of 1.0.</p><p>This formula helps in converting pump gauge pressures to head for reading the pump curves.</p><p>The various head terms are discussed below.</p><p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Note</span></strong>: The Subscripts <strong>'s'</strong> refers to suction conditions and <strong>'d'</strong> refers to discharge conditions.</p><ul type="disc"><li>Static Suction Head, <strong>h<sub>S</sub></strong> </li><li>Static Discharge Head, <strong>h<sub>d</sub></strong> </li><li>Friction Head, <strong>h<sub>f</sub></strong> </li><li>Vapor pressure Head, <strong>h<sub>vp</sub></strong> </li><li>Pressure Head, <strong>h<sub>p</sub></strong> </li><li>Velocity Head, <strong>h<sub>v</sub></strong> </li><li>Total Suction Head<strong> H<sub>S</sub></strong> </li><li>Total Discharge Head <strong>H<sub>d</sub></strong> </li><li>Total Differential Head <strong>H<sub>T</sub></strong> </li><li>Net Positive Suction Head Required <strong>NPSHr</strong> </li><li>Net Positive Suction Head Available <strong>NPSHa</strong> </li></ul><p><em>Static Suction Head (h<sub>s</sub>)</em></p><p>Head resulting from elevation of the liquid relative to the pump center line. If the liquid level is above pump centerline, <strong>h<sub>S</sub></strong> is positive. If the liquid level is below pump centerline, <strong>h<sub>S</sub></strong> is negative. Negative <strong>h<sub>S</sub></strong> condition is commonly denoted as a "suction lift" condition.</p><p><em>Static Discharge Head, (h<sub>d</sub>)</em></p><p>It is the vertical distance in feet between the pump centerline and the point of free discharge or the surface of the liquid in the discharge tank.</p><p><em></em></p><p><em>Friction Head (h<sub>f</sub>)</em></p><p>The head required to overcome the resistance to flow in the pipe and fittings. It is dependent upon the size, condition and type of pipe, number and type of pipefittings, flow rate, and nature of the liquid.</p><p><em>Vapor Pressure Head (h<sub>vp</sub>)</em></p><p>Vapor pressure is the pressure at which a liquid and its vapor co-exist in equilibrium at a given temperature. The vapor pressure of liquid can be obtained from vapor pressure tables. When the vapor pressure is converted to head, it is referred to as vapor pressure head, <strong>h<sub>vp</sub></strong>. The value of <strong>h<sub>vp</sub></strong> of a liquid increases with the rising temperature and in effect, opposes the pressure on the liquid surface, the positive force that tends to cause liquid flow into the pump suction i.e. it reduces the suction pressure head.</p><p><em>Pressure Head (h<sub>p</sub>)</em></p><p>Pressure Head must be considered when a pumping system either begins or terminates in a tank which is under some pressure other than atmospheric. The pressure in such a tank must first be converted to feet of liquid. Denoted as <strong>h<sub>p</sub></strong>, pressure head refers to absolute pressure on the surface of the liquid reservoir supplying the pump suction, converted to feet of head. If the system is open, <strong>h<sub>p</sub></strong> equals atmospheric pressure head.</p><p><em>Velocity Head (h<sub>v</sub>)</em></p><p>Refers to the energy of a liquid as a result of its motion at some velocity '<strong>v'</strong>. It is the equivalent head in feet through which the water would have to fall to acquire the same velocity, or in other words, the head necessary to accelerate the water. The velocity head is usually insignificant and can be ignored in most high head systems. However, it can be a large factor and must be considered in low head systems.</p><p><em>Total Suction Head (H<sub>s</sub>)</em></p><p>The suction reservoir pressure head<strong> (hp<sub>S</sub></strong>) plus the static suction head (<strong>h<sub>S</sub></strong>) plus the velocity head at the pump suction flange (h<sub>VS</sub>) minus the friction head in the suction line (<strong>hf<sub>S</sub></strong>).</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>H<sub>S</sub>= hp<sub>S</sub> + h<sub>S</sub> + hv<sub>S</sub> - hf<sub>S</sub></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The total suction head is the reading of the gauge on the suction flange, converted to feet of liquid.</p><p><em>Total Discharge Head (H<sub>d</sub>)</em></p><p>The discharge reservoir pressure head (<strong>hp<sub>d</sub></strong>) plus static discharge head (<strong>h<sub>d</sub></strong>) plus the velocity head at the pump discharge flange (<strong>hv<sub>d</sub></strong>) plus the total friction head in the discharge line (<strong>hf<sub>d</sub></strong>).</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>H<sub>d</sub>= hp<sub>d</sub> + h<sub>d</sub> + hv<sub>d</sub> + hf<sub>d</sub></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The total discharge head is the reading of a gauge at the discharge flange, converted to feet of liquid.</p><p><em>Total Differential Head (H<sub>T</sub>)</em></p><p>It is the total discharge head minus the total suction head or</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>H<sub>T</sub> = H<sub>d</sub> + H<sub>S</sub> (with a suction lift)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (7)</td></tr><tr><td>H<sub>T</sub> = H<sub>d</sub> - H<sub>S</sub> (with a suction head)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (8)</td></tr></tbody></table> <p class="h2header">NPSH</p><p>When discussing centrifugal pumps, the two most important head terms are NPSHr and NPSHa.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Net Positive Suction Head Required, NPSHr</span></p><p>NPSH is one of the most widely used and least understood terms associated with pumps. Understanding the significance of NPSH is very much essential during installation as well as operation of the pumps.</p><p><em>Pumps Can Only Pump Liquids, Not Vapor{parse block="google_articles"}</em></p><p>The satisfactory operation of a pump requires that vaporization of the liquid being pumped does not occur at any condition of operation. This is so desired because when a liquid vaporizes its volume increases very much. For example, 1 ft<sup>3</sup> of water at room temperature becomes 1700 ft<sup>3</sup> of vapor at the same temperature. This makes it clear that if we are to pump a fluid effectively, it must be kept always in the liquid form.</p><p><em>Rise in temperature and fall in pressure induces vaporization</em><br />
<br />
The vaporization begins when the vapor pressure of the liquid at the operating temperature equals the external system pressure, which, in an open system is always equal to atmospheric pressure. Any decrease in external pressure or rise in operating temperature can induce vaporization and the pump stops pumping. Thus, the pump always needs to have a sufficient amount of suction head present to prevent this vaporization at the lowest pressure point in the pump.</p><p><em>NPSH as a measure to prevent liquid vaporization</em><br />
<br />
The manufacturer usually tests the pump with water at different capacities, created by throttling the suction side. When the first signs of vaporization induced cavitation occur, the suction pressure is noted (the term cavitation is discussed in detail later). This pressure is converted into the head. This head number is published on the pump curve and is referred as the "net positive suction head required (NPSHr) or sometimes in short as the NPSH. Thus the Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) is the total head at the suction flange of the pump less the vapor pressure converted to fluid column height of the liquid.</p><p><em>NPSHr is a function of pump design</em><br />
<br />
NPSH required is a function of the pump design and is determined based on actual pump test by the vendor. As the liquid passes from the pump suction to the eye of the impeller, the velocity increases and the pressure decreases. There are also pressure losses due to shock and turbulence as the liquid strikes the impeller. The centrifugal force of the impeller vanes further increases the velocity and decreases the pressure of the liquid. The NPSH required is the positive head in feet absolute required at the pump suction to overcome these pressure drops in the pump and maintain the majority of the liquid above its vapor pressure.<br />
<br />
The NPSH is always positive since it is expressed in terms of absolute fluid column height. The term "Net" refers to the actual pressure head at the pump suction flange and not the static suction head.<br />
<em><br />
NPSHr increases as capacity increases</em><br />
<br />
The NPSH required varies with speed and capacity within any particular pump. The NPSH required increase as the capacity is increasing because the velocity of the liquid is increasing, and as anytime the velocity of a liquid goes up, the pressure or head comes down. Pump manufacturer's curves normally provide this information. The NPSH is independent of the fluid density as are all head terms.</p><span class="info"><strong>Note:</strong>It is to be noted that the net positive suction head required (NPSHr) number shown on the pump curves is for fresh water at 20Â°C and not for the fluid or combinations of fluids being pumped.</span><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Net Positive Suction Head Available, NPSHa</span></p><p><em>NPSHa is a function of system design </em></p><p>Net Positive Suction Head Available is a function of the system in which the pump operates. It is the excess pressure of the liquid in feet absolute over its vapor pressure as it arrives at the pump suction, to be sure that the pump selected does not cavitate. It is calculated based on system or process conditions.<br />
<br />
<em>NPSHa calculation</em></p><p>The formula for calculating the NPSHa is stated below:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><p>NPSHa<sub>s</sub> = hp<sub>s</sub> + h<sub>s</sub> - hvp<sub>s</sub> + hf<sub>s</sub></p><p>where:</p><p>hp<sub>s</sub> = Head pressure or the barometric pressure of the vessel converted to head<br />
h<sub>s</sub> = Static suction head or the vertical distance between the eye of the first stage impeller centerline and the suction liquid level<br />
hvp<sub>s</sub> = Vapor pressure head or the vapor pressure of the liquid at its maximum pumping temperature converted to head<br />
hf<sub>s</sub> = Friction head or friction and entrance pressure losses on the suction side converted to head</p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="width: 20%;" align="right">Eq. (9)</td></tr></tbody></table><span class="info"><li>It is important to correct for the specific gravity of the liquid and to convert all terms to units of "feet <strong>absolute</strong>" in using the formula. </li><li>Any discussion of NPSH or cavitation is only concerned about the suction side of the pump. There is almost always plenty of pressure on the discharge side of the pump to prevent the fluid from vaporizing.</li></span><p><em>NPSHa in a Nutshell</em></p><p>In a nutshell, NPSH available is defined as:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p>NPSHa = Pressure head + Static head - Vapor pressure head of your product - Friction head loss in the piping, valves and fittings.</p><p>where all terms are in absolute feed of head.</p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="width: 20%;" align="right">Eq. (10)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>In an existing system, the NPSHa can also be approximated by a gauge on the pump suction using the formula:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><p>NPSHa = hp<sub>S </sub>- hvp<sub>S </sub>Â± hg<sub>S</sub> + hv<sub>S</sub></p><p>where:</p><p>hp<sub>S</sub> = Barometric pressure in feet absolute<br />
hvp<sub>S </sub>= Vapor pressure of the liquid at maximum pumping temperature, in feet absolute<br />
hg<sub>S</sub> = Gauge reading at the pump suction expressed in feet (plus if above atmospheric, minus if below atmospheric) corrected to the pump centerline<br />
hv<sub>S</sub> = Velocity head in the suction pipe at the gauge connection, expressed in feet</p></td><td class="equationnumber" style="width: 20%;" align="right">Eq. (11)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>Significance of NPSHr and NPSHa</em></p><p>The NPSH available must always be greater than the NPSH required for the pump to operate properly. It is normal practice to have at least 2 to 3 feet of extra NPSH available at the suction flange to avoid any problems at the duty point.</p><p class="h2header">Power and Efficiency</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Brake Horse Power (BHP)</span></p><p>The work performed by a pump is a function of the total head and the weight of the liquid pumped in a given time period. Pump input or brake horsepower (BHP) is the actual horsepower delivered to the pump shaft. Pump output or hydraulic or water horsepower (WHP) is the liquid horsepower delivered by the pump. These two terms are defined by the following formulas.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq12a.gif" alt="centpumps_eq12a" width="291" height="54" /></p><p>where:</p><p>Q = Capacity in gallons per minute (GPM)<br />
H<sub>T</sub> = Total differential head in feet<br />
Efficiency = Pump efficiency in percent</p></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (12)</td></tr><tr><td><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq13a.gif" alt="centpumps_eq13a" width="293" height="52" /></p><p>where:</p><p>Q = Capacity in gallons per minute (GPM)<br />
H<sub>T</sub> = Total differential head in feet</p></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (13)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The constant 3960 is obtained by dividing the number or foot-pounds for one horsepower (33,000) by the weight of one gallon of water (8.33 pounds). BHP<strong> </strong>can also be read from the pump curves at any flow rate. Pump curves are based on a specific gravity of 1.0. Other liquids' specific gravity must be considered. The brake horsepower or input to a pump is greater than the hydraulic horsepower or output due to the mechanical and hydraulic losses incurred in the pump. Therefore the pump efficiency is the ratio of these two values.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq14a.gif" alt="centpumps_eq14a" width="240" height="51" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (14)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Best Efficiency Point (BEP)</span></p><p>The H, NPSHr, efficiency, and BHP all vary with flow rate, Q. Best Efficiency Point (BEP) is the capacity at maximum impeller diameter at which the efficiency is highest. All points to the right or left of BEP have a lower efficiency.</p><p><em>BEP as a measure of optimum energy conversion</em></p><p>When sizing and selecting centrifugal pumps for a given application the pump efficiency at design should be taken into consideration. The efficiency of centrifugal pumps is stated as a percentage and represents a unit of measure describing the change of centrifugal force (expressed as the velocity of the fluid) into pressure energy. The B.E.P. (best efficiency point) is the area on the curve where the change of velocity energy into pressure energy at a given gallon per minute is optimum; in essence, the point where the pump is most efficient.</p><p><em>BEP as a measure of mechanically stable operation</em></p><p>The impeller is subject to non-symmetrical forces when operating to the right or left of the BEP. These forces manifest themselves in many mechanically unstable conditions like vibration, excessive hydraulic thrust, temperature rise, and erosion and separation cavitation. Thus the operation of a centrifugal pump should not be outside the furthest left or right efficiency curves published by the manufacturer. Performance in these areas induces premature bearing and mechanical seal failures due to shaft deflection, and an increase in temperature of the process fluid in the pump casing causing seizure of close tolerance parts and cavitation.</p><p><em>BEP as an important parameter in calculations </em></p><p>BEP is an important parameter in that many parametric calculations such as specific speed, suction specific speed, hydrodynamic size, viscosity correction, head rise to shut-off, etc. are based on capacity at BEP. Many users prefer that pumps operate within 80% to 110% of BEP for optimum performance.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Specific Speed</span></p><p>Specific speed (N<sub>s</sub>) is a non-dimensional design index that identifies the geometric similarity of pumps. It is used to classify pump impellers as to their type and proportions. Pumps of the same Ns but of different size are considered to be geometrically similar, one pump being a size-factor of the other.</p><p><em>Specific Speed Calculation</em></p><p>The following formula is used to determine specific speed:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><p><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq15a.gif" alt="centpumps_eq15a" width="135" height="57" /></p><p>where:</p><p>Q = Capacity at best efficiency point (BEP) at maximum impeller diameter in gallons per minute (GPM)<br />
H = Head per stage at BEP at maximum impeller diameter in feet<br />
N = Pump speed in RPM</p></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (15)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The understanding of this definition is of design engineering significance only, however, and specific speed should be thought of only as an index used to predict certain pump characteristics.</p><p>As per the above formula, it is defined as the speed in revolutions per minute at which a geometrically similar impeller would operate if it were of such a size as to deliver one gallon per minute flow against one-foot head.</p><p><em>Specific Speed as a Measure of the Shape or Class of the Impellers</em></p><p>The specific speed determines the general shape or class of the impellers. As the specific speed increases, the ratio of the impeller outlet diameter, D2, to the inlet or eye diameter, D1, decreases. This ratio becomes 1.0 for a true axial flow impeller. <em>Radial flow impellers</em> develop head principally through centrifugal force. Radial impellers are generally low flow high head designs. Pumps of higher specific speeds develop head partly by centrifugal force and partly by axial force. A higher specific speed indicates a pump design with head generation more by axial forces and less by centrifugal forces. An axial flow or propeller pump with a specific speed of 10,000 or greater generates its head exclusively through axial forces. Axial flow impellers are high flow low head designs.</p><p>Specific speed identifies the approximate acceptable ratio of the impeller eye diameter (D1) to the impeller maximum diameter (D2) in designing a good impeller.</p><p>Ns: 500 to 5000;D1/D2 > 1.5 -radial flow pump<br />
Ns: 5000 to 10000;D1/D2 < 1.5 -mixed flow pump<br />
Ns: 10000 to 15000; D1/D2 = 1 - axial flow pump</p><p>Specific speed is also used in designing a new pump by size-factoring a smaller pump of the same specific speed. The performance and construction of the smaller pump are used to predict the performance and model the construction of the new pump.</p><p><em>Suction Specific Speed (Nss)</em></p><p>Suction specific speed (Nss) is a dimensionless number or index that defines the suction characteristics of a pump. It is calculated from the same formula as Ns by substituting H by NPSHr.</p><p>In multi-stage pump the NPSHr is based on the first stage impeller NPSHR. Nss is commonly used as a basis for estimating the safe operating range of capacity for a pump. The higher the Nss is, the narrower is its safe operating range from its BEP. The numbers range between 3,000 and 20,000. Most users prefer that their pumps have Nss in the range of 8000 to 11000 for optimum and trouble-free operation.</p><p class="h2header">The Affinity Laws</p><p>The Affinity Laws are mathematical exp<b></b>ressions that define changes in pump capacity, head, and BHP when a change is made to pump speed, impeller diameter, or both. According to the <em>Affinity Laws</em>:</p><p>Capacity (Q) changes in direct proportion to impeller diameter <strong>D</strong> ratio, or to speed <strong>N</strong> ratio:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td> Q<sub>2</sub> = Q<sub>1</sub> x [D<sub>2</sub>/D<sub>1</sub>]</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (16)</td></tr><tr><td> Q<sub>2</sub> = Q<sub>1</sub> x [N<sub>2</sub>/N<sub>1</sub>]</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (17)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Head (H) changes in direct proportion to the square of impeller diameter <strong>D</strong> ratio, or the square of speed <strong>N</strong> ratio:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td> H<sub>2</sub> = H<sub>1</sub> x [D<sub>2</sub>/D<sub>1</sub>]<sup>2</sup></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (18)</td></tr><tr><td> H<sub>2</sub> = H<sub>1</sub> x [N<sub>2</sub>/N<sub>1</sub>]<sup>2</sup></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (19)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>BHP changes in direct proportion to the cube of impeller diameter ratio, or the cube of speed ratio:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td> BHP<sub>2</sub> = BHP<sub>1</sub> x [D<sub>2</sub>/D<sub>1</sub>]<sup>3</sup></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (20)</td></tr><tr><td> BHP<sub>2</sub> = BHP<sub>1</sub> x [N<sub>2</sub>/N<sub>1</sub>]<sup>3</sup></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (21)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Where the subscript: 1 refers to initial condition, 2 refer to new condition.</p><p>If changes are made to both impeller diameter and pump speed the equations can be combined to:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td> Q<sub>2</sub> = Q<sub>1</sub> x [(D<sub>2 </sub>x N<sub>2</sub>)/(D<sub>1 </sub>x N<sub>1</sub>)]</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (22)</td></tr><tr><td><p>H<sub>2</sub> = H<sub>1</sub> x [(D<sub>2 </sub>x N<sub>2</sub>)/(D<sub>1 </sub>x N<sub>1</sub>)]<sup>2</sup></p></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (23)</td></tr><tr><td> BHP<sub>2</sub> = BHP<sub>1</sub> x [(D<sub>2 </sub>x N<sub>2</sub>)/(D<sub>1 </sub>x N<sub>1</sub>)]<sup>3</sup></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (24)</td></tr></tbody></table><p> These equations are used to hand-calculate the impeller trim diameter from a given pump performance curve at a bigger diameter.</p><p><span class="info"><strong>The Affinity Laws are valid only under conditions of constant efficiency</strong></span></p> <p class="h1header">Understanding Centrifugal Pump Performance Curves</p><p align="left">The capacity and pressure needs of any system can be defined with the help of a graph called a <strong><em>system curve</em></strong>.  Similarly the capacity <em>vs. </em>pressure variation graph for a particular pump defines its characteristic <strong><em>pump performance curve</em></strong>.</p><p align="left">The pump suppliers try to match the system curve supplied by the user with a pump curve that satisfies these needs as closely as possible.  A pumping system operates where the pump curve and the system resistance curve intersect.   The intersection of the two curves defines the operating point of both pump and process.  However, it is impossible for one operating point to meet all desired operating conditions.   For example, when the discharge valve is throttled, the system resistance curve shift left and so does the operating point.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps27.gif" alt="centrifugal-pump-curves" width="505" height="406" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 10: Typical System and Pump Performance Curves </td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header" align="left">Developing a System Curve</p><p align="left">The <em>system resistance or system head curve</em> is the change in flow with respect to head of the system.  It must be developed by the user based upon the conditions of service.  These include physical layout, {parse block="google_articles"}process conditions, and fluid characteristics.  It represents the relationship between flow and hydraulic losses in a system in a graphic form and, since friction losses vary as a square of the flow rate, the system curve is parabolic in shape.  Hydraulic losses in piping systems are composed of pipe friction losses, valves, elbows and other fittings, entrance and exit losses, and losses from changes in pipe size by enlargement or reduction in diameter.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Developing a Pump Performance Curve</p><p align="left">A pump's performance is shown in its characteristics performance <em>curve</em> where its capacity i.e. flow rate is plotted against its developed head.  The pump performance curve also shows its efficiency (BEP), required input power (in BHP), NPSHr, speed (in RPM), and other information such as pump size and type, impeller size, etc.   This curve is plotted for a constant speed (rpm) and a given impeller diameter (or series of diameters).  It is generated by tests performed by the pump manufacturer.  Pump curves are based on a specific gravity of 1.0.  Other specific gravities must be considered by the user.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Normal Operation Range</p><p align="left">A typical performance curve (Figure 10) is a plot of Total Head vs. Flow rate for a specific impeller diameter.  The plot starts at zero flow.  The head at this point corresponds to the shut-off head point of the pump.  The curve then decreases to a point where the flow is maximum and the head minimum.  This point is sometimes called the run-out point.  The pump curve is relatively flat and the head decreases gradually as the flow increases.  This pattern is common for radial flow pumps.  Beyond the run-out point, the pump cannot operate.  The pump's range of operation is from the shut-off head point to the run-out point.  Trying to run a pump off the right end of the curve will result in pump cavitation and eventually destroy the pump.<br />
<br />
By plotting the system head curve and pump curve together, you can determine:<br />
<br />
1.Where the pump will operate on its curve?<br />
2.What changes will occur if the system head curve or the pump performance curve changes?<br />
<br />
<p class="h1header">Requirements for Consistent Operation</p><br />
<br />
Centrifugal pumps are the ultimate in simplicity.  In general there are two basic requirements that have to be met at all the times for a trouble free operation and longer service life of centrifugal pumps.  The first requirement is that no cavitation of the pump occurs throughout the broad operating range and the second requirement is that a certain minimum continuous flow is always maintained during operation.  A clear understanding of the concept of cavitation, its symptoms, its causes, and its consequences is very much essential in effective analyses and troubleshooting of the cavitation problem.{parse block="google_articles"}<br />
<br />
Just like there are many forms of cavitation, each demanding a unique solution, there are a number of unfavorable conditions which may occur separately or simultaneously when the pump is operated at reduced flows.  Some include:<br />
<br />
&bull;Cases of heavy leakages from the casing, seal, and stuffing box<br />
&bull;Deflection and shearing of shafts<br />
&bull;Seizure of pump internals<br />
&bull;Close tolerances erosion<br />
&bull;Separation cavitation<br />
&bull;Product quality degradation<br />
&bull;Excessive hydraulic thrust<br />
&bull;Premature bearing failures<br />
Each condition may dictate a different minimum flow low requirement.  The final decision on recommended minimum flow is taken after careful "techno-economical" analysis by both the pump user and the manufacturer.  The consequences of prolonged conditions of cavitation and low flow operation can be disastrous for both the pump and the process.  Such failures in hydrocarbon services have often caused damaging fires resulting in loss of machine, production, and worst of all, human life.   Thus, such situations must be avoided at all cost whether involving modifications in the pump and its piping or altering the operating conditions.  Proper selection and sizing of pump and its associated piping can not only eliminate the chances of cavitation and low flow operation but also significantly decrease their harmful effects.<br />
<p class="h1header">References</p><br />
<br />
1." Trouble shooting Process Operations", 3rd Edition 1991, Norman P.Lieberman, PennWell Books<br />
2."Centrifugal pumps operation at off-design conditions", Chemical Processing April, May, June 1987, Igor J. Karassik<br />
3."Understanding NPSH for Pumps", Technical Publishing Co. 1975, Travis F. Glover{include_content_item 12}<br />
4."Centrifugal Pumps for General Refinery Services", Refining Department, API Standard 610, 6th Edition, January 1981<br />
5."Controlling Centrifugal Pumps", Hydrocarbon Processing, July 1995, Walter Driedger<br />
6."Don't Run Centrifugal Pumps Off The Right Side of the Curve", Mike Sondalini<br />
7."Pump Handbook" , Third Edition , Igor j. Karassik , Joseph P.Messina , Paul cooper Charles C.Heald]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">9766527f2b5d3e95d4a733fcfb77bd7e</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Centrifugal Pumps: Understanding Cavitation</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/fluid-flow/centrifugal-pumps-understanding-cavitation</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Operating a pump under the condition of cavitation for even a short period of time can have damaging consequences for both the equipment and the process. Operating a pump at low flow conditions for an extended duration may also have damaging consequences for the equipment.</p><p> In <a href="../../../content/articles/fluid-flow/centrifugal-pumps-basic-concepts-of-operation-maintenance-and-troubleshooting" target="_blank">Part I</a> of this article, two basic requirements for trouble free operation and longer service life of centrifugal pumps are mentioned in brief:</p><ul><li>Prevent cavitation<br />
Cavitation of the pump should not occur throughout its operating capacity range. </li><li>Minimize low flow operation{parse block="google_articles"}<br />
Continuous operation of centrifugal pumps at low flows i.e. reduced capacities, leads to a number of unfavorable conditions. These include reduced motor efficiency, excessive radial thrusts, excessive temperature rise in the pumping fluid, internal re-circulation, etc. A certain minimum continuous flow (MCF) should be maintained during the pump operation. </li></ul><p>The condition of cavitation is essentially an indication of an abnormality in the pump suction system, whereas the condition of low flow indicates an abnormality in the entire pumping system or process. The two conditions are also inter-linked such that a low flow situation can also induce cavitation.</p><p>Cavitation is a common occurrence but is the least understood of all pumping problems. Cavitation means different things to different people. Some say when a pump makes a rattling or knocking sound along with vibrations, it is cavitating. Some call it slippage as the pump discharge pressure slips and flow becomes erratic. When cavitating, the pump not only fails to serve its basic purpose of pumping the liquid but also may experience internal damage, leakage from the seal and casing, bearing failure, etc.</p><p><span class="info">In summary, cavitation is an abnormal condition that can result in loss of production, equipment damage and worst of all, injury to personnel. </span></p><p>The plant engineer's job is to quickly detect the signs of cavitation, correctly identify the type and cause of the cavitation and eliminate it. A good understanding of the concept is the key to troubleshooting any cavitation related pumping problem.</p><p class="h1header">The Meaning of Cavitation</p><p>The term â€˜cavitation' comes from the Latin word cavus, which means a hollow space or a cavity. Webster's Dictionary defines the word â€˜cavitation' as the rapid formation and collapse of cavities in a flowing liquid in regions of very low pressure.</p><p>In any discussion on centrifugal pumps various terms like vapor pockets, gas pockets, holes, bubbles, etc. are used in place of the term cavities. These are one and the same thing and need not be confused. The term bubble shall be used hereafter in the discussion.</p><span class="info">In the context of centrifugal pumps, the term cavitation implies a dynamic process of formation of bubbles inside the liquid, their growth and subsequent collapse as the liquid flows through the pump.</span><p>Generally, the bubbles that form inside the liquid are of two types: Vapor bubbles or Gas bubbles.</p><ol><li>Vapor bubbles are formed due to the vaporisation of a process liquid that is being pumped. The cavitation condition induced by formation and collapse of vapor bubbles is commonly referred to as Vaporous Cavitation. </li><li>Gas bubbles are formed due to the presence of dissolved gases in the liquid that is being pumped (generally air but may be any gas in the system). The cavitation condition induced by the formation and collapse of gas bubbles is commonly referred to as Gaseous Cavitation. </li></ol><p>Both types of bubbles are formed at a point inside the pump where the local static pressure is less than the vapor pressure of the liquid (vaporous cavitation) or saturation pressure of the gas (gaseous cavitation).</p><p><em>Vaporous cavitation</em> is the most common form of cavitation found in process plants. Generally it occurs due to insufficiency of the available NPSH or internal recirculation phenomenon. It generally manifests itself in the form of reduced pump performance, excessive noise and vibrations and wear of pump parts. The extent of the cavitation damage can range from a relatively minor amount of pitting after years of service to catastrophic failure in a relatively short period of time.</p><p><em>Gaseous cavitation</em> occurs when any gas (most commonly air) enters a centrifugal pump along with liquid. A centrifugal pump can handle air in the range of Â½ % by volume. If the amount of air is increased to 6%, the pump starts cavitating. The cavitation condition <br />
is also referred to as Air binding. It seldom causes damage to the impeller or casing. The main effect of gaseous cavitation is loss of capacity.</p><p>The different types of cavitation, their specific symptoms and specific corrective actions shall be explored in the next part of the article. However, in order to clearly identify the type of cavitation, let us first understand the mechanism of cavitation, i.e. how cavitation occurs. Unless otherwise specified, the term cavitation shall refer to vaporous cavitation.</p><p><span class="h1header">Important Definitions</span></p><p>To enable a clear understanding of mechanism of cavitation, definitions of following important terms are explored:</p><ul><li>Static pressure</li><li>Dynamic pressure{parse block="google_articles"}</li><li>Total pressure</li><li>Static pressure head</li><li>Velocity head</li><li>Vapor pressure</li></ul><p class="h2header">Static Pressure (P<sub>s</sub>)</p><p>The static pressure in a fluid stream is the normal force per unit area on a solid boundary moving with the fluid. It describes the difference between the pressure inside and outside a system, disregarding any motion in the system. For instance, when referring to an air duct, static pressure is the difference between the pressure inside the duct and outside the duct, disregarding any airflow inside the duct. In energy terms, the static pressure is a measure of the potential energy of the fluid.</p><p class="h2header">Dynamic Pressure (P<sub>d</sub>)</p><p>A moving fluid stream exerts a pressure higher than the static pressure due to the kinetic energy (Â½ mv<sup>2</sup>) of the fluid. This additional pressure is defined as the dynamic pressure. The dynamic pressure can be measured by converting the kinetic energy of the fluid stream into the potential energy. In other words, it is pressure that would exist in a fluid stream that has been decelerated from its velocity â€˜v' to â€˜zero' velocity.</p><p class="h2header">Total Pressure (P<sub>t</sub>)</p><p>The sum of static pressure and dynamic pressure is defined as the total pressure. It is a measure of total energy of the moving fluid stream. i.e. both potential and kinetic energy.</p><p class="h2header">Relationship Between P<sub>s</sub>, P<sub>d</sub>, and P<sub>t</sub></p><p>In an incompressible flow, the relation between static, dynamic and total pressures can be found out using a simple device called Pitot tube (named after Henri Pitot in 1732) shown in Figure 1.</p><p>The Pitot tube has two tubes:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Sketch of a Pilot Tube" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps5b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps5b.gif" alt="pilot-tube" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Sketch of a Pilot Tube</td></tr></tbody></table><ol><li><em>Static tube</em> (b'): The opening of the static tube is parallel to the direction of flow. It measures the static pressure, since there is no velocity component perpendicular to its opening.</li><li><em>Impact tube</em> (a): The opening of the impact tube is perpendicular to the flow direction. The point at the entrance of the impact tube is called as the stagnation point .At this point the kinetic energy of the fluid is converted to the potential energy. Thus, the impact tube measures the total pressure (also referred to as stagnation pressure) i.e. both static pressure and dynamic pressure (also referred to as impact pressure). </li></ol><p>The two tubes are connected to the legs of a manometer or equivalent device for measuring pressure.</p><p align="left">The relation between <strong>p<sub>s</sub>, p<sub>d</sub> </strong>and<strong> p<sub>t </sub></strong>can be derived by applying a simple energy balance.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Potential Energy + Kinetic Energy = Total Energy (Constant)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">As mentioned earlier, in the case of a fluid or gas the potential energy is represented by the static pressure and the kinetic energy by dynamic pressure. The kinetic energy is a function of the motion of the fluid, and of course it's mass. It is generally more convenient to use the density of the fluid (&rho;) as the mass representation.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>K.E = p<sub>d</sub> = Â½ m v<sup>2 </sup>= Â½&rho; v<sup>2</sup></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">The corresponding pressure balance equation is<sup>:</sup></p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq1b.gif" alt="centpumps_eq1b" width="146" height="61" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">In place of the pressure terms as used above, it is more appropriate to speak of the energy during pumping as the energy per unit weight of the liquid pumped and the units of energy expressed this way are foot-pounds per pound (Newton-meters per Newton) or just feet (meters) i.e. the units of head. Thus the energy of the liquid at a given point in flow stream can be expressed in terms of head of liquid in feet.</p><p>The pressure term can be converted to head term by division with the factor â€˜&rho; g'. For unit inter-conversions the factor â€˜&rho; g/g<sub>c</sub>'<strong>. </strong>should be used in place of â€˜&rho;g'.</p><p class="h2header">Static Pressure Head</p><p>The head corresponding to the static pressure is called as the static pressure head.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq4b.gif" alt="centpumps_eq4b" width="250" height="57" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header">Velocity Head</p><p>The head corresponding to dynamic pressure is called the velocity head.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq5b.gif" alt="centpumps_eq5b" width="333" height="70" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>From the reading h<sub>m</sub>of the manometer velocity of flow can be calculated and thus velocity head can be calculated. The pressure difference, dP (P<sub>t </sub>- P<sub>s)</sub> indicated by the manometer is the dynamic pressure.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq6b.gif" alt="centpumps_eq6b" width="242" height="54" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centpumps_eq7b.gif" alt="centpumps_eq7b" width="319" height="60" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (7)</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header">Vapor Pressure (P<sub>v</sub>)</p><p>Vapor pressure is the pressure required to keep a liquid in a liquid state. If the pressure applied to the surface of the liquid is not enough to keep the molecules pretty close together, the molecules will be free to separate and roam around as a gas or vapor. The vapor pressure is dependent upon the temperature of the liquid. Higher the temperature, higher will be the vapor pressure.</p><p class="h1header">Mechanism of Cavitation</p><p>The phenomenon of cavitation is a stepwise process as shown in Figure 2.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Steps in Cavitation" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps6b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps6b.gif" alt="stps-in-cavitation" width="250" height="185" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Steps in Cavitation</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The bubbles form inside the liquid when it vaporises i.e. phase change from liquid to vapor. But how does vaporization of the liquid occur during a pumping operation?</p><p>Vaporization of any liquid inside a closed container can occur if either pressure on the liquid surface decreases such that it becomes equal to or less than the liquid vapor pressure at the operating temperature, or the temperature of the liquid rises, raising the vapor pressure such that it becomes equal to or greater than the operating pressure at the liquid surface. For example, if water at room temperature (about 77 Â°F) is kept in a closed container and the system pressure is reduced to its vapor pressure (about 0.52 psia), the water quickly changes to a vapor. Also, if the operating pressure is to remain constant at about 0.52 psia and the temperature is allowed to rise above 77 <sup>Â°</sup>F, then the water quickly changes to a vapor.</p><p>Just like in a closed container, vaporization of the liquid can occur in centrifugal pumps when the local static pressure reduces below that of the vapor pressure of the liquid at the pumping temperature.</p><span class="info">The vaporisation accomplished by addition of heat or the reduction of static pressure without dynamic action of the liquid is excluded from the definition of cavitation. For the purposes of this article, only pressure variations that cause cavitation shall be explored. Temperature changes must be considered only when dealing with systems that introduce or remove heat from the fluid being pumped.</span>  <p class="h2header">Step One: Formation of Bubbles</p><p>To understand vaporization, two important points to remember are:</p><ol><li>We consider only the static pressure and not the total pressure when determining if the system pressure is less than or greater than the liquid vapor pressure. The total pressure is the sum of the static pressure and dynamic pressure (due to velocity). {parse block="google_articles"}</li><li>The terms pressure and head have different meanings and they should not be confused. As a convention in this article, the term "pressure" shall be used to understand the concept of cavitation whereas the term "head" shall be used in equations.</li></ol><p>Thus, the key concept is - vapor bubbles form due to vaporization of the liquid being pumped when the local static pressure at any point inside the pump becomes equal to or less than the vapor pressure of the liquid at the pumping temperature.</p><p>The reduction in local static pressure at any point inside the pump can occur under two conditions:</p><ol><li>The actual pressure drop in the external suction system is greater than that considered during design. As a result, the pressure available at pump suction is not sufficiently high enough to overcome the design pressure drop inside the pump.</li><li>The actual pressure drop inside the pump is greater than that considered during the pump design.</li></ol><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Pressure Reduction in the External Suction of the Pump</span></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="External Suction System" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps7b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps7b.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: External Suction System</td></tr></tbody></table><p>A simple sketch of a pump external suction system in shown in Figure 3. The nomenclature used for this figure is as follows:</p><p>&rho; - Liquid density in lb<sub>m</sub> / ft<sup>3</sup></p><p>G - Acceleration due to gravity in ft / s<sup>2</sup></p><p>Psn - p refers to local static pressure (absolute). Subscript s refers to suction and subscript n refers to the point of measurement. The pressure at any point can be converted to the head term by division with the factor - <em>&rho;</em> g</p><p>p<sub>s1</sub> - Static pressure (absolute) of the suction vessel in psia</p><p>hp<sub>s1</sub> - Static pressure head i.e. absolute static pressure on the liquid surface in the suction vessel, converted to feet of head (p<sub>s1</sub>/ <em>&rho;</em> g/g<sub>c</sub>). If the system is open, hp<sub>s1</sub> equals the atmospheric pressure head.</p><p>v<sub>s1</sub> - Liquid velocity on the surface in the suction vessel in ft/s</p><p>hv<sub>s1 </sub>- Velocity head i.e. the energy of a liquid as a result of its motion at some velocity â€˜v<sub>s1</sub>'. (v<sup>2</sup><sub>s1</sub> / 2g). It is the equivalent head in feet through which the liquid would have to fall to acquire the same velocity, or the head necessary to accelerate the liquid to velocity v<sub>s1</sub>. In a large suction vessel, the velocity head is practically zero and is typically ignored in calculations.</p><p>h<sub>s</sub> - Static suction head. . . . i.e. head resulting from elevation of the liquid relative to the pump centerline. If the liquid level is above pump centerline, h<sub>S</sub> is positive. If the liquid level is below pump centerline, h<sub>S</sub> is negative. A negative h<sub>S</sub> condition is commonly referred to as "suction lift".</p><p>hf<sub>s</sub> - Friction head i.e. the head required to overcome the resistance to flow in the pipe, valves and fittings between points A and B, inclusive of the entrance losses at the point of connection of suction piping to the suction vessel (point A in Figure 1). The friction head is dependent upon the size, condition and type of pipe, number and type of fittings, valves, flow rate and the nature of the liquid. The friction head varies as the square of the average velocity of the flowing fluid.</p><p>p<sub>s2</sub> - Absolute static pressure at the suction flange in psia</p><p>hp<sub>s2</sub> - Static pressure head at the suction flange i.e. absolute pressure of the liquid at the suction flange, converted to feet of head - p<sub>s2</sub> / &rho; g/g<sub>c</sub></p><p>v<sub>s2</sub> - Velocity of the moving liquid at the suction flange in ft/s. The pump suction piping is sized such that the velocity at the suction remains low.</p><p>hv<sub>s2 </sub>- Velocity head at suction flange i.e. the energy of a liquid as a result of its motion at average velocity â€˜v<sub>s2</sub>' equal to v<sup>2</sup><sub>s2</sub> / 2g.</p><p>p<sub>v</sub> - Absolute vapor pressure of the liquid at operating temperature in psia.</p><p>hp<sub>v </sub>- Vapor Pressure head i.e. absolute vapor pressure converted to feet of head (p<sub>v</sub> / &rho; g/g<sub>c</sub>).</p><p>H<sub>s </sub>- Total Suction Head available at the suction flange in ft.</p><p>Note: As pressure is measured in absolute, total head is also in absolute.</p><p>The pump takes suction from a vessel having a certain liquid level. The vessel can be pressurised (as shown in the Figure 3) or can be at atmospheric pressure or under vacuum.</p><p class="f-default"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Calculation of the Total Suction Head, H<sub>s</sub></span></p><p>The external suction system of the pump provides a certain amount of head at the suction flange. This is referred to as Total Suction Head (TSH), H<sub>s</sub>.</p><p>TSH can be calculated by application of the energy balance. The incompressible liquid can have energy in the form of velocity, pressure or elevation. Energy in various forms is either added to or subtracted from the liquid as it passes through the suction piping. The head term in feet (or meters) is used as an exp<b></b>ression of the energy of the liquid at any given point in the flow stream.</p><p>As shown in Figure 3, the total suction head, H<sub>s</sub>, available at the suction flange is given by the equation,</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>H<sub>s </sub>= hp<sub>s1 </sub>+ hv<sub>s1 </sub>+ h<sub>s</sub> - hf<sub>s </sub>+ hv<sub>s2</sub></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (8)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>For an existing system, Hs<sub> </sub>can also be calculated from the pressure gauge reading at pump suction flange,</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>H<sub>s </sub>= hp<sub>s2 </sub>+ hv<sub>s2</sub></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (9)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Equations8 and9 above include the velocity head terms hv<sub>s1 </sub>and<sub> </sub>hv<sub>s2</sub>,<sub> </sub>respectively.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Velocity Head</span></p><p>There is a lot of confusion as to whether the velocity head terms should be added or subtracted in the head calculations. To avoid any confusion remember the following:</p><p><span class="info">Just like a static tube of Pitot, a pressure gauge can measure only the static pressure at the point of connection. It does not measure the dynamic pressure as the opening of the gauge impulse pipe is parallel to the direction of flow and there is no velocity component perpendicular to its opening.</span></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Measuring Static Pressure" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps8b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps8b.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Measuing Static Pressure</td></tr></tbody></table><p>In Figure 4 below, flow through a pipe of varying cross section area is shown. As the cross section at point B reduces, the velocity of flow increases. The rise in kinetic energy happens at the expense of potential energy. Assuming that there are no friction losses, the total energy (sum of potential energy and kinetic energy) of fluid at point A, B and C remains constant. The pressure gauges at point A, B and C measure only the potential energy i.e. the static pressures at respective points. The drop in static pressure from 10 psi (point A) to 5 psi (point B') occurs owing to rise the dynamic pressure by 5 psi i.e. increase in velocity at point B. However the gauge at point B records only the static pressure. The velocity decreases from point B to C and the static pressure is recovered again to 10 psi.</p><p>At a particular point of flow, the total pressure is the sum of the static pressure and the dynamic pressure. Thus, theoretically, the velocity head terms must always be added and not subtracted, in calculating Total Suction Head (TSH), H<sub>s</sub>. However, practically speaking, the value of these terms is not significant in comparison to the other terms in the equation.</p><ul><li>hv<sub>s1</sub>: In industrial scale suction vessels, the value of hv<sub>s1 </sub>is practically zero and it can be safely ignored. </li><li>hv<sub>s2:</sub> It is good piping design practice to reduce the friction losses and prevent unnecessary flow turbulence by sizing the suction pipes for fluid velocities in the <em>three to five feet per second range only.</em> The velocity head corresponding to a velocity of 5 ft/s at the suction flange is only about 0.4 ft. Thus, for all practical purposes, in high head systems the velocity head at the suction flange is not significant and can be safely ignored. Only in low head systems does the factor need to be considered. </li></ul><p>Therefore, neglecting the velocity head terms, Equations8 and9 simplify to:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>H<sub>s </sub>= hp<sub>s1 </sub>+ h<sub>s</sub> - hf<sub>s </sub></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (10)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>H<sub>s </sub>= hp<sub>s2 </sub></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (11)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Two important inferences can be drawn from the above equations:</p><ul><li>The pressure reduction in the external suction system is primarily due to frictional loss in the suction piping (Equation 10).</li><li>For all practical purposes, the total head at the suction flange is the static pressure head at the suction flange (Equation 11).</li></ul><p>Therefore the pump's external suction system should be designed such that the static pressure available at the suction flange is always positive and higher than the vapor pressure of the liquid at the pumping temperature.</p><p>For no vaporization at pump suction flange,</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>(p<sub>s2 </sub>> p<sub>v)</sub> or<sub> </sub>(p<sub>s2 </sub>- p<sub>v </sub>) or (hp<sub>s2 </sub>- hp<sub>v</sub> ) > 0</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (12)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>As the liquid enters the pump, there is a further reduction in the static pressure. If the value of p<sub>s2 </sub>is not sufficiently higher than p<sub>v</sub>, at some point inside the pump the static pressure can reduce to the value of p<sub>v</sub>. In pumping terminology, the head difference term corresponding to Equation 5 (hp<sub>s2 </sub>- hp<sub>v</sub>) is called the Net Positive Suction Head or NPSH. The NPSH term shall be explored in detail in the next part of the article. For now, the readers should focus only on how the static pressure within the pump may be reduced to a value lower than that of the liquid vapor pressure.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Pressure Reduction in the Internal Suction System of the Pump</span></p><p>The pressure of the fluid at the suction flange is further reduced inside the internal suction system of the pump.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Internal Pump Locations" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps9b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps9b.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="188" /></a></td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Internal Pump Nomenclature" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps10b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps10b.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: Internal Pump Locations</td><td>Figure 6: Internal Pump Nomenclature</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The internal suction system is comprised of the pump's suction nozzle and impeller. Figures 5 and 6 depict the internal parts in detail. A closer look at the graphic is a must in understanding the mechanism of pressure drop inside the pump.</p><p align="left">In Figure 7, it can be seen that the passage from the suction flange (point 2) to the impeller suction zone (point 3) and to the impeller eye (point 4) acts like a venturi i.e. there is gradual reduction in the cross-section area.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Pump Internal Suction System" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps11b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps11b.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="109" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 7: Pump Internal Suction System</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">In the impeller, the point of minimum radius (r<sub>eye</sub>) with reference to pump centerline is referred to as the "eye" of the impeller (Figure 8).</p><p>According to Bernoulli's principle, when a constant amount of liquid moves through a path of decreasing cross-section area (as in a venturi), the velocity increases and the static pressure decreases. In other words, total system energy i.e. sum of the potential and kinetic energy, remains constant in a flowing system (neglecting friction). The gain in velocity occurs at the expense of pressure. At the point of minimum cross-section, the velocity is at a maximum and the static pressure is at a minimum.</p><p>The pressure at the suction flange, p<sub>s2</sub> (Point 2) decreases as the liquid flows from the suction flange, through the suction nozzle and into the impeller eye. This decrease in pressure occurs not only due to the venturi effect but also due to the friction in the inlet passage. However, the pressure drop due to friction between the suction nozzle and the impeller eye is comparatively small for most pumps. However the pressure reduction due to the venturi effect is very significant as the velocity at the impeller increases to 15 to 20 ft/s. There is a further drop in pressure due to shock and turbulence as the liquid strikes and loads the edges of impeller vanes. The net effect of all the pressure drops is the creation of a very low-pressure area around the impeller eye and at the beginning of the trailing edge of the impeller vanes.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Impeller Eye" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps12b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps12b.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="188" /></a></td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Pressure Profile in a Pump" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps13b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps13b.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 8: Impeller Eye</td><td>Figure 9: Pressure Profile in a Pump</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The pressure reduction profile within the pump is depicted in Figure 9.</p><p align="left">As shown in Figure 9, the impeller eye is the point where the static pressure is at a minimum, p<sub>4. </sub>During pump operation, if the local static pressure of the liquid at the lowest pressure becomes equal to or less than the vapor pressure (p<sub>v</sub>)<sub> </sub>of the liquid at the operating temperature, vaporization of the liquid (the formation of bubbles) begins i.e. when p<sub>4 </sub><= p<sub>v.</sub></p><p align="left">It is at the beginning of the trailing edge of the vanes near the impeller eye where the pressure actually falls to below the liquid vapor pressure. The region of bubble formation is shown in Figure 10.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Impeller Cavitation Regions" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps14b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps14b.gif" alt="centrifugal-pumps" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 10: Impeller Cavitation Regions</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">In summary, vaporization of the liquid (bubble formation) occurs due to the reduction of the static pressure to a value below that of the liquid vapor pressure. The reduction of static pressure in the external suction system occurs mainly due to friction in suction piping. The reduction of static pressure in the internal suction system occurs mainly due to the rise in the velocity at the impeller eye.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Step Two: Growth of Bubbles</p><p class="f-default" align="left">Unless there is no change in the operating conditions, new bubbles continue to form and old bubbles grow in size. The bubbles then get carried in the liquid as it flows from the impeller eye to the impeller exit tip along the vane trailing edge. Due to impeller rotating action, the bubbles attain very high velocity and eventually reach the regions of high pressure within the impeller where they start collapsing. The life cycle of a bubble has been estimated to be in the order of 0.003 seconds.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Step Three: Collapse of Bubbles</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Collapse of Vapor Bubbles" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps15b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps15b.gif" alt="vapor-bubbles" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 11: Collapse of Vapor Bubbles</td></tr></tbody></table><p>As the vapor bubbles move along the impeller vanes, the pressure around the bubbles begins to increase until a point is reached where the pressure on the outside of the bubble is greater than the pressure inside the bubble. The bubble collapses. The process is not an explosion but rather an implosion (inward bursting). Hundreds of bubbles collapse at approximately the same point on each impeller vane. Bubbles collapse non-symmetrically such that the surrounding liquid rushes to fill the void forming a liquid microjet. The micro jet subsequently ruptures the bubble with such force that a hammering action occurs.Bubble collapse pressures greater than 1 GPa (145x10<sup>6</sup> psi) have been reported. The highly localized hammering effect can pit the pump impeller. The pitting effect is illustrated schematically in Figure 11.</p><p>After the bubble collapses, a shock wave emanates outward from the point of collapse. This shock wave is what we actually hear and what we call "cavitation". The implosion of bubbles and emanation of shock waves (red color) is shown in a small video clip shown below.</p><p>In nutshell, the mechanism of cavitation is all about formation, growth and collapse of bubbles inside the liquid being pumped. But how can the knowledge of mechanism of cavitation can really help in troubleshooting a cavitation problem. The concept of mechanism can help in identifying the type of bubbles and the cause of their formation and collapse. The troubleshooting method shall be explored in detail in the next part of the article.</p><p>Next let us explore the general symptoms of cavitation and its affects on pump performance.</p><p><strong></strong></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><iframe title="YouTube video player" class="youtube-player" type="text/html" width="480" height="390" src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/Qw97DkOYYrg?rel=0" frameborder="0" allowFullScreen></iframe></td></tr><tr><td>Video: Cavitation in a Centrifugal Pump</td></tr></tbody></table> <span class="h1header">General Symptoms of Cavitation and Its Affects on Pump Performance and Pump Parts</span><p>Perceptible indications of the cavitation during pump operation are more or less loud noises, vibrations and an unsteadily working pump. Fluctuations in flow and discharge pressure take place with a sudden and drastic reduction in head rise and pump capacity. Depending upon the size and quantum of the bubbles formed and the severity of their collapse, the pump faces problems ranging from a partial loss in{parse block="google_articles"} capacity and head to total failure in pumping along with irreparable damages to the internal parts. It requires a lot of experience and thorough investigation of effects of cavitation on pump parts to clearly identify the type and root causes of cavitation.</p><p>A detailed description of the general symptoms is given as follows.</p><p class="h2header">Reduction in Capacity of the Pump</p><p>The formation of bubbles causes a volume increase decreasing the space available for the liquid and thus diminish pumping capacity. For example, when water changes state from liquid to gas its volume increases by approximately 1,700 times<strong>. </strong>If the bubbles get big enough at the eye of the impeller, the pump "chokes" i.e. loses all suction resulting in a total reduction in flow. The unequal and uneven formation and collapse of bubbles causes fluctuations in the flow and the pumping of liquid occurs in spurts. This symptom is common to all types of cavitations.</p><p class="h2header">Decrease in the Head Developed</p><p>Bubbles unlike liquid are compressible. The head developed diminishes drastically because energy has to be expended to increase the velocity of the liquid used to fill up the cavities, as the bubbles collapse. As mentioned earlier, The Hydraulic Standards Institute defines cavitation as condition of 3 % drop in head developed across the pump. Like reduction in capacity, this symptom is also common to all types of cavitations.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Pump Performance Curves" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps16b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps16b.gif" alt="pump-curves" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 12: Pump Performance Curves</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Thus, the hydraulic effect of a cavitating pump is that the pump performance drops off of its expected performance curve, referred to as break away, producing a lower than expected head and flow. The Figure 12 depicts the typical performance curves. The solid line curves represent a condition of adequate NPSHa whereas the dotted lines depict the condition of inadequate NPSHa i.e. the condition of cavitation.</p><p class="h2header">Abnormal Sound and Vibration</p><p>It is movement of bubbles with very high velocities from low-pressure area to a high-pressure area and subsequent collapse that creates shockwaves producing abnormal sounds and vibrations. It has been estimated that during collapse of bubbles the pressures of the order of 10<sup>4</sup> atm develops.</p><p>The sound of cavitation can be described as similar to small hard particles or gravel rapidly striking or bouncing off the interior parts of a pump or valve. Various terms like rattling, knocking, crackling are used to describe the abnormal sounds. The sound of pumps operating while cavitating can range from a low-pitched steady knocking sound (like on a door) to a high-pitched and random crackling (similar to a metallic impact). People can easily mistake cavitation for a bad bearing in a pump motor. To distinguish between the noise due to a bad bearing or cavitation, operate the pump with no flow. The disappearance of noise will be an indication of cavitation.</p><p>Similarly, vibration is due to the uneven loading of the impeller as the mixture of vapor and liquid passes through it, and to the local shock wave that occurs as each bubble collapses. Very few vibration reference manuals agree on the primary vibration characteristic associated with pump cavitation. Formation and collapsing of bubbles will alternate periodically with the frequency resulting out of the product of speed and number of blades. Some suggest that the vibrations associated with cavitation produce a broadband peak at high frequencies above 2,000 Hertz. Some suggest that cavitation follows the vane pass frequency (number of vanes times the running speed frequency) and yet another indicate that it affects peak vibration amplitude at one times running speed. All of these indications are correct in that pump cavitation can produce various vibration frequencies depending on the cavitation type, pump design, installation and use. The excessive vibration caused by cavitation often subsequently causes a failure of the pump's seal and/or bearings. This is the most likely failure mode of a cavitating pump,</p><p class="h2header">Damage to Pump Parts</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Cavitation Erosion or Pitting</span></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Photographic Evidence of Cavitation" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps17b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps17b.gif" alt="cavitation" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 13: Photographic Evidence<br />
of Cavitation</td></tr></tbody></table><p>During cavitation, the collapse of the bubbles occurs at sonic speed ejecting destructive micro jets of extremely high velocity (up to 1000 m/s) liquid strong enough to cause extreme erosion of the pump parts, particularly impellers. The bubble is trying to collapse from all sides, but if the bubble is lying against a piece of metal such as the impeller or volute it cannot collapse from that side. So the fluid comes in from the opposite side at this high velocity and bangs against the metal creating the impression that the metal was hit with a "ball pin hammer". The resulting long-term material damage begins to become visible by so called</p><p>Pits (see Figure 11), which are plastic deformations of very small dimensions (order of magnitude of micrometers). The damage caused due to action of bubble collapse is commonly referred as Cavitation erosion or pitting. The Figure 13 depicts the cavitation pitting effect on impeller and diffuser surface.</p><p align="left">Cavitation erosion from bubble collapse occurs primarily by fatigue fracture due to repeated bubble implosions on the cavitating surface, if the implosions have sufficient impact force. The erosion or pitting effect is quite similar to sand blasting. High head pumps are more likely to suffer from cavitation erosion, making cavitation a "high-energy" pump phenomenon.</p><p align="left">The most sensitive areas where cavitation erosion has been observed arethe low-pressure sides of the impeller vanes near the inlet edge. The cavitation erosion damages at the impeller are more or less spread out. The pitting has also been observed on impeller vanes, diffuser vanes, and impeller tips etc. In some instances, cavitation has been severe enough to wear holes in the impeller and damage the vanes to such a degree that the impeller becomes completely ineffective. A damaged impeller is shown in Figure 14.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Cavitation Damage on Impellers" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/centrifugalpumps18b.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_centrifugalpumps18b.gif" alt="cavitation-damage" width="250" height="188" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 14: Cavitation Damage on Impellers</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">The damaged impeller shows that the shock waves occurred near the outside edge of the impeller, where damage is evident. This part of the impeller is where the pressure builds to its highest point. This pressure implodes the gas bubbles, changing the water's state from gas into liquid. When cavitation is less severe, the damage can occur further down towards the eye of the impeller<strong>. </strong>A careful investigation and diagnosis of point of the impeller erosion on impeller, volute, diffuser etc. can help predict the type and cause of cavitation.</p><p>The extent of cavitation erosion or pitting depends on a number of factors like presence of foreign materials in the liquid, liquid temperature, age of equipment and velocity of the collapsing bubble.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Mechanical Deformation</span></p><p>Apart from erosion of pump parts, in bigger pumps, longer duration of cavitation condition can result in unbalancing (due to un-equal distribution in bubble formation and collapse) of radial and axial thrusts on the impeller. This unbalancing often leads to following mechanical problems:</p><p><strong></strong></p><ul><li>bending and deflection of shafts,</li><li>bearing damage and rubs from radial vibration,</li><li>thrust bearing damage from axial movement, </li><li>breaking of impeller check-nuts, </li><li>seal faces damage etc.</li></ul><p>These mechanical deformations can completely wreck the pump and require replacement of parts. The cost of such replacements can be huge.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Cavitation Corrosion</span></p><p>Frequently cavitation is combined with corrosion. The implosion of bubbles destroys existing protective layers making the metal surface permanently activated for the chemical attack. Thus, in this way even in case of slight cavitation it may lead to considerable damage to the materials. The rate of erosion may be accentuated if the liquid itself has corrosive tendencies such as water with large amounts of dissolved oxygen to acids.</p><p class="h2header">Cavitation- The Pump Heart Attack</p><p>Thus fundamentally, cavitation refers to an abnormal condition inside the pump that arises during pump operation due to formation and subsequent collapse of vapor filled cavities or bubbles inside the liquid being pumped. The condition of cavitation can obstruct the pump, impair performance and flow capacity, and damage the impeller and other sensitive components. <em>In short, Cavitation can be termed as "the heart attack of the pump".</em></p><p class="h1header">References</p><ol type="1"><li>" New Monitoring Systems Warns of Cavitation and Low Flow Instabilities", Pumps and Systems Magazine, April 1996, Robert A. Atkins, Chung E.Lee, Henry F.Taylor </li><li>"Understanding Pump Cavitation", Chemical Processing, Feb 1997, W.E. Nelson </li><li>"Centrifugal pumps operation at off-design conditions", Chemical Processing April, May, June 1987, Igor J. Karassik {parse block="google_articles"}</li><li>"Understanding NPSH for Pumps", Technical Publishing Co. 1975, Travis F. Glover </li><li>"Centrifugal Pumps for General Refinery Services", Refining Department, API Standard 610, 6th Edition, January 1981 </li><li>"<a href="http://www.driedger.ca/" target="_blank">Controlling Centrifugal Pumps</a>", Hydrocarbon Processing, July 1995, Walter Driedger </li><li>"Don't Run Centrifugal Pumps Off The Right Side of the Curve", Mike Sondalini </li><li>"Pump Handbook", Third Edition, Igor j. Karassik, Joseph P.Messina, Paul cooper Charles C.Heald </li><li>"Centrifugal Pumps and System Hydraulics", <em>Chemical Engineering</em>, October 4, 1982, pp. 84-106. , Karassik, I.J., </li><li>Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering (5th Edition), McGraw-Hill, 1993, pp. 188-204. , McCabe, W.L., J.C. Smith, and P. Harriott, </li><li>"CAVISMONITOR: Cavitation Monitoring In Hydraulic Machines With Aid Of A Computer Aided Visualization Method", Bernd Bachert, Henrik Lohrberg, Bernd Stoffel Laboratory for Turbomachinery and Fluid Power Darmstadt University of Technology Magdalenenstrasse 4, 64289 Darmstadt, Germany </li><li>"The Hydraulic Pump Inlet Condition: Impact on Hydraulic Pump Cavitation Potential", G.E. Totten and R.J. Bishop, Jr.Union Carbide Corporation Tarrytown, NY </li><li>"Study of Cavitation Collapse Pressure and Erosion, Part I: A Method for Measurement of Collapse Pressure", Wear, 1989, Vol. 133, p.219-232, T. Okada, Y. Iwai and K. Awazu, </li><li>"Key Centrifugal Pump Parameters and How They Impact Your Applications" Part 1 Pumps and Systems: They Go Together, Doug Kriebel, PE, Kriebel Engineered Equipment </li><li>"How to compute Net Positive Suction Head for centrifugal pumps". J. J. Paugh, P.E.Vice President, Engineering, Warren Pumps Inc. </li><li>"New Monitoring System Warns of Cavitation and Low-Flow Instabilities", APRIL 1996 PUMPS AND SYSTEMS MAGAZINE, Robert A. Atkins, Chung E. lee and Henry F. Taylor </li><li>"Detecting Cavitation in Centrifugal Pumps", Experimental Results of the Pump Laboratory, Jeremy Jensen Project Engineer, Bentley Rotor Dynamics Research Corporation </li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">3636638817772e42b59d74cff571fbb3</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Understanding Compressible Flow</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/fluid-flow/understanding-compressible-flow</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Understanding the flow of compressible fluids in pipes is necessary for a robust design of process plants. The main difference between incompressible fluid, like water, and compressible fluid, vapor, is the greater change in pressure and density. This makes the calculations for compressible fluids slightly more difficult. Understanding how the fluid properties change is critical when dealing with these fluids. The ability of compressible fluids, unlike incompressible fluids, to "choke" further complicates matters.</p> <p>{parse block="google_articles"}Practical applications of this topic include sizing relief valve outlet laterals and low-pressure compressor suction lines. These pose a special challenge as the velocities and pressure changes are high.</p><p><span class="h1header">Adiabatic Flow of a Compressible Fluid Through a Conduit</span></p><p>Flow through pipes in a typical plant where line lengths are short, or the pipe is well insulated can be considered adiabatic. A typical situation is a pipe into which gas enters at a given pressure and temperature and flows at a rate determined by the length and diameter of the pipe and downstream pressure. As the line gets longer friction losses increase and the following occurs:</p><ol><li>Pressure decreases</li><li>Density decreases</li><li>Velocity increases</li><li>Enthalpy decreases</li><li>Entropy increases</li></ol><p>The question is "will the velocity continue to increasing until it crosses the sonic barrier?" The answer is NO. The maximum velocity always occurs at the end of the pipe and continues to increase as the pressure drops until reaching Mach 1. The velocity cannot cross the sonic barrier in adiabatic flow through a conduit of constant cross section. If an effort is made to decrease downstream pressure further, the velocity, pressure, temperature and density remain constant at the end of the pipe corresponding to Mach 1 conditions. The excess pressure drop is dissipated by shock waves at the pipe exit due to sudden expansion. If the line length is increased to drop the pressure further the mass flux decreases, so that Mach 1 is maintained at the end of the pipe.</p><p>Analyzing the adiabatic flow using energy and mass balance yields the following analyses along with this nomenclature:</p><table class="datatable" style="border: #000000 1px solid;" border="1" width="100%" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Nomenclature</caption><tbody><tr><td width="25%" bgcolor="#c2c285">Variable</td><td width="25%" bgcolor="#c2c285">Definition</td><td width="25%" bgcolor="#c2c285">Variable</td><td width="25%" bgcolor="#c2c285">Definition</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">h</td><td width="25%">enthalpy/unit mass</td><td width="25%">hst</td><td width="25%">stagnation enthalpy</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">v</td><td width="25%">velocity</td><td width="25%">Ma</td><td width="25%">Mach number</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">g</td><td width="25%">gravitational constant</td><td width="25%">M</td><td width="25%">molecular weight</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">z</td><td width="25%">elevation</td><td width="25%">T</td><td width="25%">temperature</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">Q</td><td width="25%">heat flow</td><td width="25%">P</td><td width="25%">pressure</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">Ws</td><td width="25%">shaft work</td><td width="25%">R</td><td width="25%">gas constant</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">Cp</td><td width="25%">specific heat (constant pressure)</td><td width="25%">Z</td><td width="25%">compressibility</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">r</td><td width="25%">density</td><td width="25%">g</td><td width="25%">Cp/Cv</td></tr><tr><td width="25%">G</td><td width="25%">mass flux</td><td width="25%">Â </td><td width="25%">Â </td></tr></tbody></table> <br /><p class="h2header">Analysis One</p><p>This analysis derives the relationship between the stagnation temperature, flowing temperature, and the Mach number for a flowing ideal gas. Stagnation temperature is the temperature a flowing gas rises to when it is brought isentropically to rest, thereby converting its kinetic energy into enthalpy.</p><p>Conservation of energy requires that the energy balances:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow1.gif" alt="compressible_flow1" width="228" height="67" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>For adiabatic flow, no shaft work and for gases: Q=0, Ws=0 and dz=negligible....or:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow2.gif" alt="compressible_flow2" width="129" height="51" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Enthalpy per unit mass of an <strong>ideal</strong> gas is defined H = C<sub>p</sub> T</p><p>The gas, at rest, has no kinetic energy and is at its stagnation temperature (Tst), while the moving gas has kinetic energy and is at another temperature (T). The energies are therefore:<br />energy at rest, per unit mass = 0 + C<sub>p</sub> T<sub>st<br /></sub>energy in motion, per unit mass = v<sup>2</sup>/2 + C<sub>p</sub> T</p><p>Equating the energy at rest and in motion:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>hst= h+v<sup>2</sup>/2</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>or</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>h= hst-v<sup>2</sup>/2</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>or</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow3.gif" alt="compressible_flow3" width="121" height="53" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>This implies:</p><ol><li>Stagnation enthalpy of the fluid during adiabatic flow is constant. For an ideal gas, this implies the stagnation temperature is constant.</li><li>Enthalpy of the gas drops and kinetic energy increases in the direction of flow.</li><li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">For as given mass flux the enthalpy and density are related to each other.</span></li></ol><p>A useful way of looking at this relationship is by fanno lines. The fanno lines are lines of constant mass flux plotted on an enthalpy/entropy diagram:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Sub-sonic Flanno Flow" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow4.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_compressible_flow4.gif" alt="compressible-flow" width="250" height="170" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Sub-sonic Flanno Flow</td></tr></tbody></table><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>C<sub>p</sub> T<sub>st</sub> = v<sup>2</sup>/2 + C<sub>p</sub> T</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>To make this equation useful, we must replace C<sub>p </sub>and v by terms containing only constants and the Mach number.</p><p>Also for an <strong>ideal</strong> gas:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow5.gif" alt="compressible_flow5" width="125" height="66" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (7)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>and</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow6.gif" alt="compressible_flow6" width="119" height="79" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (8)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Substituting yields:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow7.gif" alt="compressible_flow7" width="317" height="68" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (9)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>or</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow8.gif" alt="compressible_flow8" width="197" height="65" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (10)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>Thus we see that for an ideal gas the temperature decreases as velocity increases.</em><br /><br />If the gas is flowing adiabatically, then no energy has been added or subtracted from it and Tst is constant along the length of the pipe. Knowing Tst, then the above equation can be used to find the flowing temperature from the Mach number, (or vice versa) at any position along the pipe.</p><p class="h2header">Analysis Two</p><p>This analysis uses the principles of conservation of energy and mass to derive a relationship between pressure and Mach number at up and downstream conditions, for adiabatic flow in a pipe of constant cross-sectional area.</p><p>The conservation of mass requires the mass flux to be the same at any position along a pipe. Mass flux at any of these positions can be expressed in terms of density and velocity :</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow9.gif" alt="compressible_flow9" width="242" height="28" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (11)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>For an ideal gas:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow10.gif" alt="compressible_flow10" width="90" height="52" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (12)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>and</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow11.gif" alt="compressible_flow11" width="115" height="76" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (13)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Substituting for density and velocity, we obtain Equation14 which relates Mach number, mass flow rate and flowing pressure and temperature:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow12.gif" alt="compressible_flow12" width="168" height="60" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (14)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>or</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow13.gif" alt="compressible_flow13" width="148" height="67" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (15)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Substituting for T from Equation 10:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow14.gif" alt="compressible_flow14" width="284" height="107" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (16)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>G is same at inlet (1) and outlet(2), so:</p><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow15.gif" alt="compressible_flow15" width="565" height="99" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (17)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>which leads to:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow16.gif" alt="compressible_flow16" width="236" height="120" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (18)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>This implies that pressure decreases as the Mach number increases</em>. A similar analysis for temperature gives:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow17.gif" alt="compressible_flow17" width="183" height="118" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (19)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>This implies that temperature decreases as the Mach number increases. However, this is true for ideal gases only. For real gases temperature may increase!</em></p><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Analysis Three" /><p class="h2header">Analysis Three</p><p>Now the momentum equation is introduced to incorporates the losses due to friction. The derivation is available in any standard textbook for compressible flow In summary the final result is:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow18.gif" alt="compressible_flow18" width="471" height="137" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (20)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where</p><p>f= Average Darcy friction factor<br />L= Equivalent length of line<br />d= I.D. of the line</p><p>Thus this equation relates losses due to friction to inlet and outlet velocities. Solving for the unknown parameter requires a trial and error approach and is suitable for an Excel spreadsheet using the "Goal Seek" or "Solver" tools. Depending on the number of unknowns one or all three of the following equations need to be solved simultaneously:</p><p>Mass balance Equation 11<br />Energy balance Equation18 or 19<br />Momentum balance Equation 20.</p><p>In cases where the outlet velocity is defined as Mach 1, then the equation can be solved for the maximum length, which can be used to flow a certain amount of fluid through a line of known diameter. <em>Beyond this length choked flow condition occurs and, as explained above, any further increase in pipe length will cause the flow to decrease in such a manner that velocity at the end of the pipe is still sonic ( Mach=1).</em> This particular application is of considerable practical use in sizing blowdown lines or relief valve outlet lines relieving to the atmosphere.</p><p>Recall that the above equations have assumed that the gas is ideal. One can compensate for non-ideality to an extent by incorporating the Z factor. A rigorous approach implies solving simultaneously the momentum, energy, and mass balance equation numerically. An analytical approach, as given above for ideal gases, is useful most of the time and the results are valid for engineering purpose.</p><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Isothermal Flow" /><p><span class="h1header">Isothermal Flow</span></p><p>In isothermal flow, the temperature of the gas remains constant. This simplifies matters considerably. Starting with the mechanical energy equation:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="middle"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow19.gif" alt="compressible_flow19" width="203" height="76" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (21)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Multiplying both sides by ?<sup>2</sup>:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow20.gif" alt="compressible_flow20" width="253" height="60" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (22)</td></tr></tbody></table><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow21.gif" alt="compressible_flow21" width="453" height="133" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right" valign="bottom"><br /><br /><br />Eq. (23)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">Rearranging and integrating gives:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow22.gif" alt="compressible_flow22" width="346" height="66" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (24)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left"><em>When the temperature change over the conduit is small EquationÂ 24 can be used instead of the adiabatic Equation 20.Â  Adibatic flow below Mach 0.3 follows EquationÂ 24 closely.</em></p><p align="left">If EquationÂ 24 is differentiated with respect to ?<sub>bÂ Â  </sub>to obtain a maximum G then:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow23.gif" alt="compressible_flow23" width="140" height="68" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (25)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">and the exit Mach number is:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/compressible_flow24.gif" alt="compressible_flow24" width="97" height="54" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (26)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left"><em>This apparent choking condition for isothermal flow is not physically meaningful, as at these high speeds, and rates of expansion, isothermal conditions are not possible.</em></p><p align="left"><span class="h1header">References</span></p><ol><li><div>Unit operations of Chemical Engineering- Mccabe, Smith and Hariott; McGraw-Hill</div></li><li><div>Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook' McGraw-Hill.</div></li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">6cdd60ea0045eb7a6ec44c54d29ed402</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Forms of Corrosion</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/maintenance-repair/forms-of-corrosion</link>
		<description><![CDATA[Corrosion is costly!  If you doubt this, then you probably have never been bitten by the "corrosion bug".  Imagine specifying Titanium for 10 brand new heat exchangers or reactors and later realizing that the processing stream has fairly high concentrations of flourine ions.<br />The Titanium will be destroyed in weeks and you'll have wasted hundreds of thousands of dollars.  There you stand in front of your supervisor, you'll get that sick feeling in your stomach....that's the "corrosion bug"!  I'd like to think that things like this don't happen, but I've heard my share of horror stories. {parse block="google_articles"} If you'd like to avoid a situation like this, I've got two words for you.....FLUID ANALYSIS.  A fluid analysis can save you pain, embarassment, and in some cases your job.  But if you think about, there' really no excuse for not having one done considering the impact that a material of construction decision can have.   With this in mind, I thought that it may be a good idea to review some of the most basic forms of corrosion.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">Uniform Attack</p><br />Uniform attack is a form of electrochemical corrosion that occurs with equal intensity of the entire surface of the metal.  Iron rusts when exposed to air and water, and silver tarnishes due to exposure to air.  Pontentially very risky, this type of corrosion is very easy to predict and is usually associated with "common sense" when making material decisions.										<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Uniform Corrosion" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/uniformcor.jpg" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_uniformcor.jpg" alt="uniform corrosion" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Uniform Corrosion Attack</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br /><p class="h1header">Galvanic Corrosion</p>										<br />Galvanic corrosion is a little more difficult to keep track of in the industrial world.  You'll notice below that simply adding a screw of the wrong material can have severe consequences.  Galvanic corrosion occurs when two metals having different composition are electrically coupled in the presence of an electrolyte.  The more reactive metal will experience severe corrosion while the more noble metal will be quite well protected.  Perhaps the most infamous examples of this type of corrosion are combinations such as steel and brass or copper and steel.   Typically the steel will corrode the area near the brass or copper, even in a water environment and especially in a seawater environment.  Probably the most common way of avoiding galvanic corrosion is to electrically attach a third, anodic metal to the other two.  This is referred to as cathodic protection.<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Galvanic Corrosion" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/galvancor.jpg" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_galvancor.jpg" alt="Galvanic Corrosion" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Galvanic Corrosion</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br /><p class="h1header">Crevice Corrosion</p><br />Another form of electrochemical corrosion is crevice corrosion.  Crevice corrosion is a consequence of concentration differences of ions or dissolved gases in an electrolytic solution.  A solution became trapped between a pipe and the flange on the left.  The stagnant liquid in the crevice eventually had a lowered dissolved oxygen concentration and crevice corrosion took over and destroyed the flange.  In the absence of oxygen, the metal and/or it's passive layer begin to oxidize.  To prevent crevice corrosion, one should use welds rather than rivets or bolted joints whenever possible.  Also consider nonabsorbing gaskets.  Remove accumulated deposits frequently and design containment vessels to avoid stagnant areas as much as possible.<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Crevice Corrosion" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/crevicecor.jpg" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_crevicecor.jpg" alt="Crevice Corrosion" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: Crevice Corrosion</td></tr></tbody></table><br />			<br /><p class="h1header">Pitting</p>										<br />Pitting, just as it sounds, is used to describe the formation of small pits on the surface of a metal or alloy.   Pitting is suspected to occur in much the same way crevice corrosion does, but on a flat surface.  A small imperfection in the metal is thought to begin the process, then a "snowball" effect takes place.  Pitting can go on undetected for extended periods of time, until a failure occurs.  A textbook example of pitting would be to subject stainless steel to a chloride containing stream such as seawater.   Pitting would overrun the stainless steel in a matter of weeks due to it's very poor resistance to chlorides, which are notorious for their ability to initiate pitting corrosion.  Alloy blends with more than 2% Molybdenum show better resistance to pitting attack.  Titanium is usually the material of choice if chlorides are the main corrosion concern.  (Pd stabilized forms of Ti are also used for more extreme cases).  <table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Pitting Corrosion" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/pitcor.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_pitcor.gif" alt="Pitting Corrosion" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Pitting Corrosion</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br /><br /><p class="h1header">Intergranular Corrosion</p>										<br />Occuring along grain boundaries for some alloys, intergranular corrosion can be a real danger in the right environment.  On the left, a piece of stainless steel (especially suspectible to intergranular corrosion) has seen severe corrosion just an inch from a weld.  The heating of some materials causes chromium carbide to form from the chromium and the carbon in the metals.  {parse block="google_articles"}This leaves a chromium deficient boundary just shy of the where the metal was heated for welding.  To avoid this problem, the material can be subjected to high temperatures to redissolve the chromium carbide particles.  Low carbon materials can also be used to minimize the formation of chromium carbide.  Finally, the material can be alloyed with another material such as Titanium which forms carbides more readily so that the chromium remains in place.<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Intergranular Corrosion" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/intergrancor.jpg" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_intergrancor.jpg" alt="Intergranular Corrosion" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: Intergranular Corrosion</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br /><p class="h1header">Selective Leaching</p><br />When one element or constituent of a metal is selectively corroded out of a material it is referred to as selective leaching.  The most common example is the dezincification of brass.  On the right, nickel has be corroded out of a copper-nickel alloy exposed to stagnant seawater.   After leaching has occurred, the mechanical properties of the metal are obviously impaired and some metal will begin to crack.<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Leach Corrosion" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/leachcor.jpg" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_leachcor.jpg" alt="Leach Corrosion" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 6: Example of Selective Leaching</td></tr></tbody></table><br />		<br /><p class="h1header">Erosion-Corrosion</p>										<br />Erosion-corrosion arises from a combination of chemical attack and the physical abrasion as a consequence of the fluid motion.  Virtually all alloy or metals are susceptible to some type of erosion-corrosion as this type of corrosion is very dependent on the fluid.   Materials that rely on a passive layer are especially sensitive to erosion-corrosion.  Once the passive layer has been removed, the bare metal surface is exposed to the corrosive material.  If the passive layer cannot be regenerated quickly enough, significant damage can be seen.  Fluids that contain suspended solids are often times responsible for erosion-corrosion.  The best way to limit erosion-corrosion is to design systems that will maintain a low fluid velocity and to minimize sudden line size changes and elbows.  The photo above shows erosion-corrosion of a copper-nickel tube in a seawater surface.  An imperfection on the tube surface probably cause an eddy current which provided a perfect location for erosion-corrosion.<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Erosion Corrosion" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/erosioncor.jpg" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_erosioncor.jpg" alt="Erosion Corrosion" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 7: Example of Erosion-Corrosion</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br /><p class="h1header">Stress Corrosion</p><br />Stess corrosion can result from the combination of an applied tensile stress and a corrosive environment.  In fact, some materials only become susceptible to corrosion in a given environment once a tensile stress is applied.  Once the stress cracks begin, they easily propagate throughout the material, which in turn allows additional corrosion and cracking to take place.   The tensile stress is usually the result of expansions and contractions that are caused by violent temperature changes or thermal cycles.  The best defense against stress corrosion is to limit the magnitude and/or frequency of the tensile stress.<table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Stress Corrosion" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/stresscor.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_stresscor.gif" alt="Stress Corrosion" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 8: Stress Corrosion Cracking</td></tr></tbody></table>													<br /><p class="h1header">References</p><ul class='bbcol decimal'><li>	Callister, William D., <em class='bbc'>Materials Science and Engineering</em>, 3rd Ed., Wiley, New York, 1985</li><li>	InterCorr.com website</li><li>	NASA website</li></ul>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">cfecdb276f634854f3ef915e2e980c31</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Crystallization</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/separation-technology/crystallization</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Crystallization refers to the formation of solid crystals from a homogeneous solution.Â  It is essentially a solid-liquid separation technique and a very important one at that.</p><p> Crystals are grown in many shapes, which are dependent upon downstream processing or final product requirements.Â  {parse block="google_articles"}Crystal shapes can include cubic, tetragonal, orthorhombic, hexagonal, monoclinic, triclinic, and trigonal.Â  In order for crystallization to take place a solution must be "supersaturated". Â  Supersaturation refers to a state in which the liquid (solvent) contains more dissolved solids (solute) than can ordinarily be accomodated at that temperature.</p><p class="h1header">Understanding the Basics of Crystallization</p><p align="left">As with any separation method, equilibrium plays an important role.Â  Below is a general solubility curve for a solid that forms hydrate (a compound that has one or more water molecules attached) as it cools.</p><p align="left">In Figure 1, X may be any solid that can form hydrates such as Na<sub>2</sub>S<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>.Â  The number of hydrate molecules shown in Figure 1 is strictly arbitrary and will vary for each substance.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Example of a Solubility Curve" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/cryst1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_cryst1.gif" alt="solubility-curve" width="250" height="185" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Example of a Solubility Curve</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">Â So how do you grow crystals?Â  Let's consider an example that is fairly easy to envision.Â  Take a pot of boiling water and add table salt while stirring to make a water-salt solution.Â  Continue adding salt until no more salt will dissolve in the solution (this is a saturated solution).Â  Now add one final teaspoon of salt.Â  The salt that will not dissolve will help the first step in crystallization begin.Â  This first step is called "nucleation" or primary nucleation.Â  The salt resting at the bottom of the pot will provide a site for nucleation to occur.</p><p align="left">On an industrial scale, a large supersaturation driving force is necessary to initiate primary nucleation.Â  The initiation of primary nucleation via this driving force is not fully understood which makes it difficult to model (experiments are the best guide).Â  Usually, the instantaneous formation of many nuclei can be observed "crashing out" of the solution.Â  You can think of the supersaturation driving force as being created by a combination of high solute concentration and rapid cooling.Â  In the salt example, cooling will be gradual so we need to provide a "seed" for the crystals to grow on. Â  In continuous crystallization, once primary nucleation has begun, the crystal size distribution begins to take shape.Â  Think about our salty water, as you look at Figure 2 describing the progression of crystallization.</p><table class="datatable_inset" border="0" width="35%" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Examples of Crystallization</span></strong></p><ol><li>Water freezing</li><li>Removing sucrose from beet solutions</li><li>Removing KCl from an aqueous solution</li></ol></td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">Â The second chief mechanism in crystallization is called secondary nucleation.Â  In this phase of crystallization, crystal growth is initiated with contact.Â  The contact can be between the solution and other crystals, a mixer blade, a pipe, a vessel wall, etc.Â  This phase of crystallization occurs at lower supersaturation (than primary nucleation) where crystal growth is optimal.Â Â Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Progression of Crystallization" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/cryst2.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_cryst2.gif" alt="crystallization" width="238" height="250" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Progression of Crystallization</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">Again, no complete theory is available to model secondary nucleation and it's behavior can only be anticipated by experimentation.Â  Mathematic relationships do exist to correlate experimental data.Â  However, correlating experimental data to model crystallization is time consuming and often considered extreme for batch operations, but can easily be justified for continuous processes where larger capital expenditures are necessary.Â  For batch operations, only preliminary data measurements are truly necessary.</p><p>We've discussed how crystallization occurs once supersaturation is reached, but how do we reach supersaturation?Â  We have already covered one such method in our salt crystallization example.Â  Since the solubility of salt in water decreases with decreasing temperature, as the solution cools, its saturation increases until it reaches supersaturation and crystallization begins (Figure 3).Â  Cooling is one of the four most common methods of achieving supersaturation.Â  It should be noted that cooling will only help reach supersaturation in systems where solubility and temperature are directly related.Â  Although this is nearly always the case, there are exceptions.Â  In Figure 3, you'll note that Ce<sub>2</sub>(SO<sub>4</sub>)<sub>3</sub> actually becomes less soluble in water at higher temperatures.Â </p><table class="datatable_inset" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Secondary nucleation requires "seeds" or existing crystals to perpetuate crystal growth.Â  In our salt example, we bypassed primary nucleation by "seeding" the solution with a final teaspoon of salt. Â  Secondary nucleation can be thought of as the workhorse of crystallization.</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Solubilities of Several Solids" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/cryst3.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_cryst3.gif" alt="solubilitites-solids" width="250" height="240" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: Solubilities of Several Solids</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The four most common methods of reaching supersaturation in industrial processes are:</p><ol><li><div>Cooling (with some exceptions)</div></li><li><div>Solvent Evaporation</div></li><li><div>Drowning</div></li><li><div>Chemical Reaction</div></li></ol><p align="left">In an industrial setting, the solute-solvent mixture is commonly referred to as the "mother liquor".</p><p align="left">Drowning describes the addition of a nonsolvent to the solution which decreases the solubility of the solid.Â  A chemical reaction can be used to alter the dissolved solid to decrease its solubility in the solvent, thus working toward supersaturation.Â  Each method of achieving supersaturation has its own benefits.Â  For cooling and evaporative crystallization, supersaturation can be generated near a heat transfer surface and usually at moderate rates.Â  Drowning or reactive crystallization allows for localized, rapid crystallization where the mixing mechanism can exert significant influence on the product characteristics.</p><p class="h1header" align="left">Equipment Used in Crystallization</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Tank Crystallizers</p><p align="left">This is probably the oldest and most basic method of crystallization.Â  In fact, the "pot of salt water" is a good example of tank crystallization<strong>.Â  </strong>Hot, saturated solutions are allowed to cool in open tanks.Â  {parse block="google_articles"}After crystallization, the mother liquor is drained and the crystals are collected.Â  Controlling nucleation and the size of the crystals is difficult. Â  The crystallization is essentially just "allowed to happen".Â  Heat transfer coils and agitation can be used.Â  Labor costs are high, thus this type of crystallization is typically used only in the fine chemical or pharmaceutical industries where the product value and preservation can justify the high operating costs.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Scraped-Surface Crystallizers</p><p align="left">An example may be the Swenson-Walker crystallizer consisting of a trough about 2 feet wide with a semi-circular bottom.Â  The outside is jacketed with cooling coils and an agitator blade gently passes close to the trough wall removing crystals that grow on the vessel wall.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Forced Circulating Liquid Evaporator-Crystallizer</p><p align="left">Just as the name implies, these crystallizers combine crystallization and evaporation, thus the driving forces toward supersaturation.Â  The circulating liquid is forced through the tubeside of a steam heater.Â  The heated liquid flows into the vapor space of the crystallization vessel.Â  Here, flash evaporation occurs, reducing the amount of solvent in the solution (increasing solute concentration), thus driving the mother liquor towards supersaturation.Â  The supersaturated liquor flows down through a tube, then up through a fluidized area of crystals and liquor where crystallization takes place via secondary nucleation.Â  Larger product crystals are withdrawn while the liquor is recycled, mixed with the feed, and reheated.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Â <a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Forced Circulating Liquid Evaporator-Crystallizer" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/cryst4.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_cryst4.gif" alt="Forced-Circulation-Liquid-Crystallizer" width="202" height="250" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>FigureÂ  4: <strong>Forced </strong><strong>Circulating Liquid Evaporator-Crystallizer</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header" align="left">Circulating Magma Vacuum Crystallizer</p><p align="left">In this type of crystallizer, the crystal/solution mixture (magma) is circulated out of the vessel body.Â  The magma is heated gently and mixed back into the vessel.Â  A vacuum in the vapor space causes boiling at the surface of the liquid.Â  The evaporation causes crystallization and the crystals are drawn off near the bottom of the vessel body.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Â <a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Circulating Magma Vacuum Crystallizer" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/cryst5.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_cryst5.gif" alt="Circulating-Magma-Vacuum-Crystallizer" width="177" height="250" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: <strong>Circulating Magma Vacuum Crystallizer</strong></td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h1header">References</p><ol><li><div>Price, Chris J., "Take Some Solid Steps to Improve Crystallization", <em>Chemical Engineering Progress</em>, September 1997, p. 34.</div></li><li><div>Geankoplis, Christie J., <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Transport Processes and Unit Operations</span>, 3rd Ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1993, ISBN: 0-13-930439-8</div></li><li><div>Brown, Theodore L., <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Chemistry: The Central Science</span>, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1991, ISBN: 0-13-126202-5</div></li><li><div>Swenson Process Equipment web site at <a href="http://www.swensontechnology.com/" target="_blank">http://www.swensontechnology.com/</a></div></li></ol><p>Â </p><p align="left">Â </p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">bd686fd640be98efaae0091fa301e613</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cooling Towers: Design and Operation Considerat...</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/heat-transfer/cooling-towers-design-and-operation-considerations</link>
		<description><![CDATA[Cooling towers are a very important part of many chemical plants. They represent a relatively inexpensive and dependable means of removing low grade heat from cooling water.<br />The make-up water source is used to replenish water lost to evaporation. Hot water from heat exchangers is sent to the cooling tower. The water exits the cooling tower and is sent back to the exchangers or to other units for further cooling.{parse block="google_articles"}<br /><p class="h1header">Types of Cooling Towers</p>										<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Cooling Tower Layout" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctowers1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ctowers1.gif" alt="cooling_tower_layout" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Closed Loop Cooling Tower System</td></tr></tbody></table>		<br />Cooling towers fall into two main sub-divisions: natural draft and mechanical draft. Natural draft designs use very large concrete chimneys to introduce air through the media. Due to the tremendous size of these towers (500 ft high and 400 ft in diameter at the base) they are generally used for water flowrates above 200,000 gal/min. Usually these types of towers are only used by utility power stations in the United States. Mechanical draft cooling towers are much more widely used. These towers utilize large fans to force air through circulated water. The water falls downward over fill surfaces which help increase the contact time between the water and the air. This helps maximize heat transfer between the two.<br /><p class="h1header">Mechanical Draft Towers</p><br />Mechanical draft towers offer control of cooling rates in their fan diameter and speed of operation. These towers often contain several areas (each with their own fan) called cells.<br /><div style="width:660px;"><br /><div style="width:330px; float:left"><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Mechanical Draft Counterflow" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower2.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ctower2.gif" alt="mechanical_draft_counterflow" width="97" height="150" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Mechanical Draft Counterflow Tower</td></tr></tbody></table></div><div style="width:330px; float:left;"><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Mechanical Draft Crossflow" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower3.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ctower3.gif" alt="mechanical_draft_crossflow" width="97" height="150" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: Mechanical Draft Crossflow Tower</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div>					<br /><br /><br /><p><p class="h1header">Cooling Tower Theory</p></p>Heat is transferred from water drops to the surrounding air by the transfer of sensible and latent heat.<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower4.gif" alt="evaporative_cooling" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Water Drop with Interfacial Film</td></tr></tbody></table><br />			<br />This movement of heat can be modeled with a relation known as the Merkel Equation:<br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower5.gif"</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><br />where:<br />KaV/L = tower characteristic<br />K = mass transfer coefficient (lb water/h ft<sup class='bbc'>2</sup>)<br />a= contact area/tower volume<br />V = active cooling volume/plan area<br />L = water rate (lb/h ft<sup class='bbc'>2</sup>)<br />T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub> = hot water temperature (<sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>F or <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>C)<br />T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub> = cold water temperature (Â°F or <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>C)<br />T = bulk water temperature (<sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>F or <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>C)<br />h<sub class='bbc'>w</sub> = enthalpy of air-water vapor mixture at bulk water temperature (J/kg dry air or Btu/lb dry air)<br />h<sub class='bbc'>a</sub> = enthalpy of air-water vapor mixture at wet bulb temperature (J/kg dry air or Btu/lb dry air)<br />Thermodynamics also dictate that the heat removed from the water must be equal to the heat absorbed by the surrounding air:					<table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower6.gif"</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table>		<br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower7.gif"</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table>		<br />where:<br />L/G = liquid to gas mass flow ratio (lb/lb or kg/kg)<br />T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub> = hot water temperature (<sup class='bbc'>0</sup>F or <sup class='bbc'>0</sup>C)<br />T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub> = cold water temperature (<sup class='bbc'>0</sup>F or <sup class='bbc'>0</sup>C)<br />h<sub class='bbc'>2</sub> = enthalpy of air-water vapor mixture at exhaust wet-bulb temperature (same units as above)<br />h<sub class='bbc'>1</sub> = enthalpy of air-water vapor mixture at inlet wet-bulb temperature (same units as above)<br /><p class='bbc_left'>The tower characteristic value can be calculated by solving Equation 1 with the Chebyshev numberical method:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower9.gif"</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table>		<br />where:<br />&#916;h<sub class='bbc'>1</sub> = value of h<sub class='bbc'>w</sub>-h<sub class='bbc'>a</sub> at T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub>+0.1(T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub>-T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub>)<br />&#916;h<sub class='bbc'>2</sub> = value of h<sub class='bbc'>w</sub>-h<sub class='bbc'>a</sub> at T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub>+0.4(T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub>-T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub>)<br />&#916;h<sub class='bbc'>3</sub> = value of h<sub class='bbc'>w</sub>-h<sub class='bbc'>a</sub> at T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub>-0.4(T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub>-T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub>)<br />&#916;h<sub class='bbc'>4</sub> = value of h<sub class='bbc'>w</sub>-h<sub class='bbc'>a</sub> at T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub>-0.1(T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub>-T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub>)<br />Figure 5 below shows a graphical representation of how heat is tranferred between the warm water and cooler surrounding air:<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower10.gif" alt="enthalpy-diagram"/></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: Graphical Representation of the Tower Characteristic</td></tr></tbody></table><br />			<br />The following represents a key to Figure 5:<br />C' = Entering air enthalpy at wet-bulb temperature, T<sub class='bbc'>wb</sub><br />BC = Initial enthalpy driving force<br />CD = Air operating line with slope L/G<br />DEF = Projecting the exiting air point onto the water operating line and then onto the temperature axis shows the outlet air web-bulb temperature<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower11.gif" alt="temperature-correction"/></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 6: Adjusted Hot Water Temperature</td></tr></tbody></table><br />As shown by Equation 1, by finding the area between ABCD in Figure 5, one can find the tower characteristic. An increase in heat load would have the following effects on the diagram in Figure 5:<ul class='bbcol decimal'><li>Increase in the length of line CD, and a CD line shift to the right</li><li>Increases in hot and cold water temperatures</li><li>Increases in range and approach areas</li></ul>The increased heat load causes the hot water temperature to increase considerably faster than does the cold water temperature. Although the area ABCD should remain constant, it actually decreases about 2% for every 10 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>F increase in hot water temperature above 100 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>F. To account for this decrease, an "adjusted hot water temperature" is usd in cooling tower design.  Figure 6 shows adjusted hot water temperatures.<br />The area ABCD is expected to change with a change in L/G, this is very key in the design of cooling towers.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">Preliminary Cooling Tower Design</p><br /><br />Although KaV/L can be calculated, designers typically use charts found in the "Cooling Tower Institute Blue Book" to estimate KaV/L for given design conditions.{parse block="google_articles"}  It is important to recall three key points in cooling tower design:<ul class='bbcol decimal'><li>A change in wet bulb temperature (due to atmospheric conditions) <span class='bbc_underline'>will not</span> change the tower characteristic (KaV/L)</li><li>A change in the cooling range <span class='bbc_underline'>will not</span> change KaV/L</li><li>Only a change in the L/G ratio <span class='bbc_underline'>will</span> change KaV/L</li></ul><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ctower12.gif" alt="characteristic-curves"/></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 7: A Typical Set of Tower Characteristic Curves</td></tr></tbody></table>														<br />The straight line shown in Figure 7 is a plot of L/G vs KaV/L at a constant airflow.  The slope of this line is dependent on the tower packing, but can often be assumed to be -0.60.  Figure 7 represents a typical graph supplied by a manufacturer to the purchasing company.  From this graph, the plant engineer can see that the proposed tower will be capable of cooling the water to a temperature that is 10 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>F above the wet-bulb temperature.  This is another key point in cooling tower design.<br />Cooling towers are designed according to the highest geographic wet bulb temperatures.  This temperature will dictate the minimum performance available by the tower.  As the wet bulb temperature decreases, so will the available cooling water temperature.  For example, in the cooling tower represented by Figure 7, if the wet bulb temperature dropped to 75 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>F, the cooling water would still be exiting 10 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>F above this temperature (85 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>F) due to the tower design.<br />Below is the summary of steps in the cooling tower design process in industry.  More detail on these steps will be given later.<ul class='bbcol decimal'><li>Plant engineer defines the cooling water flowrate, and the inlet and outlet water temperatures for the tower.</li><li>Manufacturer designs the tower to be able to meet this criteria on a "worst case scenario" (ie. during the hottest months).  The tower characteristic curves and the estimate is given to the plant engineer.</li><li>Plant engineer reviews bids and makes a selection</li></ul><br /><p class="h1header">Other Design Considerations</p><br />Once a tower characteristic has been established between the plant engineer and the manufacturer, the manufacturer must design a tower that matches this value.  The required tower size will be a function of:<ul class='bbcol decimal'><li>Cooling range</li><li>Approach to wet bulb temperature</li><li>Mass flowrate of water</li><li>Web bulb temperature</li><li>Air velocity through tower or individual tower cell</li><li>Tower height</li></ul>In short, nomographs such as the one shown on page 12-15 of "Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook 6th Ed" utilize the cold water temperature, wet bulb temperature, and hot water temperature to find the water concentration in gal/min ft<sup class='bbc'>2</sup>.   The <em class='bbc'>tower area</em> can then be calculated by dividing the water circulated by the water concentration.  General rules are usually used to determine <em class='bbc'>tower height</em> depending on the necessary time of contact:		<br /><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Tower Height as a Function of Approach to Wet Bulb Temperature</caption><tr><td width="33%"><p align="center">Approach to Wet Bulb (<sup>0</sup>F)</td><td width="33%"><p align="center">Cooling Range (<sup>0</sup>F)</td><td width="34%"><p align="center">Tower Height (ft)</td></tr><tr><td width="33%" align="center">15-20</td><td width="33%" align="center">25-35</td><td width="34%" align="center">15-20</td></tr><tr><td width="33%" align="center">10-15</td><td width="33%" align="center">25-35</td><td width="34%" align="center">25-30</td></tr><tr><td width="33%" align="center">5-10</td><td width="33%" align="center">25-35</td><td width="34%" align="center">35-40</td></tr></table>		<br />Other design characteristics to consider are fan horsepower, pump horsepower, make-up water source, fogging abatement, and drift eliminators.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">Operation Considerations</p><br /><p class="h2header">Water Makeup</p><br />Water losses include evaporation, drift (water entrained in discharge vapor), and blowdown (water released to discard solids).  Drift losses are estimated to be between 0.1 and 0.2% of water supply.<br /><br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Evaporation Loss = 0.00085 * water flowrate(T<sub class='bbc'>1</sub>-T<sub class='bbc'>2</sub>)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Blowdown Loss = Evaporation Loss/(cycles-1)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table>where cycles is the ratio of solids in the circulating water to the solids in the make-up water<br /><br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Total Losses = Drift Losses + Evaporation Losses + Blowdown Losses</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (7)</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><p class="h2header">Cold Weather Operation</p><br />Even during cold weather months, the plant engineer should maintain the design water flowrate and heat load in each cell of the cooling tower.   If less water is needed due to temperature changes (ie. the water is colder), one or more cells should be turned off to maintain the design flow in the other cells.   The water in the base of the tower should be maintained between 60 and 70 <sup class='bbc'>0</sup>F by adjusting air volume if necessary.  Usual practice is to run the fans at half speed or turn them off during colder months to maintain this temperature range.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">References</p><ul class='bbcol decimal'><li>The Standard Handbook of Plant Engineering, 2nd Edition, Rosaler, Robert C., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1995</li><li>Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook, 6th Edition, Green, Don W. et al, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1984</li></ul>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">a597e50502f5ff68e3e25b9114205d4a</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Design Considerations for Shell and Tube Heat E...</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/heat-transfer/design-considerations-for-shell-and-tube-heat-exchangers</link>
		<description><![CDATA[When preparing to design a heat exchanger, do you ever wonder where to start?  You've done it before, but you hate that feeling of getting half way through the design and realizing that you forgot to consider one important element.<br />The thought process involved is just as important as the calculations involved.  Let's try to map out a heat exchanger design strategy.  We'll do so with a series of questions followed by information to help you answer the questions.<br /><p class="h1header">Asking the Right Questions</p><br /><p class="h2header">Is there a phase change involved?</p><br />The thought process involved is just as important as the calculations involved.  Let's try to map out a heat exchanger design strategy.  We'll do so with a series of questions followed by information to help you answer the questions.{parse block="google_articles"}<br /><p class="h2header">How many zones are there in my system?</p><br />"Zones" can best be defined as regimes of phase changes where the overall heat transfer coefficient (Uo) will vary.  Using T-Q (Temperature-Heat) diagrams are the best way to pinpoint zones.  The system is defined as co-current or countercurrent and the diagram is constructed.  The diagram on the left illustrates the use of T-Q diagrams. These diagrams should accompany your basic (input-output) diagram of the heat exchanger.   Chemical #1 enters the shell at 200 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>C as a superheated vapor. In Zone 1, it releases heat to the tubeside chemical (Chemical #2).  Zone 1 ends just a Chemical #1 begins to condense.  The tubeside (Chemical #2) enters as a liquid or gas and does not change phase throughout the exchanger.  Chemical #1 leaves Zone 1 and enters Zone 2 at its boiling temperature, Tb1.  T* marks the temperature of Chemical #2 when Chemical #1 begins to condense.  In Zone 2, Chemical #1 condenses to completion while Chemical #2 continues to increase in temperature.  The temperature of Chemical #2 when Chemical #1 is fully condensed is denoted at T**.  Finally, in Zone 3, both chemicals are liquids.  Chemical #1 is simply liberating heat to Chemical #2 as it becomes a subcooled liquid and exits the shell at 100 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>C.<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Heat Transfer Zones" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/designex.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_designex.gif" alt="heat exchanger zones" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Zones Analysis</td></tr></tbody></table>				<br />Defining zones is one of the most important aspects of heat exchanger design.  It is also important to remember that if your process simulator does not support zoned analysis (such as Chemcad III), you should model each zone with a separate heat exchanger.  Thus, the previous illustration would require 3 heat exchangers in the simulation.  BUT, do <span class='bbc_underline'>not</span> draw 3 exchangers on your PFD (Process Flow Diagram).  This is all happening in one exchanger.<br /><p class="h2header">What are the flowrates and operating pressures involved in my system?</p><br />This information is critical in establishing the mass and energy balance around the exchanger.  Operating pressures are particularly important for gases as their physical properties vary greatly with pressure.<br /><p class="h2header">What are the physical properties of the streams involved?</p><br />If you're using a process simulator, obtaining the physical properties of your streams should be just a click of the mouse away.  However, if performing the calculation by hand, you may have to do some estimating as the streams may not be of pure substances.  Also, you should get the physical properties for each zone separately to ensure accuracy, but in some cases it is acceptable to use an average value.  This would be true of Chemical #2 in the tubes since it is not changing phase or undergoing a truly significant temperature change (over 100 <sup class='bbc'>Â°</sup>C).  Physical properties that you will want to collect for each phase of each stream will include:  heat capacity, viscosity, thermal conductivity, density, and latent heat (for phase changes).  These are in addition to the boiling points of the streams at their respective pressures.<br /><p class="h2header">What are the allowable pressure drops and velocities in the exchanger?</p><br />Pressure drops are very important in exchanger design (especially for gases).  As the pressure drops, so does viscosity and the fluids ability to transfer heat.  Therefore, the pressure drop and velocities must be limited.  The velocity is directly proportional to the heat transfer coefficient which is motivation to keep it high, while erosion and material limits are motivation to keep the velocity low.  Typical liquid velocities are 1-3 m/s (3-10 ft/s).  Typical gas velocities are 15-30 m/s (50-100 ft/s).  Typical pressure drops are 30-60 kPa (5-8 psi) on the tubeside and 20-30 kPa (3-5 psi) on the shellside.<br /><p class="h2header">What is the heat duty of the system?</p><br />This can be answered by a simple energy balance from one of the streams.<br /><p class="h2header">What is the estimated area of the exchanger?</p><br />Unfortunately, this is where the real fun begins in heat exchanger design!  You'll need to find estimates for the heat transfer coefficients for your system.  These can be found in most textbooks dedicated to the subject or in "Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook".  Once you've estimated the overall heat transfer coefficient, use the equation Q=Uo x A x LMTD ("LMTD" is short for Log Mean Temperature Difference) to get your preliminary area estimate.  Remember to use the above equation to get an area for <em class='bbc'>each zone</em>, then add them together.<br /><p class="h2header">What geometric configuration is right for my exchanger?</p><br />Now that you have an area estimate, it's time to find a geometry that meets your needs.  Once you've selected a shell diameter, tubesheet layout, baffle and tube spacing, etc., it's time to check your velocity and pressure drop requirements to see if they're being met.  Experienced designers will usually combine these steps and actually obtain a tube size that meets the velocity and pressure drop requirements and then proceed.  Some guidelines may be as follows:  3/4 in. and 1.0 in. diameter tubes are the most popular and smaller sizes should only be used for exchangers needing less than 30 m<sup class='bbc'>2</sup> of area.  If your pressure drop requirements are low, avoid using four or more tube passes as this will drastically increase your pressure drop.  Once you have a geometry selected that meets all of your needs, it's on to the next step.<br /><p class="h2header">Now that I have a geometry in mind, what is the actual overall heat transfer coefficient?</p><br />This is where you'll spend much of your time in designing a heat exchanger.  Although many textbooks show Nu=0.027(N<sub class='bbc'>RE</sub>)<sup class='bbc'>0.8</sup>(N<sub class='bbc'>PR</sub>)<sup class='bbc'>0.33</sup> as the "fundamental equation for turbulent flow heat transfer", what they sometimes fail to tell you is that the exponents can vary widely for different situations.   For example, condensation in the shell has different exponents than condensation in the tubes.  Use this fundamental equation if you must, but you should consult a good resource for accurate equations.  I highly recommend the following:  "Handbook of Chemical Engineering Calculations", 2nd Ed., by Nicholas P. Chopey from McGraw-Hill publishers (ISBN 0070110212).  Also, don't forget to include the transfer coefficient across the tube wall and the fouling coefficient.  These can be very significant!<br /><p class="h2header">What is the actual area of the exchanger using the 'actual' heat transfer coefficient?</p><br />If you recall, you used estimated heat transfer coefficients to get an initial area.  Now it's time to recalculate the area.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">Enter the Calculation Loop</p><br />Now you're on your way, pick a new geometry corresponding to your new ("actual") area, check the velocity and pressure drop, calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient again.  How does it compare with the previously calculated value?  If it is <span class='bbc_underline'>not</span> within 5-10%, recalculate the process over and over (using your new value for Uo) until it does!  Sounds like alot of work.  Add in the fact that some of the individual heat transfer coefficients require iterative solutions and it's not hard to see why people usually use a complex spreadsheet or a program to do this.  You can save some time by using estimates that you've undoubtedly seen, however you must realize that each time you estimate, you're losing accuracy.<br />Remember two main items:<ul class='bbcol decimal'><li>ZONED ANALYSIS</li><li>ACCURACY OF INITIAL OVERALL HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT</li></ul>The zoned analysis is the key to starting the process correctly.  The accuracy of the initial overall heat transfer coefficient will in part determine how many time you will be going through the calculation.  Other factors to consider when designing heat exchangers can include materials of construction, ease of maintenance, cost of the heat exchanger, and overall heat integration in the process.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">85d8ce590ad8981ca2c8286f79f59954</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Developing a New Drug</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/other-topics/developing-a-new-drug</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The purpose of this article is to look at how drugs are developed today in the modern world and how the chemical engineer is instrumental in the development of new drugs.Â  Let's first take a look at how the development of a new drug begins.Â  It is interesting to also know that on average it takes 12 years for an experimental drug to travel from the lab to your medicine cabinet.Â  Only 5 in 5,000 compounds that enter the preclinical testing phase actually make it to human testing. Â  One of these five drugs tested in people is approved.Â </p><p> As you can see it is a rigorous and costly process that must be followed to get a new drug to your medicine cabinet.Â  It is estimated on average a company may spend $300 to $400 million dollars to get just one drug to your medicine cabinet.Â  It is not hard to see why some new medicines on the market are so expensive.Â  Let's take a look at the steps involved in developing a new drug.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="h1header">Preclinical Testing</p><p>This is the initial phase of the testing that begins in the laboratory.Â  A pharmaceutical company will conduct studies in the lab and on animals to show the biological activity of the compound against a targeted disease. The compound is then evaluated for safety.<strong>Â  </strong>These tests take about 3 1/2 to 4 years to complete.Â Â  The chemical engineer would be heavily involved in this phase ofÂ  drug development.<strong> </strong></p><p class="h1header" align="left">Investigational New Drug Application (IND)</p><p align="left">After the above preclinical testing is completed the company then files an IND with the FDA to begin testing the drug in people.Â  The IND will become effective if the FDA does not disprove it within 30 days. The IND will show results of previous experiments, how, where and by whom the new studies will be conducted. Â  The IND also looks at the chemical structure of the compound, how it works in the body, and any toxic effects found in the animal studies. The IND will also look at how the compound is manufactured.Â Â  The IND must be reviewed and approved by the Institutional Review Board where the study will be conducted, and progress reports on clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA.</p><p class="h1header" align="left">Clinical Trials, Phase I, II, & III</p><p align="left">After the IND has not been disapproved within 30 days, then the next phase of testing begins, which is the clinical trials.</p><p align="left"><span class="h2header">Phase IÂ Â  </span></p><p align="left">This phase of the testing takes about a year and involves about 20 to 80 normal, healthy volunteers. The tests study a drug's safety profile, including the safe dosage range. The studies also determine how a drug is absorbed, distributed, metabolized and excreted, and the duration of its action.Â </p><p class="h2header" align="left">Phase IIÂ </p><p align="left">In this phase, controlled studies of approximately 100 to 300 volunteer patients (people with the disease) assess the drug's effectiveness.Â  This phase normally takes about 2 years.</p><p class="h2header" align="left">Phase IIIÂ </p><p align="left">This phase involves 1,000 to 3,000 patients in clinics and hospitals. Physicians monitor patients closely to determine the efficacy and identify adverse reactions. This phase lasts about three years.Â </p><p class="h1header" align="left">New Drug Application (NDA)</p><p align="left">After all of the clinical trials mentioned above are completed, then the company analyzes the data and files an NDA with the FDA if the data successfully demonstrates safety and effectiveness. The NDA is usually about 100,000 pages or more and contains all of the scientific information that the company has gathered. By law, the FDA is allowed six months to review an NDA.Â  In most cases the time from first submission of an NDA and final FDA approval usually exceeds six months. The average NDA review time for new molecular entities approved in 1992 was 29.9 months.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="h1header" align="left">Approval</p><p align="left">Once the FDA approves the NDA, the new medicine becomes available for physicians to prescribe.Â  The company must continue to submit periodic reports to the FDA, including any cases of adverse reactions and appropriate quality control records.Â  The FDA requires some medicines to have additional studies (Phase IV) to evaluate the long-term effects of the drugs.</p><p align="left">After reading the above steps in the development of a new drug, it is not hard to see why drugs cost so much when they finally do get to our medicine cabinets.Â  Many people in the pharmaceutical industry Â  are looking for ways to expedite the development of drugs and to decrease some of the money put into this development.Â  One resource that is being utilized in the development of new drugs is bioinformatics.Â  The Bioinformatics industry is still in its infancy stages, but it has started to change the way drug development has emerged since 1998.Â  Bioinformatics helps to take some of the fragmentation out of the development of new drugs.Â  Most drug development has been more or less by trial and error.Â  Bioinformatics uses information technology to be able to develop large databases and algorithms which help in the development of new drugs.</p><p align="left">An example of this is the European Bioinformatics Industry (EBI).Â  The EBI serves researchers in molecular biology, genetics, medicine and agriculture from academia.Â  The EBI also serves the agricultural, biotechnology, chemical and pharmaceutical industries.Â  The EBI is able to serve these researchers and industries by building, maintaining and making available databases and information services that relate to molecular biology.Â  The EBI also carries out research in bioinformatics and computational molecular biology.Â  More information about EBI can be obtained from going to their website which is as follows: <a href="http://www.ebi.ac.uk/Information/index.html" target="New Window">http://www.ebi.ac.uk/Information/index.html</a>Â Â </p><p align="left">For those of you who are interested in learning more about the pharmaceutical pipeline (an industry term used for the research and development process of creating new drugs), Searle's Research and Development Department has a web site for you.Â  This web site actually takes you step by step in the development of a new drug.Â  The web site is as follows: <a href="http://www.searlehealthnet.com/pipeline.html" target="New Window">http://www.searlehealthnet.com/pipeline.html</a> Â  On this web site you can select from a few diseases such as cancer, cardiovascular related diseases, or arthritis as your primary target to be able to develop a new drug for.Â </p><p align="left">If the virtual formulation of a new drug is not enough, then all of you are invited to visit the following site from John Hopkins University, in which you can actually be the participant in a research study.Â  Most of these studies involve the development or refinement of drugs but some don't involve any drugs at all. Â  There is also a monetary incentive involved with some studies.Â  The web site is as follows:Â  <a href="http://www.jhbmc.jhu.edu/studies/index.html" target="New Window">http://www.jhbmc.jhu.edu/studies/index.html</a> Â  Due to geographic limitations, it may be difficult to be able to attend the clinic visits that are required.Â  To be able to find out research studies in your local area, check with the nearest teaching/university based hospital and I am sure they would be more than happy to get you involved in a research study.</p><p align="left">In summation, it is easy to see the vital role that chemical engineers play in the development of new drugs.Â  It takes the knowledge and skill of many disciplines to formulate a new drug.Â  When all of theseÂ discipline work together, it helps to expedite the formation of new drugs to help alleviate the effects of diseases for people around the world.Â </p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">e58cc5ca94270acaceed13bc82dfedf7</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Extractive Distillation: An In-Depth Look</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/separation-technology/extractive-distillation-an-in-depth-look</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Distillation is the most widely used separation technique in the chemical and petroleum industry. However, not all liquid mixture are amenable to ordinary fractional distillation. When the components of the system have low relative volatilities (1.00 <Â a < 1.05), separation becomes difficult and expansive because a large number of trays are required and, usually, a high reflux ratio as well.</p> <p>Both equipment and utilities costs increase markedly and the operation can become uneconomical. If the system forms azeotropes, as in a benzene and cyclohexane system, a different problem arises, - the azeotropic composition limit the separation, and for a better separation this azeotrope must be bypassed in some way. At low to moderate pressure, with the assumption of ideal-gas model for the vapor phase, the vapor-liquid phase equilibrium (VLE) of many mixture can be adequately describe by the following <em>Modified Raoult's Law</em>:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-eq-1.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-eq-1" width="252" height="33" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â where:{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>y<sub>i</sub> = mole fraction of component i in vapor phase<br />x<sub>i</sub> = mole fraction of component i in liquid phase<br />P = system pressure<br />P<sup>sat</sup>Â = vapor pressure of component i<br />?<sub>i</sub> = liquid phase activity coefficient of component i</p><p align="justify">When <em>?<sub>i</sub></em> = 1, the mixture is said to be ideal Equation 1 simplifies to <em>Raoult's Law</em>. Nonideal mixtures Â  (<em>?<sub>i </sub>?<sub> </sub></em>1) can exhibit either positive (<em>?<sub>i</sub></em> > 1) or negative deviations (<em>&gamma;<sub>i</sub></em> < 1) from <em>Raoult's Law</em>. In many highly nonideal mixtures these deviations become so large that the pressure-composition (<em>P-x, y</em>) and temperature-composition (<em>T-x, y</em>) phase diagrams exhibit a minimum or maximum azeotrope point. In the context of the <em>T-x, y</em> phase diagram, these points are called the <em>minimum boiling azeotrope</em> (where the boiling temperature of the azeotrope is less than that of the pure component) or <em>maximum boiling azeotrope</em> (the boiling temperature of the azeotrope is higher than that of the pure components). About 90% of the known azeotropes are of the minimum variety. At these minimum and maximum boiling azeotrope, the liquid phase and its equilibrium vapor phase have the same composition, i.e.,</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>x<sub>i </sub>= y<sub>i</sub> for<em> i </em>= 1, ..., c</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Two main types of azeotropes exist, i.e. the <em>homogeneous azeotrope</em>, where a single liquid phase is in the equilibrium with a vapor phase; and the <em>heterogeneous azeotropes</em>, where the overall liquid composition which form two liquid phases, is identical to the vapor composition.</p><p align="justify">Most methods of distilling azeotropes and low relative volatility mixtures rely on the addition of specially chosen chemicals to facilitate the separation. The selection of the separating agent will be discussed later.</p><p align="justify">The five methods for separating azeotropic mixtures are:</p>1. Extractive distillation and <em>homogeneous azeotropic distillation</em> where the liquid separating agent is completely miscible. <br /><br />2. Heterogeneous azeotropic distillation, or more commonly, <em>azeotropic distillation</em> where the liquid separating agent, called the entrainer, forms one or more azeotropes with the other components in the mixture and causes two liquid phases to exist over a wide range of compositions. This immiscibility is the key to making the distillation sequence work. <br /><br />3. Distillation using ionic salts. The salts dissociates in the liquid mixture and alters the relative volatilities sufficiently that the separation become possible.<br /><br /> 4. Pressure-swing distillation where a series of column operating at different pressures are used to separate binary azeotropes which change appreciably in composition over a moderate pressure range or where a separating agent which forms a pressure-sensitive azeotrope is added to separate a pressure-insensitive azeotrope. <br /><br />5. Reactive distillation where the separating agent reacts preferentially and reversibly with one of the azeotropic constitutes. The reaction product is then distilled from the nonreacting components and the reaction is reversed to recover the initial component. <p class="h1header">Residue Curve Maps</p><p align="justify">The most simple form of distillation, called <em>simple distillation</em>, is a process in which a muticomponent liquid mixture is slowly boiled in an open pot and the vapors are continuously removed as they form. At any instant in time the vapor is in equilibrium with the {parse block="google_articles"}liquid remaining on the still. Because the vapor is always richer in the more volatile components than the liquid, the liquid composition changes continuously with time, becoming more and more concentrated in the least volatile species. A simple <em>distillation residue curve</em> is a graph showing how the composition of the liquid residue curves on the pot changes over time. A <em>residue curve map</em> is a collection of the liquid residue curves originating from different initial compositions. Residue curve maps contain the same information as phase diagrams, but represent this information in a way that is more useful for understanding how to synthesize a distillation sequence to separate a mixture.</p><p align="justify">All of the residue curves originate at the light (lowest boiling) pure component in a region, move towards the intermediate boiling component, and end at the heavy (highest boiling) pure component in the same region. The lowest temperature nodes are termed as <em>unstable nodes </em>(UN), as all trajectories leave from them; while the highest temperature points in the region are termed <em>stable nodes </em>(SN), as all trajectories ultimately reach them. The point that the trajectories approach from one direction and end in a different direction (as always is the point of intermediate boiling component) are termed <em>saddle point </em>(S). Residue curve that divide the composition space into different distillation regions are called distillation boundaries. A better understanding of the residue curve map may be view in Figure 1. Â Notice that the trajectories move from the lowest temperature component towards the highest.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Â <img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-2.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-2" width="357" height="235" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Residue curve map for a ternary mixture with a <br />distillation boundary running from pure component <em>D</em> to <br />the binary azeotrope <em>C</em>.</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Residue curve maps would be of limited usefulness if they could only be generated experimentally. Fortunately that is not the case. Using various references, the simple distillation process can be described by the set of equations:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-eq-3.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-eq-3" width="243" height="53" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Â where:</p><p align="justify">y<sub>i</sub> = mole fraction of component i in vapor phase<br />x<sub>i</sub> = mole fraction of component i in liquid phase<br />&xi; = nonlinear time scale<br />c = number of component in the mixture</p><p align="justify">Research studies have also been done to determine the relationship between the number of nodes (stable and unstable) and saddle points one can have in a legitimately drawn ternary residue plot. The equation is based on topological arguments. One form for this equation is:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>4(N<sub>3</sub> - S<sub>3</sub>) + 2(N<sub>2</sub> - S<sub>2</sub>) + (N<sub>1</sub> - S<sub>1</sub>) = 1</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">where: <br /><em>N<sub>i</sub></em> = number of nodes (stable and unstable) involving <em>i</em> species<br /><em>S<sub>i</sub></em> = number of saddles involving <em>i</em> species</p><p align="justify">Many different residue curve maps are possible when azeotropes are present. Ternary mixtures containing only one azeotrope may exhibit six possible residue curve maps that differ by the binary pair forming the azeotrope and by whether the azeotrope is minimum or maximum boiling.</p><p align="justify">Even though the simple distillation process has no practical use as a method for separating mixtures, simple distillation residue curve maps have extremely useful applications, such as:</p><ol><li>Testing of the consistency of experimental azeotropic data; </li><li>Predict the order and content of the cuts in batch distillation; </li><li>In distillation, to check whether the given mixture is separable by distillation, identification of the entrainers / solvents, prediction of attainable product compositions, qualitative prediction of composition profile shape, and synthesis of the corresponding distillation column. </li></ol><p align="justify">By identifying the limiting separation achievable by distillation, residue curve maps are also useful in synthesizing separation sequences combining distillation with other methods.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Homogenous Azeotropic Distillation</p><p align="justify">The most general definition of homogeneous azeotropic distillation is the separation of any single liquid-phase mixture containing one or more azeotropes into the desired pure component or azeotropic products by continuous distillation. Thus, in addition to azeotropic mixtures which require the addition of a miscible separating agent in order to be separated, homogeneous azeotropic distillation also includes self-entrained mixtures that can be separated without the addition of a separating agent.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p align="justify">The first step in the synthesis of a homogeneous azeotropic distillation sequence is to determine the separation objective. Sometimes it is desirable to recover all of the constituents in the mixture as pure components other times it is sufficient to recover only some of the pure components as product. In our example, we would like to recover the cyclohexane product at 90% purity and recycle the separating agent back to the initial separating column for further use.</p><p align="justify">The second step is to sketch the residue curve map for the mixture to be separated. The residue curve map allows one to determine whether the goal can be reached and if so how to reach it, or the goal needs to be redefined.</p><p align="justify">Distillation boundaries for continuous distillation are approximated by simple distillation boundaries. It is a good approximation for mixtures with nearly simple distillation boundaries. For a separation to be feasible by distillation, the simple distillation boundary should not be crossed, i.e. the distillate and bottom composition should lie in the same distillation region. A more detail calculation method involving the composition will be discuss in the later section.</p><p align="justify">In the most common situation, a separating agent is added to separate a minimum boiling binary azeotrope into its two constituent pure components by homogeneous azeotropic distillation. Michael F. D. and Jeffrey P. K. presented seven of the most favorable residue curve maps for this task. Of the seven, the map representing extractive distillation is by far the most common and the most important. Its corresponding residue curve and column sequences are shown inÂ Figure 2Â below.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Extractive Distillation</p><p align="justify">Extractive distillation is defined as distillation in the present of a miscible, high boiling, relatively nonvolatile component, the solvent, that forms no azeotropes with the other components in the mixture. It is widely used in the chemical and petrochemical industries for separating azeotropic, close-boiling, and others low relative volatility mixture.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Extractive distillation with a heavy solvent" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-4.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_extractive-distillation-4.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-4" width="250" height="95" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Extractive Distillation with a<br />Heavy Solvent</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Extractive distillation works because the solvent is specially chosen to interact differently with the components of the original mixture, thereby altering their relative volatilities. Because these interactions occur predominantly in the liquid phase , the solvent is continuously added near the top of the extractive distillation column so that an appreciable amount is present in the liquid phase on all of the trays below. The mixture to be separated is added through second feed point further down the column. In the extractive column, the component having the greater volatility, not necessarily the component having the lowest boiling point, is taken overhead as a relatively pure distillate. The other component leaves with the solvent via the column bottoms. The solvent is separated from the remaining components in a second distillation column and then recycled back to the first column.</p><p align="justify">There are several industrial application for homogeneous azeotropic distillation listed in the <em>Encyclopedia of Separation Technology</em> by Michael F. D., Jeffrey P. K.</p><p align="justify">Extractive distillations can be divided into three categories, each correspond to the different residue curve maps, the minimum boiling azeotropes, maximum boiling azeotropes and the <em>nonazeotrope mixtures</em>. Since our benzene-cyclohexane mixture to be separated is of the second type of mixture, i.e. the minimum boiling azeotrope, we will focus our attention on column sequencing this type of azeotropic separation method in the following section.</p><p align="justify">As in azeotropic distillation, design of extractive distillation system will also requires significant preliminary work including:</p><ul><li>Choosing the solvent </li><li>Developing or finding necessary data, such as azeotropic condition or residue curve </li><li>Preliminary screening </li><li>Computer simulation </li><li>Small scale testing </li></ul><p align="justify">For our example, we will consider the first four steps.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Solvent Screening and Selection</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Solvent Criteria</p><p align="justify">One of the most important steps in developing a successful (economical) extractive distillation sequence is selecting a good solvent. Approaches to the selection of an extractive distillation solvent are discussed by Berg, Ewell et al.<sup> ,</sup> and Tassions. In general, selection criteria include the following :</p><ol><li>Should enhance significantly the natural relative volatility of the key component. {parse block="google_articles"}</li><li>Should not require an excessive ratio of solvent to nonsolvent (because of cost of handling in the column and auxiliary equipment. </li><li>Should remain soluble in the feed components and should not lead to the formation of two phase. </li><li>Should be easily separable from the bottom product. </li><li>Should be inexpensive and readily available. </li><li>Should be stable at the temperature of the distillation and solvent separation. </li><li>Should be nonreactive with the components in the feed mixture. </li><li>Should have a low latent heat. </li><li>Should be noncorrosive and nontoxic. </li></ol><p align="justify">Naturally no single solvent or solvent mixture satisfy all the criteria, and compromises must be reached.</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Solvent Screening</p><p align="justify">Perry's handbook serve as a good reference for the solvent selection procedure, which can be thought of as a two-step process, i.e.:</p><p align="justify"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Broad screening by functional group or chemical family</span></p><ol><li><div>Homologous seriesÂ : Select candidate solvent from the high boiling homologous series of both light and heavy key components.Â <em></em>Â </div></li><li><div>Robins Chart: Select candidate solvents from groups in the Robbins Chart (part of the chart is shown in Table 3) that tend to give positive (or no) deviations from Raoult's law for the key component desire in the distillate and negative (or no) deviations for the other key.</div></li><li><div>Hydrogen-bonding characteristic: are likely to cause the formation of hydrogen bonds with the key component to be removed in the bottoms, or disruption of hydrogen bonds with the key to be removed in the distillate. Formation and disruption of hydrogen bonds are often associated with strong negative and positive deviations, respectively from Raoult's Law.</div></li><li><div>Polarity characteristic: Select candidate solvents from chemical groups that tend to show higher polarity than one key component or lower polarity than the other key.</div></li></ol><p align="justify"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Identification of individual candidate solvents</span></p><ol><li><div>Boiling point characteristic: Select only candidate solvents that boil at least 30-40<sup>o</sup>C above the key components to ensure that the solvent is relatively nonvolatile and remains largely in the liquid phase. With this boiling point difference, the solvent should also not form azeotropes with the other components.</div></li><li><div>Selectivity at the infinite dilution: Rank the candidate solvents according to their selectivity at infinite dilution.</div></li><li><div>Experimental measurement of relative volatility: Rank the candidate solvents by the increase in relative volatility caused by the addition of the solvent.</div></li></ol><p align="justify">Residue curve maps are of limited usefulness at the preliminary screening stage because there is usually insufficient information available to sketch the them, but they are valuable and should be sketched or calculated as part of the second stage of the solvent selection.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">A Sample Distillation Process</p><p align="justify">For our example which deals with the azeotropic mixture formed between benzene and cyclohexane, we have chosen <em>extractive distillation</em> (one of the <em>homogeneous azeotropic distillation </em>methods). The reason of choosing this method is due to the availability of information regarding this separation technique and its tendency to operate more efficiently, i.e. in separating and recycling the separating agent. A brief discussion of the process is given below.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p align="justify">After the mixture exited as the bottom product of the flash unit, it contains mostly our desire product of cyclohexane and also a significant amount of unreacted benzene, which is to be recycled back to the reactor for further conversion. Our main goal now is to further separate the remaining components in the mixture. As cyclohexane and benzene have been encounter most of the remaining composition with the mole % of 44.86 and 54.848 respectively (Table 1), we will consider this to be a binary mixture in our further discussion.</p><p align="justify">From the process flowsheeting, we would like to operate the distillation column at the pressure of 150 kPa. At this condition, cyclohexane and benzene will have boiling points of 94.34 <sup>Â°</sup>C and 93.49 <sup>Â°</sup>C respectively (Figure 3). This is a typical case where conventional distillation would struggle to perform the separation of this type of close boiling mixture. Thus, a special type of distillation technique, i.e. extractive distillation has been chosen in order to purify the desire product, i.e. cyclohexane to our desired purity of 99.3%.</p><p align="justify">As can be shown from Figure 3, this binary composition will form a minimum boiling, homogeneous azeotrope at the temperature of 91<sup>o</sup>C and the corresponding composition at this point will be 45.5 mole % for cyclohexane and 55.5 mole % for benzene (Figure 4).</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Process Date for Sample Distillation Process</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Temperature</strong></td><td align="right">5.4279 Â°C</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Pressure</strong></td><td align="right" scope="col">1376.6 kPa</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Molar Flow Rate (kg mol/h)</strong></td><td>Â </td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen</td><td align="right">0.914</td></tr><tr><td>Cyclohexane</td><td align="right">159.447</td></tr><tr><td>Benzene</td><td align="right">194.944</td></tr><tr><td>n-Hexane</td><td align="right">0.127</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total</strong></td><td align="right">355.430</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Mole % Composition</strong></td><td align="right">Â </td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen</td><td align="right">0.256</td></tr><tr><td>Cyclohexane</td><td align="right">44.861</td></tr><tr><td>Benzene</td><td align="right">54.846</td></tr><tr><td>n-Hexane</td><td align="right">0.036</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total</strong></td><td align="right">1.000</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="T-xy Plot for Benzene and Cyclohexane" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-6.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_extractive-distillation-6.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-6" width="250" height="145" /></a></td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="x-y Plot for Benzene and Cyclohexane at 150 kPa" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-7.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_extractive-distillation-7.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-7" width="250" height="156" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: T-xy Plot for Benzene<br />and Cyclohexane</td><td>Figure 4: x-y Plot for Benzene<br />and Cyclohexane at 150 kPa</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Â </p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Solvent Selection for the Benzene-Cyclohexane Binary Mixture</p><p align="justify">In order to perform a successive extractive distillation, a solvent needs to be chosen to "break" the azeotrope that forms at the operating pressure of the distillation column. Recommended solvent for the benzene-cyclohaxane mixture from the literature<sup>,,,</sup> is <em>aniline,</em> with a solvent to feed ratio (S/F) of 4, which will shift the azeotropic point toward the corner of the high-boiling component cyclohexane, and the equilibrium curve of the original components fall below the diagonal (Figure 5).</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Elimination of Azeotropic Point with the Addition of a Separating Agent" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-8.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_extractive-distillation-8.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-8" width="250" height="147" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: Elimination of Azeotropic<br />Point with the Addition of a Separating Agent</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">As was stated in the above section, the primary goal of solvent selection is to identify a group of feasible solvents to perform a good separation. The desired product, i.e. cyclohexane should have a purity of above 99% to meet the market standard. Aniline was the first solvent that had been put to the simulator to be tried out, as it is of the same homologous group as benzene. As can be shown from the result in Table 2, this solvent will produce the desire production rate of 150 with the solvent flow rate of 3500, i.e. a S/F ratio of 9.85. However, the product purity can only reach 70.08% and this does not meet our product specification. As a result, other solvent may have to be researched to perform the desire separation.</p><p align="justify">We will have to perform the solvent selection criteria as stated in the preceding section. At the column pressure of 150 kPa, cyclohexane and benzene boil at 94.34 <sup>Â°</sup>C and 93.49 <sup>Â°</sup>C respectively and form a minimum-boiling azeotrope at 91 <sup>Â°</sup>C. The natural volatility of the system is benzene > cyclohexane, so the favored solvents most likely will be those that cause the benzene to be recovered in the distillate. However, in order to get a better quality of product, we would like to recover cyclohexane as the distillate rather than from the bottom stream. Thus, solvent to be chosen should give positive deviations from Raoult's law for cyclohexane and negative (or zero) deviation for benzene.</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 2: Simulation Results Using Aniline as a Solvent</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Feed Stream Molar Flow Rate (kg mol/h)</strong></td><td align="right" scope="colgroup">Â </td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen</td><td align="right" scope="col">Â 0.914</td></tr><tr><td>Cyclohexane</td><td align="right">Â 159.447</td></tr><tr><td>Benzene</td><td align="right">Â 194.944</td></tr><tr><td>n-Hexane</td><td align="right">Â 0.127</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total</strong></td><td align="right">Â 355.43</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Solvent Stream (Aniline) molar flow rate (kg mol/h)</strong></td><td align="right">Â 3500</td></tr><tr><td>Solvent/Feed (S/F) ratio</td><td align="right">9.85</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Distillate Product Molar Flow Rate (kg mol/hr)</strong></td><td align="right">Â </td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen</td><td align="right">Â 0.914</td></tr><tr><td>Cyclohexane</td><td align="right">Â 150</td></tr><tr><td>Benzene</td><td align="right">Â 62.956</td></tr><tr><td>n-Hexane</td><td align="right">Â 0.127</td></tr><tr><td>Aninline</td><td align="right">Â 0.058</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total</strong></td><td align="right">Â 214.05</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Mole % Composition in the Distillate Product</strong></td><td align="right">Â </td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen</td><td align="right">Â 0.427</td></tr><tr><td>Cyclohexane</td><td align="right">Â 70.08</td></tr><tr><td>Benzene</td><td align="right">Â 29.41</td></tr><tr><td>n-Hexane</td><td align="right">Â 0.059</td></tr><tr><td>Aniline</td><td align="right">Â 0.027</td></tr><tr><td>Â <strong>Total</strong></td><td align="right">Â 1.000</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Â </p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 3: Part of Robbins Chart from <em>Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook</em></caption><tbody><tr><td>Â </td><td>Â </td><td colspan="12" align="center"><strong>Solvent Class</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Solute <br />Class</strong></td><td><strong>Group</strong></td><td><strong>1</strong></td><td><strong>2</strong></td><td><strong>3</strong></td><td><strong>4</strong></td><td><strong>5</strong></td><td><strong>6</strong></td><td><strong>7</strong></td><td><strong>8</strong></td><td><strong>9</strong></td><td><strong>10</strong></td><td><strong>11</strong></td><td><strong>12</strong></td></tr><tr><td>11</td><td>Aromatic, olefin, halogen aromatic, <br />multihola paraffine without active H, <br />monohalo paraffine</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>0</td><td>+</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>0</td><td>+</td><td>0</td><td>0</td></tr><tr><td>12</td><td>Paraffin, carbon disulfide</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>0</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>+</td><td>0</td><td>+</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Solvent/solute<br />class</strong></td><td><strong>Group</strong></td><td colspan="6"><strong>Solvent/solute<br />class</strong></td><td colspan="6"><strong>Group</strong></td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>Active -H in multihalo paraffin</td><td colspan="6">8</td><td colspan="6" rowspan="2">Primanry amine, ammonia, <br />amide with 2H or N<br />Ether, oxide, sulfoxide</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>Secamine</td><td colspan="6">9</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Turning to the <em>Robbins Chart</em> (Table 3), we note that solvents that may cause the positive deviation for cyclohexane (Class 12) and negative (or zero) to benzene (Class 11) came from the groups of 4, 7, 8 and 9, which consist of polyol, amine and ether. We further consider the solubility, the hydrogen bonding effect, and also the homologous characteristic of the solvent with the corresponding components in the feed mixture. As few candidate solvents that had been put to the computer simulation, included <em>phenol</em> (homologous to benzene), <em>1,2-benzenediol </em>(homologous to benzene, with -OH group that will produce hydrogen bonding), <em>1,3-butanediol</em> (with -OH group that will produce hydrogen bonding), and also <em>1,2-propanediol </em>(same characteristic as with <em>1,3-butanediol</em>). <em>1,2-propanediol </em>(often known as <em>propylene glycol</em>), seem to give the most promising results compared to the other solvents. This result may be caused from the high solubility of benzene in this solvent and the hydrogen bonding that were formed between the two constituents. Simulation result of this solvent can be view in Table 4.</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Construction of the Residue Curve</p><p align="justify">Equation 3 and 4 were used to sketch the corresponding residue curve for the three species. From the above information, we know that these species have boiling points at 94.34 (cyclohexane), 93.49 (benzene) and 200.35 <sup>o</sup>C (propylene glycol) at the pressure of 150 kPa, and an azeotrope that boils at 91 <sup>Â°</sup>C between the two more volatile species. As were shown from Figure 6 and Figure 7 there were no new azeotropes formed between the solvent 1,2-propanediol respectively with the another two component in the feed.</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 4: Simulation Results UsingÂ <br />1,2 propanediolÂ as a Solvent</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Feed Stream Molar Flow Rate (kg mol/h)</strong></td><td align="right" scope="colgroup">Â </td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen</td><td align="right" scope="col">Â 0.914</td></tr><tr><td>Cyclohexane</td><td align="right">Â 159.447</td></tr><tr><td>Benzene</td><td align="right">Â 194.944</td></tr><tr><td>n-Hexane</td><td align="right">Â 0.127</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total</strong></td><td align="right">Â 355.43</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Solvent Stream (Aniline) molar flow rate (kg mol/h)</strong></td><td align="right">Â 3600</td></tr><tr><td>Solvent/Feed (S/F) ratio</td><td align="right">10.13</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Distillate Product Molar Flow Rate (kg mol/hr)</strong></td><td align="right">Â </td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen</td><td align="right">Â 0.914</td></tr><tr><td>Cyclohexane</td><td align="right">Â 158.75</td></tr><tr><td>Benzene</td><td align="right">Â 0.075</td></tr><tr><td>n-Hexane</td><td align="right">Â 0.127</td></tr><tr><td>1,2 propanediol / propylene glycol</td><td align="right">Â 0.004</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total</strong></td><td align="right">Â 159.87</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Mole % Composition in the Distillate Product</strong></td><td align="right">Â </td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen</td><td align="right">Â 0.571</td></tr><tr><td>Cyclohexane</td><td align="right">Â 99.30</td></tr><tr><td>Benzene</td><td align="right">Â 0.047</td></tr><tr><td>n-Hexane</td><td align="right">Â 0.079</td></tr><tr><td>1,2 propanediol / propylene glycol</td><td align="right">Â 0.003</td></tr><tr><td>Â <strong>Total</strong></td><td align="right">Â 1.000</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Â </p><p align="justify">We then start to sketch our residue curve map by sketching the triangular diagram in Figure 8, and placing the arrows pointing from the lower to higher temperatures around the edge. The corner points for benzene and cyclohexane are single species point, and both are unstable nodes - all residue curves leave. The corner point for propylene glycol is a single species point which is a stable node - all residue curve enter. All three are nodes; none are saddles, thus;</p><p align="center">N<sub>1</sub> = 3 and S<sub>1</sub> = 0</p><p align="justify">We then further assume that there will be no ternary azeotrope been form among the three constituents, i.e.,</p><p align="center">N<sub>3</sub> = S<sub>3</sub> = 0Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="x-y Plot for Benzene and Propylene Glycol" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-fig-6.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_extractive-distillation-fig-6.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-fig-6" width="250" height="116" /></a></td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="x-y Plot for Cyclohexane and Propylene Glycol" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-fig-7.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_extractive-distillation-fig-7.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-fig-7" width="250" height="127" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 6: x-y Plot for Benzene and <br />Propylene Glycol</td><td>Figure 7: x-y Plot for Cyclohexane and<br />Propylene Glycol</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="center">Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Preliminary Sketch for Residue Curve" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-13.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_extractive-distillation-13.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-13" width="250" height="176" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 8: Preliminary Sketch for Residue Curve</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">The remaining steps here require the identification of the only binary azeotrope that form between benzene and cyclohexane, to be either a node or a saddle point. From equation 4:</p><p align="center">4(0-0) + 2(N<sub>2</sub> - S<sub>2</sub>) + (3-0) = 1<br />2(N<sub>2</sub> - S<sub>2</sub>) = -2<br />N<sub>2</sub> - S<sub>2</sub> = -1</p><p align="left">Thus, the only way we can satisfy the above equation is letting <em>N</em><sub>2 </sub>= 0 and <em>S</em><sub>2</sub> = 1, i.e. the binary azeotrope is a saddle point, which directs the trajectories in another direction.</p><p align="left">Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Completed Sketch for Residue Curve" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-14.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_extractive-distillation-14.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-14" width="250" height="195" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 9: Completed Sketch for Residue Curve</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header" align="left">Column Operation</p><p align="justify">The extractive distillation unit of this cyclohexane production plant consists of two distillation columns (Figure 10), which we can easily classify as <em>direct sequence columns</em>. The first column acts as an extractive column where the solvent is introduced at the second stage of the column, so that it will be present throughout the column and exits with the bottoms. As were stated above, the solvent alters the natural volatility of the binary mixture by forming hydrogen bonds with benzene and allowing it to be recovered as the bottom product.</p><p align="justify">The bottom product of the first column will then fed to the second column, i.e. the solvent recovery column, to undergo the normal distillation to separate both the components for further usage, i.e. benzene being recycled to the reactor for further conversion while solvent to the first column for reuse. The main operation parameter of the distillation unit is shown in Table 5.</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 5: Distillation Unit Summary</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong><em>Unit Operation<br />and Stream</em></strong></td><td><strong><em>Description</em></strong></td><td><strong><em>Operating Parameters</em></strong></td></tr><tr><td colspan="3" align="center"><strong>Distillation Column</strong></td></tr><tr><td>T-20</td><td>First column (extractive column)</td><td>Operating pressure: 150 kPa<br />Number of trays: 45<br />Solvent (str. 27) feed tray: 2<br />Feed (str. 47) tray = 28</td></tr><tr><td>T-21</td><td>Second column (solvent recovery column)</td><td>Operating pressure: 105 kPa<br />Number of trays: 20<br />Feed stream: 10</td></tr><tr><td colspan="3" align="center"><strong>Heat Exchanger</strong></td></tr><tr><td>X-22</td><td>Cool down the solvent for recycling</td><td>Outlet temperature: 80 Â°C</td></tr><tr><td colspan="3" align="center"><strong>Pump</strong></td></tr><tr><td>P-23</td><td>Pump the solvent for recycling</td><td>Outlet pressure: 150 kPa</td></tr><tr><td colspan="3" align="center"><strong>Stream</strong></td></tr><tr><td>Stream 27</td><td>Solvent stream of 1,2-propanediol</td><td>Molar flow rate: 3600 kgmol/h</td></tr><tr><td>Stream 47</td><td>Feed stream</td><td>Molar flow rate: 355.43 kgmol/h</td></tr><tr><td>Stream 28</td><td>Product stream of Column T-20 distillate<br />(cyclohexane)</td><td>Molar flow rate: 158.75 kgmol/h<br />with a purity of 99.3%</td></tr><tr><td>Stream 29</td><td>Benzene solvent stream of bottom product<br />from column T-20, fed to solvent recovery<br />column T-21</td><td>Molar flow rate: 3795.5 kgmol/h<br />with a purity of 94.8%</td></tr><tr><td>Stream 30</td><td>Product stream of column T-21 distillate<br />(benzene) for recycle</td><td>Molar flow rate: 223.91 kgmol/h<br />with a purity of 84.96% benzene</td></tr><tr><td>Stream 31</td><td>Solvent stream of bottom product from<br />column T-21 (solvent) for recycle</td><td>Molar flow rate: 3571.6 kgmol/h<br />with a purity of 99.87% solvent</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-16.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-16" width="514" height="321" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 10: Extractive Distillation Unit for Cyclohexane Production Plant</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="center">Â </p><p align="center">Â </p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/extractive-distillation-17.gif" alt="extractive-distillation-17" width="441" height="313" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 11: Distillation Ternary Diagram for the Extractive Distillation Unit</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="center">Â </p><p class="h1header" align="justify">References</p><ol><li>J. M. Smith, H. C. Van Ness, M. M. Abbott, 1996, <em>Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, </em>McGraw Hill, p.449.</li><li>Douglas M. Ruthven (Ed.), 1997, <em>Encyclopedia of Separation Technology</em>, Vol. 1, John Wiley, [<em>Distillation, Azeotropic and Extractive</em> by Michael F. D., Jeffrey P. K.]{parse block="google_articles"}</li><li>L. T. Biegler, E. I. Grossmann, Arthur W. Westerberg, 1997, <em>Systematic Methods of Chemical Process Design</em>, Prentice Hall, [Separating Azeotropic Mixture]</li><li>Green, Perry, 1997, <em>Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook</em>, 7<sup>th</sup> Edition, McGraw Hill,. [Section 13-78 <em>Enhanced Distillation </em>by J. D. Seader, Jeffrey J. S., Scott D. B.]</li><li>Philip A. Schweitzer, 1988, <em>Handbook of Separation Technique for Chemical Engineers, 2<sup>nd</sup> Edition</em>, McGraw Hill, [<em>Continuous Distillation: Separation of Multicomponent Mixture </em>by Edward C. R., John E. M.]</li><li>James R. F., Distillation.</li><li>Robert F. G., 1972, <em>Extractive and Azeotropic Distillation</em>, [<em>Rapid screening of Extractive Distillation Solvent. Predictive and Experimental Techniques</em> by Tassios P. D.]</li><li>Green, Perry, 1997, <em>Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook</em>, 7<sup>th</sup> Edition, McGraw Hill,. [Section 13-79 <em>Enhanced Distillation </em>by J. D. Seader, Jeffrey J. S., Scott D. B.]</li><li>James R. Fair, Distillation [Special Distillation]</li><li>Kith-Othmer, 1965, <em>Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology</em>, 2<sup>nd</sup> Edition, Vol. 6, John Wiley, [<em>Cyclohexane </em>by James J.Kirk]</li><li>Lee L. E., 1999, <em>Plant Design Project Cyclohexane Production</em>, UTM, {<em>Chapter 7 Discussion</em>].</li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">c7635bfd99248a2cdef8249ef7bfbef4</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Keeping Ejectors Online</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/utilities/keeping-ejectors-online</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Steam jet ejectors offer a simple, reliable means of producing vacuum, and have a low installed cost as well. They are commonly found in process plants having available steam. The vacuum produced is useful for many processes, including evaporation, cooling, hydration, crystallization, deaeration and filtration.</p> <p>Through the simplicity of its construction (Figure 1), the steam-jet ejector provides many years of troublefree operation. {parse block="google_articles"}When a problem <em>does </em>occur, many plant personnel do not have the experience to effectively troubleshoot an ejector system, and precious production time is lost.</p><p>For example, a loss of vacuum in a multistage ejector system might have many plant personnel disassembling the first-stage ejector booster, on the assumption that one must check a unit from inlet to outlet. In fact (as will be shown later in this article), this is the last place to look. Fortunately, downtime can be kept to a minimum when a logical sequence of steps -- a checklist -- is followed to locate the source of trouble.</p><p>Â <span class="h1header">Ejector Basics</span></p><div class="imagecaption" style="display: inline-block; float: left; margin: 5px; width: 250px; background-color: #ffffff; padding: 5px;"><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="In total, this illustration represents a four-stage ejector system with two surface-contact intercondensers. A simple single-stage system would comprise only the section in the outlined box. In either case, motive force is provided by steam jets, which draw vapor from a vessel and through the system. The condensers act to reduce the load on the next ejector." href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ejector1.gif" target="_blank"><img style="float: left;" src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ejector1.gif" alt="ejectors" width="250" height="130" /><br style="CLEAR: none" /></a><div class="imagecaption" text-align: center; padding: 5px;">Figure 1: Typical Ejector Arrangement</div></div><p>Ejectors can be classified as <em>single-stage </em>or <em>multistage</em>. Multistage ejectors may be further divided into condensing or noncondensing types. The single-stage ejector, the simplest and most common type, is generally recommended for pressures ranging from atmospheric pressure (30 in. Hg absolute) to 3 in. Hg abs. Discharge is typically at or near atmospheric pressure. The boxed section of Figure 1 shows a single-stage system. The effects of injected steam on process vapors is shown in figure 4. Multistage noncondensing ejectors (MNEs) are used to produce suction pressures lower than 3 or 4 in. Hg abs. Steam consumption in an MNE is relatively high. Each successive stage is required to handle the load plus the motive steam from the previous stage. MNEs are frequently used when low first cost is more important than long-range economy. They are also used for intermittent service or when condensing water is not available. MNEs are usually two-stage, although six-stage units have been used successfully.</p><p>Multistage condensing ejectors (MCEs) are available in two through six stages. Intercondensers (surface or direct-contact) between stages condense steam from the preceding stage, reducing the load to be compressed in the succeeding stage. A multistage system is shown in Figure 1.</p><p>Four-, five- and six-stage ejectors are used to achieve suction pressures as low as 5 Âµm Hg abs. Under such vacuum conditions, pressure between the preliminary stages is too low to permit condensation of ejector steam, and only the final two stages are fitted with condensers. MCEs remove condensable vapor ahead of a given ejector stage. They also permit use of a smaller ejector, and a reduction in the amount of steam required. Condenser nomenclature is determined by the corresponding operating conditions and functions.</p><p><em>Precondensers </em>are used when the absolute pressure of the process is sufficiently high to allow condensation at the temperature of the available water supply. Noncondensables are removed from the precondenser by one or more ejector stages. Condensers or <em>inter-condensers </em>liquefy process vapor and motive steam from one or more preceding booster ejectors. <em>Aftercondensers </em>condense steam discharging from the last-stage ejector, generally at atmospheric pressures.</p><p>There are two basic types of condensers -- direct-contact and surface-contact. In direct-contact (countercurrent, barometric design) condensers, cooling water is mixed directly with the vapor to be condensed, then discharged to atmosphere through a barometric leg or tailpipe of sufficient length to overcome the atmospheric pressure. A means of cleaning up or otherwise disposing the water that has become contaminated by process material is often required. The surface-contact condenser permits main-condenser cooling water to be used as cooling water through inter- and aftercondensers, for energy and process-water conservation.</p><p class="h1header">Where to Start</p><p>When a vacuum problem arises there are several preliminary checks that should be made on an ejector system before components are disassembled. First, is the system design data readily available? Most ejector systems are custom-designed to operate at a specified vacuum, given process loads, minimum available steam pressure, maximum steam temperature, maximum discharge pressure and maximum water temperature. It is impossible to evaluate the complete system unless the manufacturer's design parameters are known.</p><p>{parse block="google_articles"}A data sheet can be obtained from the manufacturer of the ejector system and should list the design vacuum, capacity, interstage ejector vacuums, motive steam pressure and temperature, condenser water-inlet and -outlet temperatures, and discharge pressure. Critical dimensions such as the diameters of the ejector nozzle orifice and the diffuser bore should also be know.</p><p>Once the design data are located, there is an ordered series of steps to take in isolating ejector problems. One should check:</p><ul><li>Gauges </li><li>Steam </li><li>Water </li><li>Process loads </li><li>Field report and process logs </li></ul><p class="h1header">Pay Attention to Instruments</p><p>When troubleshooting the ejector system, accurate pressure and temperature measurements are needed to quickly locate the source of the problem. Therefore, a check of the system's instrumentation is a necessity. All vacuum, pressure, and temperature gages should be calibrated or replaced. A malfunctioning vacuum gage may be found to be the entire vacuum "problem."</p><p>If the vacuum gage is several feet or more from the ejector system, check the line running from the system to the gage for air leakage. It would take a very small amount of air leakage in an instrument vacuum line to throw off the measurement. If leakage is suspected, connect the test gage directly to the ejector and compare vacuum measurements. If there is a valve in the vacuum line, close it and observe the vacuum line, close it and observe the vacuum gage. If it slowly loses vacuum, air leakage is occurring.</p><p><div class="imagecaption" style="display: inline-block; float: left; margin: 5px; width: 200px; background-color: #ffffff; padding: 5px;"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ejector2.gif" alt="ejector" width="200" height="93" /><div class="imagecaption" style="text-align: center; padding: 5px;">Figure 2. Steam-jet Ejectors Often Provide a Compact Means of Delivering Vacuum.</div></div>For troubleshooting purposes, overall, an absolute pressure gage is preferred over a common vacuum gage. A common vacuum gage that reads in units of inches of mercury vacuum is food for rough measurements by operators, but this gage does not five the accuracy needed for a system analysis. Besides relative inaccuracy, vacuum gages require a barometric pressure measurement to determine an ejector's vacuum in units of inches of mercury absolute. There are a variety of suppliers of such absolute-pressure gages.</p><p>Typically, an absolute mercury manometer is used for measuring the vacuum in the Y and Z stages (Figure 2). It can be flooded with water and still give a relatively accurate reading.</p><p>Replacement mercury U-tubes are also inexpensive, and are available from various suppliers. Mercury-free units are also available, and are typically used for the higher-vacuum ejectors such as W or X stages. There are also many manufacturers of electronic vacuum gages that offer very accurate and portable instruments. The gages are well worth the investment and should be kept in stock only to be used when troubleshooting ejector systems.</p><p>Steam-pressure gages should be located on the steam chest of the ejectors or as close to the unit as possible. It is important to know the actual operating steam pressure since an ejector of critical-flow design (suction pressure less than half discharge pressure) will not operate properly when even a few psi below its design motive pressure. Compound steam pressure gages are recommended since they will not be damaged when exposed to vacuum.</p><p class="h1header">Steam</p><p>Motive steam plays probably the most important role in the operation of a steam jet ejector. Since internal dimensions are fixed, the ejector is designed for only one steam condition. When the steam condition changes there will be a change in the operation and efficiency of the ejector.</p><p>{parse block="google_articles"}In a critical-flow ejector a decrease in steam pressure of just a few psi will result in a broken or unstable vacuum. An increase in steam pressure above design will not have a noticeable effect in the operation of an ejector unless the increase is significant (>25%).</p><p>Besides wasting steam, excess motive pressure tends to choke the venturi with steam, thereby decreasing the suction capacity of the ejector. Note too that the performance of ejectors designed for saturated steam will be adversely affected if operated with super-heated steam.</p><p>The specific volume of steam increases with increasing temperature, which may require an increase in pressure to maintain required steam flow. Otherwise, as in the case of low steam pressure, the manufacturer must be consulted for a redesign of the ejectors.</p><p>Excess moisture in steam is one of the most common problems found in ejectors. Wet steam causes poor performance and, depending on the degree of wetness, can permanently damage an ejector in a very short period of time. A steam quality of less than 2% moisture is tolerable with most moderate vacuum systems. However, ejectors designed for a vacuum of 5 mm Hg abs or less should have steam that is completely dry or with a few degrees of superheat.</p><p>A telltale sign of wet steam is a fluttering needle on a steam pressure gage during operation. But the only sure way to determine quality of steam is to test it with a throttling calorimeter. This is a constant-enthalpy device that measures steam pressure and temperature. When used in combination with a Mollier chart, a reading of steam quality is obtained.</p><p>If steam is found to be wet, a steam separator should be installed in the steam line as close to the ejector as possible. Keeping all steam piping, and the steam separator, completely insulated will also help prevent the formation of wet steam.</p><p class="h1header">Water</p><p>Multiple-stage ejector systems will normally include condensers between some or all stages. Condenser designs are based on maximum water temperature and available flow. When inlet water temperature increases above design maximum, loads to the following stage increase, resulting in a poorer vacuum at that stage. If the affected stage is the last (Z) stage, then the vacuums of all the preceding stages could also be affected.</p><p><div class="imagecaption" style="display: inline-block; float: left; margin: 5px; width: 250px; background-color: #ffffff; padding: 5px;"><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="The three basic parts of an ejector are the nozzle, mixing chamber and diffuser. High-pressure motive fluid passes through the nozzle, expands in the mixing chamber (where pressure is converted to fluid velocity), and passes through the venturi throat of the diffuser. Process fluid enters the suction port and is drawn into the mixing chamber. The curves show the changes in velocity (top) and pressure (bottom) of the motive fluid and Process fluid." href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ejector3.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ejector3.gif" alt="ejector" width="250" height="243" /></a><div class="imagecaption" style="text-align: center; padding: 5px;">Figure 3: Ejector Profiles (expand for more info)</div></div>The water temperature rise across a surface-contact condenser should be compared with design. A temperature rise larger or smaller than design could be an indication of a flow problem or fouling.</p><p>In direct-contact condensers, high or low water flowrates can cause problems in the vacuum system. High water flow could flood the condenser, increasing pressure drop, and therefore, the back pressure on the stage discharging into it. Low water flow may not be distributed properly, allowing condensable load to bypass into the following ejector and resulting in a poor vacuum.</p><p class="h1header">Process Loads</p><p>A change in process load will have a direct effect on the ejector system. Ejectors operate over a unique capacity curve, and any increase in load will result in a higher absolute pressure. An increase in noncondensables will travel through the system, affecting the following ejector stages. Discharge pressures of each stage will increase to the point of a breakdown in operation. As in the case of a changed steam condition, a change in process load will require redesign by the manufacturer, if design vacuum is to be maintained.</p><p class="h1header">Check the Logs</p><p>Manufacturers' field service reports or process logs may offer clues to present operational problems. the symptoms of a vacuum problem may be similar to a past problem outlined, with solutions, in a service report. Process logs may also indicate problems with steam pressure or changes in process conditions that will have a direct effect on the vacuum system.</p><p class="h1header">Now Look at the Process</p><p>If the preliminary checklist is completed with no obvious problems found, the next step is to determine whether the problem lies in the ejector system or the process. The steps remaining to be considered are: no-load vacuum test (single- or multistage) and an internal inspection.</p><p>The best way to determine if the vacuum problem lies in the ejector system or the process is to isolate and test the ejector separate from the process. The standard method of testing an ejector is to attach a blank, or blind flange, on the suction flange of the ejector and measure the vacuum at no-load conditions. A stable no-load vacuum is more difficult for an ejector to reach than a point under load conditions, simply because there is a greater suction-to-discharge pressure differential.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ejector6.gif" alt="piccolo" width="175" height="116" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: A Piccolo Gauge is Used to Check Vacuum Quality</td></tr></tbody></table><p>If the no-load vacuum measures the same as the manufacturer's test, then it is reasonably safe to assume that the ejector is working at its design load point. The problem may lie upstream from the suction of the ejector- possibly an increase in air leakage or process load. It should be noted that unless specified, an ejector may not have a stable vacuum at no-load even though it works at its design load.</p><p>To test an ejector at its design load point involves metering the design load into the suction of the ejector. Use a calibrated orifice or a series of orifices (such as can be found on an instrument known as a piccolo -- Figure 5), and then compare the measured vacuum to the design vacuum. A curve can be plotted and compared with the manufacturer's. This procedure should be considered only after all other tests are exhausted. (The manufacturer should be consulted for the proper field testing procedure if a test under design load conditions is desired.)</p><p>If the ejector does <em>not </em>obtain the manufacturer's tested no-load vacuum, the ejector should then be disassembled and internally inspected. No-load testing is easily accomplished on a single-stage ejector system, but a multistage ejector system must be evaluated by checking the <em>last </em>stage <em>first</em>.</p><p class="h1header">Multistage, No Load Vacuum</p><p>Typically, a multistage ejector system is started up backwards from the last (Z) stage to the first. The Y stage cannot operate properly until the Z stage is working, the X stage will not work unless the Y and Z are operating, and so on.</p><p>{parse block="google_articles"}Troubleshooting a multistage ejector system should also proceed in this back-to-front order. Check the vacuum of each stage during process load conditions, and compare it to its design value. When the measured vacuum of a stage is worse than its design, the cause of the problem at that stage must be found and corrected before proceeding any further.</p><p>The next step is to performance-test the stage in question by checking its no-load vacuum. For example, if the stage being checked is the Y stage of a three-stage ejector system, a blank should be installed on the Y suction flange. Since the Y stage is designed to discharge to a vacuum created by the Z stage, the Z stage, and intercondenser if present, must operate simultaneously during this test.</p><p>With the Y stage steam valved off, first check and record the Z stage no-load vacuum to be sure it is meeting the manufacturer's tested value. Then, with the vacuum gage still connected to the Z stage, turn the Y stage steam on. If the Z stage vacuum steadily falls off, the intercondenser is most likely the cause of trouble and should be inspected.</p><p>As mentioned in the preliminary checklist, a condenser temperature rise much greater or less than design may be an indication of a water-flow problem. A water-flow problem can result in a higher condenser temperature and an overloading of the following stage with uncondensed vapor. In this case, as the Z stage falls off, the Y stage vacuum would follow.</p><p>Examples of direct-contact condenser problems include: a blocked tailpipe, air leakage into tailpipe, damaged water distributor, or a plugged water nozzle. Surface condenser problems include: a blocked drain, air leakage into tailpipe, or split or fouled tubes.</p><p>If the Z stage vacuum is within specifications, move the vacuum gage to the Y stage. If the Y stage vacuum measures exactly the same as that of the Z stage, a blocked Y stage nozzle may be the cause. However, at this point, if the Y stage vacuum does not measure reasonably close to the manufacturer's tested no-load value, the stage should be disassembled for internal inspection.</p><p>Finding the Y and Z stage vacuums within specifications, remove the blind flange from the Y stage suction and repeat the procedure at the X stage. It is important to remember that each stage must meet its design vacuum before continuing the testing.</p><p>At times it may be impractical to make and install a blind flange on the suction connection of an ejector due to the size of the unit. In most cases, however, these larger stages will be the W or X. If the no-load testing has ruled out the Y and Z stages and the condensers ass possible causes of the vacuum problem, and internal inspection of these larger stages may be the more practical step to follow.</p><p class="h1header">Internal Inspection</p><p>There are several things to look for when performing internal inspection of an ejector. Usually any kind of corrosion or erosion that is obvious to the eye and touch will affect the performance of an ejector. An indication of wet steam will show as lines ("wiredrawing") etched up and down the inside of the steam nozzle. The point along the diameter where the steam contacts the venturi is another location that may be gouged due to wet steam.<p>Steam leaking around the nozzle puts an artificial load on that stage, resulting in poor vacuum. Leakage of this sort should be noticeable as a discoloration where the nozzle seats on the steam chest, or as erosion of the nozzle threads. A process that causes corrosion or buildup of material on the internals of an ejector will also effect the performance of that unit.</p><p>Critical dimensions such as the nozzle orifice or venturi bore diameter, obtained from the manufacturer, will enable a measurement of dimensions to determine extent of wear. Part numbers of the various ejector components should be checked to ensure they are in the right unit. Many ejector parts, and complete stages, are physically interchangeable and care must be taken not to mix them.</p><p class="h1header">Keep Spares on Hand</p></p><p>At a minimum, keep at least the following components in stock:</p><ul><li>One steam nozzle for every single nozzle ejector stage </li><li>One diffuser for every stage, at least in sizes through 6 in. -- higher, if continuity of service is critical </li></ul><p>If continuity of service is important to a process, keep a spare steam nozzle in stock for every size ejector in the system. Spare diffusers are also worthwhile to keep in stock, especially for smaller systems. While it is theoretically possible for the plant engineer to recondition these parts, the practice is not recommended because critical dimensions may be altered.</p><p>Since most nozzles are relatively inexpensive they should be considered sacrificial; if wear is evident they may be discarded and easily replaced. A complete Z stage should be kept in stock for important systems in critical operations.</p><p>If these simple tips fail, don't despair. Check the nameplate and call the manufacturer. A condition may be new to you, but chances are the manufacturer has seen it, and corrected it, many times before. Since troubleshooting an ejector system is quite straightforward, suppliers can usually work with you over the phone to get the problem corrected. Experienced service people estimate that at least 50% or more of the troubles referred to them can be solved over the phone.</p><p>Of all vacuum-producing devices, the steam-jet ejector is the most forgiving. Occasional inspection, replacement of parts, and adherence to design conditions will keep it operating reliable for many years. Knowledge of these simple procedures for avoiding trouble, and locating it if it does occur, will save time and product in you plant.</p><table class="datatable_inset" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><p align="left">This article first appeared in <em>Chemical Engineering</em> magazine in May 1992.Â  Special thanks to Mr. Norman Diegnan for permitting the reproduction of this article at <em>The Chemical Engineers' Resource Page.</em></p></td></tr></tbody></table>Â Â ]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">2cbca44843a864533ec05b321ae1f9d1</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Using Equivalent Lengths of Valves and Fittings</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/fluid-flow/using-equivalent-lengths-of-valves-and-fittings</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>One of the most basic calculations performed by any process engineer, whether in design or in the plant, is line sizing and pipeline pressure loss. Typically known are the flow rate, temperature and corresponding viscosity and specific gravity of the fluid that will flow through the pipe.</p><p> These properties are entered into a computer program or spreadsheet along with some pipe physical data (pipe schedule and roughness factor) {parse block="google_articles"}and out pops a series of line sizes with associated Reynolds Number, velocity, friction factor and pressure drop per linear dimension. The pipe size is then selected based on a compromise between the velocity and the pressure drop. With the line now sized and the pressure drop per linear dimension determined, the pressure loss from the inlet to the outlet of the pipe can be calculated.</p><p class="h1header">Calculating Pressure Drop</p><p>The most commonly used equation for determining pressure drop in a straight pipe is the Darcy Weisbach equation. One common form of the equation which gives pressure drop in terms of feet of head is given below:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/eqlength1.gif" alt="eqlength1" width="102" height="46" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The term <img style="margin-left: 3px; vertical-align: middle; margin-right: 3px;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/eqlength2.gif" alt="eqlength2" width="41" height="57" />is commonly referred to as the Velocity Head.</p><p>Another common form of the Darcy Weisbach equation that is most often used by engineers because it gives pressure drop in units of pounds per square inch (psi) is:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/eqlength3.gif" alt="eqlength3" width="164" height="49" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>To obtain pressure drop in units of psi/100 ft, the value of 100 replaces L in Equation 2.</p><p>The total pressure drop in the pipe is typically calculated using these five steps.</p><ol><li>Determine the total length of all horizontal and vertical straight pipe runs. </li><li>Determine the number of valves and fittings in the pipe. For example, there may be two gate valves, a 90<sup>o</sup> elbow and a flow thru tee. </li><li>Determine the means of incorporating the valves and fittings into the Darcy equation. To accomplish this, most engineers use a table of equivalent lengths. This table lists the valve and fitting and an associated length of straight pipe of the same diameter, which will incur the same pressure loss as that valve or fitting. For example, if a 2" 90<sup>o</sup> elbow were to produce a pressure drop of 1 psi, the equivalent length would be a length of 2" straight pipe that would also give a pressure drop of 1 psi. The engineer then multiplies the quantity of each type of valve and fitting by its respective equivalent length and adds them together. </li><li>The total equivalent length is usually added to the total straight pipe length obtained in step one to give a total pipe equivalent length. </li><li>This total pipe equivalent length is then substituted for L in Equation 2 to obtain the pressure drop in the pipe.</li></ol><p>See any problems with this method?</p><p class="h1header">Relationship Between K, Friction Factor, and Equivalent Length</p><p>The following discussion is based on concepts found in reference 1, the CRANE Technical Paper No. 410. It is the author's opinion that this manual is the closest thing the industry has to a standard on performing various piping calculations. If the reader currently does not own this manual, it is highly recommended that it be obtained.</p><p>As in straight pipe, velocity increases through valves and fittings at the expense of head loss. This can be expressed by another form of the Darcy equation similar to Equation 1:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/eqlength4.gif" alt="eqlength4" width="83" height="45" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>When comparing Equations 1 and 3, it becomes apparent that:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/eqlength5.gif" alt="eqlength5" width="70" height="47" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>K is called the resistance coefficient and is defined as the number of velocity heads lost due to the valve or fitting. It is a measure of the following pressure losses in a valve or fitting:{parse block="google_articles"}</p><ul type="disc"><li>Pipe friction in the inlet and outlet straight portions of the valve or fitting </li><li>Changes in direction of flow path </li><li>Obstructions in the flow path </li><li>Sudden or gradual changes in the cross-section and shape of the flow path </li></ul><p>Pipe friction in the inlet and outlet straight portions of the valve or fitting is very small when compared to the other three. Since friction factor and Reynolds Number are mainly related to pipe friction, K can be considered to be independent of both friction factor and Reynolds Number.<sup> </sup>Therefore, K is treated as a constant for any given valve or fitting under all flow conditions, including laminar flow. Indeed, experiments showed<sup>1</sup> that for a given valve or fitting type, the tendency is for K to vary only with valve or fitting size. Note that this is also true for the friction factor in straight clean commercial steel pipe <em>as long as flow conditions are in the fully developed turbulent zone</em>. It was also found that the ratio L/D tends towards a constant <em>for all sizes </em>of a given valve or fitting type<em> </em>at the same flow conditions. The ratio L/D is defined as the equivalent length of the valve or fitting <em>in pipe diameters </em>and<em> </em>L is the equivalent length itself.<em> </em></p><p>In Equation 4, <em>f</em> therefore varies only with valve and fitting size and is independent of Reynolds Number. This only occurs if the fluid flow is in the zone of <em>complete turbulence</em> (see the Moody Chart in reference 1 or in any textbook on fluid flow). Consequently, <em>f</em> in Equation 4 is <em>not</em> the same <em>f</em> as in the Darcy equation for straight pipe, which <em>is</em> a function of Reynolds Number. For valves and fittings, <em>f</em> is the friction factor in the zone of <em>complete turbulence</em> and is designated <em>f</em><sub>t</sub>, and the equivalent length of the valve or fitting is designated L<sub>eq</sub>. Equation 4 should now read (with D being the diameter of the valve or fitting):</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/eqlength6.gif" alt="eqlength6" width="92" height="40" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The equivalent length, L<sub>eq,</sub> is related to <em>f</em><sub>t</sub>, not<sub> </sub><em>f</em>, the friction factor of the flowing fluid in the pipe. Going back to step four in our five step procedure for calculating the total pressure drop in the pipe, adding the equivalent length to the straight pipe length for use in Equation 1 is fundamentally wrong.</p><p class="h1header">Calculating Pressure Drop, The Correct Way</p><p>So how should we use equivalent lengths to get the pressure drop contribution of the valve or fitting? A form of Equation 1 can be used if we substitute <em>f</em><sub>t</sub> for <em>f</em> and L<sub>eq</sub> for L (with d being the diameter of the valve or fitting):</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/eqlength7.gif" alt="eqlength7" width="181" height="54" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The pressure drop for the valves and fittings is then added to the pressure drop for the straight pipe to give the total pipe pressure drop.</p><p>Another approach would be to use the K values of the individual valves and fittings. The quantity of each type of valve and fitting is multiplied by its respective K value and added together to obtain a total K. This total K is then substituted into the following equation:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/eqlength8.gif" alt="eqlength8" width="164" height="44" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (7)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Notice that use of equivalent length and friction factor in the pressure drop equation is eliminated, although both are still required to calculate the values of K<sup>1</sup>. As a matter of fact, there is nothing stopping the engineer from converting the straight pipe length into a K value and adding this to the K values for the valves and fittings before using Equation 7. This is accomplished by using Equation 4, where D is the pipe diameter and <em>f</em> is the pipeline friction factor.</p><p>How significant is the error caused by mismatching friction factors? The answer is, it depends. Below is a real world example showing the difference between the Equivalent Length method (as applied by most engineers) and the K value method to calculate pressure drop.</p><p class="h1header">An Example</p><p>The fluid being pumped is 94% Sulfuric Acid through a 3", Schedule 40, Carbon Steel pipe:</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Process Data for Example Calculation</caption><tbody><tr><td>Mass Flow Rate, lb/hr</td><td>63,143</td></tr><tr><td>Volumetric Flow Rate, gpm</td><td>70</td></tr><tr><td>Density, lb/ft<sup>3</sup></td><td>112.47</td></tr><tr><td>S.G.</td><td>1.802</td></tr><tr><td>Viscosity, cp</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Temperature, <sup>o</sup>F</td><td>127</td></tr><tr><td>Pipe ID, in</td><td>3.068</td></tr><tr><td>Velocity, ft/s</td><td>3.04</td></tr><tr><td>Reynold's No</td><td>12,998</td></tr><tr><td>Darcy Friction Factor, (f) Pipe</td><td>0.02985</td></tr><tr><td>Pipe Line ?P/100 ft</td><td>1.308</td></tr><tr><td>Friction Factor at Full Turbulence (<em>f</em><sub>t</sub>)</td><td>0.018</td></tr><tr><td>Straight Pipe, ft</td><td>31.5</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 2: Fitting Date for Example Calculation</caption><tbody><tr><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup"><strong>Fittings</strong></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">L<sub>eq</sub>/D<sup>1</sup></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">L<sub>eq</sub><sup>2, 3</sup></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup"><p align="center">K<sup>1, 2</sup> =<br /><em>f</em><sub>t</sub> (L/D)</p></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">Quantity</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">Total L<sub>eq</sub></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">Total K</td></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="middle" scope="col">90<sup>o</sup> Long Radius Elbow</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">20</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">5.1</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">0.36</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">2</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">10.23</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">0.72</td></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="middle" scope="col">Branch Tee</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">60</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">15.3</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">1.08</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">1</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">15.34</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">1.08</td></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="middle" scope="col">Swing Check Valve</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">50</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">12.8</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">0.90</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">1</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">12.78</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">0.90</td></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="middle" scope="col">Plug Valve</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">18</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">4.6</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">0.324</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">1</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">4.60</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">0.324</td></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="middle" scope="col">3" x 1" Reducer<sup>4</sup></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">None<sup>5</sup></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">822.68<sup>5</sup></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">57.92</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">1</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">822.68</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">57.92</td></tr><tr><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup"><em>Total</em></td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">Â </td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">Â </td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">Â </td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">Â </td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">865.63</td><td align="right" valign="middle" scope="colgroup">60.94</td></tr></tbody></table><p><em>Notes:</em></p><ol type="1"><li><em>K values and L<sub>eq</sub>/D are obtained from Reference 1. </em></li><li><em>K values and L<sub>eq </sub>are given in terms of the larger sized pipe. </em></li><li><em>L<sub>eq</sub> is calculated using Equation 5 above. </em></li><li><em>The reducer is really an expansion; the pump discharge nozzle is 1" (Schedule 80) but the connecting pipe is 3". In piping terms, there are no expanders, just reducers. It is standard to specify the reducer with the larger size shown first. The K value for the expansion is calculated as a gradual enlargement with a 30<sup>o</sup> angle. </em></li><li><em>There is no L/D associated with an expansion or contraction. The equivalent length must be back calculated from the K value using Equation 5 above. </em></li></ol><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 3: Pressure Drop Results for Example Calculation</caption><tbody><tr><td>Â </td><td>Typical Equivalent <br />Length Method</td><td>K Value Method</td></tr><tr><td>Straight Pipe ?P, psi</td><td align="right" scope="rowgroup">Not Applicable</td><td align="right">0.412</td></tr><tr><td>Total Pipe Equivalent Length ?P, psi</td><td align="right">11.734</td><td align="right">Not Applicable</td></tr><tr><td>Valves and Fittings ?P, psi</td><td align="right">Not Applicable</td><td align="right">6.828</td></tr><tr><td>Total Pipe ?P, psi</td><td align="right">11.734</td><td align="right">7.240</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The line pressure drop is greater by about 4.5 psi (about 62%) using the typical equivalent length method (adding straight pipe length to the equivalent length of the fittings and valves and using the pipe line fiction factor in Equation 1).</p><p>One can argue that if the fluid is water or a hydrocarbon, the pipeline friction factor would be closer to the friction factor at full turbulence and the error would not be so great, if at all significant; and they would be correct. However hydraulic calculations, like all calculations, should be done in a correct and consistent manner. If the engineer gets into the habit of performing hydraulic calculations using fundamentally incorrect equations, he takes the risk of falling into the trap when confronted by a pumping situation as shown above.</p><p>Another point to consider is how the engineer treats a reducer when using the typical equivalent length method. As we saw above, the equivalent length of the reducer had to be back-calculated using equation 5. To do this, we had to use <em>f<sub>t </sub><em>and K</em>. </em></p><p><span class="info"><strong>Why not use these for the rest of the fittings and apply the calculation correctly in the first place?</strong></span><em> </em></p><p class="h1header"> <span class="h1header">Final Thoughts on K Values</span></p><p>The 1976 edition of the Crane Technical Paper No. 410 first discussed and used the two-friction factor method for calculating the total pressure drop in a piping system (<em>f</em> for straight pipe and <em>f</em><sub>t</sub> for valves and fittings). Since then, Hooper<sup>2 </sup>suggested a 2-K method for calculating the pressure loss contribution for valves and fittings. His argument was that the equivalent length in pipe diameters (L/D) and K was indeed a function of Reynolds Number (at flow rates less than that obtained at fully developed turbulent flow) and the exact geometries of smaller valves and fittings. K for a given valve or fitting is a {parse block="google_articles"}combination of two Ks, one being the K found in CRANE Technical Paper No. 410, designated K<sub>Y</sub>, and the other being defined as the K of the valve or fitting at a Reynolds Number equal to 1, designated K<sub>1</sub>. The two are related by the following equation:</p><p>K = K<sub>1 </sub>/ N<sub>RE </sub>+ K<sub>?</sub> (1 + 1/D)</p><p>The term (1+1/D) takes into account scaling between different sizes within a given valve or fitting group. Values for K<sub>1</sub> can be found in the reference article<sup>2</sup> and pressure drop is then calculated using Equation 7. For flow in the fully turbulent zone and larger size valves and fittings, K becomes consistent with that given in CRANE.</p><p>Darby<sup>3</sup> expanded on the 2-K method. He suggests adding a third K term to the mix. Darby states that the 2-K method does not accurately represent the effect of scaling the sizes of valves and fittings. The reader is encouraged to get a copy of this article.</p><p>The use of the 2-K method has been around since 1981 and does not appear to have "caught" on as of yet. Some newer commercial computer programs allow for the use of the 2-K method, but most engineers inclined to use the K method instead of the Equivalent Length method still use the procedures given in CRANE. The latest 3-K method comes from data reported in the recent CCPS Guidlines<sup>4</sup> and appears to be destined to become the new standard; we shall see.</p><p class="h1header">Conclusion</p><p>Consistency, accuracy and correctness should be what the Process Design Engineer strives for. We all add our "fat" or safety factors to theoretical calculations to account for real-world situations. It would be comforting to know that the "fat" was added to a basis using sound and fundamentally correct methods for calculations.</p><p class="h1header">Questions and Answers</p><p class="h2header">Question #1</p><p class="blockquote_j"><p>Could you please give me in layman terms a better definition for K values. I know that K is defined as "the number of velocity heads lost"...But what exactly does that mean???</p><p>Mr. Leckner's reply to this question:</p><table class="datatable_inset" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p>Well, I'll try to give you the Chemical Engineer's version of the layman answer. Velocity of any fluid increases through pipes, valves and fittings at the expense of pressure. This pressure loss is referred to as head loss. The greater the head loss, the higher the velocity of the fluid. So, saying a velocity head loss is just another way of saying we loose pressure due to and increase in velocity and this pressure loss is measured in terms of feet of head. Now, each component in the system contributes to the amount of pressure loss in different amounts depending upon what it is. Pipes contribute fL/D where L is the pipe length, D is the pipe diameter and f is the friction factor. A fitting or valve contributes K. Each fitting and valve has an associated K.</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">Question #2</p><p class="blockquote_j"><p>It appears that the K values in CRANE TP-410 were established using a liquid (water) flow loop. Is this K value also valid for compressible media systems? (Can a K value be used for both compressible and incompressible service?)</p><p>Mr. Leckner's reply to this question:</p><table class="datatable_inset" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p>Crane also tested their system on steam and air. Now, this is where things get sticky. As per CRANE TP-410, K values are a function of the size and type of valve or fitting only and is independent of fluid and Reynolds number. So yes, you can use it in ALL services, including two-phase flow.Â  However, as I point out towards the end of my article, there is now evidence that shows using a single K value for the valve and fitting is not correct and that K is indeed a function of both Reynolds number and fitting/valve<br />geometry. I reference an article by Dr. Ron Darby of Texas A&M University which can be found in Chemical Engineering Magazine, July 1999. Dr. Darby just published a second article on the subject which can be found in Chemical Engineering Magazine, April 2001.<br /><br />I don't believe there is any question as to the proper way to use K values in pressure drop calculations. The only question is whether industry will accept the new data.</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">Question #3</p><p class="blockquote_j"><p>When answering my first question, you stated:Â  'Velocity of any fluid increases through pipes, valves and fittings at the expense of pressure.'Â  When you say this, you are talking about compressible (gas) flow right?Â  For example, in a pipe of constant area, the velocity of a gas would increase as the fluid traveled down the pipe (due to the decreasing pressure). Â  However, the velocity of a liquid would remain constant as it traveled down the same pipe (even with the decreasing pressure).Â  Is this a correct statement?</p><p>Mr. Leckner's reply to this question:</p><table class="datatable_inset" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p>Sorry for the confusion. Yes to both of your questions. If you look at the Bernoulli equation, you will see that velocity cancels out for a liquid as long as there is no change in pipe size along the way and pressure drop is only a function of frictional losses and a change in elevation.<br /><br />However, the K value of a fitting is still a quantifier of the head loss (frictional loss) in that fitting and this head loss is still calculated as the velocity head of the liquid (V^2/2g). So in essence, you still achieve a <br />liquid velocity at the expense of pressure loss; the velocity head just happens to be constant. Read section 2-8 in CRANE TP-410. They define the velocity head as a decrease in static head due to velocity.<br /><br />The big thing is not to get too hung up on the definitions and just remember you can't have flow unless you have a driving force and that force is differential pressure. Also, in a piping system there is frictional losses which comes from the pipe and all fittings and valves. The use of K is just a way of quantifying the frictional component of the fittings and valves. You can even put the piping friction in terms of K by using fL/D for the pipe and multiplying that by V^2/2g.<br /><br />I hope this helps. If you are still confused, let me know and I'll just explain it again but I'll try to do it in a different way. Sometimes, a concept just needs to be re-worded and I'm willing to spend as much time on this as you need.</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h2header">Question #4</p><p class="blockquote_j"><p>I'm reading the Crane Technical Paper #410 and I have the following<br />questions/comments:<br /><br />Page 2-8 of TP 410 states that:<br />"Velocity in a pipe is obtained at the expense of static head".Â  This makes sense and Equation 2-1 shows this relationship where the static head is converted to velocity head.Â  However, there is no diameter associated with this.Â  So is it correct to say based on equation 2-1 that if you had a barrel of water with a short length of pipe attached to the bottom that discharged to atmosphere, and in this barrel you had 5 feet of water (5' of static head), the resulting water velocity would be 17.94 ft/sec (regardless<br />of the pipe diameter).<br /><br />Maybe the real question is how do you use equation 2-1.Â  Do you have to know the velocity and then you can calculate the headloss?Â  And why does equation 2-1 and equation 2-3 seem to show headloss equaling two different things?<br /><br />Also, why does it say that a diameter is always associtated with the K value, when as I mentioned above there is no diameter associated with equation 2-1?<br /><br />Maybe I'm trying to read into all of this too deeply, but I still do not feel that I fully grasp what page 2-8 is trying to reveal.</p><p>Mr. Leckner's reply to this question:</p><table class="datatable_inset" border="0"><tbody><tr><td><p>You need a diameter to get velocity. Velocity is lenght/time (for example, feet/sec). Flow is usually given in either mass units (weight/time or lb/hr for example) or in volumetric units (cubic feet per minute for example). To get velocity, you need to divide the volumetric flow by a cross sectional area (square feet). To get an area, you need a diameter. So the velocity is always based on some diameter.<br /><br />As I show in my paper, equation 2-1 is just the basis of the velocity head. To get the frictional loss, you need to know the contribution of each component in the system; pipe, fitting and valve. To get that contribution, you use 'K' (equation 2-2). Each component has an associated 'K' value. You multiply the velocity head by the appropriate 'K' value. Equation 2-3 is just another way of expressing the same thing. As you can see, this means you can calculate a 'K' for a component such as a pipe using the formula fL/D as shown in Equation 2-3. Again, I explain this in my paper so I would suggest you re-read it.<br /><br />I would also suggest you look at the examples in CRANE. There are many of them in Chapter 4.<br /><br />'K' is associated with the velocity and therefore the diameter. Look at the values for 'K' in CRANE (starting on page A-26). You will see that for the most part, K is a function of a constant times the friction factor at fully turbulent flow. This friction factor changes with pipe diameter as shown on page A-26. Again, re-read my paper and look at the examples in Chapter 4.</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p></p><p class="h1header">Nomenclature</p><table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="2"><tbody><tr><td width="40">D</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Diameter, ft</td></tr><tr><td width="40">d</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Diameter, inches</td></tr><tr><td width="40"><em>f</em></td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Darcy friction factor</td></tr><tr><td width="40"><em>f</em><sub>t</sub></td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Darcy friction factor in the zone of complete turbulence</td></tr><tr><td width="40">g</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Acceleration of gravity, ft/sec<sup>2</sup></td></tr><tr><td width="40">h<sub>L</sub></td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Head loss in feet</td></tr><tr><td width="40">K</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Resistance coefficient or velocity head loss</td></tr><tr><td width="40">K<sub>1</sub></td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">K for the fitting at N<sub>RE</sub> = 1</td></tr><tr><td width="40">K<sub>?</sub></td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">K value from CRANE</td></tr><tr><td width="40">L</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Straight pipe length, ft</td></tr><tr><td width="40">L<sub>eq</sub></td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Equivalent length of valve or fitting, ft</td></tr><tr><td width="40">N<sub>RE</sub></td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Reynolds Number</td></tr><tr><td width="40">?P</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Pressure drop, psi</td></tr><tr><td width="40">n</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Velocity, ft/sec</td></tr><tr><td width="40">W</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Flow Rate, lb/hr</td></tr><tr><td width="40">?</td><td width="23">=</td><td width="376">Density, lb/ft<sup>3</sup></td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h1header">References</p><ol><li>Crane Co., "Flow of Fluids through Valves, Fittings and Pipe", Crane Technical Paper No. 410, New York, 1991.</li><li>Hooper, W. B., The Two-K Method Predicts Head Losses in Pipe Fittings, Chem. Eng., p. 97-100, August 24, 1981. </li><li>Darby, R., Correlate Pressure Drops through Fittings, Chem. Eng., p. 101-104, July, 1999. </li><li>AIChE Center for Chemical Process Safety, "Guidelines for Pressure Relief and Effluent Handling systems", pp. 265-268, New York, 1998. </li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">e19347e1c3ca0c0b97de5fb3b690855a</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Estimating Heat Capacities for Solutions with D...</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/calculation-tips/estimating-heat-capacities-for-solutions-with-dissolved-solids</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Often times it is necessary to find the heat capacity for solutions with dissolved solids. A quick estimation method was proposed by Dimoplon in 1972.</p><p> The proposed exp<b></b>ression is:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Cp(soln) = W<sub>1</sub> Cp(solid) + W<sub>2</sub> Cp(water)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where:</p><p align="left">Cp(soln) = Heat capacity of the solution<br />Cp(solid) = Heat capacity of the dissolved solid<br />Cp(water) = Heat capacity of water<br />W<sub>1</sub> = Weight percent of dissolved solid<br />W<sub>2</sub> = Weight percent of water</p><p align="left">The following charts are used in the calculation to follow. Table 1 shows Engish units while Table 2 displays the values in Metric units.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Table 1: Heat Capacity of Selected<br />Element, English Units</td><td>Table 2: Heat Capacity of Selected<br />Element, Metric Units</td></tr><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Heat Capacity of Selected Elements, English Units" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/estcp1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_estcp1.gif" alt="estcp1" width="250" height="245" /></a></td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Heat Capacity of Selected Elements, Metric Units" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/estcp2.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_estcp2.gif" alt="estcp2" width="250" height="244" /></a></td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h1header">Step-by-Step Example</p><p>For an example problem, calculate the heat capacity of a 20% by weight solution of Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub> at 150 Â°F.</p><p class="h2header">Step 1</p><p>Look up the heat capacity of the solid or calculate this value from Kopp's Rule. If literature data is not available for the dissolved solid, it can be estimated from the elemental heat capacities with Kopp's Rule:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Cp(Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>) = 2 Cp(Na) + 1 Cp&copy; + 3 Cp(O)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>From Table 1 above, we read the values at 150 <sup>Â°</sup>F. Notice that the heat capacity for oxygen is given as O<sub>2</sub> (it's natural form). This value must be divided by two to get the heat capacity for one atom of oxygen.</p><p align="left">Cp(Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>) = 2 (6.8247) + 1 (2.7805) + 3 (1/2 (6.7198)) = 26.51 Btu/lb mole <sup>Â°</sup>F</p><p align="left">Dividing by the molecular weight of the solid yields:</p><p align="left">(26.51 Btu/lb mole <sup>Â°</sup>F) / (105.9 lb/lb mole) = <span style="text-decoration: underline;">0.25 Btu/ lb <sup>Â°</sup>F</span></p><p class="h2header" align="left">Step 2</p><p align="left">Determine the heat capacity of the solution at a given temperature. Figure 1 below shows how the heat capacity of water varies with temperature in English units. To convert Btu/lb <sup>0</sup>F to kJ/kg K, multiple by 4.1867.</p><p align="left">Now, recall from Equation 1:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Heat Capacity of Water as a Function of Temperature" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/estcp3.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_estcp3.gif" alt="estcp3" width="250" height="170" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Heat Capacity of Water<br />as a Function of Temperature</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">Cp(soln) = W<sub>1</sub> Cp(solid) + W<sub>2</sub> Cp(water)</p><p align="left">Cp(soln) = 0.20 Cp(Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>) + 0.80 Cp (water)</p><p align="left">At 150 <sup>0</sup>F, the heat capacity of water is 0.9975 Btu/lb <sup>0</sup>F.</p><p align="left">Cp(soln) = 0.20 (0.25 Btu/lb <sup>0</sup>F) + 0.80 (0.9975 Btu/lb <sup>0</sup>F)</p><p align="left"><strong><em>Cp(soln) = 0.848 Btu/lb <sup>0</sup>F at 150 <sup>0</sup>F (literature data is 0.850)</em></strong></p><p align="left"><strong><em></em></strong></p><p class="h1header" align="left">Other Methods</p><p align="left">A quick alternative to the above procedure was proposed by Vosseller in 1973:</p><p align="left">Cp(soln) = 1 - 0.70 W<sub>1</sub> (valid for English units only)</p><p align="left">For the example shown here, the result would be 0.86 Btu/lb <sup>0</sup>F</p><p align="left">For aqueous organic solutions, Vosseller proposed:</p><p align="left">Cp(soln) = 1 - 0.45 W<sub>1</sub> (valid for English units only)</p><p><span class="download">Download the <a href="../../../../invision/files/file/11-estimating-heat-capacities-for-solutions-with-dissolved-solids/">MS Excel spreadsheet </a>with the heat capacity data for the elements shown in Tables 1 and 2.</span></p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">0eec27c419d0fe24e53c90338cdc8bc6</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Falling Film Evaporators in the Food Industry</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/heat-transfer/falling-film-evaporators-in-the-food-industry</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>That orange juice that you had this morning sure tasted good didn't it?Â  Did you ever wonder how they get it concentrated into that little can?Â  Chances are the manufacturers used a falling film evaporator.Â </p><p> Falling film evaporators are especially popular in the food industry where many substances are heat sensitive.Â  {parse block="google_articles"}A thin film of the product to be concentrated trickles down inside the wall of the heat exchanging tubes. Â  Steam condenses on the outside of the tubes supplying the required energy to the inside of the tubes.Â  As the water from the process stream evaporates (inside the tubes) from the solids dissolved, the product become more and more concentrated.Â  The evaporators are designed such that a given flow of material can be concentrated to needed solids concentration by the time the stream exits the evaporator.Â  The two-phase product stream is usually run through a vapor-liquid separator after exiting the evaporator.Â  This separator allows the vapors to be drawn off the top and the concentrated liquid to exit the bottom (most falling film evaporators are run under vacuum conditions on the process side).</p><p class="h1header">Understanding the Heat Transfer</p><p>The simple heat transfer balance for falling film evaporators is:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/evap_eq_1.gif" alt="evap_eq_1" width="147" height="32" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="right"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Typical Falling Film Evaporator Configuration" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/evap1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_evap1.gif" alt="falming-film-evaporator" width="229" height="250" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Typical Falling Film <br />Evaporator Configuration</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Q = heat duty<br />U = overall heat transfer coefficient<br />A = heat transfer area<br />T<sub>S</sub> = temperature of condensing steam<br />T<sub>1</sub> = boiling point of process liquid</p><p>The overall heat transfer coefficient consist of the steam side condensing coefficient (usually about 5700 W/m<sup>2</sup> K), a metal wall with small resistance (depending on steam pressure, wall thickness), scale resistance on the process side, and a liquid film coefficient on the process side which will be extremely dependent on the viscosity of the process liquid over the concentration range.<br />Â Â Â </p><p>The steam side coefficient can be estimated as above or it can be calculated by the following equation for laminar flow:</p><p>Â </p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/evap_eq_2.gif" alt="evap_eq_2" width="324" height="74" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â and</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/evap_eq_3.gif" alt="evap_eq_3" width="320" height="67" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>for turbulent flow.Â  For the equations above,</p><p>&rho;<sub>L</sub> = liquid density (kg/m<sup>3</sup>)<br />&rho;<sub>V</sub> = vapor density (kg/m<sup>3</sup>)Â <br />g = 9.8066 m/s<sup>2</sup><br />L = vertical height of tubes (M)<br />&mu;<sub>L</sub> = liquid viscosity (Pa s)<br />&mu;<sub>V</sub> = vapor viscosity (Pa s)<br />k<sub>L</sub> = liquid thermal conductivity (W/m K)<br />&#916;T = T<sub>sat</sub>-T<sub>wall</sub> (K)<br />&#955; = latent heat (J/kg)</p><p>All physical properties should be evaluated at the film temperature, T<sub>f</sub> = (T<sub>sat</sub> - T<sub>wall</sub>)/2 except for the latent heat which is evaluated at the saturation temperature.Â  The resistance due to scale formation cannot be predicted and will probably have to be estimated or compensated for by added a fouling coefficient or by added 5-10% to the calculated heat transfer area (sometimesÂ industry data is available for similar fluids to help estimate this value).Â Â </p><p>For the process fluid, the heat transfer coefficient can be calculated with the following exp<b></b>ression:Â </p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/evap_eq_4.gif" alt="evap_eq_4" width="509" height="67" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where:</p><p>b = 128 (SI units) or 39 (Imperial units)<br />N<sub>Pr</sub> = Prandtl number = <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/evap2.gif" alt="evap2" width="50" height="59" /><br />D = tube diameter<br />N<sub>Re</sub> = Reynolds number = <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/evap3.gif" alt="evap3" width="145" height="59" /><br />&rho; = density (subscript "L" for liquids, "V" for vapor)<br />&mu; = viscosity (subscript "L" for liquids, "V" for vapor)</p><p>Calculating pressure drops in falling film evaporators has been investigated since the late 1940's.Â  A universal equation is really not agreed upon.Â  Typically, a constant dependent on the percentage of vapor exiting the evaporator is used in a pressure drop relationship.Â  If your process fluid shares physical properties close to water, you may be able to accurately predict the pressure drop by using graphs and relations found in <em>Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook</em>.Â Â </p><p class="h1header">Food Industry</p><p>Evaporating fruit and vegetable juices presents a special challenge for chemical engineers.Â  Juices are heat sensitive and their viscosities increase significantly as they are concentrated.Â  Small solids in the juices tend to cling to the heat transfer surface thus causing spoilage and burning.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>Juice evaporations are usually performed in a vacuum to reduce boiling temperatures (due to heat sensitivity).Â  High flow circulation rates help avoid build-ups on the tube walls.</p><p>For some juices (e.g. orange), it is unavoidalbe that the flavor changes as concentration increases.Â  Some of the volatile, flavor-containing components are lost during evaporation.Â  In this case, some of the raw juice is mixed with the concentrate to replace the lost flavors.</p><p>Considering that the components of juices have close boiling points, a standard, single evaporator is seldom sufficient.Â  Either a multi-effect evaporation system must be used (lower capital cost, higher energy costs) or a vapor recompression evaporator (higher capital cost, lower energy costs) is employed.Â  In a multi-effect system, the pressure is incrementally lowered in each stage, thus pushing the boiling point lower gradually.Â  This permits more control over the vapor products to be discarded from the system (mainly water) and the vapors to be condensed back into the system (volatile juice components).</p><p>The vapor recompression evaporator was designed for maximum efficiency. Â  These units generally operate at low optimum temperature differences of 5-10 Â°C. Â  This requires a larger heat transfer area than multi-effect evaporators, thus the larger capital costs.Â  However, the energy savings, generally make vapor recompression the evaporator of choice in the food industry.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/evap4.gif" alt="evap4" width="585" height="339" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Typical Vapor Recompression Evaporator Arrangement</td></tr></tbody></table><p></p>
<p class="h1header">References:</p>

Geankoplis, Christie J., Transport Processes and Unit Operations, 3rd Ed., Prentice Hall, 1993, ISBN 0139304398, pages 263-267<br /><br />

Perry, Robert H., et al, Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook, 6th Ed., McGraw-Hill, 1984, ISBN 0070494797, pages 10-34 through 10-38<br /><br />

**Special thanks to Rossana Milie from the Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Pisa, Italy for supplying the idea for this article.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">c6036a69be21cb660499b75718a3ef24</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Experienced Based Rules of Chemical Engineering</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/calculation-tips/experienced-based-rules-of-chemical-engineering</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p align="left">Experience is typically what turns a good engineer into a great engineer. An engineer that can look at a pipe and a flowmeter and guess the pressure drop within 5%. Someone who can at least estimate the size of a vessel without doing any calculations.</p> <p align="left">When I think of such rules, two authors come to my mind, Walas and Branan. Dr. Walas' book, <em>Chemical Process Equipment: Selection and Design</em> has been widely used in the process industry and in chemical engineering education for years. Mr. Branan has either helped write or edit numerous books concerning this topic. Perhaps his most popular is <em>Rules of Thumb for Chemical Engineers.</em> Here, I'll share some of these rules with you along with some of my own. Now, be aware that these rules are for estimation and are not necessary meant to replace rigorous calculations when such calculations should be performed. But at many stages of analysis and design, these rules can save you hours and hours.</p><p><span class="download">Download these rules of thumb in <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/12-experience-based-rules-of-chemical-engineering/" target="_self">MS Excel format</a>.</span></p><p class="h1header">Physical Properties</p><table class="datatable" style="width: 636px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><colgroup span="1"><col span="1" width="96"></col><col span="1" width="70"></col><col span="1" width="98"></col><col span="1" width="108"></col><col span="1" width="83"></col><col span="1" width="79"></col><col span="1" width="102"></col></colgroup><tbody><tr height="17"><td class="xl68" width="96" height="17">Property</td><td class="xl68" width="70">Units</td><td class="xl68" width="98">Water</td><td class="xl68" width="108">Organic Liquids</td><td class="xl68" width="83">Steam</td><td class="xl68" width="79">Air</td><td class="xl68" width="102">Organic Vapors</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Heat Capacity</td><td class="xl69">KJ/kg 0C</td><td class="xl69">4.2</td><td class="xl69">1.0-2.5</td><td class="xl69">2.0</td><td class="xl69">1.0</td><td class="xl69">2.0-4.0</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Â </td><td class="xl69">Btu/lb 0F</td><td class="xl69">1.0</td><td class="xl69">0.239-0.598</td><td class="xl69">0.479</td><td class="xl69">0.239</td><td class="xl69">0.479-0.958</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Density</td><td class="xl69">kg/m3</td><td class="xl69">1000</td><td class="xl69">700-1500</td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">1.29@STP</td><td class="xl69">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Â </td><td class="xl69">lb/ft3</td><td class="xl69">62.29</td><td class="xl69">43.6-94.4</td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">0.08@STP</td><td class="xl69">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Latent Heat</td><td class="xl69">KJ/kg</td><td class="xl69">1200-2100</td><td class="xl69">200-1000</td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Â </td><td class="xl69">Btu/lb</td><td class="xl69">516-903</td><td class="xl69">86-430</td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Thermal Cond.</td><td class="xl69">W/m 0C</td><td class="xl69">0.55-0.70</td><td class="xl69">0.10-0.20</td><td class="xl69">0.025-0.070</td><td class="xl69">0.025-0.05</td><td class="xl69">0.02-0.06</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Â </td><td class="xl69">Btu/h ft 0F</td><td class="xl69">0.32-0.40</td><td class="xl69">0.057-0.116</td><td class="xl69">0.0144-0.040</td><td class="xl69">0.014-0.029</td><td class="xl69">0.116-0.35</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Viscosity</td><td class="xl69">cP</td><td class="xl69">1.8 @ 0 0C</td><td class="xl69">**See Below</td><td class="xl69">0.01-0.03</td><td class="xl69">0.02-0.05</td><td class="xl69">0.01-0.03</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">0.57 @ 50 0C</td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">0.28 @ 100 0C</td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">0.14 @ 200 0C</td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl69">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl69" height="17">Prandtl Number</td><td class="xl69">Â </td><td class="xl70">1-15</td><td class="xl69">10-1000</td><td class="xl69">1.0</td><td class="xl69">0.7</td><td class="xl69">0.7-0.8</td></tr></tbody></table><p>** Viscosities of organic liquids vary widely with temperature</p><p>Liquid densities vary with temperature to this approximation:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_1.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_1" width="144" height="32" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Gas densities can be calculated by:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_2.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_2" width="131" height="48" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The boiling point of water can be approximated as a function of pressure by:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_3.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_3" width="358" height="39" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p><span class="h1header">Materials of Construction</span></p><table class="datatable" style="width: 602px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><colgroup span="1"><col span="1" width="132"></col><col span="1" width="225"></col><col span="1" width="21"></col><col span="1" width="224"></col></colgroup><tbody><tr height="17"><td class="xl67" width="132" height="17"><strong>Material</strong></td><td class="xl67" width="225"><strong>Advantage</strong></td><td class="xl67" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl67" width="224"><strong>Disadvantage</strong></td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">Carbon Steel</td><td class="xl70" width="225">Low cost, easy to fabricate, abundant, most common material. Resists most alkaline environments well.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">Very poor resistance to acids and stronger alkaline streams. More brittle than other materials, especially at low temperatures.</td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">Stainless Steel</td><td class="xl70" width="225">Relatively low cost, still easy to fabricate. Resist a wider variety of environments than carbon steel. Available is many different types.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">No resistance to chlorides, and resistance decreases significantly at higher temperatures.</td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">254 SMO (Avesta)</td><td class="xl70" width="225">Moderate cost, still easy to fabricate. Resistance is better over a wider range of concentrations and temperatures compared to stainless steel.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">Little resistance to chlorides, and resistance at higher temperatures could be improved.</td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">Titanium</td><td class="xl70" width="225">Very good resistance to chlorides (widely used in seawater applications). Strength allows it to be fabricated at smaller thicknesses.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">While the material is moderately expensive, fabrication is difficult. Much of cost will be in welding labor.</td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">Pd stabilized Titanium</td><td class="xl70" width="225">Superior resistance to chlorides, even at higher temperatures. Is often used on sea water application where Titanium's resistance may not be acceptable.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">Very expensive material and fabrication is again difficult and expensive.</td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">Nickel</td><td class="xl70" width="225">Very good resistance to high temperature caustic streams.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">Moderate to high expense. Difficult to weld.</td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">Hastelloy Alloy</td><td class="xl70" width="225">Very wide range to choose from. Some have been specifically developed for acid services where other materials have failed.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">Fairly expensive alloys. Their use must be justified. Most are easy to weld.</td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">Graphite</td><td class="xl70" width="225">One of the few materials capable of withstanding weak HCl streams.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">Brittle, very expensive, and very difficult to fabricate. Some stream components have been know to diffusion through some types of graphites.</td></tr><tr height="66"><td class="xl68" height="66">Tantalum</td><td class="xl70" width="225">Superior resistance to very harsh services where no other material is acceptable.</td><td class="xl70" width="21">Â </td><td class="xl70" width="224">Extremely expensive, must be absolutely necessary.</td></tr></tbody></table><p><br /><span class="h1header">Compressors and Vacuum Equipment</span></p><p>A. The following chart is used to determine what type of compressor is to be used:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_1.gif" alt="exp_rules_1" width="395" height="299" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Range Chart for Various Types of Compressors</td></tr></tbody></table><p>B. Fans should be used to raise pressure about 3% (12 in water), blowers to raise to less than 2.75 barg (40 psig), and compressors to higher pressures.</p><p>C. The theoretical reversible adiabatic power is estimated by:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Power = m z<sub>1</sub> R T<sub>1</sub> [({P<sub>2</sub> / P<sub>2</sub>}a - 1)] / a</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where: <br />T<sub>1</sub> is the inlet temperature<br />R is the gas constant<br />z<sub>1</sub> is the compressibility<br />m is the molar flow rate<br />a = (k-1)/k<br />k = Cp/Cv</p><p>D. The outlet for the adiabatic reversible flow, T<sub>2</sub> = T<sub>1</sub> (P<sub>2</sub> / P<sub>1</sub>)a</p><p>E. Exit temperatures should not exceed 204 Â°C (400 Â°F).</p><p>F. For diatomic gases (Cp/Cv = 1.4) this corresponds to a compression ratio of about 4</p><p>G. Compression ratios should be about the same in each stage for a multistage unit, the ratio = (Pn / P1) 1/n, with n stages.</p><p>H. Efficiencies for reciprocating compressors are as follows: <br />65% at compression ratios of 1.5 <br />75% at compression ratios of 2.0 <br />80-85% at compression ratios between 3 and 6</p><p>I. Efficiencies of large centrifugal compressors handling 2.8 to 47 m3/s (6000-100,000 acfm) at suction is about 76-78%</p><p>J. Reciprocating piston vacuum pumps are generally capable of vacuum to 1 torr absolute, rotary piston types can achieve vacuums of 0.001 torr.</p><p>K. Single stage jet ejectors are capable of vacuums to 100 torr absolute, two stage to 10 torr, three stage to 1 torr, and five stage to 0.05 torr.</p><p>L. A three stage ejector requires about 100 lb steam/lb air to maintain a pressure of 1 torr.</p><p>M. Air leakage into vacuum equipment can be approximated as follows:<br />Leakage = k V(2/3)<br />where:<br />k =0.20 for P >90 torr, 0.08 for 3 < P < 20 torr, and 0.025 for P < 1 torr<br />V = equipment volume in cubic feet<br />Leakage = air leakage into equipment in lb/h</p><p><span class="download">Download these rules of thumb in <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/12-experience-based-rules-of-chemical-engineering/" target="_self">MS Excel format</a>.</span></p><p></p><p class="h1header"><span class="h1header">Cooling Towers</span></p><p>A. With industrial cooling towers, cooling to 90% of the ambient air saturation level is possible.</p><p>B. Relative tower size is dependent on the water temperature approach to the wet bulb temperature:</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Relative Size of Cooling Towers</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>T<sub>water</sub>-T<sub>wb</sub> (Â°F)</strong></td><td><strong>Relative Size</strong></td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>2.4</td></tr><tr><td>15</td><td>1.0</td></tr><tr><td>25</td><td>0.55</td></tr></tbody></table><p>C. Water circulation rates are generally 2-4 GPM/ft<sup>2</sup> (81-162 L/min m<sup>2</sup>) and air velocities are usually 5-7 ft/s (1.5-2.0 m/s){parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>D. Countercurrent induced draft towers are the most common. These towers are capable of cooling to within 2 Â°F (1.1 Â°C) of the wet bulb temperature. A 5-10 Â°F (2.8-5.5 Â°C) approach is more common.</p><p>E. Evaporation losses are about 1% by mass of the circulation rate for every 10 Â°F (5.5 Â°C) of cooling. Drift losses are around 0.25% of the circulation rate. A blowdown of about 3% of the circulation rate is needed to prevent salt and chemical treatment buildup.</p><p class="h1header">Conveyors</p><p>A. Pneumatic conveyors are best suited for high capacity applications over distances of up to about 400 ft. Pneumatic conveying is also appropriate for multiple sources and destinations. Vacuum or low pressure (6-12 psig or 0.4 to 0.8 bar) is used for generate air velocities from 35 to 120 ft/s (10.7-36.6 m/s). Air requirements are usually in the range of 1 to 7 cubic feet of air per cubic foot of solids (0.03 to 0.5 cubic meters of air per cubic meter of solids).</p><p>B. Drag-type conveyors (Redler) are completed enclosed and suited to short distances. Sizes range from 3 to 19 inches square (75 to 480 mm). Travel velocities can be from 30 to 250 ft/min (10 to 75 meters/min). The power requirements for these conveyors is higher than other types.</p><p>C. Bucket elevators are generally used for the vertical transport of sticky or abrasive materials. With a bucket measuring 20 in x 20 in (500 mm x 500 mm), capacities of 1000 cubic feet/hr (28 cubic meters/hr) can be reached at speeds of 100 ft/min (30 m/min). Speeds up to 300 ft/min (90 m/min) are possible.</p><p>D. Belt conveyors can be used for high capacity and long distance transports. Inclines up to 30Â° are possible. A 24 in (635 mm) belt can transport 3000 ft<sup>3</sup>./h (85 m<sup>3</sup>/h) at speeds of 100 ft/min (30.5 m/min). Speeds can be as high as 600 ft/min (183 m/min). Power consumption is relatively low.</p><p>E. Screw conveyors can be used for sticky or abrasive solids for transports up to 150 ft (46 m). Inclines can be up to about 20Â°. A 12 in (305 mm) diameter screw conveyor can transport 1000-3000 ft<sup>3</sup>./h (28-85 m<sup>3</sup>/h) at around 40-60 rpm.</p><p class="h1header">Crystallization</p><p>A. During most crystallizations, C/C<sub>sat</sub> (concentration/saturated concentration) is kept near 1.02 to 1.05</p><p>B. Crystal growth rates and crystal sizes are controlled by limiting the degree of supersaturation.</p><p>C. During crystallization by cooling, the temperature of the solution is kept 1-2 Â°F (0.5-1.2 Â°C) below the saturation point at the given concentration.</p><p>D. A generally acceptable crystal growth rate is 0.10 - 0.80 mm/h</p><p class="h1header">Drivers and Power Recovery</p><p>A. Efficiencies: 85-95% for motors, 40-75% for steam turbines, 28-38% for gas engines and turbines.</p><p>B. Electric motors are nearly always used for under 100 HP (75 kW). They are available up to 20,000 HP (14,915 kW).</p><p>C. Induction motors are most popular. Synchronous motors have speeds as low as 150 rpm at ratings above 50 HP (37.3 kW) only. Synchronous motors are good for low speed reciprocating compressors.</p><p>D. Steam turbines are seldom used below 100 HP (75 kW). Their speeds can be controlled and they make good spares for motors in case of a power failure.</p><p>E. Gas expanders may be justified for recovering several hundred horsepower. At lower recoveries, pressure let down will most likely be through a throttling valve.</p><p><span class="download">Download these rules of thumb in <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/12-experience-based-rules-of-chemical-engineering/" target="_self">MS Excel format</a>.</span></p><p></p><p class="h1header"><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Drum Type Vessels and more" /></p><p class="h1header">Drum Type Vessels</p><p>A. Liquid drums are usually horizontal. Gas/Liquid separators are usually vertical.</p><p>B. Optimum Length/Diameter ratio is usually 3, range is 2.5 to 5.</p><p>C. Holdup time is 5 minutes for half full reflux drums and gas/liquid separators. Design for a 5-10 minute holdup for drums feeding another column.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>D. For drums feeding a furnace, a holdup of 30 minutes is a good estimate.</p><p>E. Knockout drum in front of compressors should be designed for a holdup of 10 times the liquid volume passing per minute.</p><p>F. Liquid/Liquid separators should be designed for settling velocities of 2-3 inches/min</p><p>G. Gas velocities in gas/liquid separators:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_5.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_5" width="223" height="55" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where:<br />k is 0.35 with horizontal mesh de-entrainers and 0.167 with vertical mesh deentrainers<br />k is 0.1 without mesh de-entrainers <br />velocity is in ft/s<br />?<sub>L</sub> is liquid density (lb/ft<sup>3</sup>)<br />?<sub>V</sub> is vapor density (lb/ft<sup>3</sup>)</p><p>H. A six inch mesh pad thickness is very popular for such vessels.</p><p>I. For positive pressure separations, disengagement spaces of 6-18 inches before the mesh pad and 12 inches after the pad are generally suitable.</p><p class="h1header">Drying of Solids</p><p>A. Spray dryer have drying times of a few seconds. Rotary dryers have drying times ranging from a few minutes to up to an hour.</p><p>B. Continuous tray and belt dryers have drying times of 10-200 minutes for granular materials or 3-15 mm pellets.</p><p>C. Drum dryers used for highly viscous fluids use contact times of 3-12 seconds and produce flakes 1-3 mm thick. Diameters are generally 1.5-5 ft (0.5 - 1.5 m). Rotation speeds are 2-10 rpm and the maximum evaporation capacity is around 3000 lb/h (1363 kg/h).</p><p>D. Rotary cylindrical dryers operate with air velocities of 5-10 ft/s (1.5-3 m/s), up to 35 ft/s (10.5 m/s). Residence times range from 5-90 min. For initial design purposes, an 85% free cross sectional area is used. Countercurrent design should yield an exit gas temperature that is 18-35 Â°F (10-20 Â°C) above the solids temperature. Parallel flow should yield an exiting solids temperature of 212 Â°F (100 Â°C). Rotation speeds of 4-5 rpm are common. The product of rpm and diameter (in feet) should be 15-25.</p><p>E. Pneumatic conveying dryers are appropriate for particles 1-3 mm in diameter and in some cases up to 10 mm. Air velocities are usually 33-100 ft/s (10-30 m/s). Single pass residence time is typically near one minute. Size range from 0.6-1.0 ft (0.2-0.3 m) in diameter by 3.3-125 ft (1-38 m) in length.</p><p>F. Fluidized bed dryers work well with particles up to 4.0 mm in diameter. Designing for a gas velocity that is 1.7-2 times the minimum fluidization velocity is good practice. Normally, drying times of 1-2 minutes are sufficient in continuous operation.</p><p class="h1header">Electric Motors and Turbines</p><p>A. Efficiencies range from 85-95% for electric motors, 42-78% for steam turbines 28-38% for gas engines and turbines.</p><p>B. For services under 75 kW (100 hp), electric motors are almost always used. They can be used for services up to about 15000 kW (20000 hp).</p><p>C. Turbines can be justified in services where they will yield several hundred horsepowers. Otherwise, throttle valves are used to release pressure.</p><p>D. A quick estimate of the energy available to a turbine is given by:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_6.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_6" width="266" height="70" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where:</p><p>?H = actual available energy, Btu/lb<br />C<sub>p</sub> = heat capacity at constant pressure, Btu/lb Â°F<br />T<sub>1</sub> = inlet temperature, Â°R<br />P<sub>1</sub> = inlet pressure, psia<br />P<sub>2</sub> = outlet pressure, psia<br />x = C<sub>p</sub>/C<sub>v</sub></p><p class="h1header">Evaporation</p><p>A. Most popular types are long tube vertical with natural or forced circulation. Tubes range from 3/4"" to 2.5"" (19-63 mm) in diameter and 12-30 ft (3.6-9.1 m) in length.</p><p>B. Forced circulation tube velocities are generally in the 15-20 ft/s (4.5-6 m/s) range.</p><p>C. Boiling Point Elevation (BPE) as a result of having dissolved solids must be accounted for in the differences between the solution temperature and the temperature of the saturated vapor.</p><p>D. BPE's greater than 7 Â°F (3.9 Â°C) usually result in 4-6 effects in series (feed-forward) as an economical solution. With smaller BPE's, more effects in series are typically more economical, depending on the cost of steam.</p><p>E. Reverse feed results in the more concentrated solution being heated with the hottest steam to minimize surface area. However, the solution must be pumped from one stage to the next.</p><p>F. Interstage steam pressures can be increased with ejectors (20-30% efficient) or mechanical compressors (70-75% efficient).</p><p><span class="download">Download these rules of thumb in <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/12-experience-based-rules-of-chemical-engineering/" target="_self">MS Excel format</a>.</span></p><p></p><p class="h1header"><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Filtration and more" /></p><p class="h1header">Filtration</p><p>A. Initially, processes are classified according to their cake buildup in a laboratory vacuum leaf filter : 0.10 - 10.0 cm/s (rapid), 0.10-10.0 cm/min (medium), 0.10-10.0 cm/h (slow).</p><p>B. Continuous filtration methods should not be used if 0.35 sm of cake cannot be formed in less than 5 minutes.</p><p>C. Belts, top feed drums, and pusher-type centrifuges are best for rapid filtering.</p><p>D. Vacuum drums and disk or peeler-type centrifuges are best for medium filtering.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>E. Pressure filters or sedimenting centrifuges are best for slow filtering.</p><p>F. Cartridges, precoat drums, and sand filters can be used for clarification duties with negligible buildup.</p><p>G. Finely ground mineral ores can utilize rotary drum rates of 1500 lb/day ft<sup>2</sup> (7335 kg/day m<sup>2</sup>) at 20 rev/h and 18-25 in Hg (457-635 mm Hg) vacuum.</p><p>H. Course solids and crystals can be filtered at rates of 6000 lb/day ft<sup>2</sup> (29,340 kg/day m<sup>2</sup>) at 20 rev/h and 2-6 in Hg (51-152 mm Hg) vacuum.</p><p class="h1header">Heat Exchangers</p><p>A. For the heat exchanger equation, Q = UAF (LMTD), use F = 0.9 when charts for the LMTD correction factor are not available.</p><p>B. Most commonly used tubes are 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) in outer diameter on a 1 in triangular spacing at 16 ft (4.9 m) long.</p><p>C. A 1 ft (30 cm) shell will contains about 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) <br />A 2 ft (60 cm) shell will contain about 400 ft2 (37.2 m2) <br />A 3 ft (90 cm) shell will contain about 1100 ft2 (102 m2)</p><p>D. Typical velocities in the tubes should be 3-10 ft/s (1-3 m/s) for liquids and 30-100 ft/s (9-30 m/s) for gases.</p><p>E. Flows that are corrosive, fouling, scaling, or under high pressure are usually placed in the tubes.</p><p>F. Viscous and condensing fluids are typically placed on the shell side.</p><p>G. Pressure drops are about 1.5 psi (0.1 bar) for vaporization and 3-10 psi (0.2-0.68 bar) for other services.</p><p>H. The minimum approach temperature for shell and tube exchangers is about 20 Â°F (10 Â°C) for fluids and 10 Â°F (5 Â°C) for refrigerants.</p><p>I. Cooling tower water is typically available at a maximum temperature of 90 Â°F (30 Â°C) and should be returned to the tower no higher than 115 Â°F (45 Â°C)</p><p>J. Shell and Tube heat transfer coefficient for estimation purposes can be found in many reference books or an online list can be found at one of the two following addresses: <br /><a href="http://www.cheresources.com/uexchangers.shtml" target="_blank">http://www.cheresources.com/uexchangers.shtml</a></p><p>K. Double pipe heat exchangers may be a good choice for areas from 100 to 200 ft2 (9.3-18.6 m2)</p><p>L. Spiral heat exchangers are often used to slurry interchangers and other services containing solids</p><p>M. Plate heat exchanger with gaskets can be used up to 320 Â°F (160 Â°C) and are often used for interchanging duties due to their high efficiencies and ability to "cross" temperatures. More about compact heat exchangers can be found at: <a href="http://www.virginiaheattransfer.com/" target="_blank">http://www.virginiaheattransfer.com/</a></p><p class="h1header">Mixing and Agitation</p><p>A. Mild agitation results from superficial fluid velocities of 0.10-0.20 ft/s (0.03-0.06 m/s). Intense agitation results from velocities of 0.70-1.0 ft/s (0.21-0.30 m/s).</p><p>B. For baffled tanks, agitation intensity is measured by power input and impeller tip speeds:</p><table class="datatable" style="width: 550px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" align="center"><caption>Table 2: Power Requirements and Tip Speeds for Mixer Applications</caption><colgroup span="1"><col span="1" width="64"></col><col span="1" width="109"></col><col span="1" width="35"></col><col span="1" width="21"></col><col span="1" width="35"></col><col span="1" width="40"></col><col span="1" width="21"></col><col span="1" width="43"></col><col span="1" width="35"></col><col span="1" width="21"></col><col span="2" width="35"></col><col span="1" width="21"></col><col span="1" width="35"></col></colgroup><tbody><tr height="17"><td class="xl68" style="width: 195px;" align="center">Â </td><td class="xl68" style="width: 195px;" align="center">Â </td><td class="xl68" style="width: 195px;" colspan="6" align="center"><strong>Power Requirements</strong></td><td class="xl68" style="width: 195px;" colspan="6" align="center"><strong>Tip Velocity</strong></td></tr><tr height="18"><td class="xl72" style="width: 91px;" colspan="2" align="center">Â </td><td class="xl72" style="width: 91px;" colspan="3" align="center"><em>HP/1000 gal</em></td><td class="xl72" style="width: 91px;" colspan="3" align="center"><em>kW/m<sup>3</sup></em></td><td class="xl72" style="width: 91px;" colspan="3" align="center"><em>ft/s</em></td><td class="xl72" style="width: 91px;" colspan="3" align="center"><em>m/s</em></td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl71" colspan="2" width="173" height="17">Blending</td><td class="xl68" width="35">0.2</td><td class="xl68" width="21">-</td><td class="xl68" width="35">0.5</td><td class="xl70" width="40">0.033</td><td class="xl70" width="21">-</td><td class="xl70" width="43">0.082</td><td class="xl67" colspan="3" width="91">--------------------</td><td class="xl67" colspan="3" width="91">------------------</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl71" colspan="2" width="173" height="17">Homogeneous Reaction</td><td class="xl68" width="35">0.5</td><td class="xl68" width="21">-</td><td class="xl68" width="35">1.5</td><td class="xl70" width="40">0.082</td><td class="xl70" width="21">-</td><td class="xl70" width="43">0.247</td><td class="xl69" width="35">7.5</td><td class="xl69" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">10.0</td><td class="xl69" width="35">2.3</td><td class="xl69" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">3.1</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl71" colspan="2" width="173" height="17">Reaction w/ Heat Transfer</td><td class="xl68" width="35">1.5</td><td class="xl68" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">5.0</td><td class="xl70" width="40">0.247</td><td class="xl70" width="21">-</td><td class="xl70" width="43">0.824</td><td class="xl69" width="35">10.0</td><td class="xl69" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">15.0</td><td class="xl69" width="35">3.1</td><td class="xl69" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">4.6</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl71" colspan="2" width="173" height="17">Liquid-Liquid Mixture</td><td class="xl69" style="width: 91px;" colspan="3" align="center">5.0</td><td class="xl70" style="width: 104px;" colspan="3" align="center">0.824</td><td class="xl69" width="35">15.0</td><td class="xl69" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">20.0</td><td class="xl69" width="35">4.6</td><td class="xl69" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">6.1</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl71" colspan="2" width="173" height="17">Liquid-Gas Mixture</td><td class="xl69" width="35">5.0</td><td class="xl68" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">10.0</td><td class="xl70" width="40">0.824</td><td class="xl70" width="21">-</td><td class="xl70" width="43">1.647</td><td class="xl69" width="35">15.0</td><td class="xl69" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">20.0</td><td class="xl69" width="35">4.6</td><td class="xl69" width="21">-</td><td class="xl69" width="35">6.1</td></tr><tr height="17"><td class="xl71" colspan="2" width="173" height="17">Slurries</td><td class="xl69" style="width: 91px;" colspan="3" align="center">10.0</td><td class="xl70" style="width: 104px;" colspan="3" align="center">1.647</td><td class="xl67" colspan="3" width="91">--------------------</td><td class="xl67" colspan="3" width="91">------------------</td></tr></tbody></table><p>C. Various geometries of an agitated tank relative to diameter (D) of the vessel include:<br />Liquid Level = D<br />Turbine Impeller Diameter = D/3<br />Impeller Level Above Bottom = D/3<br />Impeller Blade Width = D/15<br />Four Vertical Baffle Width = D/10</p><p>D. For settling velocities around 0.03 ft/s, solids suspension can be accomplished with turbine or propeller impellers. For settling velocities above 0.15 ft/s, intense propeller agitation is needed.</p><p>E. Power to mix a fluid of gas and liquid can be 25-50% less than the power to mix the liquid alone.</p><p><span class="download">Download these rules of thumb in <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/12-experience-based-rules-of-chemical-engineering/" target="_self">MS Excel format</a>.</span></p><p></p><p class="h1header"></p><p class="h1header">Pressure and Storage Vessels</p><p class="h2header">Pressure Vessels</p><p>A. Design Temperatures between -30 and 345 Â°C (-22 to 653 Â°F) is typically about 25 Â°C (77 Â°F) above maximum operating temperature, margins increase above this range.</p><p>B. Design pressure is 10% or 0.69 to 1.7 bar (10 to 25 psi) above the maximum operating pressure, {parse block="google_articles"}whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken as 1.7 bar (25 psi) above the normal operation pressure.</p><p>C. For vacuum operations, design pressures are 1 barg (15 psig) to full vacuum.</p><p>D. Minimum thicknesses for maintaining tank structure are:<br />6.4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and under<br />8.1 mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter <br />9.7 mm (0.38 in) for diameters over 1.52 m (60 in)</p><p>E. Allowable working stresses are taken as 1/4 of the ultimate strength of the material.</p><p>F. Maximum allowable working stresses:</p><table class="datatable" style="width: 400px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" align="center"><caption>Table 3: Max Allowable Working Stresses</caption><colgroup span="1"><col span="1" width="83"></col><col span="1" width="82"></col><col span="3" width="64"></col></colgroup><tbody><tr height="17"><td width="83" height="17"><strong>Temperature</strong></td><td width="82">-20 to 650 Â°F</td><td width="64">750 Â°F</td><td width="64">850 Â°F</td><td width="64">1000 Â°F</td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17">Â </td><td>-30 to 345 Â°C</td><td>400 Â°C</td><td>455 Â°C</td><td>540 Â°C</td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17"><strong>CS SA203</strong></td><td>18759 psi</td><td>15650 psi</td><td>9950 psi</td><td>2500 psi</td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17">Â </td><td>1290 bar</td><td>1070 bar</td><td>686 bar</td><td>273 bar</td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17"><strong>302 SS</strong></td><td>18750 psi</td><td>18750 psi</td><td>15950 psi</td><td>6250 psi</td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17">Â </td><td>1290 bar</td><td>1290 bar</td><td>1100 bar</td><td>431 bar</td></tr></tbody></table><p>G. Thickness based on pressure and radius is given by:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_7.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_7" width="572" height="45" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (7)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where pressure is in psig, radius in inches, stress in psi, corrosion allowance in inches. <br />**Weld Efficiency can usually be taken as 0.85 for initial design work</p><p>H. Guidelines for corrosion allowances are as follows: 0.35 in (9 mm) for known corrosive fluids, 0.15 in (4 mm) for non-corrosive fluids, and 0.06 in (1.5 mm) for steam drums and air receivers.</p><p class="h2header">Storage Vessels</p><p>I. For less than 3.8 m3 (1000 gallons) use vertical tanks on legs</p><p>J. Between 3.8 m3 and 38 m3 (1000 to 10,000 gallons) use horizontal tanks on concrete supports.</p><p>K. Beyond 38 m3 (10,000 gallons) use vertical tanks on concrete pads.</p><p>L. Liquids with low vapor pressures, use tanks with floating roofs.</p><p>M. Raw material feed tanks are often specified for 30 days feed supplies.</p><p>N. Storage tank capacity should be at 1.5 times the capacity of mobile supply vessels. For example, 28.4 m3 (7500 gallon) tanker truck, 130 m3 (34,500 gallon) rail cars.</p><p class="h1header">Piping</p><p>A. Liquid lines should be sized for a velocity of (5+D/3) ft/s and a pressure drop of 2.0 psi/100 ft of pipe at pump discharges. At the pump suction, size for (1.3+D/6) ft/s and a pressure drop of 0.4 psi/100 ft of pipe. **D is pipe diameter in inches.</p><p>B. Steam or gas lines can be sized for 20D ft/s and pressure drops of 0.5 psi/100 ft of pipe.</p><p>C. Limits on superheated, dry steam or line should be 61 m/s (200 ft/s) and a pressure drop of 0.1 bar/100 m or 0.5 psi/100 ft of pipe.</p><p>D. For turbulent flow in commercial steel pipes, use the following:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_8.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_8" width="169" height="63" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (8)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where:<br />&#916;P = fricitional pressure drop (psi) / 100 equivalent feet of pipe<br />M = mass flow, lb/hr<br />&#956; = viscosity, cP<br />&#961; = density, lb/ft<sup>3<br /></sup>D = pipe inside diameter, in.<br />** for smooth heat exchanger steel tubes, replace 20,000 with 23,000</p><p>E. For two phase flow, an estimate often used is Lockhart and Martinelli: <br />First, the pressure drops are calculated as if each phase exist alone in the pipe, then</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_9.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_9" width="129" height="60" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (9)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>now, the total pressure drop can be calculated by one of the following:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/exp_rules_eq_10.gif" alt="exp_rules_eq_10" width="215" height="34" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (10)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where:<br />Y<sub>L</sub> = 4.6X<sup>-1.78</sup> + 12.5X<sup>-0.68</sup> + 0.65<br />Y<sub>G</sub> = X<sup>2 </sup>Y<sub>L</sub></p><p>F. Control valves require at least 0.69 bar (10 psi) pressure drop for sufficient control.</p><p>G. Flange ratings include 10, 20, 40, 103, and 175 bar (150, 300, 600, 1500, and 2500 psig).</p><p>H. Globe valves are most commonly used for gases and when tight shutoff is required. Gate valves are common for most other services.</p><p>I. Screwed fitting are generally used for line sizes 2 inches and smaller. Larger connections should utilize flanges or welding to eliminate leakage.</p><p>J. Pipe Schedule Number = 1000P/S (approximate) where P is the internal pressure rating in psig and S is the allowable working stress of the material is psi. Schedule 40 is the most common.</p><p class="h1header">Pumps</p><p>A. Power estimates for pumping liquids:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>kW = (1.67) [Flow (m3/min)] [Pressure drop (bar)] / Efficiency</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (11)</td></tr></tbody></table><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>hp = [Flow (gpm)] [Pressure drop (psi)] / 1714 (Efficiency)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (12)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>**Efficiency expressed as a fraction in these relations</p><p>B. NPSH is defined as:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>NPSH = (pressure at impeller eye-vapor pressure) / (density*gravitational constant)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (13)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Common range is 1.2 to 6.1 m (4-20 ft) of liquid.</p><p>C. An equation developed for efficiency based on the GPSA Engineering Data Book is:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td>Efficiency = 80-0.2855F+.000378FG-.000000238FG<sup>2</sup>+.000539F<sup>2</sup>-.000000639(F<sup>2</sup>)G+ 0.0000000004(F<sup>2</sup>)(G<sup>2</sup>)</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (14)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where Efficiency is in fraction form, F is developed head in feet, G is flow in GPM <br />Ranges of applicability are F=50-300 ft and G=100-1000 GPM <br />Error documented at 3.5%</p><p>D. Centrifugal pumps: Single stage for 0.057-18.9 m3/min (15-5000 GPM), 152 m (500 ft) maximum head; <br />For flow of 0.076-41.6 m3/min (20-11,000 GPM) use multistage, 1675 m (5500 ft) maximum head; <br />Efficiencies of 45% at 0.378 m3/min (100 GPM), 70% at 1.89 m3/min (500 GPM), 80% at 37.8 m3/min (10,000 GPM).</p><p>E. Axial pumps can be used for flows of 0.076-378 m3/min (20-100,000 GPM). Expect heads up to 12 m (40 ft) and efficiencies of about 65-85%.</p><p>F. Rotary pumps can be used for flows of 0.00378-18.9 m3/min (1-5000 GPM). Expect heads up to 15,200 m (50,000 ft) and efficiencies of about 50-80%.</p><p>G. Reciporating pumps can be used for 0.0378-37.8 m3/min (10-100,000 GPM). Expect heads up to 300,000 m (1,000,000 ft). Efficiencies: 70% at 7.46 kW (10 hp), 85% at 37.3 kW (50 hp), and 90% at 373 kW (500 hp).</p><p><span class="download">Download these rules of thumb in <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/12-experience-based-rules-of-chemical-engineering/" target="_self">MS Excel format</a>.</span></p><p></p><p class="h1header"><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Tray Towers and more" /></p><p class="h1header">Tray Towers</p><p>A. For ideal mixtures, relative volatility can be taken as the ratio of pure component vapor pressures.</p><p>B. Tower operating pressure is most often determined by the cooling medium in condenser or the maximum allowable reboiler temperature to avoid degradation of the process fluid.</p><p>C. For sequencing columns: {parse block="google_articles"}</p><ol><li>Perform the easiest separation first (least trays and lowest reflux.</li><li>If relative volatility nor feed composition vary widely, take products off one at time as the overhead.</li><li>If the relative volatility of components do vary significantly, remove products in order of decreasing volatility.</li><li>If the concentrations of the feed vary significantly but the relative volatility do not, remove products in order of decreasing concentration.</li></ol><p>D. The most economic reflux ratio usually is between 1.2Rmin and 1.5Rmin.</p><p>E. The most economic number of trays is usually about twice the minimum number of trays. The minimum number of trays is determined with the Fenske-Underwood Equation.</p><p>F. Typically, 10% more trays than are calculated are specified for a tower.</p><p>G. Tray spacings should be from 18 to 24 inches, with accessibility in mind.</p><p>H. Peak tray efficiencies usually occur at linear vapor velocities of 2 ft/s (0.6 m/s) at moderate pressures, or 6 ft/s (1.8 m/s) under vacuum conditions.</p><p>I. A typical pressure drop per tray is 0.1 psi (0.007 bar).</p><p>J. Tray efficiencies for aqueous solutions are usually in the range of 60-90% while gas absorption and stripping typically have efficiencies closer to 10-20%.</p><p>K. The three most common types of trays are valve, sieve, and bubble cap. Bubble cap trays are typically used when low-turn down is expected or a lower pressure drop than the valve or sieve trays can provide is necessary.</p><p>L. Seive tray holes are 0.25 to 0.50 in. diameter with the total hole area being about 10% of the total active tray area.</p><p>M. Valve trays typically have 1.5 in. diameter holes each with a lifting cap. 12-14 caps/square foot of tray is a good benchmark. Valve trays usually cost less than seive trays.</p><p>N. The most common weir heights are 2 and 3 in and the weir length is typically 75% of the tray diameter.</p><p>O. Reflux pumps should be at least 25% overdesigned.</p><p>P. The optimum Kremser absorption factor is usually in the range of 1.25 to 2.00.</p><p>Q. Reflux drums are almost always horizontally mounted and designed for a 5 min holdup at half of the drum's capacity.</p><p>R. For towers that are at least 3 ft (0.9 m) is diameter, 4 ft (1.2 m) should be added to the top for vapor release and 6 ft (1.8 m) should be added to the bottom to account for the liquid level and reboiler return.</p><p>S. Limit tower heights to 175 ft (53 m) due to wind load and foundation considerations.</p><p>T. The Length/Diameter ratio of a tower should be no more than 30 and preferrably below 20.</p><p>U. A rough estimate of reboiler duty as a function of tower diameter is given by: <br />Q = 0.5 D<sup>2</sup> for pressure distillation<br />Q = 0.3 D<sup>2</sup> for atmospheric distillation<br />Q = 0.15 D<sup>2</sup> for vacuum distillation<br />where Q is in Million Btu/hr and D is tower diameter in feet.</p><p class="h1header">Packed Towers</p><p>A. Packed towers almost always have lower pressure drop than comparable tray towers.</p><p>B. Packing is often retrofitted into existing tray towers to increase capacity or separation.</p><p>C. For gas flowrates of 500 ft<sup>3</sup>/min (14.2 m<sup>3</sup>/min) use 1 in (2.5 cm) packing, for gas flows of 2000 ft<sup>3</sup>/min (56.6 m<sup>3</sup>/min) or more, use 2 in (5 cm) packing.</p><p>D. Ratio of tower diameter to packing diameter should usually be at least 15.</p><p>E. Due to the possibility of deformation, plastic packing should be limited to an unsupported depth of 10-15 ft (3-4 m) while metallatic packing can withstand 20-25 ft (6-7.6 m).</p><p>F. Liquid distributor should be placed every 5-10 tower diameters (along the length) for pall rings and every 20 ft (6.5 m) for other types of random packings.</p><p>G. For redistribution, there should be 8-12 streams per sq. foot of tower area for tower larger than three feet in diameter. They should be even more numerous in smaller towers.</p><p>H. Packed columns should operate near 70% flooding.</p><p>I. Height Equivalent to Theoretical Stage (HETS) for vapor-liquid contacting is 1.3-1.8 ft (0.4-0.56 m) for 1 in pall rings and 2.5-3.0 ft (0.76-0.90 m) for 2 in pall rings</p><p>J. Design pressure drops should be as follows:</p><table class="datatable" style="width: 425px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" align="center"><caption>Table 4: Design Pressure Drops from Packed Columns</caption><colgroup span="1"><col span="6" width="64"></col></colgroup><tbody><tr height="17"><td width="64" height="17"><strong>Service</strong></td><td width="64">Â </td><td width="128"><strong>Pressure drop <br />(in water/ft packing)</strong></td></tr><tr height="17"><td colspan="2" height="17"><em>Absorbers and Regenerators</em></td><td>Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17">Â </td><td>Non-Foaming Systems</td><td class="xl67">0.25 - 0.40</td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17">Â </td><td>Moderate Foaming Systems</td><td class="xl67">0.15 - 0.25</td></tr><tr height="17"><td colspan="2" height="17"><em>Fume Scrubbers</em></td><td class="xl67">Â </td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17">Â </td><td>Water Absorbent</td><td class="xl67">0.40 - 0.60</td></tr><tr height="17"><td height="17">Â </td><td>Chemical Absorbent</td><td class="xl67">0.25 - 0.40</td></tr><tr height="17"><td colspan="2" height="17"><em>Atmospheric or Pressure Distillation</em></td><td class="xl67">0.40 - 0.80</td></tr><tr height="17"><td colspan="2" height="17"><em>Vacuum Distillation</em></td><td class="xl67">0.15 - 0.40</td></tr><tr height="17"><td colspan="2" height="17"><em>Maximum for Any System</em></td><td class="xl67">1.0</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Â </p><p class="h1header">Reactors</p><p>A. The rate of reaction must be established in the laboratory and the residence time or space velocity will eventually have to be determined in a pilot plant.</p><p>B. Catalyst particle sizes: 0.10 mm for fluidized beds, 1 mm in slurry beds, and 2-5 mm in fixed beds.</p><p>C. For homogeneous stirred tank reactions, the agitor power input should be about 0.5-1.5 hp/1000 gal (0.1-0.3 kW/m3), however, if heat is to be transferred, the agitation should be about three times these amounts.</p><p>D. Ideal CSTR behavior is usually reached when the mean residence time is 5-10 times the length needed to achieve homogeneity. Homogeneity is typically reached with 500-2000 revolutions of a properly designed stirrer.</p><p>E. Relatively slow reactions between liquids or slurries are usually conducted most economically in a battery of 3-5 CSTR's in series.</p><p>F. Tubular flow reactors are typically used for high productions rates and when the residence times are short. Tubular reactors are also a good choice when significant heat transfer to or from the reactor is necessary.</p><p>G. For conversion under 95% of equilibrium, the reaction performance of a 5 stages CSTR approaches that of a plug flow reactor.</p><p>H. Typically the chemical reaction rate will double for a 18 Â°F (10 Â°C) increase in temperature.</p><p>I. The reaction rate in a heterogeneous reaction is often controlled more by the rate of heat or mass transfer than by chemical kinetics.</p><p>J. Sometimes, catalysts usefulness is in improving selectivity rather than increasing the rate of the reaction.</p><p><span class="download">Download these rules of thumb in <a href="http://www.cheresources.com/invision/files/file/12-experience-based-rules-of-chemical-engineering/" target="_self">MS Excel format</a>.</span></p><p></p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">3a15c7d0bbe60300a39f76f8a5ba6896</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Optimize Liquid-Liquid Extraction</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/separation-technology/optimize-liquid-liquid-extraction</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Liquid-Liquid extractors are often a neglected part of process plants because<strong> </strong>they are not well understood and generally form only a small part of the overall process scheme.  Often, significant savings in operating costs can be achieved by fine-tuning extraction systems.  This article describes important parameters that should be considered when optimizing extraction systems.</p> Liquid-Liquid extraction is a mass transfer operation in which a liquid solution (the feed) is contacted with an immiscible or nearly immiscible liquid (solvent) that exhibits preferential affinity or selectivity towards one or more of the components in the feed.  Two streams result from this contact: the extract, which is the solvent rich solution containing the desired extracted solute, and the raffinate, the residual feed solution containing little solute.<p>The following need to be carefully evaluated when optimizing the design and operation of the extraction processes.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><ul><li>Solvent selection </li><li>Operating Conditions </li><li>Mode of Operation </li><li>Extractor Type </li><li>Design Criteria </li></ul><p class="h1header">Solvent Selection</p><p>Solvents differ in their extraction capabilities<strong> </strong>depending on their<strong> </strong>own and the solute's<strong> </strong>chemical structure.  Robbins (1) presents a<strong> </strong>table showing<strong> </strong>Organic-Group interactions from which one can identify the desired functional group(s) in the solvent for any given solute.</p><p>Once the functional group is identified, possible solvents can be screened in the laboratory.  The distribution coefficient and selectivity are the most important parameters that govern solvent selection.  The distribution coefficient (m) or partition coefficient for a component (A) is defined as the ratio of concentration of a A in extract phase to that in raffinate phase.  Selectivity can be defined as the ability of the solvent to pick up the desired component in the feed as compared to other components.  The desired properties of solvents are a high distribution coefficient, good selectivity towards solute and little or no miscibility with feed solution.  Also, the solvent should be easily recoverable for recycle.   Designing an extractor is usually a fine balance between capital and operating costs.  Usually, good solvents also exhibit some miscibility with feed solution (see Table 1).  Consequently, while extracting larger quantities of solute, the solvent could also extract significant amount of feed solution.</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Solvents for Acetic Acid Extraction</caption><tbody><tr><td align="center"><strong>Solvent</strong></td><td align="center"><strong>DistributionCoefficient @ 20 &deg;C</strong></td><td align="center"><strong>Miscibility with Waterwt% @ 20 &deg;C</strong></td></tr><tr><td align="center">n-Butanol</td><td align="center">1.6</td><td align="center">>10</td></tr><tr><td align="center">Ethyl Acetate</td><td align="center">0.9</td><td align="center">10</td></tr><tr><td align="center">MIBK</td><td align="center">0.7</td><td align="center">2.0</td></tr><tr><td align="center">Toluene</td><td align="center">0.06</td><td align="center">0.05</td></tr><tr><td align="center">n-Hexane</td><td align="center">0.01</td><td align="center">0.015</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Other factors affecting solvent selection are boiling point, density, interfacial tension, viscosity, corrosiveness, flammability, toxicity, stability, compatibility with product, availability and cost.</p><p>For an existing process, replacing the solvent is usually a last resort because this this would call for going back to laboratory screening of the solvent and process optimization.  However, changes in environmental regulations and economic considerations often induce the need to improve the processes in terms of solute recovery.  Also the availability of specialized and proprietary solvents that score over conventional solvents in terms of performance and economics for several extraction processes can provide additional incentives for a solvent change.</p><p class="h1header">Selection of Extraction Conditions</p><p>Depending on the nature of the extraction process, the temperature, pH and residence time could have an effect on the yield and selectivity.   Operating pressure has a negligible affect on extraction performance and therefore most extractions take place at atmospheric pressure unless governed by vapor pressure considerations.</p><p>Temperature can also be used as a variable to alter selectivity.  Elevated temperatures are sometimes used in order to keep viscosity low and thereby minimizing mass-transfer resistance.  Other parameters to be considered are selectivity, mutual solubility, precipitation of solids and vapor pressure.</p><p>The pH becomes significant in metal and bio-extractions.  In bio-extractions (e.g., Penicillin) and some agrochemicals (e.g. Orthene), pH is maintained to improve distribution coefficient and minimize degradation of product.  In metal extractions, kinetic considerations govern the pH.  In dissociation-based extraction of organic molecules, pH can play a significant role (e.g., cresols separation).  Sometimes, the solvent itself may participate in undesirable reactions under certain pH conditions (e.g., ethyl acetate may undergo hydrolysis in presence of mineral acids to acetic acid and ethanol).</p><p>Residence time is an important parameter in reactive extraction processes (e.g., metals separations, formaldehyde extraction from aqueous streams) and in processes involving short-life components (e.g., antibiotics & vitamins)</p><p class="h1header">Selection of Mode of Operation</p><p>Extractors can be operated in crosscurrent or counter-current mode.  The following section compares these configurations.</p><p class="h2header">Cross-Current Operation</p><p>Crosscurrent mode is mostly used in batch operation.  Batch extractors have traditionally been used in low capacity multi-product plants such as are typical in the pharmaceutical and agrochemical industries.  For washing and neutralization operations that require very few stages, crosscurrent operation is particularly practical and economical and offers a great deal of flexibility.  The extraction equipment is usually an agitated tank that may also be used for the reaction steps.  In these tanks, solvent is first added to the feed, the contents are mixed, settled and then separated.   Single stage extraction is used when the extraction is fairly simple and can be achieved without a high amount of solvent.  If more than one stage is required, multiple solvent-washes are given.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>Though operation in crosscurrent mode offers more flexibility, it is not very desirable due to the high solvent requirements and low extraction yields.  The following illustration gives a quick method to calculate solvent requirements for crosscurrent mode of extraction.</p><p>A single-stage extractor can be represented as:</p><p><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/extrac30.gif" alt="extrac30" width="246" height="91" /></p><p>where</p><p>F = Feed quantity / rate, massR = Raffinate quantity / rate, massS = Solvent quantity / rate, massE = Extract quantity / rate, mass</p><p>X<sub>f</sub>, X<sub>r</sub>, Y<sub>s</sub>, and Y<sub>e</sub> are the weight fractions of solute in the feed, raffinate, solvent and extract, respectively.</p><p>Partition coefficient 'm' is defined as the ratio of Y<sub>e</sub> to X<sub>r</sub> at equilibrium conditions</p><p>The flows and concentrations are represented in solute-free basis as such a representation leads to simplification of equations.  For example, for a 100 kg/hr feed containing 10% weight acetic acid, F = 100-10 = 90 kg/hr, X<sub>r</sub> = 0.1/(1-0.1) = 0.111</p><p>The component mass balance can be represented as:<strong>F X<sub>f</sub> + S Y<sub>s</sub> = R X<sub>r</sub> + E Y<sub>e</sub> </strong></p><p>Assuming (i) immiscibility of feed and solvent and (ii) the initial solvent is free of solute, i.e., F = R, S = E and Y<sub>s</sub> = 0 and using the equilibrium relation of Y<sub>e</sub> = m X<sub>r</sub>, this equation simplifies to</p><p><strong>S = F/m (X<sub>f</sub> /X<sub>r</sub>-1)</strong></p><p>or</p><p><strong>reduction ratio, X<sub>f</sub> /X<sub>r</sub> = 1+ m S/F</strong></p><p>For multi-stage crosscurrent operation:</p><p><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/extrac31.gif" alt="extrac31" width="459" height="116" /></p><p>Assuming that the partition coefficient (m) is constant over the concentration range and the solvent quantity in each of the 'n' stages is the same, i.e., S<sub>1</sub> = S<sub>2</sub> =.....=S <sub>n</sub> = S/n,</p><p>Solvent Requirement is</p><p><strong>S = n * F/m [(X<sub>f</sub> /X<sub>r</sub>)<sup>1/n</sup> - 1] </strong></p><p><strong>reduction ratio X<sub>f</sub> /X<sub>r</sub> = (1+mS/nF)<sup>n</sup> </strong></p><p>It can be proved mathematically that the total solvent quantity would be minimum if the solvent were distributed equally between washes.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Diminishing Returns</span></p><p>The following chart shows<strong> </strong>solvent requirements for a typical <strong>reduction ratio (X<sub> f</sub> /X<sub>r</sub>) of 10</strong> using crosscurrent extraction.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/extrac20.gif" alt="extrac20" width="559" height="298" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Reduction Ratio for Crosscurrent Extraction</td></tr></tbody></table><p>With one stage, 18,000 kg of solvent is required for 1,000 kg of feed (m = 1 and X<sub>f </sub>/ X<sub>r</sub> = 10).  With two stages, solvent requirement reduces to 8,650 kg, and with three stages, it reduces further to 6,930 kg.  However, as can be seen from the chart, using more than three stages has minimal effect on solvent usage.   This fact combined with practical limitations of solvent handling and increased batch time confines the number of solvent washes to three.</p><p class="h2header">Counter-Current Operation</p><p>As described above, the crosscurrent operation is mostly used in low capacity multi-product batch plants.  For larger volume operation and more efficient use of solvent, countercurrent mixer-settlers or columns are employed.   Countercurrent operation conserves the mass transfer driving force and hence gives optimal performance.</p><p><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/extrac32.gif" alt="extrac32" width="578" height="120" /></p><p>Equations for countercurrent extraction get more complicated with increasing<strong> </strong>number of stages.  It can be shown that for a 'n' stage operation, the raffinate concentration would be</p><p><strong>X<sub>r</sub> = X<sub>f</sub> * (mS/F - 1)/ ( [mS/F] <sup>n+1</sup> -1) </strong></p><p>The solvent requirement for any raffinate concentration X<sub>r</sub> could be determined by iteration from the above equation.</p><p>For mS/F = 1, the equation takes the form of <strong>X<sub>r</sub> = X<sub>f</sub> / (n + 1)</strong></p><p>The dimensionless term mS/F, included in all the above equations, is called the extraction factor (E), and is an important parameter in the design of extraction processes.  For a given number of stages, the higher the E factor, the higher is the reduction ratio and easier is the extraction.  Systems with E of less than 1.3 are not likely to be commercially feasible.</p><p class="h2header">Comparing Counter versus Cross Flow Operation</p><p>The following graph compares the reduction ratios (X<sub>f</sub> / X<sub>r</sub>) of the crosscurrent and countercurrent modes of operation.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/extrac27.gif" alt="extrac27" width="566" height="272" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Comparing Counter and Cross Flow Extraction</td></tr></tbody></table><p>The graph shows that for a given extraction factor (E), and number of stager (n), the countercurrent mode of operation outperforms the crosscurrent mode.  This is demonstrated in a case study presented at the end of this paper. Koch-Glitsch has demonstrated these benefits on their pilot and commercial scale extraction columns for several systems.</p><p>The equations given above can be used to compare solvent requirements for various modes of operation and can serve as a starting point for identifying scope for optimizing solvent quantity.  However, these equations should be used with caution as the assumptions of immiscibility, constancy of partition coefficient over desired range and solute-free fresh solvent are not valid in all practical applications.</p><p>As the solvent quantity is reduced, the solute concentration in the extract increases.  This usually affects the physical properties and the selectivity.  Therefore optimization exercise should be backed up by laboratory extraction data.</p><p class="h1header">Selecting the Type of Extractor</p><p>Commercially important extractors can be classified into the following broad categories.</p><p><strong class='bbc'>Mixer-Settlers</strong></p><p><strong class='bbc'>Centrifugal devices</strong></p>{parse block="google_articles"}<p><strong class='bbc'>Column contactors (static)</strong> - Examples include spray columns, sieve plate columns, and random or structurally packed columns.</p><p><strong class='bbc'>Column contactors (agitated)</strong> - Agitated columns can be further split into rotary or reciprocating type.  Examples of rotary agitated columns include rotary disc contactor, Scheibel column, Kuhni column.  Examples of reciprocating agitated columns include the Karr column and the pulsed column.</p><p class="h2header">Mixer-Settlers</p><p>As the name indicates, are usually a series of static or agitated mixers interspersed with settling stages. These are mostly used in the metal industry where intense mixing and high residence time is required by the reactive extraction processes. </p><p>In batch mode of operation, these mixer-settlers could be simple batch vessels where feed and solvent are mixed and settled.  This operation is repeated with fresh solvent washes as described earlier.</p><p class="h2header">Centrifugal Contactors</p><p>Centrifugal contactors are high-speed rotary machines that offer advantages of very low residence time.  The number of stages in a centrifugal device is usually limited to one, but currently devices with multiple numbers of stages are common.  These extractors are mainly used in pharmaceutical industry.</p><p class="h2header">Counter-current Column Contactors</p><p>Counter-current column contactors are most popular in the chemical industry.  These could be static or agitated. Several types of extractors are available (see Table 2) and each has its own advantages.</p><p class="h1header">Factors Affecting the Selection of Contactors</p><p>Important factors to consider when selecting extractor types are the stage requirements, fluid properties and operational considerations. The following table outlines the capabilities and characteristics of different extractor-types:</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 2: Comparison of Extractor Types</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Property</strong></td><td><strong>Mixer-Settler</strong></td><td><strong>Centrifugal Contactor</strong></td><td><strong>Static Column</strong></td><td><strong>Agitated Column</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Number of Stages</strong></td><td>Low</td><td>Low</td><td>Moderate </td><td>High </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Flow Rate</strong></td><td>High</td><td>Low</td><td>Moderate </td><td>Moderate </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Residence Time</strong></td><td>Very High</td><td>Very Low</td><td>Moderate</td><td>Moderate </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Interfacial Tension</strong></td><td>Moderate to High</td><td>Low to Moderate</td><td>Low to Moderate </td><td>Moderate to High </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Viscosity</strong></td><td>Low to High</td><td>Low to Moderate</td><td>Low to Moderate </td><td>Low to High </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Density Difference</strong></td><td>Low to High</td><td>Low to Moderate</td><td>Low to Moderate </td><td>Low to High </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Floor Space</strong></td><td>High</td><td>Moderate </td><td>Low </td><td>Low </td></tr></tbody></table><p>The <strong>Karr reciprocating plate</strong> extractor can effectively handle low interfacial tension systems.  Other factors governing extractor selection are presence of solids, safety and maintenance requirements.</p><p class="h2header">Design Criteria</p><p>The basic function of extraction equipment is to mix two phases, form and maintain droplets of dispersed phase and subsequently separate the phases.  The following section outlines some of the factors that need to be considered while designing and optimizing extraction equipment.</p><ol><li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Mixing</span> - The amount of mixing required is determined by physical<strong> </strong>properties such as viscosity, interfacial tension and density differences between the two phases.  It is important to provide just the right amount of mixing.  Less mixing causes the formation of<strong> </strong>large droplets and decreases interfacial area (interfacial area varies with the square of the droplet diameter).   This reduces mass transfer and decreases stage efficiency.  Higher agitation (more mixing) minimizes mass transfer resistance during reactions and extraction but contributes to the formation of small and difficult-to-settle droplets or emulsions. In agitated batch extractors, the agitator design is often optimized for reaction and heat transfer, not extraction, as these are generally multi-purpose vessels.The agitator imparts maximum energy at the tip where the velocity is highest and minimum energy at the center.  This creates non-uniform droplet sizes, with the smallest being formed at the agitator tip.   Reaching extraction equilibrium is controlled by the largest droplet size and the smallest droplet controls settling time.  Therefore, over-agitation sometimes takes its toll by causing difficulties in phase separation.  Usually a redesign in terms of configuration or change in agitation speed helps in optimizing batch time.Static extraction columns rely completely on the packing/internals and fluid flow velocities past the internals to create turbulence and droplets.  Therefore these are restricted by minimum flow requirement of at least one of the phases. Agitated columns have more operating flexibility as the specific energy input can be varied in most designs. Axial mixing (along column length) in column contactors reduces stage efficiency.   Baffles or similar arrangements are used to minimize axial mixing in static as well as agitated columns.  It is also important to avoid temperature gradients in columns to prevent thermal currents contributing to axial mixing.</li><li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Settling</span> - The settling characteristics depend on the fluid properties (density difference, interfacial tension, and continuous phase viscosity) and the amount of mixing.  Settling in agitated batch vessels is carried out by stopping the agitator.  In continuous columns, a settling section is provided either as a part of the<strong> </strong>extractor or as a separate piece of equipment downstream of the extractor. Emulsions are usually formed due to over agitation and in such cases, settling needs to be carried out over an extended period.  Emulsions can also form due to the inherent nature of the chemical compounds involved or due to contaminants that substantially lower the interfacial tension.   Sometimes coagulants are added to prevent or minimize emulsification.  Passing the emulsion layer through a coalescer can break some of these emulsions.  In continuous extractors, the creation of emulsions is less severe as good droplet size distribution can be attained at lower agitation speeds in a lesser diameter column.  Also, columns such as the Karr reciprocating plate extractor impart uniform energy throughout the radius as a result of the reciprocating motion and this creates a much narrower droplet distribution.A similar phenomenon to emulsions is the formation of a 'rag layer'.  This is a layer containing loose solid substances that float at the interface.  These solid substances are generally foreign impurities that exist in the feed streams or those that precipitate from the system during extraction.  In continuous extraction the liquid interface containing the rag layer can be continuously withdrawn, filtered and sent back to extractor. Selection of continuous and dispersed phases can have an effect on formation of emulsion and rag layer.  Reversing continuous and dispersed phases sometimes drastically reduces or eliminates emulsion formation.  Changing extraction temperature could also help in reducing emulsion and rag layer. </li><li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Selection of Continuous and Dispersed Phase</span> -  In column extractors, the phase with the lower viscosity (lower flow resistance) is generally chosen as the continuous phase.  Also note that the phase with the higher flow rate can be dispersed to create more interfacial area and turbulence.   This is accomplished by selecting an appropriate material of construction with the desired wetting characteristics.  In general, aqueous phases wet metal surfaces and organic phases wet non-metallic surfaces.  Change in flows and physical properties along the length of extractor should also be considered. Choosing a continuous phase is generally not available in batch processes, as the larger liquid phase usually becomes the continuous phase.</li></ol><p><span class="h1header">Conclusions</span></p><p>As we have seen in the previous sections, there are a number of factors affecting extraction performance.  Laboratory and pilot plant testing using actual feed and solvent help immeasurably in optimization.  The study could often be an iterative cycle involving laboratory testing followed by process simulation and design.   In most industrial extractors, there is usually a good scope for optimizing solvent usage and energy consumption.</p>[attachment=4404:extrac29.gif]<br /><p class="h1header">References</p><ol><li>Robbins,  Chem. Eng. Prog., 76(10), 58-61 (1980). </li><li>Cusack, R.W., & Glatz, D., et al, "A Fresh Look at Liquid-Liquid Extraction", Chemical Engineering, February, March & April 1991. </li></ol>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">2cfd4560539f887a5e420412b370b361</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fume Control and Scrubbing on Hydrochloric Acid...</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/processes/fume-control-and-scrubbing-on-hydrochloric-acid-pickle-lines</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p align="justify">New standards for hydrochloric acid emissions are expected to be proposed by the EPA soon, and these will affect the design of scrubbers for pickle line fume exhaust systems. This paper discusses hydrochloric acid fume scrubbing, with particular reference to the impact of new regulations on the type and design of equipment required.</p><p> </p><p align="justify">At this time, the new standards for hydrochloric acid scrubber efficiency are not known, but we can be sure that they will be more rigorous than present requirements. At present, most fume scrubbers are designed for efficiencies of 90-95% - new requirements are expected to be in the 98-99% range. What does this mean for the pickle line operator?{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Why Scrubbers are Needed</p><p align="justify">The liquid hydrochloric acid used in pickling is actually a solution of hydrogen chloride gas in water. Raw acid is generally purchased as â€˜20Â°BaumÃ©â€™, which means it has a specific gravity of 1.16 and contains about 32% hydrogen chloride (HCl) and 68% water. For pickling purposes, this acid is usually diluted to about 18-22% HCl.</p><p align="justify">The HCl solution used in pickling emits HCl vapors into the space above the liquid surface. The tendency of the HCl to escape is measured as a vapor pressure - the higher this pressure, the more HCl escapes. Figure 1 shows the vapor pressure curves for HCl at various temperatures as a function of liquid concentration - the vapor pressure increases as temperatures and concentrations increase. These curves are for the vapor pressure over solutions in pure water - the vapor pressures over pickling acid solutions are significantly higher, due to the accumulation of iron chloride in the acid, which increases the solution HCl vapor pressure.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Vapor Pressure of Hydrogen Chloride Over Aqueous Solutions (ref 1,2)" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/hclpickle1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_hclpickle1.gif" alt="hclpickle1" width="250" height="171" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Vapor Pressure of Hydrogen <br />Chloride Over Aqueous Solutions (ref 1,2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Figure 1 shows why pickle acids need fume control. The threshold limit value (TLV) for HCl is 5 ppmv, which is equivalent to a vapor pressure of about 0.004 mmHg. This pressure is in equilibrium with a 5% solution at 120Â°F, 2% at 140Â°F and less than 1% at 176Â°F - all concentrations well below what is used in pickling, whether in open or closed tanks. This means that the air above the surface of the acid during pickling is well above the allowable limits, and some form of containment or control is needed.</p><p align="justify">Besides operator hygiene, control is needed because HCl is extremely corrosive to the building fabric and equipment. Referring again to Figure 1, the 80Â°F curve shows that there is negligible vapor pressure up to about 5% - this means that HCl is very soluble in cold water, and even low gas concentrations can generate high liquid acid concentrations. Thus, HCl in the air can migrate through the interior fabric of the building, and dissolve in condensation on cold surfaces, producing a strong and corrosive acid in hidden or inaccessible areas.</p><p align="justify">The ideal fume control would be to pickle in a sealed vessel, isolated from the air - however, the need for openings to insert, guide, access and remove the steel from the acid generally precludes this, so usually the fumes are controlled by creating a draft above the acid surface. This causes air to be drawn in through the openings, thereby preventing escape of acid fumes. However, as the air flows across the acid surface, it sweeps away the HCl vapors, which are then carried out of the tank in the exhaust air. The concentration of HCl in the exhaust gas is a complex function of tank open surface area, air velocity, temperature and acid composition, and can vary from 50 ppmv in well-controlled open tank systems with lateral exhaust, to as much as 2000 ppmv in continuous pickle lines with tight lids and 6000 ppmv in tower picklers. These concentrations are far too high for discharge to the atmosphere, even without considering the effect of such emissions on the building roof and nearby structures.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Scrubber Design</p><p align="justify">{parse block="google_articles"}There are as many types of scrubber as there are inventors - but they all make use of the physical chemistry shown in Figure 1. By contacting the HCl bearing gas with cold water, the fumes are dissolved, and removed from the air. This is illustrated in Figures 2 and 3. In Figure 2, at point â€˜Aâ€™, which represents conditions in the pickle tank, the HCl vapor pressure over 10% acid at 180Â°F is 0.86 mmHg, whereas the air entering the tank has no HCl in it (if the fume control system is working properly). Thus, the tendency is for the HCl to evaporate into the air. In Figure 3, at point â€˜Bâ€™, which represents conditions in the scrubber, the air from the pickle tank, now containing perhaps 500 ppmv of HCl (equal to 0.4 mmHg pressure), is contacted with water that has a negligible HCl vapor pressure, and the tendency is for the HCl to dissolve in the water.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Conditions in the Pickle Tank" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/hclpickle2.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_hclpickle2.gif" alt="hclpickle2" width="250" height="123" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Conditions in the Pickle Tank</td></tr><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Conditions in the Fume Scrubber" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/hclpickle3.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_hclpickle3.gif" alt="hclpickle3" width="250" height="123" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: Conditions in the Fume Scrubber</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">When HCl dissolves in water, a substantial amount of heat is generated - in a scrubber, this heat is absorbed by evaporation of water into the air. The evaporation of water will also cool the incoming air to near the adiabatic saturation temperature, so that the air leaving a wet scrubber will have almost 100% humidity.</p><p align="justify">Although there are numerous scrubber designs, three types dominate the market - packed, plate and crossflow.</p><p align="justify">The packed scrubber is by far the most widely used type. Figure 4 shows the construction of a packed scrubber. The air enters the bottom of the scrubber, and flows upwards through a bed of packing. Scrubbing water is sprayed on top of the packing bed, and flows downwards by gravity - the purpose of the packing is to promote turbulence, and good mixing of the liquid and the gas, so that the HCl will be absorbed.</p><p align="justify">Figure 4 shows the components of a <strong>packed scrubber</strong> , which are the shell, the packing support, the packing, the liquid distribution system and the demister. The shell is usually plastic - PVC, polypropylene or FRP - and is most economically constructed as a cylinder. At the bottom is a grid which supports the packing, and which needs to have a large open area to allow passage of the air and gas in opposite directions, without creating excessive pressure drop.</p><p align="justify">The packing consists of plastic shapes, typically 2" to 4" in size. There are numerous proprietary packing designs - some common ones are: rings, which are short hollow cylinders; saddle shaped packing; donuts of small dia. rod wound in a spiral; and intersecting plates, usually with a spherical external profile. Each packing claims superiority, backed by lab and pilot testing - in fact, they all have about the same efficiency under industrial conditions.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Components of a Packed Fume Scrubber" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/hclpickle4.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_hclpickle4.gif" alt="hclpickle4" width="250" height="169" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Components of a Packed <br />Fume Scrubber</td></tr><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Components of a Plate Fume Scrubber" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/hclpickle5.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_hclpickle5.gif" alt="hclpickle5" width="250" height="186" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: Components of a Plate <br />Fume Scrubber</td></tr><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Components of a Cross-Flow Fume Scrubber" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/hclpickle6.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_hclpickle6.gif" alt="hclpickle6" width="250" height="131" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 6: Components of a Cross-Flow <br />Fume Scrubber</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Good liquid distribution on the top of the packing is essential - if more liquid is added in one area of the packing, it runs down that area, while the gas, taking the path of least resistance travels up areas where there is less liquid, and contacting is poor.</p><p align="justify">Finally, the droplets entrained in the air stream must be removed, in order to stop them being discharged from the stack as acid rain. This is done by passage through a device which changes flow direction, and provides a surface for the removed droplets to grow, in order to prevent re-entrainment. The two main types of entrainment eliminator are: chevron, consisting of parallel S-shaped blades; and mesh, which is a bed of knitted polypropylene fibers. They are both equally efficient, but the chevron is preferred, because it lasts longer, has large openings, a lower pressure drop, and less tendency to block with dust, crystals or deteriorated fibers.</p><p align="justify">The advantages of packed scrubbers are simplicity and cheapness (mainly due to traditional use of cheap materials and flimsy construction methods), plus the ability to accommodate variations in air flow. Disadvantages are the tendency of the packing to plug with dirt and the need for a large water flow over the packing (about 100 gal water/10,000 cu.ft. gas). Usually, to avoid high water consumption, and generation of large amounts of very weak acid effluent, this water flow is obtained by pumping water from the bottom of the scrubber back to the top of the packing. This requires a pump to be maintained, and also puts acidic water, instead of clean water, in contact with the clean air.</p><p align="justify">The components of a <strong>plate scrubber</strong> are shown in Figure 5. The shell and demister are the same as for a packed scrubber, but the gas/liquid contact is brought about by a number of perforated plates. The plates are plastic plates, perforated with numerous small holes, 1/8" to 3/8" in diameter. As the air passes through these holes at high velocity, it prevents the water from falling through the holes, and generates a highly turbulent water/air mixture on the plate. The water depth on the plate is controlled by weirs - as more water is added to the top plate of the scrubber, it displaces water over the weir, and this flows by gravity through a downcomer pipe to the plate below, eventually discharging from the base of the scrubber.</p><p align="justify">Plate scrubbers use relatively low amounts of water (1-2 gal water/10,000 cu.ft. gas) on a once-through basis, and require minimal maintenance. The low volume of relatively concentrated effluent makes for easier recovery. However, these scrubbers are not suitable for systems in which the air flow varies widely.</p><p align="justify">The features of <strong>cross-flow</strong> scrubbers are shown in Figure 6. These are packed scrubbers in which the gas flow is horizontal instead of vertical - the water still flows downwards by gravity. In these scrubbers, the shell is frequently rectangular in cross section, and the packing is held between two grids. The water from the sump is pumped back to the top of the packing.</p><p align="justify">These scrubbers have the same advantages and disadvantages as packed scrubbers, but are less efficient. Their main advantage is a low profile when headroom is limited, and the ability to locate the fan on ground level with minimum ducting.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Scrubber Performance and Efficiency</p><p align="justify">This discussion relates to scrubbers which are operating with effluent acid concentrations of 5% or less, so that the HCl vapor pressure of the liquid can be considered negligible. Tower picklers, where recovered acid up to 15% can be generated, required more complex calculations.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p align="justify">The efficiency of removal of HCl in a <strong>packed scrubber</strong> depends on the air and liquid flow mass velocities, and the size of packing. Generally, the volume of packing needed for a given efficiency is approximately constant, so the same results can be obtained by a short, large diameter, scrubber, or a taller, small diameter scrubber. Large diameter requires a lot more water volume to irrigate the packing - small diameter gives high pressure drop, and the risk of flooding (when the water is held up in the packing due to the high gas velocity). A superficial air velocity of 5-8 fps is usually found to be the best compromise.</p><p align="justify">In packed scrubbers, the height of the packed bed is given by the equation</p><p align="justify">Z = H<sub>og</sub> x N<sub>og</sub><p align="justify">where H<sub>og </sub>is the height of a transfer unit (which is an experimentally determined property of the packing used), based on gas concentrations, and N<sub>og</sub> is the number of transfer units, based on gas concentrations. The number of transfer units required, at low HCl concentrations, is:</p><p align="justify">N<sub>og </sub>= ln [1/(1 - E<sub>o</sub>)]</p><p align="justify">where E<sub>o</sub> is the desired overall scrubbing efficiency (as a fraction).</p><p align="justify">The number of transfer units required for various overall efficiencies is given in Table 1.</p></p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Number of Transfer Unit Required for Various Scrubbing Efficiencies</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Overall Efficiency, %</strong></td><td><strong>N<sub>OG</sub></strong></td></tr><tr><td>90</td><td>2.3</td></tr><tr><td>95</td><td>3.0</td></tr><tr><td>98</td><td>3.9</td></tr><tr><td>99</td><td>4.6</td></tr><tr><td>99.5</td><td>5.3</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">This shows that, in order to increase the efficiency of a given scrubber from 90 to 99%, the depth of the packing has to be doubled (from 2.3 to 4.6 transfer units), and to get to 99.5%, has to increase 2.3 times (5.3/2.3 = 2.3). This increases the pressure drop through the scrubber proportionally, but does not increase the overall height in the same proportion - usually, the packing accounts for only about 1/2 to 1/3 of the overall scrubber height.</p><p align="justify">For <strong>plate scrubbers, </strong>the efficiency of a single plate varies in the range 60-80%, depending on air and water flow velocities, and plate spacing. Usually, it is desirable to minimize the diameter of plate scrubbers, without causing flooding or excessive entrainment, and they are typically designed with air velocities in the range 6-9 fps. The number of plates required for a given overall efficiency is:</p><p align="justify">n = ln(1 - E<sub>o</sub>)/ln(1 - e)</p><p align="justify">where E<sub>o</sub> is the overall efficiency, and e is the efficiency of a single plate, both expressed as fractions.</p><p align="justify">Table 2 gives the overall efficiency for various numbers of plates at three different plate efficiencies.</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 2: Overall Efficiency of a Plate Scrubber for Various Number of Plates</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Number of Plates</strong></td><td colspan="3"><strong>Overall Efficiency for a Plate Efficiency of:</strong></td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>65%</td><td>70%</td><td>75%</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>88%</td><td>91%</td><td>94%</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>96%</td><td>97%</td><td>98%</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>98.5%</td><td>99%</td><td>99.6%</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>99.5%</td><td>99.75%</td><td>99.9%</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Thus, present day plate scrubbers usually have 2 or 3 plates - to meet future efficiency requirements, 4 or 5 plates will be needed. For each additional plate, the height of the scrubber increases by 24-30", and the pressure drop by 1" to 1.5" of water.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Scrubber Operations</p><p align="justify">The scrubber is only one component of a fume exhaust system, although there is a tendency to look upon it as being the only thing that matters. However, the function of the scrubber is to remove HCl from the air - collection of the fumes is determined by hood and duct design, and the amount of draft is determined by the fan performance.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p align="justify">Some areas where the scrubber design is important are:</p><ul><li><div>variable loads</div></li><li><div>entrainment</div></li><li><div>stack droplet emissions</div></li></ul><p align="justify">The HCl concentration in the scrubber inlet gas can vary substantially, particularly in batch pickling operations, in which high HCl loads can occur as the steel is being removed from the tank - this is especially the case in modern systems that have crane-mounted hoods to control these fumes. Essentially, a fume scrubber is a constant-efficiency device, so, if the inlet concentration goes up 10 times, the outlet concentration also goes up 10 times. Usually, these high concentrations only occur for short periods, so that the average emissions remain low. However, such excursions increase the acidity of any droplets in the gas after the scrubber, and make entrainment control even more important.</p><p align="justify">In order to prevent acid rain from the stack, water droplets must be eliminated from the air stream. In the scrubber, this is done by having an efficient entrainment eliminator. However, all wet scrubbers discharge air saturated with water vapor, so that contact with cold equipment or stack walls can cause condensation after the scrubber - this condensation absorbs the residual HCl content of the gas, and becomes highly acidic. If the stack velocity is too high, or if the stack wall is very cold, or the scrubber exhaust air temperature high, the condensate may be discharged as droplets from the stack. In order to prevent this, an additional entrainment eliminator may be necessary at the top of the stack. This presents problems in compliance testing, because the rules require testing in the stack, at a point which does not represent the actual stack emission!</p><p align="justify">Another factor that needs consideration is what to do with the scrubber effluent. The scrubber only removes the HCl from the air, generating a dilute acid effluent stream in the process. This effluent requires treatment or re-use. With plate scrubbers, which use little water, it is possible to generate effluent acid up to 2-3% strength, which can often be returned to the pickle tanks to make up for evaporation - this is not generally possible with packed scrubbers, that generate effluent in the 0.1 to 0.5% concentration range. Recycle of the scrubber effluent makes economic sense - a continuous strip pickle line can discharge acid costing as much as $25,000/yr, and then spend as much again in neutralizing chemicals.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Controlling Costs</p><p align="justify">Costs for scrubbers are always of concern, and will become even more important as more efficient scrubbers are required. The initial cost of the scrubber can be minimized by designing the fume exhaust system to handle the smallest volume of air that will give satisfactory control of fumes. It is tempting to oversize exhaust systems, just to be safe, and to avoid having to pay too much attention to maintenance. However, oversizing results in higher capital costs, more fan hp, more effluent generation, and higher acid losses from the pickle tanks.</p><p align="justify">The ideal fume control system is a closed cover, with no exhaust, as in â€˜fumeless picklersâ€™ used for wire strands, but this is not technically practical for batch pickling or high speed strip lines. Techniques for minimizing exhaust rates include:</p><ul><li><div>tight, well-maintained covers</div></li><li><div>locate exhaust ducts near openings in hoods and tanks</div></li><li><div>minimize open area with local seals or closures</div></li><li><div>use of double covers</div></li><li><div>regular maintenance of fan, hoods and ducting.</div></li><li><div>careful, well-balanced duct design</div></li></ul><p class="h1header" align="justify">Conclusions</p><p align="justify">Future emission regulations are going to require larger, more efficient HCl fume scrubbers. The new limits are easily achievable using scrubbers that are 30-50% larger than those presently in use. The cost of upgrading fume scrubbers can be reduced by improving fume control practices to minimize exhaust rates.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">References</p><ol><li><div>Perry, R.H., and Green, D.W., â€˜Perryâ€™s Chemical Engineersâ€™ Handbookâ€™, 6th ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1984, p 3-64</div></li><li><div>Fritz, J.J., and Fuget, C.R., â€˜Vapor pressure of aqueous hydrogen chloride solutions, 0 to 50Â°Câ€™, Ind.Eng Chem., Chem. and Eng. Data, Vol1, #1, p 10, 1956</div></li></ol>
<br /><br />
***This article was written by J. Neil Stone of Kingsville Ontario Canada and this work is entirely his.  Any information gathered from this article must be so noted by appearing as a reference in future works.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">571e0f7e2d992e738adff8b1bd43a521</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Basics of Industrial Heat Transfer</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/heat-transfer/basics-of-industrial-heat-transfer</link>
		<description><![CDATA[Heat transfer is one of the most important industrial processes. Throughout any industrial facility, heat must be added, removed, or moved from one process stream to another. Understanding the basics of the heart of this operation is key to any engineers' mastery of the subject.  <br /><br />There are three basic types of heat transfer: conduction, convection, and radiation. The two most common forms encountered in the chemical processing industry are conduction and convection. This course will focus on these key types of heat transfer.<br /><br />In theory, the heat given up by the hot fluid is never exactly equal to the heat gained by the cold fluid due to environmental heat losses. In practice, however, they are generally assumed to be equal to simplify the calculations involved. Any environmental losses are generally minimized with insulation of equipment and piping.  <br /><br />Any overall energy balance starts with the following equations:<br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn1.gif" width="225" height="30"></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr><br /><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn2.gif" width="218" height="30"></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr><br /></tbody></table><br /><br />Where:{parse block="google_articles"}<br />Q = heat transferred in thermal unit per time (Btu/h or kW)<br />M = mass flow rate<br />T = temperature<br />Cp = heat capacity or specific heat of fluid<br />Subscript "H" = hot fluid<br />Subscript "C" = cold fluid<br />When examining industrial systems, it is common practice to use a graphical form of these equations know as "T-Q diagrams" to enhance understanding and to make sure that the Second Law of Thermodynamics is not disobeyed. In other words, heat can only move from a higher to a lower temperature fluid. Here is how the generic diagram is constructed:<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image1.gif"></td><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image2.gif"></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Correct Example of a T-Q Diagram</td><td>Figure 2: Incorrect Example of a T-Q Diagram</td></tr></tbody></table>												<br />It's easy to see how viewing a particular heat transfer problem in this way is extremely valuable.<br />Now that's we've seen how heat moves from a hot fluid to a cold fluid, let's examine the third basic equation that is used to govern the equipment used for transferring heat.<br />The "Heat Exchanger Equation" takes the form:<br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn3.gif"</td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><br />Where:<br />Q = heat transferred in thermal unit per time (Btu/h)<br />f = temperature correction factor<br />U = overall heat transfer coefficient (Btu/h ft<sup class='bbc'>2</sup> Â°F)<br />A = heat transfer area (ft<sup class='bbc'>2</sup>)<br />LMTD = log mean temperature difference<br />These three (3) equations are the basis for virtually all heat exchanger design.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">Examining the "Heat Exchanger Equation"</p><br />If we take a closer look at the heat exchanger equation, it's worth noting some assumptions that are made in its derivation. First, the overall heat transfer coefficient and the specific heat (also called heat capacity) of the fluids are assumed to remain constant through the heat exchanger.<br />If we look at the change in the heat capacity of water, for example, over a reasonable temperature range, here is what we find:{parse block="google_articles"}<br />Specific heat of water at 100 Â°F and atmospheric pressure = 0.9979 Btu / lb Â°F<br />Specific heat of water at 210 Â°F and atmospheric pressure = 1.0066 Btu / lb Â°F<br />So, we can see that this is a fairly reasonable assumption for water and it remains reasonable for most industrial fluids. The specific heat of a substance is defined as the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of the substance by a single degree Fahrenheit (other units can apply as well).<br />The overall heat transfer coefficient is a calculated variable based on the physical properties of the fluids involved in the heat transfer (hot and cold) as well as the geometry and type of heat exchanger to be used. We'll examine this closer a little later.<br />The log mean temperature difference or LMTD is used to describe the average temperature difference throughout the exchanger. The difference between the temperatures of the fluids provides the "driving force" for the heat transfer to occur. The larger the temperature difference, the smaller the required heat exchanger and vice versa.<br />You'll notice from our T-Q diagram used to explain the equations:<br /><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn1.gif"><br /><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn2.gif"><br />that it appears that the temperature difference between the fluids remains almost constant throughout the heat exchanger. This is rarely the case. Let's look at a more practical example. Let's assume that a process stream containing water at 200 Â°F is to be cooled to 150 Â°F using cooling tower water available at 85 Â°F. It is common practice in industry to return cooling tower no higher than 120 Â°F. In other words, the cooling tower water flow must be such that its outlet temperature from the heat exchanger is less than 120 Â°F. The reason for this is that cooling tower water often contains treatment chemicals that can plate out onto heat transfer surfaces and cause severe fouling or degradation of the heat transfer rate at elevated temperatures.<br />Here is what the T-Q diagram may look like for our example case:<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image3.gif"></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: T-Q Diagram for the Example Problem</td></tr></tbody></table>	<br />You can see that the temperature difference between the two streams will vary widely. This is why the log mean temperature difference is used.Here is how the log mean temperature difference works:<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image4.gif"></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Graphical Representation of the Log Mean Temperature Difference</td></tr></tbody></table>																<br /><p class='bbc_left'>So, for a heat exchanger as described above, we calculate the LMTD as follows:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image5.gif"></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: Exchange Heat Exchanger Duty</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn4.gif"></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br /><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn5.gif"><br /><p class='bbc_left'>There can be special cases where the LMTD equation shown above is not applicable.   Consider the case below:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image6.gif"></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 6: Special Case for Calculating LMTD</td></tr></tbody></table>	<br /><br /><p class='bbc_left'>If you tried apply the LMTD equation to this special case, you'd find that the result would be zero.  In this case the LMTD is the same as the temperature difference on each "end" of the heat exchanger, or 100 Â°F.</p><br /><p class="h2header">A Brief Word on Flow Direction</p><br />Notice that up to this point, the two fluids considered in a heat exchanger have been moving in opposite directions to one another.  This is known as counter-current flow.  This is the predominantly preferred flow direction because it results in higher temperature difference driving forces within the heat exchanger, thus minimizing the heat transfer area required.<br /><br />The other flow configuration, where the fluids flow in the same direction, is called co-current flow.  Co-current flow, while it is rarely used, does have the advantage of lowering the heat exchanger wall temperature on the hot side fluid.  This can be useful for temperature sensitive fluids or as a means of minimizing deposits that are temperature sensitive.<br /><br /><p class="h2header">The Temperature Correction Factor, f</p><br />The temperature correction factor, f, is used to correct the log mean temperature difference for heat exchangers than lack truly counter-current flow.  Many different heat transfer technologies lack truly counter-current flow patterns as a result of their inherent mechanical design.  Generally, the value for f should be between 0.75 of 0.97.  There are cases when this value can be taken as one, but only if the flow in the exchanger is purely counter-current.  There are countless charts available to look up the temperature correction factor for a given configuration.<br /><p class="h2header">The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient</p><br />The overall heat transfer coefficient describes the rate of heat transfer in the heat exchanger.  Generically, it is described by the following equation:<br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn6.gif"></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table>						<br />Where:<br />U = overall heat transfer coefficient (Btu / h ft<sup class='bbc'>2</sup> Â°F)<br />h<sub class='bbc'>H</sub> = hot side heat transfer coefficient<br />h<sub class='bbc'>C</sub> = cold side heat transfer coefficient<br />Delta x = exchanger wall thickness<br />k = exchanger wall material thermal conductivity<br />R<sub class='bbc'>f</sub> = fouling coefficient (h ft<sup class='bbc'>2</sup> Â°F / Btu)<br />The equation for the overall heat transfer coefficient is often reduced to the following:						<br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Eqn7.gif"></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table>																										<br />Because the term Delta x / k seldom has any significant impact on the overall U-value.<br />The overall heat transfer coefficient can either be calculated, looked up in reference materials for a given duty, estimated from past plant experience, or supplied by a heat exchanger vendor.<br /><br /><br /><p class="h1header">Brief Overview of Heat Exchanger Types</p><br />In the chemical processing industry, there are numerous types of heat exchanger devices.  The types of exchangers can be classified by the duty that they perform, surface compactness, construction features, flow arrangements, and others.  In general, a heat exchanger can fall into one of these processing categories:<br /><span class='bbc_underline'>No Phase Change</span><br /><ul><li>Liquid to Liquid heat transfer</li>{parse block="google_articles"}<br /><li>Liquid to Gas heat transfer</li><br /><li>Gas to Gas heat transfer</li></ul><br /><br /><span class='bbc_underline'>Phase Change</span><br /><ul><li>Condensing a vapor with a liquid or gas service fluid</li><br /><li>Vaporizing a liquid with a liquid, gas, or condensing fluid</li></ul><br /><br /><span class='bbc_underline'>Heat exchangers can also be broken down into the following two types of mechanical geometries:</span><br /><ul><li>Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers</li><br /><li>Compact and Extended Surface Heat Exchangers</li></ul><br /><br />Approximately 70-80% of the heat exchanger market is dominated by the shell and tube type heat exchanger.  It is largely favored due to its long performance history, relative simplicity, and its wide temperature and pressure design ranges.  We will explore this technology in further detail later.<br />The second category mentioned, compact and extended surface heat exchangers, play a smaller role in the chemical processing industry.  Some of the available technologies that fit into this category are the plate and frame heat exchanger, finned tube heat exchangers, spiral heat exchangers, fin-fan heat exchangers, and many others.<br /><br /><p class="h1header">Compact Heat Exchanger Technologies</p><br />The plate exchanger, shown below, consists of corrugated plates assembled into a frame.  The hot fluid flows in one direction in alternating channels while the cold fluid flows in true countercurrent flow in the opposite alternating channels.  The fluids are directed into their proper channels either by a rubber gasket or a weld depending on the type of exchanger chosen.<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Components of a Plate Heat Exchanger" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image7.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ht_basics_Image7.gif" alt="plate-heat-exchanger" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 7: Components of a Plate Heat Exchanger</td></tr></tbody></table><br />	<br />Traditionally, plate and frame exchangers have been used almost exclusively for liquid to liquid heat transfer.  Today, many variations of the plate technology have proven useful in applications where a phase change occurs as well.  This includes condensing duties as well as vaporization duties.  Plate heat exchangers are best known for having overall heat transfer coefficients (U-values) in excess of 3-5 times the U-value in a shell and tube designed for the same service.<br />Plate exchangers can be especially attractive when more expensive materials of construction are required.  The significantly higher U-value results in far less area for a given application, thus a lower purchased and installed cost due to its relatively small size.  The higher U-values are gained by inducing extremely high wall shear on the plate surface.  The best way to think of a plate heat exchanger is that it is essentially a static mixer that happens to transfer heat very well.  The plate exchanger, by virtue of its high wall shear stress also minimizes fouling very well.<br /><br />Typical plate thicknesses range from 0.40 mm to 0.60 mm and passage channel openings can range from 1.5 mm up to 11.0 mm depending on the application and required design pressure (the larger the opening, the lower the design pressure available).  These small passages also restrict the size of solids that can be successfully passed through the exchanger.<br /><br />Perhaps the biggest advantage of the plate and frame heat exchanger, and a situation where it is most often used, is when the heat transfer application calls for the cold side fluid to exit the exchanger at a temperature significantly higher than the hot side fluid exit temperature.  This situation is best explained with another set of T-Q diagrams:<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image8.gif"/></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 8: Heat Transfer Duty with No Temperature Cross</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br />Duty 1 shown above is easily accomplished in a single and tube heat exchanger.<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image9.gif"/></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 9: Heat Transfer Duty with a Temperature Cross</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br />Duty 2 shows a severe "temperature cross" or the cold side fluid exiting higher than the hot side fluid.  This would require several shell and tube exchangers in series due to the lack of purely counter-current flow.  On the other hand, this duty is easily accomplished in a single plate and frame heat exchanger.<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image10.gif"/></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 10: Finned Tubes</td></tr></tbody></table><br />	<br />Finned tube heat exchangers are commonly used to transfer heat between a gas and liquid.  The tubes used in these units are equipped with fins that extend outward from the tubes as shown in Figure 10.<br /><br />The fins on the tubes allow for a much larger surface area to be packed into a small volume.  This is especially important when transferring heat to or from a gas as gasses have extremely low heat transfer coefficients (meaning that large amounts of area are required).<br />Fin-fan heat exchangers are designed to use air to cool process fluids.   Think of them as a giant radiator.  The process fluid is passed through the coils and a fan helps pull air over the outside surface to promote cooling.  These units again must provide a very large surface area to make up for the poor heat transfer of the air.<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image11.gif"/></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 11: Fin-Fan Heat Exchanger</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><br /><p class="h1header">Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger Technologies</p><br />Shell and tube heat exchangers are known as the work-horse of the chemical process industry when it comes to transferring heat.  These devices are available in a wide range of configurations as defined by the Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association (TEMA, <a class='bbc_url' href='http://www.tema.org/'>www.tema.org</a>).  In essence, a shell and tube exchanger is a pressure vessel with many tubes inside of it.  One process fluids flows through the tubes of the exchanger while the other flows outside of the tubes within the shell.  The tube side and shell side fluids are separated by a tube sheet.<br /><br />The shell and tube type is usually indicated as a three (3) letter code from the TEMA specifications as shown in Figure 13.<br />The shell side of a shell and tube exchanger usually contains baffles as shown above to direct the shell side flow around the tubes to enhance heat transfer.  As you can see, shell and tube exchangers can be configured for liquid-liquid, gas-liquid, condensing, or vaporizing heat transfer.<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image12.gif"></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 12: Example of a Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger</td></tr></tbody></table>												<br />The tubes can be a different material than shell and the shell can either be cladded or of solid construction.  It's impossible to go over all of the mechanical details of the shell and tube here, but this should provide you with a general overview of the construction.  There are numerous other sources of information freely available on these types of units.<br /><br />The tubes and shell can be designed for a variety of design temperatures and pressures.  The thermal design of shell and tube heat exchangers is often performed by vendors.  The process engineer generally completes a TEMA specification sheet and submits it to vendors for bids.  If you're interested in more details on the thermal design aspects of shell and tube heat exchangers, you can visit Wolverine Engineering's website at:<br /><a class='bbc_url' href='http://www.wlv.com/products/databook/databook.pdf'>http://www.wlv.com/p...ok/databook.pdf</a><br />This online design manual is extremely well done and is a valuable, freely available resource.<br /><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="TEMA Datasheet" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_basics_Image13.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumbnails/thumb_ht_basics_Image13.gif" alt="TEMA-Datasheet"></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 13: TEMA Datasheet</td></tr></tbody></table><br />here are well documented sources of estimated overall heat transfer coefficients and fouling factors that can be specified.  Fouling factors are historic safety factors that allow for the oversizing of a shell and tube in anticipation of eventual surface build-up that will form a resistance to heat transfer.  Remember, the overall heat transfer coefficient of a new heat exchanger will slowly degrade over time until it "levels off" to what is known as the "service U-value".  This is the actual rate of a heat transfer that the unit will achieve on a nominal basis.  The combination of a well selected U-value and a fouling factor should ensure a good shell and tube design.   Typical U-values for various services and fouling factors can be found on the internet or in various text references.<br /><br />Understanding the basics of industrial heat transfer will help you better understand opportunities for cost savings in your plant.  With energy prices showing no sign of declining, a good basis in heat transfer will help you calculate just how much you can save by installing a new heat exchanger in your plant.  With the use a T-Q diagram and a basic understanding of the equipment available to you, making the right choice in heat transfer equipment can yield results for years to come.]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">fd2c5e4680d9a01dba3aada5ece22270</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Flow Through Orifice Plates in Compressible Flu...</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/safety/flow-through-orifice-plates-in-compressible-fluid-service-at-high-pressure-drop</link>
		<description><![CDATA[The calculation of compressible flow through orifice plates at high dP (critical flow) appears to be carried out incorrectly in most instances. This flow condition is often encountered on gas plants, compressor stations and pipelines where orifice plates are commonly used as a cheap and convenient way to regulate blowdown and pressurising rates.  Blowdown must be achieved within the time period required to make the plant safe but at the same time without an excessive rate of pressure drop that could damage equipment. A more accurate calculation method is proposed below and should be used to improve the engineering predictions.<p align="left">Orifice flow calculations typically use the following equations or some variant of them:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_1.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_1" width="347" height="68" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Crane Eq. 2-24 / Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_2.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_2" width="340" height="44" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Crane Eq. 2-23 / Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table>Where subscript "1" indicates upstream conditions, subscript "2" indicates downstream conditions and A<sub>o</sub> is the orifice cross section area.<p><span class="info">Download this calculator in our <a href="../../../../invision/store/product/79-high-pressure-loss-orifice-calculator/" target="_blank">Online Store</a></span></p><p align="left">For metering applications the ASME equation is often used to determine the Expansion Factor Y:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_3.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_3" width="290" height="73" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>for flange taps, where P and T are in absolute units.</p><p>For high accuracy metering (e.g. AGA 3) use of these calculations is often limited to <img style="vertical-align: middle;" src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_supp.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_supp" width="103" height="40" />.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_4.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_4" width="175" height="61" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where P and T are in absolute units.</p><p align="left">It is then often assumed that the orifice flow goes critical (i.e. sonic velocity) at P<sub>2 </sub>= 0.528 x P<sub>1</sub> (for air) and the choked flow equation is then applied:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_5.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_5" width="386" height="73" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (5)</td></tr></tbody></table><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_6.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_6" width="379" height="49" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (6)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">(Crane Pg 2-15), where P<sub>cr </sub>= 0.528 x P<sub>1</sub></p><p align="left">For P<sub>2</sub> less than P<sub>cr</sub> this method assumes that the flow does not increase further.</p><p><span class="download">Download additional information on the derivation of this method in our <a href="../../../../invision/files/file/6-high-pressure-drop-orifice-flow-calculations/" target="_blank">Article Supplements Repository</a></span></p><p align="left"></p><p class="h1header" align="left">Cunningham Method</p><p align="left">Experiments carried out by RG Cunningham and published by ASME in July 1951 clearly demonstrated that the assumption of a fixed limit to critical flow through thin square edged orifice plates is not correct. {parse block="google_articles"}The flow continued to increase as P<sub>2</sub> was reduced below the expected critical condition. Limiting flow was not evident even with P<sub>2</sub> as low as 0.1 x P<sub>1</sub>.</p><p align="left">Cunninghamâ€™s work included tests with air and steam with the results and conclusions presented as tables, charts and formulas. Limited information is provided for the tests with steam.</p><p align="left">The results demonstrated that <span style="text-decoration: underline;">with suitable corrections to the Expansion Factor Y, the formula for non-critical flow should be used in all cases</span> for thin square edge orifice plates. Critical flow can, however, be expected for thick orifice plates with t ? 6 x the orifice diameter.</p><p>Cunninghamâ€™s paper also includes an equation for the Flow Coefficient, though this appears to provide only a rough approximation and other methods may be preferable (e.g. AGA 3):</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_7.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_7" width="187" height="41" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (7)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><br />The ASME formula for Y was shown to be appropriate only down to P<sub>2</sub> = 0.63 x P<sub>1;</sub> (not the normally expected 0.528 from thermodynamic analysis) at which point there is a distinct discontinuity in the flow to lower discharge pressures. Continued use of the ASME formula for Y produces errors of up to 12% if used for lower discharge pressures. Alternative methods reviewed involved errors of up to 40%.</p><p>Analysis of the Cunningham data suggests the following formula may be used to determine Y for flange taps at discharge pressures below 0.63 x P<sub>1</sub>:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_8.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_eq_8" width="350" height="78" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (8)</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="left">where Y<sub>0.63</sub> is Y from the ASME formula at P<sub>2</sub> = 0.63 x P<sub>1</sub>.</p><p align="left">The use of a formula similar to the form of the ASME equation is based on an expectation that there is a reasonable probability that the flow to lower pressures will be similarly sensitive to the same geometric and process parameters. The use of ? (beta) to the 4th power provides a reasonable fit to the experimental data. Since the relationship between Y and the pressure ratio is linear the (0.63-P<sub>2</sub>/P<sub>1</sub>) component is clearly appropriate. The inclusion of k as a direct divisor in the equation is less obvious and difficult to confirm from the limited data available.</p><p>The chart first chart below is extracted directly from the Cunningham report and clearly shows the discontinuity at a pressure ratio of 0.63 and the potential for error if the ASME formula is used beyond this point. The chart second chart below is generated using the proposed method.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Results with Cunningham Method" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_2.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_high_dp_orifice_flow_2.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_2" width="250" height="240" /></a></td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Results with the Proposed Method" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/high_dp_orifice_flow_1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_high_dp_orifice_flow_1.gif" alt="high_dp_orifice_flow_1" width="250" height="233" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Results with Cunningham Method</td><td>Figure 2: Results with Proposed Method</td></tr></tbody></table><p><span class="download">Download additional information on the derivation of this method in our <a href="../../../../invision/files/file/6-high-pressure-drop-orifice-flow-calculations/" target="_blank">Article Supplements Repository</a></span></p><p class="h1header">References</p><ol><li>Technical Paper 410M, Crane, 1983 </li><li>Orifice Meters with Supercritical Compressible Flow, RG Cunningham â€“ ASME, July 1951</li><li>Perryâ€™s Chemical Engineering Handbook â€“ 7<sup>th</sup> Edn â€“ RH Perry, DW Green</li><li>Flow Measurement Engineering Handbook, 3<sup>rd</sup> Edn â€“ RW Miller <br />(Note: formula 9.58 is correct only for air with ÃŸ = 0.15 and could be replaced with the method proposed above.)</li></ol><p></p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">47a658229eb2368a99f1d032c8848542</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hollow Fiber Membranes</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/separation-technology/hollow-fiber-membranes</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Membrane separation processes has become one of the emerging technology which undergo a rapid growth during the past few decades. It has drawn the world attention especially in the separation technology field, one of the chemical engineers' specialty with its distinguish performance compared to the conventional separation technology.  </p><p align="justify">{parse block="google_articles"}The excellent mass-transfer properties conferred by the hollow fiber configuration soon led to numerous commercial applications in various field such as the medical field (blood fractionation), water reclamation (purification and desalination), gas separation, azeotropic mixture separation (using pervaporation). Others application of this type of membrane are in various stage of development, e.g. and the biochemical industry (bioseparation and bioreactor) and hydrocarbon separation (by pervaporation). Due to the high technology of this advanced materials, Malaysia is urged to focus more in the research of this materials as it has showed its distinguish performance in various field and applications compared to the conventional technique.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Historical Development of Membranes</p><p align="justify">Table 1 below indicates some of the historical development of the membrane technology before the "Golden Age" of membrane technology:</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Historical Development of Membranes</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Year</strong></td><td><strong>Development</strong></td></tr><tr><td>1748</td><td><p align="justify">Abbe Nollet â€“ water diffuses from dilute to concentrated solution</p></td></tr><tr><td>1846</td><td><p align="justify">The first synthetic (or semisynthetic) polymer studied by Schoenbein & <br />produced commercially in 1869.</p></td></tr><tr><td>1855</td><td><p align="justify">Fick employed cellulose nitrate membrane in his classic study <em>Ueber Diffusion.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td>1866</td><td><p align="justify">Fick, Traube, artificial membranes (nitrocellulose)</p></td></tr><tr><td>1907</td><td><p align="justify">Bechhold, pore size control, "ultrafiltration"</p></td></tr><tr><td>1927</td><td><p align="justify">Sartorius Company, membranes available commercially</p></td></tr><tr><td>1945</td><td><p align="justify">German scientists, methods for bacterial culturing</p></td></tr><tr><td>1957</td><td><p align="justify">USPH, officially accepts membrane procedure</p></td></tr><tr><td>1958</td><td><p align="justify">Sourirajan, first success in desalinating water</p></td></tr></tbody></table><p>The "Golden Age" of membrane technology (1960-1980) began in 1960 with the invention by Loeb and Sourirajan of the first asymmetric integrally skinned cellulose acetate RO membrane<sup>,</sup>. This development simulated both commercial and academic interest, first in desalination by reverse osmosis, and then in other membrane application and processes. During this period, significant progress was made in virtually every phase of membrane technology: applications, research tools, membrane formation processes, chemical and physical structures, configurations and packaging.</p><p class="h1header">Basic Morphology</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/hmembranes1.gif" alt="hmembranes1" width="328" height="160" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Membrane Morphology</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Two basic morphology of hollow fiber membrane are <em>isotropic</em><strong> </strong>and <em>anisotropic</em><strong> </strong>(Figure 1). Membrane separation is achieved by using of this morphologies. The anisotropic configuration is of special value. In the early 1960s, the development of anisotropic membranes exhibiting a dense, ultrathin skin on a porous structure provided a momentum to the progress of membrane separation technology. The semipermeability of the porous morphology is based essentially on the spatial cross-section of the permeating species, ie, small molecules exhibit a higher permeability rate through the fiber wall. While the anisotropic morphology of the dense membrane which exhibit the dense skin, is obtained through the solution-diffusion mechanism. The permeation species chemically interacts with thepolymer matrix and selectively dissolves in it, resulting in diffusive mass transport along the chemical potential gradient, as what demonstrated in the pervaporation process.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Advantages and Disadvantages of Membranes</p><p align="justify">Hollow fiber is one of the most popular membranes used in industries. It is because of its several beneficial features that make it attractive for those industries. Among them are:{parse block="google_articles"}</p><ul><li><div><strong>Modest energy requirement</strong>: In hollow fiber filtration process, no phase change is involed. Consequently, need no latent heat. This makes the hollow fiber membrane have the potential to replace some unit operation which consume heat, such as distillation or evaporation column.</div></li><li><div><strong>NoÂ waste products:</strong> Since the basic principal of hollow fiber is filtration, it does not create any waste from its operation except the unwanted component in the feed stream. This can help to decrease the cost of operation to handle the waste.</div></li><li><div><strong>Larger surface per unit volume:</strong> Hollow fiber has large membrane surface per module volume. Hence, the size of hollow fiber is smaller than other type of membrane but can give higher performance.Â </div></li><li><div><strong>Flexibility:</strong> Hollow fiber is a flexible membrane, it can carry out the filtration by 2 ways, either is "inside-out" or "outside-in".</div></li><li><div><strong>Low operating costs: </strong>Hollow fiber need low operation cost compare to other types of unit operation.</div></li></ul><p align="justify">However, it also have some disadvantages which lead to its application constraints. Among the disadvantages are:</p><ul><li><div><strong>Membrane fouling: </strong>Membrane fouling of hollow fiber is more frequent than other membrane due to is configuration. Contaminated feed will increase the rate of membrane fouling, esapecially for hollow fiber.</div></li><li><div><strong>Expensive</strong>: Hollow fiber is more expensive than other membrane which available in market. It is because of its fabrication method and expense is higher than other membranes.</div></li><li><div><strong>Lack of research:</strong> Hollow fiber is a new tachnology and so far, research done on it is less compare to other types of membrane. Hence, more research will be done on it in future because of its potential.</div></li><li><div><strong>Cleaning and temperature restraints</strong>: Since hollow fibers of made of polymers there are constraints with regards to what types of chemicals they can contact and the temperatures at which they can operate.</div></li></ul><p class="h1header" align="justify">Membrane Process</p><p align="justify">Various types of membrane processes can be found in almost all of the literature references. In this text, we will confine ourselves to the few membrane processes that we will encounter in the further discussion of the industrial applications.</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Reverse Osmosis (RO)</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" cellspacing="7" cellpadding="2" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Membrane Configurations" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/hmembranes2.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_hmembranes2.gif" alt="hmembranes2" width="229" height="250" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Membrane Configurations</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">There is considerable confusion in the open literature as to the distinction between few membrane separation processes, i.e., the microfiltration (MF), ultrafiltration (UF) and reverse osmosis (RO). Occasionally one will see it referred to by other names such as "hiperfiltration (HF)". In order to distinguish these separation processes clearly, Porter in his paper presented one of the useful method based on the smallest particles or molecules which can be retrained by the various membranes. Accordingly, RO has the separation range of 0.0001 to 0.001<span style="font-family: Symbol;">m</span>m (i.e., 1 to 10 <span style="font-family: Romantic;">Ã…</span> ) or < 300 mol wt.</p><p align="justify">RO is a liquid-driven membrane process, with the RO membranes are capable of passing water whilst rejecting microsolutes, such as salts or low molecule weight organics (< 1000 daltons). Pressure driving force (1 to 10 MPa) needed to overcome the force of osmosis that cause the water to flow from dilute permeate to concentrated feed. The principle use of this membrane process is desalination, which show its great advantage over the conventional technique of desalination, i.e. ion exchange.</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Pervaporation (PV)</p><p align="justify">In this process, liquid mixture are fed under pressure to a non-porous membrane, where components pass through the membrane by solution-diffusion and evaporate at the permeate side of the membrane. This technique is able to separate an azeotropic mixture. It current usage is well know in dehydration of the organic solvents and mixtures and the removal of organics from aqueous stream. The future application of this process, which is now under the main interest of the researcher is the hydrocarbon separation<sup>,</sup>, which shows its advantages of energy require compared to the conventional distillation technique.</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Gas Separation</p><p align="justify">Two type of gas separation processes have been encountered: gas permeation (GP) and gas diffusion (GD). The gas separation of the industrial interest is the former process, which is a pressure driven process where vapor components pass through a non-porous membrane by a solution-diffusion mechanism; analogous to RO. While gas diffusion process can be done for the microporous membranes, operating under a concentration or partial pressure gradient.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Chemical and Petrochemical Applications</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Gas Separation</p><p align="justify">Gas membranes are now widely used in variety of application areas, as shown in Table 2. This is because of its advantages in separation, low capital cost, low energy consumption, ease of operation, cost effectiveness even at low gas volumes and good weight and space efficiency.</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 2: Gas Membrane Application Areas</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Gas Separation</strong></td><td><strong>Application</strong></td></tr><tr><td>Oxygen / Nitrogen</td><td>Oxygen enrichment, inert gas generation</td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen / Hydrocarbons</td><td>Refinery hydrogen recovery</td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen / Nitrogen</td><td>Ammonia purge gas</td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen / Carbon Monoxide</td><td>Syngas ratio adjustment</td></tr><tr><td>Carbon Dioxide / Hydrocarbons</td><td>Acid gas treatment, landfill gas upgrade</td></tr><tr><td>Water / Hydrocarbons</td><td>Natural gas dehydration</td></tr><tr><td>Hydrogen Sulfide / Hydrocarbons</td><td>Sour gas treating</td></tr><tr><td>Helium / Hydrocarbons</td><td>Helium separation</td></tr><tr><td>Helium / Nitrogen</td><td>Helium separation</td></tr><tr><td>Hydrocarbons / Air</td><td>Hydrocarbon recovery, pollution control</td></tr><tr><td>Water / Air</td><td>Air dehumidification</td></tr><tr><td colspan="2"><span style="font-size: 8pt;">From "Economics of Gas Separation Membranes", R. W. Spillman, <br /><em>Chemical Engineering Progress</em>, Vol. 85, No. 1, pp. 41-62 (1989).<br />Reproduced by permission of the American Institute of Chemical <br />Engineers Â© 1989 AIChE</span></td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">As the matter of fact, hollow fiber is playing a important role in gas separation. It is because of its high separation areas and selectivity. {parse block="google_articles"}The hollow fibers have approximately 30 times the productivity of other oxygen enriching membranes plus excellent inertness associated with their totally flourinated chemistry. The market of the gas separation include, small and intermediate scale industrial oxygen and nitrogen at moderate purity levels(oxygen 25%-40% or nitrogrn 82%-95%), portable oxygen for respiratory care, enhanced engine power and emissions reduction and removal gases from liquid.</p><p align="justify">Hollow fibers have demonstrated stable, high flux with moderate selectivity in full scale system. The high flux from hollow fibers is due to the combination of high transfer or separatin areas and thin membrane wall. Besides, it also has a low surface energy.</p><p align="justify">With such characters, hollow fiber is widely used in many gas separation industries. For instance, it is used in O<sub>2</sub>/N<sub>2</sub> separation for oxygen enrichment and inert gas generation, H<sub>2</sub> /hydrocarbons separation for refinery hydrogen recovery, H<sub>2 </sub>/CO separation for sygas ratio adjustment, H<sub>2</sub>/N<sub>2</sub> separation for ammonia purge gas, CO<sub>2</sub>/hydrocarbons separation for acid gas treatment and landfill gas upgrading, H<sub>2</sub>O/hydrocarbons separation for natural gas dehydration, H<sub>2</sub>S/hydrocarbons separation for sour gas treating, helium separation and etc.(Table 3).</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 3: ComparativeÂ  Capital Costs for Oxoalcohol Feed Separation Processes</caption><tbody><tr><td colspan="4" align="right"><strong>Separation ProcessÂ Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â  </strong></td></tr><tr><td>Â </td><td><strong>Membrane</strong></td><td><strong>Cryogenic</strong></td><td><strong>PSA</strong></td></tr><tr><td>Purification process</td><td>0.206</td><td>0.511</td><td>0.492</td></tr><tr><td>Compression</td><td>0.794</td><td>0.723</td><td>0.641</td></tr><tr><td>Total</td><td>1.000</td><td>1.234</td><td>1.133</td></tr><tr><td colspan="4">Basis: Installed costs, U.S. Gulf coast</td></tr><tr><td colspan="4">S.P. DiMartino et al. (3), reprinted with permission from <br />Air Products and Chemicals Inc. Â© 1988, APCI</td></tr></tbody></table><p align="justify">Apart from that, low capital cost of hollow fiber also lead to its popularity. For example, for oxoalcohol feed separation, the process cost is about 1.000 for hollow fiber membrane. However, for crygenic(partial condensation) and PSA processes are about 1.234 and 1.133 respectively.(appen ) From here, we can see that most of the cost for hollow fiber is for compression and not for purification. It is because hollow fiber itself already provides a good medium for purification.</p><p class="h2header">Desalination</p><p align="justify">As mentioned in the above section, RO is mainly use to remove the dissolved ion in the feed water. Its current extensive use in Malaysia industry sector is found in the production of ultrapure water in the semiconductor manufacturing industry. Historically, distillation and ion exchange was first used to remove the inorganic salts, but RO membrane processes with the combination of ion-exchange system has promised a better result in both the product requirement and a better economic view point.</p><p align="justify">Other usage of RO included the removal of organics, salts and silica ahead of deionizers in boiler feed water, removal of inorganic salts, phosphorus and nitrogen compound in the municipal waste water treatment and also the demineralization of sea water and brackish water in the production of potable water. Porter provide a good reference in the comparison of product quality and economic of the above processes.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">Biotech and Biochemical Applications</p><p align="justify">The biotechnology industry, which originated in the late 1970s, has become one of the emerging industry that draws the attention of the world, especially with the emergence of the genetic engineering as a means of producing medically important proteins, during the 1980s. Two of the major interest applications of membrane technology in the biotechnology industry will be the separation & purification of the biochemical product, as often known as <em>Downstream Processing</em>; and the membrane bioreactor, which developed for the transformation of certain substrates by enzymes (i.e. biological catalysts).</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Downstream Processing</p><p align="justify">{parse block="google_articles"}"Downstream Processing", a new key term given a decades ago, devotes towards the science and engineering principles in separation and purification in this emerging industry, has become a key issue to enhance the quality of the biochemical product. It is particularly important because it typically accounts for nearly three-fourths of the manufacturing costs in this new industry and because reliable and effective purification can be of the utmost important to the user. Membrane separation, together with the bioaffinity chromatography, liquid extraction and selective precipitation are the few techniques in the bio-separations, which gain attention from both the industries and researcher in order to upgrade the product quality of the biochemical industry.</p><p align="justify">Lots of study has been put in this area involving the most of the recovery of the biofuels and the biochemicals. Throughout the available literature, the most useful review is presented by Stephen A Leeper (1992), which compiles a large number of the previous and current studies' data on the different types of biofuels and the biochemicals product recovery, consisting of the usage of different types of membrane materials, membrane processes, together with the operating parameters of the studies being carried out.</p><p class="h2header" align="justify">Membrane Bioreactors</p><p align="justify">Since its introduction in the 1970s, membrane bioreactor has granted a lot of attention over the other conventional production processes is the possibility of a high enzyme density and hence high space-time yields. Whereas downstream processing is usually based on discontinuously operated microfiltration, membrane bioreactor are operated continuously and are equipped with UF membranes. Two type of bioreactor designs are possible: dissolved enzymes, (as in used with the production of L-alanine from pyrurate) or immobilized enzymes membrane.</p><hr class="system-pagebreak" title="Future Prospects / References" /><p class="h1header" align="justify">Future Prospects</p><p align="justify">Membrane science began emerging as an independent technology only in the mid-1070s, and its engineering concepts still are being defined. Many developments that initially evolved from government-sponsored fundamental studies are now successfully gaining the interest of the industries as membrane separation has emerged as a feasible technology.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p align="justify">As were noted by the US National Research Council, the technological frontiers of the membrane technology should be concerned more in the developing of new membrane materials and the identification of new ways of using permselective membranes.</p><p align="justify">New membrane materials to be used is still a big option in the research of this brand new technology, as most of the researchers are always intend to get a better improvement for this separation process. Journal of Membrane Science serve as a good reference, where lots of the new membrane materials research may be found.</p><p align="justify">For the latter, membrane-based hybrid system serve as a good example, as it is a combination of conventional unit operations and membrane separation processes, which often results in separation processes that offer significant advantages over the exclusive use of either component process. Such advantages may include more complete separation, reduced energy requirement, lower capital cost, and lower production cost. Two good example of this hybrid system are the RO / evaporator hybrid system to concentrate corn steep water, and a membrane / vapor-recompression hybrid process to recover energy in hot, moist dryer exhaust. Studies has also been carried out and proven that these hybrid system did perform a better of the washwater purification and reuse pilot plant (HUMEF) which has been successful installed in Eindhoven pumping station, the Netherlands.</p><p class="h1header" align="justify">References</p><ol><li>Parker, Sybil. P, 1994, <em>McGraw Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms</em>, McGraw Hill. </li><li>Philip A. Schweitzer, 1988, <em>Handbook of Separation Technique for Chemical Engineers, 2<sup>nd</sup> Edition</em>, McGraw Hill. </li><li>Douglas M. Ruthven, 1997, <em>Encyclopedia of Separation Technology</em>, John Wiley & Sons. </li><li>Jacqueline I. Kroschwitz, 1991, <em>Concise: Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering</em>, John Wiley & Sons. </li><li>Howley, Gessner G., 1977, <em>The Condensed Chemical Dictionary</em>, 9<sup>th</sup> Edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. <em></em>, 7<sup>th</sup> Edition, Volume IX, Clarendon Press Oxford, 1989. </li><li>The Oxford English Dictionary</li><li>Green, Perry, 1997, <em>Perryâ€™s Chemical Engineersâ€™ Handbook</em>, 7<sup>th</sup> Edition, McGraw Hill,. [Section 22-37 â€“ 22-69] </li><li>National Research Council (US), 1989, <em>Frontiers in Chemical Engineering: Research Needs and Opportunities</em>,.Washington DC: National Avademy. </li><li>Cabasso, Gulf South Israel Research Institute. </li><li>Fauzi I., Ghazali N., Rosli Y., 1998, <em>A Short Course of Membrane Technology</em>, CEPP, University Technology Malaysia. </li><li>R. Rautenbach, R. Albrecht, 1989, <em>Membrane Processes</em>, John Wiley & Sons. <em></em>, Hungarian Chemical Society. <em></em>1996, University of Indonesia. </li><li>Proceeding for the 7<sup>th</sup> World Filtration Congress Budapest, Hungary 1996</li><li>Proceeding of the Regional Symposium of Chemical Engineer, </li><li>R. E. Kesting / A. K. Fritzsche, 1993, <em>Polymeric Gas Separation Membranes</em>, John Wiley & Sons. </li><li>Ralph E. W., Peter N. P. (Eds), 1986, <em>Industrial Membrane Processes</em>, AIChE Symposium Series (No. 248, Vol82), AIChE. </li><li>Peter A. (Ed), 1998, <em>World Water and Environmental Engineering</em>, Vol.21, Issue 3, March 1998. </li><li>Kamalesh K. S., Douglas R. L., 1988, <em>New Membrane Materials and Processes for Separation</em>, AIChE. <em></em>IChemE Symposium Series, 1978, IChemE. </li><li>Alternatives to Distillation, </li><li>Reynolds, Richard, 1996, <em>Unit Operations and Processes in Environmental Engineering</em>, PWS Publishing Company. </li><li>Hamdani S., <em>Membrane Technology: The Right Choice for ASEAN</em>, UTM. </li><li>Roger G. H. (Ed), 1994, <em>Protein Purification Process Engineering</em>, Marcel Dekker. </li><li>Gomez-Fernandez J., D. Chapman, L. Packer, 1991, <em>Progress in Membrane Biotechnology</em>, Birkhauser. </li><li>David S. Soane (Ed), 1992, <em>Polymer Applications for Biotechnology: Macromolecular Separation and Identification</em>, Prentice-Hall. </li><li>G. Street, 1994, <em>Highly Selective Separations in Biotechnology</em>, Blackie Academic & Professional. </li><li>Jean-Francois. H., Jean H., Subhas S., 1990, <em>Downstream Processing and Bioseparation: Recovery and Purifucation of Biological Product</em>, American Chemical Society. </li><li>Norman L., Joseph C., 1992, <em>Separation and Purification Technology</em>, Marcel Dekker. </li><li>M.S. Verrall and M. J. Hudson, 1987, <em>Separations for Biotechnology</em>, Ellis Horwood Limited. </li><li>Munir Cheryan, 1989, <em>Ultrafiltration in Food and Bioprocessing</em>, University of Illinois. </li><li>W. E. L. Spiess, H. Schubert, <em>Engineering and Food - Advanced Processes</em>, Vol. 3, Elsevier Applied Science. </li><li>J. Krijgsman, 1992, <em>Product Recovery in Bioprocess Technology, </em>Butterworth-Heinemann. </li><li>J. D. Stowell, P. J. Bailey, D. J. Winstonley (Eds.), 1986, <em>Bioactive Microbial Product 3: Downstream Processing, </em>Academic Press. </li><li>J. P. Hamel, Jean B. Hunter, Subhas K. Sikdar (Eds.), 1990, <em>Downstream Processing and Bioseparations: Recovery and Purification of Biological Products, </em>American Chemical Society. </li><li><a href="http://www.aces.uiuc.edu/~fshn/faculty/cheryan.html" target="_blank">http://www.aces.uiuc.edu/~fshn/faculty/cheryan.html</a> [under Research] </li><li><a href="http://www.dupont.com/" target="_blank">http://www.dupont.com/</a><br /> </li></ol>
<br />
**This article was graciously submitted to www.cheresources.com for publication by Foo Chwan Yee from Malaysia.  The author can be reached for questions/comments at cyfoo98"at"pd.jaring.my]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">c3e0c62ee91db8dc7382bde7419bb573</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Basics of Injection Molding</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/bulk-solids/basics-of-injection-molding</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Making polymers is a fantastic science. Â  Then there is the matter of shaping the plastic into useful objects....another fantastic science.Â  One of the most common methods of shaping plastic resins is a process called injection molding.Â  Injection molding is accomplished by large machines called injection molding machines.  </span></p><p><span style="font-size: small;">{parse block="google_articles"}Resin is fed to the machine through the hopper. Â  Colorants are usually fed to the machine directly after the hopper.Â  The resins enter the injection barrel by gravity though the feed throat.Â  Upon entrance into the barrel, the resin is heated to the appropriate melting temperature.</span></p><p><span style="font-size: small;">The resin is injected into the mold by a reciprocating screw or a ram injector.Â  The reciprocating screw apparatus is shown above.Â  The reciprocating screw offers the advantage of being able to inject a smaller percentage of the total shot (amount of melted resin in the barrel).Â  The ram injector must typically inject at least 20% of the total shot while a screw injector can inject as little as 5% of the total shot.Â  Essentially, the screw injector is better suited for producing smaller parts.</span></p><p><span style="font-size: small;">Â </span></p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Diagram of Injection Molding Machine" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/injector1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_injector1.gif" alt="injector1" width="150" height="80" /></a></td><td>Â </td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Photo of Injection Molding Machine" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/injector2.jpg" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_injector2.jpg" alt="injector2" width="150" height="73" /></a></td><td>Â </td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Heated Screw Conveyor" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/injector3.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_injector3.gif" alt="injector3" width="150" height="45" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Diagram of <br />
Injection Molding Machine</td><td>Â </td><td>Figure 2: Photo of Injection<br />
Molding Machine</td><td>Â </td><td>Figure 3: Diagram of <br />
Heated Screw Conveyor</td></tr></tbody></table><p><span style="font-size: small;">The mold is the part of the machine that receives the plastic and shapes it appropriately.Â  The mold is cooled constantly to a temperature that allows the resin to solidify and be cool to the touch.Â  The mold plates are held together by hydraulic or mechanical force.Â  The clamping force is defined as the injection pressure multiplied by the total cavity projected area.Â  Typically molds are overdesigned depending on the resin to be used.Â  Each resin has a calculated shrinkage value associated with in.</span></p><p><span class="h1header"><span style="font-size: 14pt;">Some Typical Complications</span></span></p><p align="left"><strong>Burned or Scorched Parts:</strong>Â  Melt temperature may be too high.Â  Polymer may be becoming trapped and degrading in the injection nozzle. Â  Cycle time may be too long allowing the resin to overheat.</p><p align="left"><strong>Warpage of Parts:</strong>Â  Uneven surface temperature of the molds.Â  Non-uniform wall thickness of mold design.</p><p align="left"><strong>Surface Imperfections:</strong>Â  Melt temperature may be too high causing resin decomposition and gas evolution (bubbles).Â  Excessive moisture in the resin.Â  Low pressure causing incomplete filling of mold.</p><p align="left"><strong>Incomplete Cavity Filling:</strong>Â  Injection stroke may be too small for mold (ie. not enough resin is being injected).Â  Injection speed may be too slow causing freezing before mold is filled.</p><p align="left"><em>Diagrams courtesy of <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Plastics: Materials and Processing</span>, Prentice Hall by A. Brent Strong</em></p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">884d79963bd8bc0ae9b13a1aa71add73</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Solving Integral Equations in MS Excel</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/calculation-tips/solving-integral-equations-in-ms-excel</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>TankVolume, as it appears in the online store, calculates the liquid volume of partially filled tanks, horizontal or vertical, with various types of heads.<span>Â  </span>One of these, the torispherical head, requires that integral equations be solved.<span>Â  </span>This article shows how the integrals are evaluated.  </p><p>Torispherical heads are made up of two parts.<span>Â  </span>The rounded end has a spherical shape.<span>Â  </span>It has a radius that is described with the numerical value â€œfâ€ which is the ratio of the dish radius to the vessel shell diameter.  {parse block="google_articles"}So, if the diameter of the vessel, D, is 48 inches and the value of â€œfâ€ is 1.0 then the radius of the dish is 48 inches.<span>Â  </span>Unless f=0.5, there would be an abrupt angle between the shell and head unless a transition piece is installed.  This is the second part of the torispherical head, a transition piece shaped like a donut or torus.<span>Â  </span>It is called the â€œknuckleâ€ and there is a knuckle radius that again is related to the vessel diameter with the factor, k. Valid values for f are anything greater than 0.5; k must be greater or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.</p><p>Torispherical heads are also called â€œF&Dâ€ or â€œflanged and dishedâ€.Â  The standard F&D head has f = 1.0 and kD = 3 times the metal thickness of the head.Â  ASME F&D heads require a dish radius no greater than the diameter (f <= 1.0) and knuckle radius no less than 6% of the diameter (k >= 0.06) or three times the metal thickness, whichever is greater.</p><br />
<table class="imagecaption" style="text-align: center;" border="0" align="center"><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Torispherical Head Geometry" href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/integrals_in_excel1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumbnails/thumb_integrals_in_excel1.gif" alt="integrals_in_excel1" width="200" height="123" /></a></td></tr><tr><td><p style="text-align: center;">Figure 1: Torispherical Head<br />
Geometry</p></td></tr></table><br />
<p>When calculating the volume of fluid in a torispherical head, the head is divided into three parts.Â  The first is the lower portion occupied by the knuckle (liquid height 0 to h1 as seen in the diagram).Â  The second part is the portion covered by the spherical dish section, which also includes the knuckle at the perimeter.Â  The third portion is that which is entirely within the knuckle but above the spherical section.</p><p>Each of the three parts are calculated separately and they each require solving an integral.Â  Iâ€™ll use the integral for the first part for an example in this article.</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/integrals_in_excel2.gif" alt="integrals_in_excel2" width="510" height="110" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><p>where</p><p>Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â  k = knuckle radius</p><p>Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â  D = vessel diameter</p><p>Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â  h = fill height of the vessel</p><p>Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â  n = R â€“ kD + (k<sup>2</sup>D<sup>2</sup> â€“ x<sup>2</sup>)^0.5, where R = vessel radius (= D/2)</p><p>Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â  w = R â€“ h</p><p>It looks complicated, but solving in Excel is straightforward if it is done sequentially as described below.</p><p>Integrals that are too complex to express implicitly are solved using â€œnumerical methodsâ€.Â  A number of numerical methods have been used for integrals with <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Simpsonâ€™s Rule</span> being one of the best.Â  I chose to use Simpsonâ€™s Rule for this problem.Â  (Other methods include the trapezoidal rule, Riemann sums, Romberg integration, Gaussian quadratures and the Monte Carlo method).Â  There are many webpages that give the derivation of Simpsonâ€™s Rule and explain it in detail; I wonâ€™t repeat that work here.</p><p>Simpsonâ€™s rule requires that the integral be broken into intervals.Â  Since the integral is evaluating the area under a curve, from x=0 to x= (2kDh-h<sup>2</sup>)^.5, the method first calculates the maximum value for x, divides that by the number of intervals, and then evaluates the function for each value of x.Â  In other words, if the maximum value of x was 10 and there were 10 intervals, then the function would be evaluated with x = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, etc. Â  Notice that the term called â€œnâ€ above includes x in its formula.</p><p>An even number of intervals is required.Â  The more the better. Â  I found through trial and error that a good number to use for this particular problem is 1000 intervals.</p><p>Implementation could be done in a tabular form on an Excel worksheet.Â  However, it is much more elegant to solve Simpsonâ€™s Rule in a Visual Basic for Applications function subroutine. Â  Listing 1 gives the function.Â  This is located in a VBA Module within TankVolume.Â  Each place the calculation is required, the function is called using a cell formula of the form:</p><p align="center">= Toris_V1(k, D, h)</p><p>where the variables k, D, and h are as defined above.Â  Since recalculation takes time, which can be noticable, I put the function call in a conditional statement so it is only used when the tank is horizontal with torispherical heads.Â  Assume the variable â€œhead_typeâ€ refers to the type of head and a value of head_type=4 refers to torispherical, the conditional function call becomes:</p><p align="center">= if(head_type=4,Toris_V1(k, D, h), 0)</p><p align="left">In this case, the function is called only if the heads are torispherical.Â  Otherwise, a value of â€œ0â€ is returned.Â  This is perfectly fine since the result of this cell in the spreadsheet is only used for torispherical heads.</p><table class="datatable_inset" border="0" align="center"><caption>Code Listing: Simpson's Rule</caption><tbody><tr><td><span>Function Toris_V1(k, D, H) As Double<br />
'<br />
' Integral solution using Simpson's Rule<br />
'<br />
Dim interval As Double<br />
Dim i As Integer<br />
Dim n As Double, n1 As Double, n2 As Double<br />
Dim X As Double, xmax As Double<br />
Dim steps As Integer<br />
Dim func As Double, sumfunc As Double<br />
'<br />
On Error GoTo err_TorisV1<br />
steps = 1000<br />
'<br />
'-----------------------------------------------------------<br />
' Procedure:<br />
' evaluate the maximum value for x (minimum value=0)<br />
' for each value of x from min to max, at each interval,<br />
'<span>Â Â  </span>calculate n<br />
'<span>Â Â  </span>calculate the function<br />
'<span>Â Â  </span>sum results according to Simpson's Rule<br />
' calculate result and return<br />
'<br />
' Derived function (arcsin is not an intrinsic function)<br />
'<span>Â Â Â  </span>Arcsin(x) = Atn (x / Sqr(-x * x + 1))<br />
'-----------------------------------------------------------<br />
'<br />
' maximum value of x<br />
xmax = (2 * k * D * H - H ^ 2) ^ 0.5<br />
R = D / 2<br />
w = R - H<br />
interval = xmax / steps<br />
sumfunc = 0<br />
X = 0<br />
n1 = R - k * D<br />
n2 = k ^ 2 * D ^ 2<br />
For i = 0 To steps<br />
<span>Â Â Â  </span>n = n1 + Sqr(n2 - X ^ 2)<br />
<span>Â Â Â  </span>func = Sqr(n ^ 2 - w ^ 2) / n<br />
<span>Â Â Â  </span>func = n ^ 2 * Atn(func / Sqr(-func * func + 1)) - w * Sqr(n ^ 2 - w ^ 2)<br />
<span>Â Â Â  </span>sumfunc = sumfunc + func<br />
<span>Â Â Â  </span>If i > 0 And i < steps Then<br />
<span>Â Â Â Â Â Â Â  </span>If (i / 2) = Int(i / 2) Then sumfunc = sumfunc + func Else sumfunc = sumfunc + 3 * func<br />
<span>Â Â Â  </span>End If<br />
<span>Â Â Â  </span>X = X + interval<br />
<span>Â Â Â  </span>If X > xmax Then X = xmax<br />
Next i<br />
'<br />
Toris_V1 = sumfunc * interval / 3<br />
Exit Function<br />
'<br />
err_TorisV1:<br />
Toris_V1 = 0<br />
'<br />
End Function</span></td></tr></tbody></table>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">abea47ba24142ed16b7d8fbf2c740e0d</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Heat Exchanger Effectiveness</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/heat-transfer/heat-exchanger-effectiveness</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Calculating heat exchanger effectiveness allows engineers to predict how a given heat exchanger will perform a new job. Essentially, it helps engineers predict the stream outlet temperatures without a trial-and-error solution that would otherwise be necessary. Heat exchanger effectiveness is defined as the ratio of the actual amount of heat transferred to the maximum possible amount of heat that could be transferred with an infinite area.</p> <p>Two common methods are used to calculate the effectiveness, equations and graphical. The equations are shown below:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_effectiveness_eq_1.gif" alt="ht_effectiveness_eq_1" width="534" height="92" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (1)</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_effectiveness_eq_2.gif" alt="ht_effectiveness_eq_2" width="446" height="99" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (2)</td></tr></tbody></table><p><br />where:{parse block="google_articles"}Â <br />U = Overall heat transfer coefficient<br />A = Heat transfer area<br />C<sub>min</sub> = Lower of the two fluid's heat capacities<br />C<sub>max</sub> = Higher of the two fluid's heat capacities</p><p align="left">Oten times, another variable is defined called the NTU (number of transfer units):<br />NTU = UA/Cmin</p><p align="left">When NTU is placed into the effectiveness equations and they are plotted, you can construct the plots shown below which are more often used than the equations:</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Heat Exchanger Effectiveness for Countercurrent Flow" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_effectiveness_1.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ht_effectiveness_1.gif" alt="ht_effectiveness_1" width="250" height="171" /></a></td><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Heat Exchanger Effectiveness for Cocurrent Flow" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_effectiveness_2.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_ht_effectiveness_2.gif" alt="ht_effectiveness_2" width="250" height="171" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Heat Exchanger Effectiveness <br />for Countercurrent Flow</td><td>Figure 2: Heat Exchanger Effectiveness <br />for Cocurrent Flow</td></tr></tbody></table>Then, by calculating the Cmin/Cmax and the NTU, the effectiveness can be read from these charts. Once the effectiveness has been found, the heat load is calculated by:<p align="left">Q = Effectiveness x Cmin x (Hot Temperature in - Cold Temperature in)<br /><br />and the outlet temperatures can be calculated by:</p><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_effectiveness_eq_3.gif" alt="ht_effectiveness_eq_3" width="262" height="60" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (3)</td></tr></tbody></table><br /><table class="equationtable" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/ht_effectiveness_eq_4.gif" alt="ht_effectiveness_eq_4" width="280" height="57" /></td><td class="equationnumber" align="right">Eq. (4)</td></tr></tbody></table>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">f7f580e11d00a75814d2ded41fe8e8fe</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>What is a Heat Pipe?</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/other-topics/what-is-a-heat-pipe</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A heat pipe is a simple device that can quickly transfer heat from one point to another. They are often referred to as the "superconductors" of heat as they possess an extra ordinary heat transfer capacity and rate with almost no heat loss.</p> <p>The idea of heat pipes was first suggested by R.S.Gaugler in 1942. However, it was not until 1962, when G.M.Grover invented it, that its remarkable properties were appreciated and serious development began.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>It consists of a sealed aluminum or copper container whose inner surfaces have a capillary wicking material. A heat pipe is similar to a thermosyphon. It differs from a thermosyphon by virtue of its ability to transport heat against gravity by an evaporation-condensation cycle with the help of porous capillaries that form the wick. The wick provides the capillary driving force to return the condensate to the evaporator. The quality and type of wick usually determines the performance of the heat pipe, for this is the heart of the product. Different types of wicks are used depending on the application for which the heat pipe is being used.</p><p class="h1header">Design Considerations</p><p>The three basic components of a heat pipe are:</p><ol><li>the container </li><li>the working fluid </li><li>the wick or capillary structure</li></ol><p class="h2header">Container</p><p>The function of the container is to isolate the working fluid from the outside environment. It has to therefore be leak-proof, maintain the pressure differential across its walls, and enable transfer of heat to take place from and into the working fluid.</p><p>Selection of the container material depends on many factors. These are as follows:</p><ul><li>Compatibility (both with working fluid and external environment) </li><li>Strength to weight ratio </li><li>Thermal conductivity </li><li>Ease of fabrication, including welding, machineability and ductility </li><li>Porosity </li><li>Wettability </li></ul><p>Most of the above are self-explanatory. A high strength to weight ratio is more important in spacecraft applications. The material should be non-porous to prevent the diffusion of vapor. A high thermal conductivity ensures minimum temperature drop between the heat source and the wick.</p><p class="h2header">Working Fluid</p><p>A first consideration in the identification of a suitable working fluid is the operating vapour temperature range. Within the approximate temperature band, several possible working fluids may exist, and a variety of characteristics must be examined in order to determine the most acceptable of these fluids for the application considered. The prime requirements are:</p><ul><li>compatibility with wick and wall materials </li><li>good thermal stability </li><li>wettability of wick and wall materials </li><li>vapor pressure not too high or low over the operating temperature range </li><li>high latent heat </li><li>high thermal conductivity </li><li>low liquid and vapor viscosities </li><li>high surface tension </li><li>acceptable freezing or pour point </li></ul><p>The selection of the working fluid must also be based on thermodynamic considerations which are concerned with the various limitations to heat flow occurring within the heat pipe like, viscous, sonic, capillary, entrainment and nucleate boiling levels.</p><p>In heat pipe design, a high value of surface tension is desirable in order to enable the heat pipe to operate against gravity and to generate a high capillary driving force. In addition to high surface tension, it is necessary for the working fluid to wet the wick and the container material i.e. contact angle should be zero or very small. The vapor pressure over the operating temperature range must be sufficiently great to avoid high vapor velocities, which tend to setup large temperature gradient and cause flow instabilities.</p><p>A high latent heat of vaporization is desirable in order to transfer large amounts of heat with minimum fluid flow, and hence to maintain low pressure drops within the heat pipe. The thermal conductivity of the working fluid should preferably be high in order to minimize the radial temperature gradient and to reduce the possibility of nucleate boiling at the wick or wall surface. The resistance to fluid flow will be minimized by choosing fluids with low values of vapor and liquid viscosities. Tabulated below are a few mediums with their useful ranges of temperature.</p><table class="datatable" border="0" align="center"><caption>Table 1: Heat Pipe Mediums</caption><tbody><tr><td><strong>Medium</strong></td><td><strong>Metling <br />Point <br />(Â°C)</strong></td><td><strong>Boiling<br />Point at<br />Atm. <br />Pressure<br />(Â°C)</strong></td><td><p><strong>Useful<br />Range<br />(Â°C)</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td>Helium</td><td>-271</td><td>-261</td><td>-271 to -269</td></tr><tr><td>Nitrogen</td><td>-210</td><td>-196</td><td>-203 to -160</td></tr><tr><td>Ammonia</td><td>-78</td><td>-33</td><td>-60 to 100</td></tr><tr><td>Acetone</td><td>-95</td><td>57</td><td>0 to 120</td></tr><tr><td>Methanol</td><td>-98</td><td>64</td><td>10 to 130</td></tr><tr><td>Flutec PP2</td><td>-50</td><td>76</td><td>10 to 160</td></tr><tr><td>Ethanol</td><td>-112</td><td>78</td><td>0 to 130</td></tr><tr><td>Water</td><td>0</td><td>100</td><td>30 to 200</td></tr><tr><td>Toluene</td><td>-95</td><td>110</td><td>50 to 200</td></tr><tr><td>Mercury</td><td>-39</td><td>361</td><td>250 to 650</td></tr><tr><td>Sodium</td><td>98</td><td>892</td><td>600 to 1200</td></tr><tr><td>Lithium</td><td>179</td><td>1340</td><td>1000 to 1800</td></tr><tr><td>Silver</td><td>960</td><td>2212</td><td>1800 to 2300</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h2header">Wick or Capillary Structure</p><p>It is a porous structure made of materials like steel, alumunium, nickel or copper in various ranges of pore sizes. They are fabricated using metal foams, and more particularly felts, the latter being more frequently used. By varying the pressure on the felt during assembly, various pore sizes can be produced. By incorporating removable metal mandrels, an arterial structure can also be molded in the felt.</p><p>Fibrous materials, like ceramics, have also been used widely. They generally have smaller pores. The main disadvantage of ceramic fibres is that, they have little stiffness and usually require a continuos support by a metal mesh. Thus while the fibre itself may be chemically compatible with the working fluids, the supporting materials may cause problems. More recently, interest has turned to carbon fibres as a wick material. Carbon fibre filaments have many fine longitudinal grooves on their surface, have high capillary pressures and are chemically stable. A number of heat pipes that have been successfully constructed using carbon fibre wicks seem to show a greater heat transport capability.</p><p>The prime purpose of the wick is to generate capillary pressure to transport the working fluid from the condenser to the evaporator. It must also be able to distribute the liquid around the evaporator section to any area where heat is likely to be received by the heat pipe. Often these two functions require wicks of different forms. The selection of the wick for a heat pipe depends on many factors, several of which are closely linked to the properties of the working fluid.</p><p>The maximum capillary head generated by a wick increases with decrease in pore size. The wick permeability increases with increasing pore size. Another feature of the wick, which must be optimized, is its thickness. The heat transport capability of the heat pipe is raised by increasing the wick thickness. The overall thermal resistance at the evaporator also depends on the conductivity of the working fluid in the wick. Other necessary properties of the wick are compatibility with the working fluid and wettability.</p><p>The most common types of wicks that are used are as follows:</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Sintered Powder</span></p><p>This process will provide high power handling, low temperature gradients and high capillary forces for anti-gravity applications. The photograph shows a complex sintered wick with several vapor channels and small arteries to increase the liquid flow rate. Very tight bends in the heat pipe can be achieved with this type of structure.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grooved Tube</span></p><p>The small capillary driving force generated by the axial grooves is adequate for low power heat pipes when operated horizontally, or with gravity assistance. The tube can be readily bent. When used in conjunction with screen mesh the performance can be considerably enhanced.</p><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Screen Mesh</span></p><p>This type of wick is used in the majority of the products and provides readily variable characteristics in terms of power transport and orientation sensitivity, according to the number of layers and mesh counts used.</p><p class="h1header">Working Principle and Applications</p><p>Inside the container is a liquid under its own pressure, that enters the pores of the capillary material, wetting all internal surfaces. Applying heat at any point along the surface of the heat pipe causes the liquid at that point to boil and enter a vapor state. When that happens, the liquid picks up the latent heat of vaporization. The gas, which then has a higher pressure, moves inside the sealed container to a colder location where it condenses. Thus, the gas gives up the latent heat of vaporization and moves heat from the input to the output end of the heat pipe.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/htpipes2.gif" alt="htpipes2" width="407" height="286" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Heat Flowing Through a Heat Pipe</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Heat pipes have an effective thermal conductivity many thousands of times that of copper. The heat transfer or transport capacity of a heat pipe is specified by its " Axial Power Rating (APC)". It is the energy moving axially along the pipe. The larger the heat pipe diameter, greater is the APR. Similarly, longer the heat pipe lesser is the APR. Heat pipes can be built in almost any size and shape.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>Heat pipe has been, and is currently being, studied for a variety of applications, covering almost the entire spectrum of temperatures encountered in heat transfer processes. Heat pipes are used in a wide range of products like air-conditioners, refrigerators, heat exchangers, transistors, capacitors, etc. Heat pipes are also used in laptops to reduce the working temperature for better efficiency. Their application in the field of cryogenics is very significant, especially in the development of space technology. We shall now discuss a brief account of the various applications of heat pipe technology.</p><p class="h2header">Space Technology</p><p>The use of heat pipes has been mainly limited to this field of science until recently, due to cost effectiveness and complex wick construction of heat pipes. There are several applications of heat pipes in this field like</p><ul><li>Spacecraft temperature equalization </li><li>Component cooling, temperature control and radiator design in satellites. </li><li>Other applications include moderator cooling, removal of heat from the reactor at emitter temperature and elimination of troublesome thermal gradients along the emitter and collector in spacecrafts.</li></ul><p class="h2header">Dehumidification and Air Conditioning</p><p>In an air conditioning system, the colder the air as it passes over the cooling coil (evaporator), the more the moisture is condensed out. The heat pipe is designed to have one section in the warm incoming stream and the other in the cold outgoing stream. By transferring heat from the warm return air to the cold supply air, the heat pipes create the double effect of pre-cooling the air before it goes to the evaporator and then re-heating it immediately.</p><p>Activated by temperature difference and therefore consuming no energy, the heat pipe, due to its pre-cooling effect, allows the evaporator coil to operate at a lower temperature, increasing the moisture removal capability of the air conditioning system by 50-100%. With lower relative humidity, indoor comfort can be achieved at higher thermostat settings, which results in net energy savings. Generally, for each 1<span style="font-family: Symbol;">Â°</span> F rise in thermostat setting, there is a 7% savings in electricity cost. In addition, the pre-cooling effect of the heat pipe allows the use of a smaller compressor.</p><p class="h2header">Laptop Cooling</p><p>Heat pipe technology originally used for space applications has been applied it to laptop computer cooling. It is an ideal, cost effective solution. Its light weight (generally less than 40 grams), small, compact profile, and its passive operation, allow it to meet the demanding requirements of laptops.</p><p>For an 8 watt CPU with an environmental temperature no greater than 40Â°C it provides a 6.25Â°C/watt thermal resistance, allowing the processor to run at full speed under any environmental condition by keeping the case temperature at 90Â°C or less.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/htpipes3.gif" alt="htpipes3" width="200" height="150" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 2: Heat Sink Inside a Laptop</td></tr></tbody></table><p>One end of the heat pipe is attached to the processor with a thin, clip-on mounting plate. The other is attached to the heat sink, in this case, a specially designed keyboard RF shield. This approach uses existing parts to minimize weight and complexity. The heat pipe could also be attached to other physical components suitable as a heat sink to dissipate heat. (See photo of inside of laptop computer).</p><p>Because there are no moving parts, there is no maintenance and nothing to break. Some are concerned about the possibility of the fluid leaking from the heat pipe into the electronics. The amount of fluid in a heat pipe of this diameter is less than 1cc. In a properly designed heat pipe, the water is totally contained within the capillary wick structure and is at less than 1 atmosphere of pressure. If the integrity of the heat pipe vessel were ever compromised, air would leak into the heat pipe instead of the water leaking out. Then the fluid would slowly vaporize as it reaches its atmospheric boiling point. A heat pipeâ€™s MTTF is estimated to be over 100,000 hours of use.</p><p class="h1header">Laptop Thermal Control</p><p>Heat pipes have proven to be the excepted means of providing thermal control in notebook and Mobil PCs systems. Heat pipes can move and dissipate CPU generate heat selectively throughout the system without affecting temperature sensitive components. Low wattage heat pipes (under 20 watts) have standardized input plates to the heat pipe. The connection to the heat exchanger via the heat pipe can have any number of configurations to accommodate component placement, multiple power ranges and fan options.{parse block="google_articles"}</p><p>The heat pipe solutions for thermal control at this level is a component and overall systems requirement. Not only do the heat pipes take on a different configuration with multiple heat pipes and cooling fins, but also airflow becomes the critical design factor. Heat pipes designed to move 75 watts are usually flat with fin stacks from three to six inches, in many cases with fins mounted on each side of the CPU input pad. Input pads are standard using stand-offs, transition sockets, and bolster plates on the bottom of the PC board. The spring clips used on the fan/heat sink combination wonâ€™t work here. Airflow management is important in the overall efficiency of the heat pipe and should be calculated along with the intended heat pipe design.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Heat Pipe on a 500 MHz System" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/htpipes4.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_htpipes4.gif" alt="htpipes4" width="250" height="187" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 3: Heat Pipe on a 500 MHz System</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Thermal solutions are normally designed with multiple heat pipes, dedicated airflow and maximum input area. Fins stacks typically extend over both sides of the CPU. Input attachment to the CPU is with stand-offs, transition sockets or bolster plates.</p><p>The 500MHz operating systemÂ shown in Figure 3 uses two thermal products, heat pipes to transfer the CPU heat (100 to 300 watts) and a second internal or external cooling source. Input power is generated from multiple CPUs and components with single or multiple heat pipes. Cooling temperatures on the output range from -0Â° C to - 40Â° C. This system requires thermal isolation because of dewpoint considerations.</p><p class="h1header">Flexible Solutions</p><p>Heat pipes are manufactured in a multitude of sizes and shapes. Unusual application geometry can be easily accommodated by the heat pipeâ€™s versatility to be shaped as a heat transport device. If some range of motion is required, heat pipes can even be made of flexible material.</p><p>Two of the most common are:</p><p>Constant Temperature: The heat pipe maintains a constant temperature or temperature range.</p><p>Diode: The heat pipe will allow heat transfer in only one direction.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="center"><tbody><tr><td><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/htpipes5.gif" alt="htpipes5" width="493" height="281" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 4: Flexible Style Heat Pipes</td></tr></tbody></table><p class="h1header">Mega Flats</p><p>Flat heat pipes are typically used for cooling printed circuit boards or for heat leveling to produce an isothermal plane. Mega flats are several flat heat pipes sandwiched together.</p><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><a class='resized_img' rel='lightbox[2]' title="Flat Style Heat Pipe Materials" href="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/htpipes6.gif" target="_blank"><img src="../../../../invision/uploads/images/articles/thumbnails/thumb_htpipes6.gif" alt="htpipes6" width="250" height="222" /></a></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 5: Flat Style Heat Pipe Materials</td></tr></tbody></table><p>Some of the flat heat pipes manufactured are:</p><p>XY Mega Flats: Surface maintained within .01Â° F isothermal with concentrated load centers. 6" X 6" Mega Flat: Dissipated 850 watts from a printed circuit board.</p><p>Weight Reduction Mega Flats:</p><p>Standard - aluminum construction.</p><p>Lightweight - Â½ the weight of aluminum.</p><p>Very light weight - 1/3 the weight of aluminum.</p><p>SEM C and SEM E Mega Flats in stock. Low and light weight coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) Mega Flats - any CTE from 2 to 10. Alloy H: 70% more conductive than, or 40% less weight than copper clad invar.</p><p class="h1header">Cost Effectiveness of Heat Pipes</p><p>The cost of heat pipes designed for laptop use is very competitive compared to other alternatives. Cost is partially offset and justified by improved system reliability and the increased life of cooler running electronics. Heat pipes, in quantity, cost a few dollars each while an entire cooling system will cost between $5 - $10 in production quantities, depending on the final design. Standard design products are available to reduce cost even further. Heat pipe manufacture has been a difficult area to compete in. Simple in concept, but difficult to apply commercially, the heat pipe is a very elusive technology & holds the key to the future of heat transferÂ and its allied applications.</p>

<span class="note"><b>Quick note from the admin: </b>**This article was graciously submitted to www.cheresources.com for publication by Shankara Narayanan K.R. from Bangalore, India.  He has presented this paper at national seminars in India.  The author can be reached for questions/comments at k_r_shankar_nar"at symbol"hotmail.com</span>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">8ce6790cc6a94e65f17f908f462fae85</guid>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Water...</title>
		<link>http://www.cheresources.com/content/articles/physical-properties/thermodynamic-and-transport-properties-of-water-and-steam</link>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Water is not only one of the most common substances and indispensable to life, it's also one of the most important media in engineering applications. Steam engines with water as the working fluid were at the beginning of the industrial revolution. The rise of electrical energy is connected to hydroelectric and steam power plants.</p><p> </p><p class="h1header">Introduction to IAPWS-IF97</p>Water is used as cooling medium or heat transfer fluid and it plays an important role for air-condition. For conservation or for reaching desired properties, water must be removed from substances (drying). In other cases water must be added (humidification). Also, many chemical reactions take place in hydrous solutions.{parse block="google_articles"} <p>That's why a good deal of work has been spent on the investigation and measurement of water properties over the years. Thermodynamic, transport and other properties of water are known better than of any other substance. Accurate data are especially needed for the design of equipment in steam power plants (boilers, turbines, condensers). In this field it's also important that all parties involved, e.g., companies bidding for equipment in a new steam power plant, base their calculations on the same property data values because small differences may produce appreciable differences.</p><p>A standard for the thermodynamic properties of water over a wide range of temperature and pressure was developed in the 1960's, the 1967 IFC Formulation for Industrial Use (IFC-67). Since 1967 IFC-67 has been used for "official" calculations such as performance guarantee calculations of power cycles. The equations underlying IFC-97 are published for example in [1].</p><p>In 1997, IFC-67 has been replaced by a new formulation, the <a href="http://www.iapws.org/newform.htm" target="_blank">IAPWS Industrial Formulation 1997 for the Thermodynamic Properties of Water and Steam</a> or IAPWS-IF97 for short. IAPWS-IF97 was developed in an international research project coordinated by the <a href="http://www.iapws.org/" target="_blank">International Association for the Properties of Water and Steam (IAPWS)</a>. The formulation is described in a paper by W. Wagner et al., "The IAPWS Industrial Formulation 1997 for the Thermodynamic Properties of Water and Steam," <a href="http://www.asme.org/pubs/journals/gasturb/gasturb.html" target="_blank"><em>ASME J. Eng. Gas Turbines and Power</em></a>, Vol. 122 (2000), pp. 150-182 and several steam table books, among others <a href="http://www.asmeny.org/cgi-bin/WEB017C?109992+0001+00+00000+801543" target="_blank">ASME Steam Tables</a> and <a href="http://www.springer-ny.com/detail.tpl?cart=1013345046675610&ISBN=3540643397" target="_blank">Properties of Water and Steam</a> by W. Wagner, Springer 1998.</p><p><span class="download">Download the PDF article supplements in the <a href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/files/file/7-base-equations-for-iapws-if97/" target="_self">File Repository</a>.</span></p><p>IAPWS-IF97 uses some property constants of water for evaluating the equations for the thermodynamic properties. The reference values of these constants are as follows.</p><p>The value of the specific gas constant</p><p style="text-align: center;"><em>R</em> = 0.461 526 kJ/(kg K)</p><p>results from the recommended value of the molar gas constant</p><p style="text-align: center;"><em>R</em><sub>m</sub> = 8.314 51 kJ/(kmol K)</p><p>and the molecular weight of ordinary water</p><p style="text-align: center;"><em>M</em> = 18.015 257 kg/kmol</p><p>Values of the critical temperature, critical pressure and critical density are taken as</p><p style="text-align: center;"><em>T</em><sub>c</sub> = 647.096 K <em>p</em><sub>c</sub> = 220.64 bar ?<sub>c</sub> = 322 kg/m<sup>3</sup></p><p>The triple-point temperature as defined in the International Temperature Scale of 1990 (ITS-90) is</p><p style="text-align: center;"><em>T</em><sub>t</sub> = 273.16 K = 0.01 &deg;C</p><p>and the corresponding pressure at the triple point</p><p style="text-align: center;"><em>p</em><sub>t</sub> = 611.657 Pa</p><p>Finally, the temperature at the normal boiling point (at a pressure of 1.013 25 bar) is</p><p style="text-align: center;"><em>T</em><sub>b</sub> = 373.1243 K = 99.9743 &deg;C</p><p class="h1header" style="text-align: left;">Equations of IAPWS-IF97</p><p>The IAPWS-IF97 divides the thermodynamic surface into five regions (see Figure 1):</p><ul><li>region 1 for the liquid state from low to high pressures, </li><li>region 2 for the vapor and ideal gas state, </li><li>region 3 for the thermodynamic state around the critical point, </li><li>region 4 for the saturation curve (vapor-liquid equilibrium), </li><li>region 5 for high temperatures above 1073.15 K (800 &deg;C) and pressures up to 10 MPa (100 bar).</li></ul><table class="imagecaption" border="0" align="left"><tbody><tr><td><img src="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/uploads/images/articles/iapwsif972.gif" alt="iapwsif972" width="360" height="220" /></td></tr><tr><td>Figure 1: Calculation Regions for Water and Steam</td></tr></tbody></table><p>For regions 1, 2, 3 and 5 the authors of IAPWS-IF97 have developed fundamental equations of very high accuracy. Regions 1, 2 and 5 are covered by fundamental equations for the Gibbs free energy <em>g</em>(<em>T</em>,<em>p</em>), region 3 by a fundamental equation for the Helmholtz free energy <em>f</em>(<em>T</em>,<em>v</em>). All thermodynamic properties can then be calculated from these fundamental equations by using the appropriate thermodynamic relations. For region 4 a saturation-pressure equation has been developed.</p><p>In chemical engineering applications mainly regions 1, 2, 4, and to some extent also region 3 are of interest. The range of validity of these regions, the equations for calculating the thermodynamic properties, and references are summarized in <a href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/files/file/7-base-equations-for-iapws-if97/" target="_self">Attachment 1</a>. The equations of the high-temperature region 5 should be looked up in the references.</p><p>For regions 1 and 2 the thermodynamic properties are given as a function of temperature and pressure, for region 3 as a function of temperature and density. For other independent variables an iterative calculation is usually required. So-called backward equations are provided in IAPWS-IF97 which allow direct calculation of properties as a function of some other sets of variables (see references).</p><p>Accuracy of the equations and consistency along the region boundaries are more than sufficient for engineering applications. Details can be found in the references.</p><p class="h1header">IAPWS Transport Properties</p><p>The <a href="http://www.iapws.org/" target="_blank">International Association for the Properties of Water and Steam</a> (IAPWS) has not only developed an international standard for the thermodynamic properties of water and steam but also equations for transport properties and other properties [2-6]. We have summarized the equations for calculating the transport properties dynamic viscosity and thermal conductivity as well as the surface tension of the interface between the liquid and the vapor phase of water in <a href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/files/file/34-thermodynamic-and-transport-properties-of-water-and-steam/" target="_self">Attachment 2</a> . IAPWS also gives equations for the static dielectric constant and the refractive index of water which are of less interest in chemical engineering applications. If required these equations can be found in the references [2, 3].</p><p>The equations for dynamic viscosity and thermal conductivity are given as a function of temperature and density. The use of density as an independent variable makes it possible to calculate properties of the liquid and vapor phase using one single equation. In most cases, however, temperature and pressure are the independent variables and the density must be determined first from the IAPWS-IF97 equations.</p><p>Viscosity can be calculated for temperatures from 0 &deg;C to 900 &deg;C and for pressures up to at least 3000 bar depending on the temperature. The equation for thermal conductivity can be applied for temperatures from 0 &deg;C to 800 &deg;C and pressures up to at least 1000 bar. Surface tension can be calculated over the whole range where a liquid-vapor interface exists, i.e. from the triple point to the critical point of water. Accuracy of the equations is more than sufficient for engineering applications. Details can be found in the references [4-6].</p><p class="h1header">MS&trade; Excel Add-In</p><a href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/files/file/34-thermodynamic-and-transport-properties-of-water-and-steam/" target="_self">Water97_v13.xla</a> (version 1.3) is an Add-In for MS Excel which provides a set of functions for calculating thermodynamic and transport properties of water and steam using the industrial standard IAPWS-IF97.<p>Functions are available for calculating the following properties in the single-phase state for temperatures between 273.15 K and 1073.15 K and pressures between 0 and 1000 bar:</p><ul><li>density </li><li>specific internal energy </li><li>specific enthalpy </li><li>specific entropy </li><li>specific isobaric heat capacity </li><li>specific isochoric heat capacity </li><li>dynamic viscosity </li><li>thermal conductivity </li></ul><p>Additionally there are functions for calculating the boiling point temperature as a function of pressure and the vapor pressure as a function of temperature as well as above named properties for the saturated liquid and vapor state both as a function of temperature and pressure between the triple point and the critical point.</p><p>The functions are provided as an Add-In file for MS Excel. After downloading and decompressing the archive file the Add-In file "water97_v13.xla" may be loaded in Excel by going to Tools...Add-ins or by simply double clicking on "water97_v13.xla" in Explorer. The water property functions are then available just like built-in functions. In the function wizard list they can be found under User Defined.</p><p>The list of available functions with syntax, arguments, units, and examples can be found in the accompanying readme file.</p><p>You may use this add-in file for free. However, I retain all rights to it and it may not be sold or distributed as part of another package that is sold without my express permission. All files are provided "as is" without warranty of any kind.</p><p>While I can't provide full technical support I will do my best to answer questions or to help via e-mail (see end of article for email link) if you have any problems. Suggestions from users are also welcome.</p><ul><li><a href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/files/file/34-thermodynamic-and-transport-properties-of-water-and-steam/" target="_self">Download Add-In </a>(iapwsif97_v13.zip, 51 kB)</li></ul><p class="h1header">References</p><ol><li>Properties of Water and Steam in SI-Units, 2nd Revised and Updated Printing, Springer 1979. </li><li>William T. Parry et al., ASME International Steam Tables for Industrial Use, American Society of Mechanical Engineers 2000. </li><li>W. Wagner, A. Kruse, Properties of Water and Steam, Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1998. </li><li>IAPWS Release on the Viscosity of Ordinary Water Substance, IAPWS Secretariat 1997. </li><li>IAPWS Release on the Thermal Conductivity of Ordinary Water Substance, IAPWS Secretariat 1998. </li><li>IAPWS Release: "Surface Tension of Ordinary Water Substance", IAPWS Secretariat 1994. </li></ol><p>IAPWS Releases are available from the Executive Secretary of <a href="http://www.iapws.org/" target="_blank">IAPWS</a>. </p><p><span class="download">Download the PDF article supplements in the <a href="&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/&#46;&#46;/invision/files/file/7-base-equations-for-iapws-if97/" target="_self">File Repository</a>.</span></p>]]></description>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2010 18:50:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">feab05aa91085b7a8012516bc3533958</guid>
	</item>
</channel>
</rss>